APPENDIX D-5 FLOW TRANSMITTER AND

APPENDIX D-5
FLOW TRANSMITTER AND CONTROL
-
Endress+Hauser Promag 30 Series
-
Endress+Hauser Promag 50 Series
Description of Device Functions
Proline Promag 50
Electromagnetic Flow Measuring System
6
BA049D/06/en/11.09
71105948
Valid as of version:
V 2.03.XX (Device software)
Device functions Proline Promag 50
2
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Contents
Contents
1
Function matrix Promag 50 . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
21
Factory settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
1.1
1.2
The function matrix: layout and use . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Illustration of the function matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
21.1
21.2
SI units (not for USA and Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
US units (only for USA and Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
2
Group MEASURING VALUES . . . . . . . . . . 7
22
Index of key words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
3
Group SYSTEM UNITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
4
Group QUICK SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
5
Group OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
6
Group USER INTERFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
7
Group TOTALIZER 1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
8
Group HANDLING TOTALIZER . . . . . . 18
9
Group CURRENT OUTPUT . . . . . . . . . . . 19
10
Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT 23
11
Group STATUS OUTPUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
11.1
11.2
Information on the response of the status output . . 37
Switching response of the status output . . . . . . . . . 38
12
Group STATUS INPUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
13
Group COMMUNICATION . . . . . . . . . . . 42
14
Group PROCESS PARAMETER . . . . . . . . 43
15
Group SYSTEM PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . 49
16
Group SENSOR DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
17
Group SUPERVISION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
18
Group SIMULATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . 56
19
Group SENSOR VERSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
20
Group AMPLIFIER VERSION . . . . . . . . . 57
Endress+Hauser
3
Contents
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Registered trademarks
HART®
Registered trademark of the HART Communication Foundation, Austin, USA
HistoROM™, S-DAT®, FieldCare®
Registered trademarks of Endress+Hauser Flowtec AG, Reinach, CH
4
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
1 Function matrix Promag 50
1
Function matrix Promag 50
1.1
The function matrix: layout and use
The function matrix is a two-level construct: the groups form one level and the groups' functions
the other.
The groups are the highest-level grouping of the operating options for the measuring device.
A number of functions is assigned to each group.
You select a group in order to access the individual functions for operating and parameterizing the
measuring device.
An overview of all the groups available is provided in the table of contents on Page 3 and in the
graphical representation of the function matrix on Page 6.
An overview of all the functions available is provided on Page 6, complete with page references to
the detailed function descriptions.
The descriptions of the individual functions start on Page 7.
Example of how to parameterize a function (in this case changing the language for the UI):
1.
2.
3.
4.
Enter into the function matrix (F-key).
Select the OPERATION group.
Select the LANGUAGE function, change the setting from ENGLISH to DEUTSCH with OS
and save with F (all text on the display now appears in German).
Exit the function matrix (ESC > 3 seconds).
Esc
+
-
E
p
Esc
m
–
E
>3s
Esc
+
–
+
o
E
E
E
E
E
Esc
–
n
+
+
–
E
E
E
E
A0001142
Endress+Hauser
5
SENSOR TYPE
(P. 57)
SW REV. AMPL.
(P. 57)
SERIAL NUMBER
(P. 57)
DEVICE SOFTWARE
(P. 57)
AMPLIFIER VERS.
(P. 57)
SIM. MEAS. VARIAB.
(P. 56)
SIM. FAILS. MODE
(P. 56)
SENSOR VERSION
(P. 57)
PREV. SYS. COND.
(P. 54)
CURR. SYS. COND.
(P. 54)
SIMULAT. SYSTEM
(P. 56)
K-FACTOR
(P. 52)
CALIBRATION DATE
(P. 52)
SUPERVISION
(P. 54)
MEASURING MODE
(P. 49)
INSTALL. DIRECT.
(P. 49)
SENSOR DATA
(P. 52)
ON-VALUE
(P. 43)
ASSIGN LF CUT OFF
(P. 43)
SYSTEM PARAM.
(P. 49)
TAG DESCR.
(P. 42)
TAG NAME
(P. 42)
PROCESS PARAM.
(P. 43)
ACTIVE LEVEL
(P. 40)
ASSIGN STATUS
(P. 40)
COMMUNICATION
(P. 42)
ON-VALUE
(P. 34)
ASSIGN STATUS
(P. 34)
STATUS INPUT
(P. 40)
ASSIGN PULSE
(P. 28)
VALUE SIM. FREQ.
(P. 28)
STATUS OUTPUT
(P. 34)
ASSIGN FREQ.
(P. 23)
OPERATION MODE
(P. 23)
PULSE/FREQ. OUTP.
(P. 23)
CURRENT SPAN
(P. 20)
ASSIGN CURRENT
OUTP. (P. 19)
CURRENT OUTPUT
(P. 19)
FAILSAFE MODE
(P. 18)
RESET ALL TOTAL.
(P. 18)
▼
▼
▼
▼
▼
▼
▼
▼
LANGUAGE GROUP
(P. 57)
HW REV. SENS.
(P. 57)
VAL.SIM.MEAS.VAR.
(P. 56)
ASSIGN SYS. ERR.
(P. 54)
ZERO POINT
(P. 52)
POS. ZERO RETURN
(P. 50)
OFF-VALUE
(P. 43)
BUS ADDRESS
(P. 42)
MIN. PULSE WIDTH
(P. 40)
OFF-VALUE
(P. 35)
PULSE VALUE
(P. 29)
END VALUE FREQ.
(P. 23)
VALUE 20 mA
(P. 21)
OVERFLOW
(P. 16)
100% VALUE
(P. 13)
PRIVATE CODE
(P. 12)
UNIT LENGTH
(P. 9)
I/O MODULE TYPE
(P. 57)
SW REV. NO. S-DAT
(P. 57)
ERROR CATEG.
(P. 54)
NOM. DIAMETER
(P. 52)
SYSTEM DAMPING
(P. 51)
EMPTY PIPE DET.
(P. 44)
HART PROTOCOL
(P. 42)
SIM. STATUS INP.
(P. 40)
TIME CONSTANT
(P. 35)
PULSE WIDTH
(P. 29)
VALUE-f HIGH
(P. 24)
TIME CONSTANT
(P. 21)
UNIT TOTALIZER
(P. 16)
FORMAT
(P. 14)
STATUS ACCESS
(P. 12)
FORMAT DATE/TIME
(P. 9)
SW REV. I/O MOD.
(P. 57)
ASSIGN PROC. ERR.
(P. 54)
MEAS. PERIOD
(P. 53)
INTEGRAT. TIME
(P. 51)
EPD/OED ADJ.
(P. 46)
MANUFACT. ID
(P. 42)
VALUE SIM. STATUS
(P. 41)
ACTUAL STATUS
(P. 35)
OUTPUT SIGNAL
(P. 30)
OUTPUT SIGNAL
(P. 25)
FAILSAFE MODE
(P. 21)
TOTALIZER MODE
(P. 17)
DISPL. DAMPING
(P. 14)
ACCESS CODE
COUNTER (P. 12)
ERROR CATEG.
(P. 55)
OVERVLTG TIME
(P. 53)
EPD/OED RES.TIME
(P. 47)
DEVICE ID
(P. 42)
SIM. SWITCH POINT
(P. 35)
FAILSAFE MODE
(P. 32)
TIME CONSTANT
(P. 27)
ACTUAL CURRENT
(P. 21)
RESET TOTALIZ.
(P. 17)
CONTRAST LCD
(P. 14)
ALARM DELAY
(P. 55)
EPD ELECTRODE
(P. 53)
ECC
(P. 47)
DEVICE REVISION
(P. 42)
VAL. SIM. SWIT. PT.
(P. 36)
SIMULATION PULSE
(P. 32)
FAILSAFE MODE
(P. 27)
SIMUL. CURRENT
(P. 22)
BACKLIGHT
(P. 15)
SYSTEM RESET
(P. 55)
POLARITY ECC
(P. 53)
ECC DURATION
(P. 47)
VALUE SIM. PULSE
(P. 33)
FAILSAFE VALUE
(P. 27)
VALUE SIM.
CURRENT (P. 22)
DISPLAY TEST
(P. 15)
OPERAT. HRS.
(P. 55)
ECC RECOVERY TIME
(P. 48)
ACTUAL FREQ.
(P. 27)
ECC CLEAN. CYCL.
(P. 48)
SIMUL. FREQ.
(P. 28)
1.2
▼
HANDLING TOTALIZ.
(P. 18)
TOTALIZER 1/2
(P. 16)
SUM
(P. 16)
USER INTERFACE
(P. 13)
ASSIGN TOTALIZER
(P. 16)
OPERATION
(P. 11)
QUICK SETUP
COMMISSION (P. 10)
UNIT VOLUME
(P. 8)
ASSIGN LINE 2
(P. 13)
QUICK SETUP
(P. 10)
UNIT VOL. FLOW
(P. 8)
ASSIGN LINE 1
(P. 13)
SYSTEM UNITS
(P. 8)
VOLUME FLOW
(P. 7)
ACCESS CODE
(P. 12)
MEASURING VALUES
(P. 7)
Functions →
▼
▼
▼
6
LANGUAGE
(P. 11)
▼
▼
▼
▼
▼
▼
▼
Function groups
1 Function matrix Promag 50
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Illustration of the function matrix
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
2
2 Group MEASURING VALUES
Group MEASURING VALUES
Function description MEASURING VALUES
!
Note!
• The engineering unit of the measured variable displayed here can be set in the SYSTEM UNITS group, (see Page 8).
• If the fluid in the pipe flows backwards, a negative sign prefixes the flow reading on the display.
VOLUME FLOW
The volume flow currently measured appears on the display.
User interface:
5-digit floating-point number, including unit and sign
(e.g. 5.5445 dm3/min; 1.4359 m3/h; –731.63 gal/d; etc.)
Endress+Hauser
7
3 Group SYSTEM UNITS
Device functions Proline Promag 50
3
Group SYSTEM UNITS
Function description SYSTEM UNITS
Use this function group to select the unit for the measured variable.
UNIT VOLUME FLOW
Use this function to select the unit for displaying the volume flow.
The unit you select here is also valid for:
• Current output
• Frequency output
• Switch points (limit value for volume flow, flow direction)
• Low flow
Options:
Metric:
Cubic centimeter → cm3/s; cm3/min; cm3/h; cm3/day
Cubic decimeter → dm3/s; dm3/min; dm3/h; dm3/day
Cubic meter → m3/s; m3/min; m3/h; m3/day
Milliliter → ml/s; ml/min; ml/h; ml/day
Liter → l/s; l/min; l/h; l/day
Hectoliter → hl/s; hl/min; hl/h; hl/day
Megaliter → Ml/s; Ml/min; Ml/h; Ml/day
US:
Cubic centimeter → cc/s; cc/min; cc/h; cc/day
Acre foot → af/s; af/min; af/h; af/day
Cubic foot → ft3/s; ft3/min; ft3/h; ft3/day
Fluid ounce → oz f/s; oz f/min; oz f/h; oz f/day
Gallon → gal/s; gal/min; gal/h; gal/day
Kilo gallon → Kgal/s; Kgal/min; Kgal/h; Kgal/day
Million gallon → Mgal/s; Mgal/min; Mgal/h; Mgal/day
Barrel (normal fluids: 31.5 gal/bbl) → bbl/s; bbl/min; bbl/h; bbl/day
Barrel (beer: 31.0 gal/bbl) → bbl/s; bbl/min; bbl/h; bbl/day
Barrel (petrochemicals: 42.0 gal/bbl) → bbl/s; bbl/min; bbl/h; bbl/day
Barrel (filling tanks: 55.0 gal/bbl) → bbl/s; bbl/min; bbl/h; bbl/day
Imperial:
Gallon → gal/s; gal/min; gal/h; gal/day
Mega gallon → Mgal/s; Mgal/min; Mgal/h; Mgal/day
Barrel (beer: 36.0 gal/bbl) → bbl/s; bbl/min; bbl/h; bbl/day
Barrel (petrochemicals: 34.97 gal/bbl) → bbl/s; bbl/min; bbl/h; bbl/day
Factory setting:
Depends on nominal diameter and country (see Page 58 ff.).
UNIT VOLUME
Use this function to select the unit for displaying the volume.
The unit you select here is also valid for:
• Pulse weighting (e.g. m3/p)
Options:
Metric → cm3; dm3; m3; ml; l; hl; Ml Mega
US → cc; af; ft3; oz f; gal; Kgal; Mgal; bbl (normal fluids); bbl (beer);
bbl (petrochemicals) → bbl (filling tanks)
Imperial → gal; Mgal; bbl (beer); bbl (petrochemicals)
Factory setting:
Depends on nominal diameter and country (see Page 58 ff.).
!
Note!
The unit of the totalizers is independent of your choice here. The unit for each totalizer is
selected separately for the totalizer in question.
8
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
3 Group SYSTEM UNITS
Function description SYSTEM UNITS
UNIT LENGTH
Use this function to select the unit for displaying the length of the nominal diameter.
The unit you select here is also valid for:
• Nominal diameter of sensor (see function NOMINAL DIAMETER on Page 48)
Options:
MILLIMETER
INCH
Factory setting:
MILLIMETER (SI units: not for USA and Canada)
INCH (US units: only for USA and Canada)
FORMAT DATE/TIME
Use this function to select the format for the date and the time.
The unit you select here is also valid for:
Displaying the current calibration date (function CALIBRATION DATE on Seite 52)
Options:
DD.MM.YY 24H
MM/DD/YY 12H A/P
DD.MM.YY 12H A/P
MM/DD/YY 24H
Factory setting:
DD.MM.YY 24H (SI units)
MM/DD/YY 12H A/P (US units)
Endress+Hauser
9
4 Group QUICK SETUP
Device functions Proline Promag 50
4
Group QUICK SETUP
Function description QUICK SETUP
QUICK SETUP
COMMISSION
Use this function to start the Quick Setup menu for commissioning.
Options:
YES
NO
Factory setting:
NO
!
Note!
The display returns to the QUICK SETUP COMMISSION cell if you press the ESC key combination
during interrogation.
XXX.XXX.XX
E
Esc
-
+
E
++
Quick Setup
QS
Commission
E+
HOME-POSITION
Language
Defaults
Unit
Volume flow
Measuring
Mode
Current Output
Freq.-/ Pulse Output
Quit
Operation
Mode
Frequency
Pulse
Assign
Current
Assign
Frequency
Assign
Pulse
Current
Span
End Value
Freq.
Pulse
Value
Value
20 mA
Value
f max
Pulse
Width
Time
Constant
Output
Signal
Output
Signal
Failsafe
Mode
Time
Constant
Failsafe
Mode
Failsafe
Mode
Automatic parameterization
of the display
Quit Quick Setup
a0005413-en
10
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
5
5 Group OPERATION
Group OPERATION
Function description OPERATION
LANGUAGE
Use this function to select the language for all texts, parameters and messages shown on
the local display.
!
Note!
The displayed options depend on the available language group shown in the LANGUAGE
GROUP function.
Options:
Language group WEST EU / USA:
ENGLISH
DEUTSCH
FRANCAIS
ESPANOL
ITALIANO
NEDERLANDS
PORTUGUESE
Language group EAST EU / SCAND:
ENGLISH
NORSK
SVENSKA
SUOMI
POLISH
RUSSIAN
CZECH
Language group ASIA:
ENGLISH
BAHASA INDONESIA
JAPANESE (Silbenschrift)
Factory setting:
Country-dependent (see Page 58 ff.)
!
Note!
• If you press the OS keys simultaneously at startup, the language defaults to
"ENGLISH".
• You can change the language group via the configuration program FieldCare. Please
do not hesitate to contact your Endress+Hauser sales office if you have any questions.
Endress+Hauser
11
5 Group OPERATION
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Function description OPERATION
ACCESS CODE
All data of the measuring system are protected against inadvertent change. Programming
is disabled and the settings cannot be changed until a code is entered in this function. If
you press the OS keys in any function, the measuring system automatically goes to this
function and the prompt to enter the code appears on the display (when programming is
disabled).
You can enable programming by entering your personal code,
(factory setting = 50, see function PRIVATE CODE on Page 12)
User input:
max. 4-digit number: 0...9999
!
Note!
• The programming levels are disabled if you do not press a key within 60 seconds
following automatic return to the HOME position.
• You can also disable programming in this function by entering any number (other than
the defined private code).
• The Endress+Hauser service organization can be of assistance if you mislay your
personal code.
PRIVATE CODE
Use this function to enter a personal code number for enabling programming.
User input:
0...9999 (max. 4-digit number)
Factory setting:
50
!
Note!
• Programming is always enabled with the code "0".
• Programming has to be enabled before this code can be changed.
When programming is disabled this function is not available, thus preventing others
from accessing your personal code.
STATUS ACCESS
Use this function to check the access status for the function matrix.
User interface:
ACCESS CUSTOMER (parameterization possible)
LOCKED (parameterization disabled)
ACCESS CODE
COUNTER
Displays how often the customer code, service code or the digit "0" (code-free) has been
entered to gain access to the function matrix.
Display:
max. 7-digit number: 0...9999999
Factory setting:
0
12
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
6
6 Group USER INTERFACE
Group USER INTERFACE
Function description USER INTERFACE
ASSIGN LINE 1
Use this function to define which display value is assigned to the main line (top line of
the local display) for display during normal measuring operation.
Options:
OFF
VOLUME FLOW
VOLUME FLOW IN %
TOTALIZER 1
TOTALIZER 2
Factory setting:
VOLUME FLOW
ASSIGN LINE 2
Use this function to define which display value is assigned to the additional line
(bottom line of the local display) for display during normal measuring operation.
Options:
OFF
VOLUME FLOW
VOLUME FLOW IN %
VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
TOTALIZER 1
TAG NAME
OPERATING/SYSTEM CONDITION
FLOW DIRECTION
TOTALIZER 2
Factory setting:
TOTALIZER 1
100% VALUE
!
Note!
This function is only available if VOLUME FLOW IN % or VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH
IN % was selected in the function ASSIGN LINE 1 or ASSIGN LINE 2.
Use this function to define the flow value to be shown on the display as the 100% value.
User input:
5-digit floating-point number
Factory setting:
Depends on nominal diameter and country (see Page 58 ff.).
Endress+Hauser
13
6 Group USER INTERFACE
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Function description USER INTERFACE
FORMAT
Use this function to define the maximum number of places after the decimal point
displayed for the reading in the main line.
Options:
XXXXX. – XXXX.X – XXX.XX – XX.XXX – X.XXXX
Factory setting:
X.XXXX
!
Note!
• Note that this setting only affects the reading as it appears on the display, it has no
influence on the accuracy of the system's calculations.
• The places after the decimal point as computed by the measuring device cannot
always be displayed, depending on this setting and the engineering unit. In such
instances an arrow appears on the display between the measuring value and the engineering unit (e.g. 1.2 → l/h), indicating that the measuring system is computing with
more decimal places than can be shown on the display.
DISPLAY DAMPING
Use this function to enter a time constant defining how the display reacts to severely
fluctuating flow variables, either very quickly (enter a low time constant) or with damping (enter a high time constant).
User input:
0...100 seconds
Factory setting:
3s
!
Note!
Setting the time constant to zero seconds switches off damping.
CONTRAST LCD
Use this function to optimize display contrast to suit local operating conditions.
User input:
10...100%
Factory setting:
50%
14
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
6 Group USER INTERFACE
Function description USER INTERFACE
BACKLIGHT
Use this function to optimize the backlight to suit local operating conditions.
User input:
0...100%
!
Note!
Entering the value "0" means that the backlight is "switched off". The display then no
longer emits any light, i.e. the display texts can no longer be read in the dark.
Factory setting:
50%
DISPLAY TEST
Use this function to test the operability of the local display and its pixels.
Options:
OFF
ON
Factory setting:
OFF
Test sequence:
1. Start the test by selecting ON.
2. All pixels of the main line and additional line are darkened for at least 0.75 seconds.
3. The main line and additional line show an "8" in each field for at least 0.75 seconds.
4. The main line and additional line show a "0" in each field for at least 0.75 seconds.
5. The main line and additional line show nothing (blank display) for at least 0.75
seconds.
When the test completes the local display returns to its initial state and the setting
changes to OFF.
Endress+Hauser
15
7 Group TOTALIZER 1/2
Device functions Proline Promag 50
7
Group TOTALIZER 1/2
Function description TOTALIZER 1/2
ASSIGN TOTALIZER
Use this function to assign a measured variable (volume flow) to the totalizer.
Options:
OFF
VOLUME FLOW
Factory setting:
VOLUME FLOW
!
Note!
The totalizer is reset to "0" as soon as the selection is changed.
SUM
Use this function to view the total for the totalizer measured variable aggregated since
measuring commenced. The value can be positive or negative.
User interface:
max. 7-digit floating-point number, including sign and unit (e.g. 896,845.7 dm3)
!
Note!
The totalizer response to faults is defined in the FAILSAFE MODE function
(see Page 18).
OVERFLOW
Use this function to view the overflow for the totalizer aggregated since measuring
commenced.
Total flow quantity is represented by a floating decimal point number consisting of max.
7 digits. You can use this function to view higher numerical values (>9 999 999) as overflows. The effective quantity is thus the total of OVERFLOW plus the value returned by
the SUM function.
Example:
Reading for 2 overflows: 2 E7 kg (= 2 000 000 dm3)
The value returned by the SUM function = 896,845.7 dm3
Effective total quantity = 2,896,845.7 dm3
Display shows:
Integer with exponent, including sign and unit, e.g. 2 E7 dm3
UNIT TOTALIZER
Use this function to define the unit for the totalizer.
Options:
Metric → cm3; dm3; m3; ml; l; hl; Ml Mega
US → cc; af; ft3; oz f; gal; Kgal; Mgal; bbl (normal fluids); bbl (beer);
bbl (petrochemicals); bbl (filling tanks)
Imperial → gal; Mgal; bbl (beer); bbl (petrochemicals)
Factory setting:
Depends on nominal diameter and country (see Page 58 ff.).
16
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
7 Group TOTALIZER 1/2
Function description TOTALIZER 1/2
TOTALIZER MODE
Use this function to define how the flow components are to be totalised.
Options:
BALANCE
Positive and negative flow components. The positive and negative flow components are
balanced. In other words, net flow in the flow direction is registered.
FORWARD
Positive flow components only
REVERSE
Negative flow components only
Factory setting:
Totalizer 1 = BALANCE
Totalizer 2 = FORWARD
RESET TOTALIZER
Use this function to reset the sum and the overflow of the totalizer to "zero" (= RESET).
Options:
NO
YES
Factory setting:
NO
!
Note!
If the device is equipped with a status input and if it is appropriately configured, totalizer
resetting can also be triggered by a pulse.
Endress+Hauser
17
8 Group HANDLING TOTALIZER
8
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Group HANDLING TOTALIZER
Function description HANDLING TOTALIZER
RESET ALL
TOTALIZERS
Use this function to reset the totals (including all overflows) of the totalizers (1...2) to
"zero".
Options:
NO
YES
Factory setting:
NO
!
Note!
If the device has a status input and if it is appropriately configured, a reset for the totalizer
(1...2) can also be triggered by a pulse (see the ASSIGN STATUS INPUT function on
Page 31).
FAILSAFE MODE
Use this function to define the totalizer response in case of fault.
Options:
STOP
The totalizer is paused until the fault is rectified.
ACTUAL VALUE
The totalizer continues to count on the basis of the current flow measuring value. The
fault is ignored.
HOLD VALUE
The totalizer continues to count the flow that is based on the last valid flow measuring
value (before the fault occurred).
Factory setting:
STOP
18
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
9
9 Group CURRENT OUTPUT
Group CURRENT OUTPUT
Function description CURRENT OUTPUT
ASSIGN CURRENT OUTPUT
Use this function to assign a measured variable to the current output.
Options:
OFF
VOLUME FLOW
Factory setting:
VOLUME FLOW
!
Note!
If you select OFF, the only function shown in this group is the function
(ASSIGN CURRENT OUTPUT).
Endress+Hauser
19
9 Group CURRENT OUTPUT
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Function description CURRENT OUTPUT
CURRENT SPAN
Use this function to define the current span. The selection specifies the operational range
and the lower and upper signal on alarm. For the current output the option HART can be
defined additionally.
Options:
0–20 mA
4–20 mA
4–20 mA HART
4–20 mA NAMUR
4–20 mA HART NAMUR
4–20 mA US
4–20 mA HART US
0–20 mA (25 mA)
4–20 mA (25 mA)
4–20 mA (25 mA) HART
Factory setting:
4–20 mA HART NAMUR
Current span, operational range and signal on alarm level
2
1
3
I[mA]
1
2
3
0-20 mA
a
0 - 20.5 mA
0
22
4-20 mA
4 - 20.5 mA
2
22
4-20 mA HART
4 - 20.5 mA
2
22
4-20 mA NAMUR
3.8 - 20.5 mA
3.5
22.6
4-20 mA HART NAMUR
3.8 - 20.5 mA
3.5
22.6
4-20 mA US
3.9 - 20.8 mA
3.75
22.6
4-20 mA HART US
3.9 - 20.8 mA
3.75
22.6
0-20 mA (25 mA)
0 - 24 mA
0
25
4-20 mA (25 mA)
4 - 24 mA
2
25
4-20 mA (25 mA) HART
4 - 24 mA
2
25
A0001222
a = Current span
1 = Operational range (measuring information)
2 = Lower signal on alarm level
3 = Upper signal on alarm level
!
Note!
• When switching the hardware from an active (factory setting) to a passive output
signal select a current span of 4–20 mA.
• If the measured value exceeds the measuring range a notice message is generated
(#351...354, current span).
• In case of a fault the behaviour of the current output is according to the selected
option in the function FAILSAFE MODE (see Page 21). Change the error category in
the function ASSIGN SYSTEM ERROR (see Page 54) to generate a fault message
instead of a notice message.
20
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
9 Group CURRENT OUTPUT
Function description CURRENT OUTPUT
VALUE 20 mA
Use this function to assign the 20 mA current a full scale value.
Positive and negative values are permissible. The required measuring range is defined by
defining the VALUE 20 mA.
In the SYMMETRY measuring mode, (see Page 45), the value assigned applies to both
flow directions; in the STANDARD measuring mode it applies only to the flow direction
selected.
User input:
5-digit floating-point number, with sign
Factory setting:
Depends on nominal diameter and country (see Page 58 ff.).
!
Note!
• The appropriate unit is taken from the group SYSTEM UNITS, (see Page 8).
• The value for 0 or 4 mA always corresponds to the zero flow (0 [unit]). This value is
fixed and cannot be edited.
TIME CONSTANT
Use this function to enter a time constant defining how the current output signal reacts
to severely fluctuating measured variables, either very quickly (enter a low time constant)
or with damping (enter a high time constant).
User input:
fixed-point number 0.01...100.00 s
Factory setting:
3.00 s
FAILSAFE MODE
For safety reasons it is advisable to ensure that the current output assumes a predefined
state in the event of a fault. The setting you select here affects only the current output.
The failsafe mode of other outputs and the totalizers is defined in the corresponding
function groups.
Options:
MIN. CURRENT
The current output adopts the value of the lower signal on alarm level (as defined in the
function CURRENT SPAN).
MAX. CURRENT
The current output adopts the value of the upper signal on alarm level (as defined in the
function CURRENT SPAN).
HOLD VALUE (not recommended)
Measuring value output is based on the last measuring value saved before the error
occurred .
ACTUAL VALUE
Measured value output is based on the current flow measurement.
The fault is ignored .
Factory setting:
MIN. CURRENT
ACTUAL CURRENT
Use this function to view the computed actual value of the output current.
User interface:
0.00...25.00 mA
Endress+Hauser
21
9 Group CURRENT OUTPUT
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Function description CURRENT OUTPUT
SIMULATION CURRENT
Use this function to activate simulation of the current output.
Options:
OFF
ON
Factory setting:
OFF
!
Note!
• The "SIMULATION CURRENT OUTPUT" notice message indicates that simulation is
active.
• The measuring device continues to measure while simulation is in progress,
i.e. the current measuring values are output correctly via the other outputs.
"
Caution!
The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
VALUE SIMULATION
CURRENT
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the function SIMULATION CURRENT is active
(= ON).
Use this function to define a selectable value (e.g. 12 mA) to be output at the current
output. This value is used to test downstream devices and the measuring device itself.
User input:
Floating-point number: 0.00...25.00 mA
Factory setting:
0.00 mA
"
Caution!
The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
22
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
10
10 Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
Function description PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
This group is not available unless the measuring device is equipped with a pulse/frequency output.
OPERATION MODE
Use this function to configure the output as a pulse output or frequency output. The
functions available in this function group vary, depending on which option you select
here.
Options:
PULSE
FREQUENCY
Factory setting:
PULSE
ASSIGN FREQUENCY
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the FREQUENCY setting was selected in the
function OPERATION MODE.
Use this function to assign a measured variable to the frequency output.
Options:
OFF
VOLUME FLOW
Factory setting:
VOLUME FLOW
!
Note!
If you select OFF, the only functions shown in this function group are the functions
ASSIGN FREQUENCY and OPERATION MODE.
END VALUE FREQ.
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the FREQUENCY setting was selected in the
function OPERATION MODE.
Use this function to define a full scale frequency for the frequency output.
You define the associated measured value of the measuring range in the function
VALUE-f HIGH on Page 24.
User input:
4-digit fixed-point number 2...1250 Hz
Factory setting:
1000 Hz
Example:
• VALUE-f HIGH = 1000 l/h, end frequency = 1000 Hz: i.e. at a flow of
1000 l/h, a frequency of 1000 Hz is output.
• VALUE-f HIGH = 3600 l/h, end frequency = 1000 Hz: i.e. at a flow of
3600 l/h, a frequency of 1000 Hz is output.
!
Note!
• In the FREQUENCY operating mode the output signal is symmetrical
(on/off ratio = 1:1). At low frequencies the pulse duration is limited to a maximum of
2 seconds, i.e. the on/off ratio is no longer symmetrical.
• The initial frequency is always 0 Hz. This value is fixed and cannot be edited.
Endress+Hauser
23
10 Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Function description PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
VALUE-f HIGH
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the FREQUENCY setting was selected in the
function OPERATION MODE.
Use this function to assign a value to the end value frequency.
Positive and negative values are permissible. The required measuring range is defined by
defining the VALUE-f HIGH. In the SYMMETRY measuring mode, (see Page 45), the
value assigned applies to both flow directions; in the STANDARD measuring mode it
applies only to the flow direction selected.
User input:
5-digit floating-point number
Factory setting:
Depends on nominal diameter and country, [value] / [dm3...m3 or US-gal...US-Mgal]
corresponds to the factory setting for the final value (see Page 58 ff.)
.
Freq.
125
100
0
➀
➁
Q
A0001279
➀ = Value-f min.
➁ = Value-f high
!
Note!
• The appropriate unit is taken from the group SYSTEM UNITS, (see Page 8).
• The value-f min. for the initial frequency always corresponds to the zero flow
(0 [unit]). This value is fixed and cannot be edited.
24
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
10 Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
Function description PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
OUTPUT SIGNAL
!
Note!
Function is not available unless the FREQUENCY setting was selected in the
OPERATION MODE function.
For selecting the output configuration of the frequency output.
Options:
PASSIVE - POSITIVE
PASSIVE - NEGATIVE
Factory setting: PASSIVE - POSITIVE
Explanation
• PASSIVE = power is supplied to the frequency output by means of an external power
supply.
Configuring the output signal level (POSITIVE or NEGATIVE) determines the quiescent
behaviour (at zero flow) of the frequency output.
The internal transistor is activated as follows:
• If POSITIVE is selected, the internal transistor is activated with a positive signal level.
• If NEGATIVE is selected, the internal transistor is activated with a negative signal
level (0 V).
!
Note!
With the passive output configuration, the output signal levels of the frequency output
depend on the external circuit (see examples).
Example for passive output circuit (PASSIVE)
If PASSIVE is selected, the frequency output is configured as an open collector.
m
1 5 7 8 3
+
n
=
Umax = 30 V DC
-
A0001225
m = Open collector
n = External power supply
!
Note!
For continuous currents up to 25 mA (Imax = 250 mA / 20 ms).
Example for output configuration PASSIVE-POSITIVE:
Output configuration with an external pull-up resistance.
In the quiescent state (at zero flow), the output signal level at the terminals is 0 V.
+ Umax = 30 V DC
n
U (V)
U (V)
m
o
p
t
m = Open collector
n = Pull-up resistance
o = Transistor activation in "POSITIVE" quiescent state (at zero flow)
p = Output signal level in quiescent state (at zero flow)
t
A0004687
In the operating status (flow present), the output signal level changes from 0 V to a positive voltage level.
U (V)
t
A0001975
(continued on next page)
Endress+Hauser
25
10 Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Function description PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
OUTPUT SIGNAL
(continued)
Example for output configuration PASSIVE-POSITIVE:
Output configuration with an external pull-down resistance.
In the quiescent state (at zero flow), a positive voltage level is measured via the
pull-down resistance.
+ Umax = 30 V DC
U (V)
U (V)
m
o
t
p
n
t
A0004689
m = Open collector
n = Pull-down resistance
o = Transistor activation in "POSITIVE" quiescent state (at zero flow)
p = Output signal level in quiescent state (at zero flow)
In the operating status (flow present), the output signal level changes from a positive
voltage level to 0 V.
U (V)
t
A0001981
Example for output configuration PASSIVE-NEGATIVE:
Output configuration with an external pull-up resistance.
In the quiescent state (at zero flow), the output signal level at the terminals is at a positive voltage level.
+ Umax = 30 V DC
n
U (V)
U (V)
m
o
p
t
m = Open collector
n = Pull-up resistance
o = Transistor activation in "NEGATIVE" quiescent state (at zero flow)
p = Output signal level in quiescent state (at zero flow)
t
A0004690
In the operating status (flow present), the output signal level changes from a positive
voltage level to 0 V.
U (V)
t
A0001981
26
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
10 Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
Function description PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
TIME CONSTANT
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the FREQUENCY setting was selected in the
function OPERATION MODE.
Use this function to enter a time constant defining how the frequency output signal
reacts to severely fluctuating measured variables, either very quickly (enter a low time
constant) or with damping (enter a high time constant).
User input:
Floating-point number 0.00...100.00 s
Factory setting:
0.00 s
FAILSAFE MODE
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the FREQUENCY setting was selected in the
function OPERATION MODE.
For safety reasons it is advisable to ensure that the frequency output assumes a predefined state in the event of a fault. Use this function to define this state. The setting you
select here affects only the frequency output. It has no effect on other outputs and the
display (e.g. totalizers).
Options:
FALLBACK VALUE
Output is 0 Hz.
FAILSAFE LEVEL
Output is the frequency specified in the FAILSAFE VALUE function.
HOLD VALUE
Measuring value output is based on the last measuring value saved before the error
occurred.
ACTUAL VALUE
Measuring value output is based on the current flow measurement.
The fault is ignored.
Factory setting:
FALLBACK VALUE
FAILSAFE VALUE
!
Note!
This function is not available unless FREQUENCY was selected in the OPERATION
MODE function and FAILSAFE LEVEL was selected in the function FAILSAFE MODE.
Use this function to define the frequency that the measuring device should output in the
event of a fault.
User input:
max. 4-digit number: 0...1250 Hz
Factory setting:
1250 Hz
ACTUAL FREQUENCY
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the FREQUENCY setting was selected in the
function OPERATION MODE.
Use this function to view the computed value of the output frequency.
User interface:
0...1250 Hz
Endress+Hauser
27
10 Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Function description PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
SIMULATION
FREQUENCY
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the FREQUENCY setting was selected in the
function OPERATION MODE.
Use this function to activate simulation of the frequency output.
Options:
OFF
ON
Factory setting:
OFF
!
Note!
• The "SIMULATION FREQUENCY OUTPUT" notice message indicates that simulation
is active.
• The measuring device continues to measure while simulation is in progress, i.e. the
current measuring values are output correctly via the other outputs.
"
Caution!
The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
VALUE SIMULATION
FREQUENCY
!
Note!
This function is not available unless FREQUENCY was selected in the OPERATION
MODE function and the function VALUE SIMULATION FREQUENCY is active (= ON).
Use this function to define a selectable frequency value (e.g. 500 Hz) to be output at the
frequency output. This value is used to test downstream devices and the measuring
device itself.
User input:
0...1250 Hz
Factory setting:
0 Hz
"
Caution!
The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
ASSIGN PULSE
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the PULSE setting was selected in the OPERATION
MODE function.
Use this function to assign a measured variable to the pulse output.
Options:
OFF
VOLUME FLOW
Factory setting:
VOLUME FLOW
!
Note!
If you select OFF, the only functions shown in this function group are the functions
ASSIGN PULSE and OPERATION MODE.
28
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
10 Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
Function description PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
PULSE VALUE
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the PULSE setting was selected in the OPERATION
MODE function.
Use this function to define the flow at which a pulse is triggered.
These pulses can be totalled by an external totalizer and in this way the total flow since
measuring commenced can be registered.
User input:
5-digit floating-point number, [unit]
Factory setting:
Depends on nominal diameter and country (see Page 58 ff.).
!
Note!
The appropriate unit is taken from the group SYSTEM UNITS (see Page 8).
PULSE WIDTH
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the PULSE setting was selected in the OPERATION
MODE function.
Use this function to enter the maximum pulse width of the output pulses.
User input:
0.5...2000 ms
Factory setting:
100 ms
Pulse output is always with the pulse width (B) entered in this function. The intervals
(P) between the individual pulses are automatically configured. However, they must at
least correspond to the pulse width (B = P).
transistor
transistor
B< P
B
conducting
B= P
B
conducting
nonconducting
nonconducting
P
t
P
t
A0001233-en
B = Pulse width entered (the illustration applies to positive pulses)
P= Intervals between the individual pulses
!
Note!
When entering the pulse width, select a value that can still be processed by an external
totalizer (e.g. mechanical totalizer, PLC, etc.).
"
Caution!
If the pulse number or frequency resulting from the pulse value entered, (see function
PULSE VALUE on Page 27), and from the current flowis too large to maintain the pulse
width selected (interval P is smaller than the pulse width B entered), a system error message (pulse memory) is generated after buffering/balancing time.
Endress+Hauser
29
10 Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Function description PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
OUTPUT SIGNAL
!
Note!
Function is not available unless the PULSE setting was selected in the OPERATION
MODE function.
For selecting the output configuration of the pulse output.
Options:
PASSIVE - POSITIVE
PASSIVE - NEGATIVE
Factory setting: PASSIVE - POSITIVE
Explanation
• PASSIVE = power is supplied to the pulse output by means of an external power
supply.
Configuring the output signal level (POSITIVE or NEGATIVE) determines the quiescent
behaviour (at zero flow) of the pulse output.
The internal transistor is activated as follows:
• If POSITIVE is selected, the internal transistor is activated with a positive signal level.
• If NEGATIVE is selected, the internal transistor is activated with a negative signal
level (0 V).
!
Note!
With the passive output configuration, the output signal levels of the pulse output
depend on the external circuit (see examples).
Example for passive output circuit (PASSIVE)
If PASSIVE is selected, the pulse output is configured as an open collector.
m
1 5 7 8 3
+
n
=
Umax = 30 V DC
-
A0001225
➀ = Open Collector
➁ = External power supply
!
Note!
For continuous currents up to 25 mA (Imax = 250 mA / 20 ms).
Example for output configuration PASSIVE-POSITIVE:
Output configuration with an external pull-up resistance.
In the quiescent state (at zero flow), the output signal level at the terminals is 0 V.
+ Umax = 30 V DC
n
U (V)
U (V)
m
o
p
t
➀ = Open Collector
➁ = Pull-Up-Resistance
➂ = Transistor activation in "POSITIVE" quiescent state (at zero flow)
➃ = Output signal level in quiescent state (at zero flow)
t
A0004687
In the operating status (flow present), the output signal level changes from 0 V to a
positive voltage level.
U (V)
t
A0001975
(continued on next page)
30
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
10 Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
Function description PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
OUTPUT SIGNAL
(continued)
Example for output configuration PASSIVE-POSITIVE:
Output configuration with an external pull-down resistance. In the quiescent state (at
zero flow), a positive voltage level is measured via the pull-down resistance.
+ Umax = 30 V DC
U (V)
U (V)
m
o
t
p
n
t
A0004689
➀ = Open Collector
➁ = Pull-Down-Resistance
➂ = Transistor activation in "POSITIVE" quiescent state (at zero flow)
➃ = Output signal level in quiescent state (at zero flow)
In the operating status (flow present), the output signal level changes from a positive
voltage level to 0 V.
U (V)
t
A0001981
Example for output configuration PASSIVE-NEGATIVE:
Output configuration with an external pull-up resistance. In the quiescent state (at zero
flow), the output signal level at the terminals is at a positive voltage level.
+ Umax = 30 V DC
n
U (V)
U (V)
m
o
p
t
➀ = Open Collector
➁ = Pull-Up-Resistance
➂ = Transistor activation in "NEGATIVE" quiescent state (at zero flow)
➃ = Output signal level in quiescent state (at zero flow)
t
A0004690
In the operating status (flow present), the output signal level changes from a positive
voltage level to 0 V.
U (V)
t
A0001981
Endress+Hauser
31
10 Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Function description PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
FAILSAFE MODE
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the PULSE setting was selected in the function
OPERATION MODE.
For safety reasons it is advisable to ensure that the pulse output assumes a predefined
state in the event of a fault. Use this function to define this state. The setting you select
here affects only the pulse output. It has no effect on other outputs and the display
(e.g. totalizers).
Options:
FALLBACK VALUE
Output is 0 pulse.
ACTUAL VALUE
Measuring value output is based on the current flow measurement. The fault is ignored.
Factory setting:
FALLBACK VALUE
SIMULATION PULSE
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the PULSE option was selected in the OPERATION
MODE function.
Use this function to activate simulation of the pulse output.
Options:
OFF
COUNTDOWN
The pulses specified in the VALUE SIMULATION PULSE function are output.
CONTINUOUSLY
Pulses are continuously output with the pulse width specified in the PULSE WIDTH
function. Simulation is started once the CONTINUOUSLY option is confirmed with the
F key.
!
Note!
Simulation is started by confirming the CONTINUOUSLY option with the F key.
The simulation can be switched off again via the SIMULATION PULSE function.
Factory setting:
OFF
!
Note!
• The notice message #631 "SIM. PULSE" indicates that simulation is active.
• The on/off ratio is 1:1 for both types of simulation.
• The measuring device continues to measure while simulation is in progress, i.e. the
current measured values are output correctly via the other outputs.
"
Caution!
The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
32
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
10 Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
Function description PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
VALUE SIMULATION
PULSE
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the COUNTDOWN option was selected in the
SIMULATION PULSE function.
Use this function to specify the number of pulses (e.g. 50) which are output during the
simulation. This value is used to test downstream devices and the measuring device
itself. The pulses are output with the pulse width specified in the PULSE WIDTH function. The on/off ratio is 1:1.
Simulation is started once the specified value is confirmed with the F key. The display
remains at "0" if the specified pulses have been output.
User input:
0...10000
Factory setting:
0
!
Note!
Simulation is started by confirming the simulation value with the F key.
The simulation can be switched off again via the SIMULATION PULSE function.
"
Caution!
The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
Endress+Hauser
33
11 Group STATUS OUTPUT
Device functions Proline Promag 50
11
Group STATUS OUTPUT
Function description STATUS OUTPUT
This group is not available unless the measuring device is equipped with a status output.
ASSIGN STATUS
OUTPUT
Use this function to assign a switching function to the status output.
Options:
OFF
ON (operation)
FAULT MESSAGE
NOTICE MESSAGE
FAULT MESSAGE or NOTICE MESSAGE
EPD or OED (Empty Pipe Detection / Open Electrode Detection, only if active)
FLOW DIRECTION
VOLUME FLOW LIMIT VALUE
Factory setting:
FAULT MESSAGE
!
Note!
• The behaviour of the status output is a normally closed behaviour, in other words the
output is closed (transistor conductive) when normal, error-free measuring is in
progress.
• It is very important to read and comply with the information on the switching characteristics of the status output, (see Page 34).
• If you select OFF, the only function shown in this function group is the function
ASSIGN STATUS OUTPUT.
ON-VALUE
!
Note!
This function is not available unless LIMIT VALUE or FLOW DIRECTION was selected
in the function ASSIGN STATUS OUTPUT.
Use this function to assign a value to the switch-on point (status output pulls up). The
value can be equal to, greater than or less than the switch-off point. Positive and negative
values are permissible.
User input:
5-digit floating-point number, [unit]
Factory setting:
0 [unit]
!
Note!
• The appropriate unit is taken from the group SYSTEM UNITS, (see Page 8).
• Only the switch-on point is available for flow direction output (no switch-off point). If
you enter a value not equal to the zero flow (e.g. 5 ), the difference between the zero
flow and the value entered corresponds to half the switchover hysteresis.
34
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
11 Group STATUS OUTPUT
Function description STATUS OUTPUT
OFF-VALUE
!
Note!
This function is not available unless LIMIT VALUE was selected in the function ASSIGN
STATUS OUTPUT.
Use this function to assign a value to the switch-off point (status output drops out). The
value can be equal to, greater than or less than the switch-on point. Positive and negative
values are permissible.
User input:
5-digit floating-point number, [unit]
Factory setting:
0 [unit]
!
Note!
• The appropriate unit is taken from the group SYSTEM UNITS, (see Page 8).
• If SYMMETRY is selected in the function MEASURING MODE (Page 45) and values
with different signs are entered for the switch-on and switch-off points, the notice
message "INPUT RANGE EXCEEDED" appears.
TIME CONSTANT
Use this function to enter a time constant defining how the measuring signal reacts to
severely fluctuating measured variables, either very quickly (enter a low time constant)
or with damping (enter a high time constant).
The purpose of damping, therefore, is to prevent the status output changing state continuously in response to fluctuations in flow.
User input:
fixed-point number 0.00...100.00 s
Factory setting:
0.00 s
ACTUAL STATUS
OUTPUT
Use this function to check the current status of the status output.
User interface:
NOT CONDUCTIVE
CONDUCTIVE
SIMULATION SWITCH
POINT
Use this function to activate simulation of the status output.
Options:
OFF
ON
Factory setting:
OFF
!
Note!
• The "SIMULATION STATUS OUTPUT" message indicates that simulation is active.
• The measuring device continues to measure while simulation is in progress, i.e. the
current measuring values are output correctly via the other outputs.
"
Caution!
The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
Endress+Hauser
35
11 Group STATUS OUTPUT
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Function description STATUS OUTPUT
VALUE SIMULATION
SWITCH POINT
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the function SIMULATION SWITCH POINT is
active (= ON).
Use this function to define the switching response of the status output during the simulation. This value is used to test downstream devices and the measuring device itself.
Options:
NOT CONDUCTIVE
CONDUCTIVE
Factory setting:
NOT CONDUCTIVE
"
Caution!
The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
36
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
11.1
11 Group STATUS OUTPUT
Information on the response of the status output
General
If you have configured the status output for "LIMIT VALUE" or "FLOW DIRECTION", you can
configure the requisite switch points in the functions ON-VALUE and OFF-VALUE. When the
measured variable in question reaches these predefined values, the status output switches as shown
in the illustrations below.
Status output configured for limit value
The status output switches as soon as the measured variable undershoots or overshoots a defined
switch point. Application: Monitoring flow or process-related boundary conditions.
Measured variable
A
m
B
n
C
n
m
m
o
o
n
o
t
A = Maximum safety → ➀ SWITCH-OFF POINT > ➁ SWITCH-ON POINT
B = Maximum safety → ➀ SWITCH-OFF POINT < ➁ SWITCH-ON POINT
C = Maximum safety → ➀ SWITCH-OFF POINT = ➁ SWITCH-ON POINT (this configuration is to avoid)
➂ = Status output switched off (not conductive)
A0001235
Status output configured for flow direction
The value entered in the function SWITCH-ON POINT defines the switch point for the positive and
negative directions of flow. If, for example, the switch point entered is = 1 m3/h, the status output
switches off at –1 m3/h (not conductive) and switches on again at +1 m3/h (conductive).
Set the switch point to 0 if your process calls for direct switchover (no switching hysteresis). If low
flow cut off is used, it is advisable to set hysteresis to a value greater than or equal to the low flow
rate.
Switch-off point / Switch-on point
-Q
-1
0
+1
Q
a
b
A0001236
a = Status output conductive
b = Status output not conductive
Endress+Hauser
37
11 Group STATUS OUTPUT
Device functions Proline Promag 50
11.2
Switching response of the status output
Function
ON (operation)
Open collector response
(transistor)
Status
System in measuring mode
XXX.XXX.XX
conductive
Esc
+
-
E
A0001052
System not in measuring mode
(power supply failed)
XXX.XXX.XX
not
conductive
Esc
+
-
A0001237
E
A0001291
Fault message
A0001238
System OK
XXX.XXX.XX
conductive
Esc
+
-
E
A0001052
(System or process error)
Fault → Error response of
outputs/Inputs and totalizer
XXX.XXX.XX
not
conductive
Esc
+
-
A0001237
E
A0001291
Notice message
A0001238
System OK
XXX.XXX.XX
conductive
Esc
+
-
E
A0001052
(System or process error)
Fault → Continuation of
measuring
XXX.XXX.XX
not
conductive
Esc
+
-
A0001237
E
A0001291
Fault message
or
notice message
A0001238
System OK
XXX.XXX.XX
conductive
Esc
+
-
E
A0001052
(System or process error)
Fault → Response to error
or
Note → Continuation of
measuring
XXX.XXX.XX
Esc
-
+
E
A0001237
not
conductive
A0001291
Empty pipe detection (EPD) /
A0001238
Measuring tube full
conductive
Open electrode
detection (OED)
A0001292
Measuring tube partially filled /
empty measuring tube
not
conductive
A0001293
38
A0001237
A0001238
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
11 Group STATUS OUTPUT
Function
Flow
direction
Open collector response
(transistor)
Status
Forward
conductive
A0001241
A0001237
Reverse
not
conductive
A0001242
Limit value
Volume flow
A0001238
Limit value not overshot or
undershot
conductive
A0001243
Limit value overshot or
undershot
not
conductive
A0001244
Endress+Hauser
A0001237
A0001238
39
12 Group STATUS INPUT
Device functions Proline Promag 50
12
Group STATUS INPUT
Function description STATUS INPUT
This group is not available unless the measuring device is equipped with a status input.
ASSIGN STATUS INPUT
Use this function to assign a switching function to the status input.
Options:
OFF
RESET TOTALIZER 1
POSITIVE ZERO RETURN
RESET TOTALIZER 2
RESET ALL TOTALIZERS
Factory setting:
OFF
!
Note!
Positive zero return is active as long as the active level is available at the status input
(continuous signal). All other assignments react to a change in level (pulse) at the status
input.
ACTIVE LEVEL
Use this function to define whether the assigned switch function, (see function ASSIGN
STATUS INPUT) is released or sustained when the level is present (HIGH) or not present
(LOW).
Options:
HIGH
LOW
Factory setting:
HIGH
MINIMUM PULSE
WIDTH
Use this function to define a minimum pulse width which the input pulse must achieve
in order to trigger the selected switching function.
User input:
20...100 ms
Factory setting:
50 ms
SIMULATION STATUS
INPUT
Use this function to activate simulation of the status input, i.e. to trigger the function
assigned to the status input, (see function ASSIGN STATUS INPUT on Page 31).
Options:
OFF
ON
Factory setting:
OFF
!
Note!
• The "SIMULATION STATUS INPUT" notice message indicates that simulation is
active.
• The measuring device continues to measure while simulation is in progress, i.e. the
current measuring values are output correctly via the outputs.
"
Caution!
The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
40
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
12 Group STATUS INPUT
Function description STATUS INPUT
VALUE SIMULATION
STATUS INPUT
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the function SIMULATION STATUS INPUT is active
(= ON).
Use this function to select the level to be simulated at the status input.
Options:
HIGH
LOW
Factory setting:
LOW
"
Caution!
The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
Endress+Hauser
41
13 Group COMMUNICATION
Device functions Proline Promag 50
13
Group COMMUNICATION
Function description COMMUNICATION
TAG NAME
Use this function to enter a tag name for the measuring device. You can edit and read this
tag name at the local display or via the HART protocol.
User input:
max. 8-character text, permitted characters are: A–Z, 0–9, +, –, punctuation marks
Factory setting:
"_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _" (no text)
TAG DESCRIPTION
Use this function to enter a tag description for the measuring device. You can edit and
read this tag description at the local display or via the HART protocol.
User input:
max. 16-character text, permitted characters are: A–Z, 0–9, +, –, punctuation marks
Factory setting:
"_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _" (No text)
BUS ADDRESS
Use this function to define the address for the exchange of data with the HART protocol.
User input:
0...15
Factory setting:
0
!
Note!
Addresses 1...15: a constant 4 mA current is applied.
HART PROTOCOL
Use this function to display if the HART protocol is active.
User interface:
OFF = HART protocol not active
ON = HART protocol active
!
Note!
The HART protocol is activated by selecting 4–20 mA HART or 4–20 mA (25 mA) HART
in the function CURRENT SPAN (see Page 20).
MANUFACTURER ID
Use this function to view the manufacturer.
User interface:
– Endress+Hauser
– 17 (≅ 11 hex) for Endress+Hauser
DEVICE ID
Use this function to view the device ID in hexadecimal numerical format.
User interface:
41 (≅ 65 dez) for Promag 50
DEVICE REVISION
Use this function to view the device-specific revision of the HART command interface.
User interface:
E.g.: 5
42
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
14
14 Group PROCESS PARAMETER
Group PROCESS PARAMETER
Function description PROCESS PARAMETER
ASSIGN LOW FLOW CUT
OFF
Use this function to assign the switch point for low flow cut off.
Options:
OFF
VOLUME FLOW
Factory setting:
VOLUME FLOW
ON-VALUE LOW FLOW
CUT OFF
Use this function to enter the switch-on point for low flow cut off.
Low flow cut off is active if the value entered is not equal to 0. The sign of the flow value
is highlighted on the display to indicate that low flow cut off is active.
User input:
5-digit floating-point number, [unit]
Factory setting:
Depends on nominal diameter and country (see Page 58 ff.).
!
Note!
The appropriate unit is taken from the group SYSTEM UNITS (see Page 8).
OFF-VALUE LOW FLOW
CUT OFF
Use this function to enter the switch-off point for low flow cut off.
Enter the switch-off point as a positive hysteresis value from the switch-on point.
User input:
Integer 0...100%
Factory setting:
50%
Q
n
m
b
H
a
t
A0003882
m = switch-on point , n = switch-off point
a = Low flow cut off is switched on
b = Low flow cut off is switched off (a + a ⋅ H)
H = Hysteresis value: 0 to 100%
■ = Low flow cut off active
Q = Flow
Endress+Hauser
43
14 Group PROCESS PARAMETER
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Function description PROCESS PARAMETER
EMPTY PIPE
DETECTION (EPD)
Flow cannot be measured correctly unless the measuring tube is full. This status can be
monitored at all times with the Empty Pipe Detection function. Use this function to
activate Empty Pipe Detection (EPD) or Open Electrode Detection (OED).
• EPD = Empty Pipe Detection (with the help of an EPD electrode)
• OED = Open Electrode Detection (empty pipe detection with the help of the measuring electrodes, if the sensor is not equipped with an EPD electrode or the orientation
is not suitable for using EPD).
Options:
OFF – ON SPECIAL – OED – ON STANDARD
OFF (neither EPD nor OED are active)
ON SPECIAL (only for DN <400):
Switching on the Empty Pipe Detection (EPD) for devices in remote version (transmitter
and sensor are installed separately).
OED:
Switching on the Open Electrode Detection (OED).
ON STANDARD:
Switching on the Empty Pipe Detection (EPD) for:
– Devices in compact version (transmitter and sensor form a single mechanical unit).
– Applications where a facing and coating of the fluid on the measuring tube line and
measuring electrode accrues.
Factory setting:
OFF
!
Note!
• The options ON STANDARD and ON SPECIAL are not available unless the sensor is
equipped with an EPD electrode.
• The default setting for the EPD/OED functions when the device is delivered is OFF.
The functions must be activated as required.
• The devices are calibrated at the factory with water (approx. 500 µS/cm). If the conductivity of certain fluids deviates from this reference, empty pipe/full pipe adjustment
must be performed again on site (see function EPD/OED ADJUSTMENT on page 46).
• The adjustment coefficients must be valid before you can switch on the EPD or OED.
If these coefficients are not available, the function EPD/OED ADJUSTMENT is displayed (see Page 44).
• If there are problems with the adjustment, the following error messages appear on the
screen:
– ADJUSTMENT FULL = EMPTY:
The adjustment values for empty pipe and full pipe are identical. In such instances,
empty pipe adjustment/full pipe adjustment must be carried out again.
– ADJUSTMENT NOT OK:
Adjustment is not possible as the fluid conductivity values are outside the permitted
range.
(continued on next page)
44
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
14 Group PROCESS PARAMETER
Function description PROCESS PARAMETER
EMPTY PIPE
DETECTION (EPD)
(continued)
Notes on empty pipe detection (EPD and OED)
• Flow cannot be measured correctly unless the measuring pipe is completely full. This
status can be monitored at all times by means of the EPD/OED.
• An empty or partially filled pipe is a process error. A default factory setting defines that
a fault message is issued and that this process error has an effect on the outputs.
• The EPD/OED process error can be output via the configurable status output.
• Use the function ASSIGN PROCESS ERROR to define whether a notice or fault message should be triggered (see Page 54).
• A plausibility check of the adjustment values will only be executed by activating the
empty pipe detection. If an empty or full pipe adjustment is performed during the
empty pipe detection is active, the empty pipe detection has to be de- and again activated, after finishing the adjustment, to start the plausibility check.
Response to partially filled pipes
If the EPD/OED is switched on and responds to a partially filled or empty pipe, the fault
message "EMPTY PIPE" appears on the display. If the pipe is partially empty and the
EPD/OED is not switched on, the response can vary in identically configured systems:
• Flow reading fluctuates
• Zero flow
• Excessively high flow values
Notes on Open Electrode Detection (OED)
Open Electrode Detection (OED) functions like the Empty Pipe Detection (EPD).
In contrast to the EPD where the measuring device must be equipped with a separate
(optional) electrode, the OED detects partial filling by means of the two measuring electrodes which are present as standard (fluid no longer covers the measuring electrodes).
Open electrode detection can also be used if:
• the sensor is not installed in the optimal position for using EPD (optimal = installed
horizontally).
• the sensor is not equipped with an additional (optional) EPD electrode.
!
Note!
• Cable connection length:
When mounting a remote version, please observe the maximum permissible cable
length of 15 metres in order to keep the OED function.
• OED empty pipe adjustment:
To achieve the best results for the open electrode detection, it is important to have the
electrodes surface as dry as possible (no liquid film) while the empty-pipe adjustment
is being made.
Even during normal operation, the OED function is only secured if there is no longer
any liquid film present on the electrodes when the measuring pipe is empty.
Endress+Hauser
45
14 Group PROCESS PARAMETER
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Function description PROCESS PARAMETER
EPD/OED ADJUSTMENT
Use this function to activate the EPD/OED adjustment for an empty or full measuring
tube.
!
Note!
A detailed description and other helpful hints for the empty-pipe/full-pipe adjustment
procedure can be found on Page 44.
Options:
OFF
FULL PIPE ADJUST
EMPTY PIPE ADJUST
OED FULL ADJUST
OED EMPTY ADJUST
Factory setting:
OFF
Procedure for EPD or OED empty-pipe / full-pipe adjustment
1. Empty the piping. In case of an EPD adjustment, the wall of the measuring tube
should be wetted with fluid for the adjustment procedure but this is not the case with
an OED adjustment!
2. Start empty-pipe adjustment: Select "EMPTY PIPE ADJUST" or "OED EMPTY
ADJUST" and press F to confirm.
3. After empty-pipe adjustment, fill the piping with fluid.
4. Start full-pipe adjustment: Select "FULL PIPE ADJUST" or "OED FULL ADJUST" and
press F to confirm.
5. Having completed the adjustment, select the setting "OFF" and exit the function by
pressing F .
6. Now select the "EMPTY PIPE DETECTION" function. Switch on Empty Pipe
Detection by selecting the following settings:
– EPD → Select ON STANDARD or ON SPECIAL and press F to confirm.
– OED → Select OED and confirm with F .
"
Caution!
The adjustment coefficients must be valid before you can activate the EPD/OED function. If adjustment is incorrect the following messages might appear on the display:
– FULL = EMPTY
The adjustment values for empty pipe and full pipe are identical. In cases of this nature
you must repeat empty-pipe or full-pipe adjustment again!
– ADJUSTMENT NOT OK
Adjustment is not possible because the fluid’s conductivity is out of range.
46
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
14 Group PROCESS PARAMETER
Function description PROCESS PARAMETER
EPD/OED RESPONSE
TIME
!
Note!
This function is not available unless ON STANDARD, ON SPECIAL or OED was selected
in the EMPTY PIPE DETECTION function.
Use this function to enter the time span for which the criteria for an "empty" pipe have to
be satisfied without interruption before a notice message or fault message is generated.
The setting defined here is used by the active empty pipe detection (EPD) or open electrode detection (OED).
User input:
fixed-point number 1.0...100 s
Factory setting:
1.0 s
!
Note!
OED detection time:
The recognition of open electrodes is, in contrast to the empty pipe detection (EPD), very
slow reacting (delay at least 25 seconds) and is only activated after an aditional delay
from the programmed response time!
We recommend in most applications to use the empty pipe detection (EPD) which is an
optimal solution for detecting partly filled measuring tubes.
ECC
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the measuring device is equipped with the optional
electrode cleaning function (ECC).
Use this function to activate cyclical electrode cleaning.
Options:
OFF
ON
Factory setting:
ON (only if the optional electrode cleaning function ECC is available)
Notes on electrode cleaning (ECC)
Conductive deposits on the electrodes and on the walls of the measuring tube (e.g. magnetite) can falsify measurement values. The Electrode Cleaning Circuitry (ECC) was
developed to prevent such conductive deposits accreting in the vicinity of the electrodes.
ECC functions as described above for all available electrode materials except tantalum. If
tantalum is used as the electrode material, the ECC protects the electrode surface only
against oxidation.
"
Caution!
If the ECC is switched off for a prolonged period in applications with conductive deposits, a layer forms inside the measuring tube and this can falsify measurement values. If
the layer is allowed to accrete beyond a certain level, it might no longer be possible to
remove it by switching on the ECC. If this happens the measuring tube must be cleaned
and the layer removed.
ECC DURATION
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the measuring device is equipped with the optional
electrode cleaning function (ECC).
Use this function to specify the electrode cleaning duration.
User input:
fixed-point number 0.01...30.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s
Endress+Hauser
47
14 Group PROCESS PARAMETER
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Function description PROCESS PARAMETER
ECC RECOVERY TIME
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the measuring device is equipped with the optional
electrode cleaning function (ECC).
Use this function to specify the recovery time for which the last flow value measured
prior to cleaning is retained. A recovery time is necessary as the signal outputs can fluctuate after electrode cleaning on account of electrochemical interference voltages.
User input:
max. 3-digit number: 1... 600 s
Factory setting:
5s
"
Caution!
The last value measured prior to cleaning is output for the duration of the recovery time
(max. 600 s). This in turn means that the measuring system does not register changes in
flow, e.g. stoppage, during this time span.
ECC CLEANING CYCLE
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the measuring device is equipped with the optional
electrode cleaning function (ECC).
Use this function to specify the cleaning cycle for electrode cleaning.
User input:
Integer: 30...10080 min
Factory setting:
40 min
48
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
15
15 Group SYSTEM PARAMETERS
Group SYSTEM PARAMETERS
Function description SYSTEM PARAMETERS
INSTALLATION
DIRECTION SENSOR
Use this function to reverse the sign of the flow quantity, if necessary.
Options:
NORMAL (flow as indicated by the arrow)
INVERSE (flow opposite to direction indicated by the arrow)
Factory setting:
NORMAL
!
Note!
Ascertain the actual direction of fluid flow with reference to the direction indicated by
the arrow on the sensor (nameplate).
MEASURING MODE
Use this function to select the measuring mode for all outputs.
Options:
STANDARD
SYMMETRY
Factory setting:
STANDARD
The responses of the individual outputs in each of the measuring modes are described in
detail on the following pages:
Current output and frequency output
STANDARD
Only the flow components for the selected flow direction are totalled, (positive or negative full scale value ➁ = flow direction). Flow components in the opposite direction are
not taken into account (suppression).
Example for current output:
mA
20
4
0
Q
➀
➁
A0001248
SYMMETRY
The output signals of the current and frequency outputs are independent of the direction
of flow (absolute amount of the measured variable).
The "VALUE 20 mA" or "VALUE-f HIGH" ➂ (e.g. backflow) corresponds to the mirrored
VALUE 20 mA or VALUE-f HIGH ➁ (e.g. flow).
Positive and negative flow components are taken into account.
Example for current output:
mA
20
4
0
➂
Q
➀
➁
A0001249
!
Note!
The direction of flow can be output via the configurable status output.
(continued on next page)
Endress+Hauser
49
15 Group SYSTEM PARAMETERS
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Function description SYSTEM PARAMETERS
MEASURING MODE
(continued)
Pulse output
STANDARD
Only positive flow components are totalled. Negative components are not taken into
account.
SYMMETRY
Positive and negative flow components are taken into account.
!
Note!
The direction of flow can be output via the configurable status output.
Status output
!
Note!
The information is only applicable if LIMIT VALUE was selected in the function ASSIGN
STATUS OUTPUT.
STANDARD
The status output signal switches at the defined switch points.
SYMMETRY
The status output signal switches at the defined switch points, irrespective of the sign. In
other words, if you define a switch point with a positive sign, the status output signal
switches as soon as the value is reached in the negative direction (negative sign), (see
illustration).
Example for the SYMMETRY measuring mode:
Switch-on point: Q = 4
Switch-off point: Q = 10
➀ = Status output switched on (conductive)
➁ = Status output switched off (not conductive)
Q
10
4
0
t
-4
- 10
➀
➁
➀
➁
➀
A0001247
POSITIVE ZERO RETURN
Use this function to interrupt evaluation of measured variables.
This is necessary when a piping system is being cleaned, for example.
This setting acts on all function and outputs of the measuring device.
Options:
OFF
ON → Signal output is set to the "ZERO FLOW" value.
Factory setting:
OFF
50
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
15 Group SYSTEM PARAMETERS
Function description SYSTEM PARAMETERS
SYSTEM DAMPING
Use this function to set the filter depth of the digital filter.
This reduces the sensitivity of the measuring signal to interference peaks (e.g. high solids
content, gas bubbles in the fluid, etc.). The system reaction time decreases with an
increasing filter setting.
User input:
0...15
Factory setting:
9
!
Note!
The system damping acts on all functions and outputs of the measuring device.
INTEGRATION TIME
Use this function to set the integration time.
Under normal circumstances it is not necessary to change the factory settings.
User input:
3.3...65 ms
Factory setting:
20 ms at 50 Hz → mains frequency (e.g. Europe)
16.7 ms at 60 Hz → mains frequency (e.g. USA)
"
Caution!
The integration time must not be selected with a greater value than the measuring period
(see Page 53).
!
Note!
The integration time defines the duration of internal totaling of the induced voltage in the
fluid (measured by the measuring electrode), i.e. the time in which the measuring device
records the true flow (afterwards the magnetic field for the next integration is created
from the opposite pole).
Endress+Hauser
51
16 Group SENSOR DATA
Device functions Proline Promag 50
16
Group SENSOR DATA
Function description SENSOR DATA
All sensor data (calibration factors, zero point and nominal diameter etc.) are set at the factory and saved on the S-DAT
sensor memory chip.
"
Caution!
Under normal circumstances you should not change the following parameter settings, because changes affect numerous
functions of the entire measuring facility in general and the accuracy of the measuring system in particular. For this
reason, the functions described below cannot be changed even when you enter your personal code.
Contact the Endress+Hauser service organization if you have any questions about these functions.
CALIBRATION DATE
Use this function to view the current calibration date and time for the sensor.
User interface:
Calibration date and time
Factory setting:
Calibration date and time of the current calibration.
!
Note!
The calibration date and time format is defined in the FORMAT DATE TIME function,
→ Page 9.
K-FACTOR
Use this function to display the current calibration factor for the sensor. The calibration
factor is determined and set at the factory.
User interface:
5-digit fixed-point number: 0.5000...2.0000
Factory setting:
Depends on nominal diameter and calibration
!
Note!
This value is also provided on the sensor nameplate.
ZERO POINT
This function shows the current zero-point correction value for the sensor.
Zero-point correction is determined and set at the factory.
User interface:
max. 4-digit number: –1000...+1000
Factory setting:
Depends on nominal diameter and calibration
!
Note!
This value is also provided on the sensor nameplate.
NOMINAL DIAMETER
This function shows the nominal diameter for the sensor. The nominal diameter depends
on the size of the sensor and is set at the factory.
User interface:
2...2000 mm or 1/12...78"
Factory setting:
Depends on the size of the sensor
!
Note!
This value is also provided on the sensor nameplate.
52
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
16 Group SENSOR DATA
Function description SENSOR DATA
MEASURING PERIOD
Use this function to set the time for a full measuring period.
The duration of the measuring period is calculated from the rise time of the magnetic
field, the brief recovery time, the integration time (which can be set) and the empty pipe
detection time.
User input:
0.0...1000 ms
Factory setting:
Depends on nominal diameter
!
Note!
The system checks the time entered and sets the measuring period which is actually used
internally to a plausible value. If you enter 0 ms, the system automatically computes the
shortest time.
OVERVOLTAGE TIME
Use this function to specify the time in which overvoltage is applied to the coil circuit in
order to build up the magnetic field as fast as possible.
The overvoltage time is adjusted automatically while measuring is in progress. The
overvoltage time depends on the sensor type and the nominal diameter and is set at the
factory.
User interface:
4-digit floating-point number: 0.0...100.0 ms
Factory setting:
Depends on nominal diameter
EPD ELECTRODE
Use this function to check whether the sensor is equipped with an EPD electrode.
User interface:
YES
NO
Factory setting:
YES → Electrode fitted as standard
POLARITY ECC
Use this function to display the actual current polarity for optional electrode cleaning
(ECC). Electrode cleaning uses either a positive or negative current, depending on the
electrode material.
The measuring device automatically selects the correct polarity on the basis of the
electrode-material data stored in the S-DAT.
User interface:
POSITIVE → for electrodes made of: 1.4435, Hastelloy C, platinum, titanium
NEGATIVE → for electrodes made of: tantalum
"
Caution!
If the incorrect current is applied to the electrodes, the electrode material is destroyed.
Endress+Hauser
53
17 Group SUPERVISION
Device functions Proline Promag 50
17
Group SUPERVISION
Function description SUPERVISION
CURRENT SYSTEM
CONDITION
Use this function to check the present system status.
User interface:
"SYSTEM OK" or the fault / notice message with the highest priority.
PREVIOUS SYSTEM
CONDITIONS
Use this function to view the fifteen most recent fault and notice messages since
measuring last started.
User interface:
The last 15 fault/notice messages appear on the display
ASSIGN SYSTEM ERROR
Use this function to view all system errors and the associated error categories (fault
message or notice message). By selecting a certain system error, its error category can be
changed in the subsequent function ERROR CATEGORY.
Options:
CANCEL
List of system errors
!
Note!
• You can exit this function as follows: select "CANCEL" and confirm with F.
• A list of possible system errors is provided in the Operating Instructions Promag 50,
BA 046D/06/en
ERROR CATEGORY
!
Note!
This function is only available if a system error has been selected in the function ASSIGN
SYSTEM ERROR.
Use this function to define whether a system error triggers a notice message or a fault
message. If you select FAULT MESSAGES, all outputs respond to an error in accordance
with their defined error response patterns.
Options:
NOTICE MESSAGES (display only)
FAULT MESSAGES (outputs and display)
!
Note!
Press the F key twice to call up the ASSIGN SYSTEM ERROR function.
ASSIGN PROCESS
ERROR
Use this function to view all process errors and the associated error categories (fault message or notice message). By selecting an individual process error, its error category can be
changed in the subsequent function ERROR CATEGORY.
Options:
CANCEL
List of process errors
!
Note!
• You can exit this function as follows: select "CANCEL" and confirm with F.
• A list of possible process errors is provided in the Operating Instructions Promag 50,
BA 046D/06/en
54
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
17 Group SUPERVISION
Function description SUPERVISION
ERROR CATEGORY
!
Note!
This function is only available if a process error has been selected in the function ASSIGN
PROCESS ERROR.
Use this function to define whether a process error triggers a notice message or a fault
message. If you select FAULT MESSAGES, all outputs respond to an error in accordance
with their defined error response patterns.
Options:
NOTICE MESSAGES (display only)
FAULT MESSAGES (outputs and display)
!
Note!
Press the F key twice to call up the ASSIGN PROCESS ERROR function.
ALARM DELAY
Use this function to define a time span in which the criteria for an error have to be
satisfied without interruption before an error or notice message is generated.
Depending on the setting and the type of error, this suppression acts on:
• Display
• Status output
• Current output
• Frequency output
User input:
0...100 s (in steps of one second)
Factory setting:
0s
"
Caution!
If this function is activated error and notice messages are delayed by the time corresponding to the setting before being forwarded to the higher-order controller (process controller, etc.). It is therefore imperative to check in advance in order to make sure whether a
delay of this nature could affect the safety requirements of the process.
If error and notice messages cannot be suppressed, a value of 0 seconds must be entered
here.
SYSTEM RESET
Use this function to perform a reset of the measuring system.
Options:
NO
RESTART SYSTEM (restart without interrupting power supply)
Factory setting:
NO
OPERATION HOURS
The hours of operation of the device appear on the display.
Display:
Depends on the number of hours of operation elapsed:
Hours of operation < 10 hours → display format = 0:00:00 (hr:min:sec)
Hours of operation 10...10,000 hours → display format = 0000:00 (hr:min)
Hours of operation > 10,000 hours → display format = 000000 (hr)
PERMANENT STORAGE
This function indicates whether permanent storage of all parameters in the EEPROM has
been switched on or off.
Display:
0 = OFF
1 = ON
Factory setting:
ON
Endress+Hauser
55
18 Group SIMULATION SYSTEM
18
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Group SIMULATION SYSTEM
Function description SIMULATION SYSTEM
SIMULATION FAILSAFE
MODE
Use this function to set all inputs, outputs and the totalizer to their defined failsafe
modes, in order to check whether they respond correctly. During this time, the words
"SIMULATION FAILSAFE MODE" appear on the display.
Options:
ON
OFF
Factory setting:
OFF
SIMULATION
MEASURED VARIABLE
Use this function to set all inputs, outputs and the totalizer to their defined flow-response
modes, in order to check whether they respond correctly. During this time, the words
"SIMULATION MEASURAND" appear on the display.
Options:
OFF
VOLUME FLOW
Factory setting:
OFF
"
Caution!
• The measuring device cannot be used for measuring while this simulation is in
progress.
• The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
VALUE SIMULATION
MEASURED VARIABLE
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the SIMULATION MEASURED VARIABLE function
is active (= VOLUME FLOW).
Use this function to specify a selectable value (e.g. 12 m 3/s).
This value is used to test downstream devices and the measuring device itself.
User input:
5-digit floating-point number, [unit]
Factory setting:
0 [unit]
"
Caution!
The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
!
Note!
The appropriate unit is taken from the group SYSTEM UNITS, (see Page 8)
56
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
19
19 Group SENSOR VERSION
Group SENSOR VERSION
Function description SENSOR VERSION
SERIAL NUMBER
Use this function to view the serial number of the sensor.
SENSOR TYPE
Use this function to view the sensor type.
HARDWARE REVISION
NUMBER SENSOR
Use this function to view the hardware revision number of the sensor.
SOFTWARE REVISION
NUMBER
S-DAT
Use this function to view the software revision number of the software used to create the
content of the S-DAT
20
Group AMPLIFIER VERSION
Function description AMPLIFIER VERSION
DEVICE SOFTWARE
Displays the current device software version.
SOFTWARE
REVISION NUMBER
AMPLIFIER
Use this function to view the software revision number of the amplifier.
LANGUAGE GROUP
Use this function to view the language group.
The following language groups can be ordered: WEST EU / USA, EAST EU / SCAND.,
ASIA.
Display:
available language group
!
Note!
• The language options of the available language group are displayed in the LANGUAGE
function.
• You can change the language group via the configuration software FieldCare. Please
do not hesitate to contact your Endress+Hauser sales office if you have any questions.
Endress+Hauser
I/O MODULE TYPE
Use this function to view the configuration of the I/O module complete with terminal
numbers.
SOFTWARE
REVISION NUMBER
I/O MODULE
Use this function to view the software revision number of the I/O module.
57
21 Factory settings
Device functions Proline Promag 50
21
Factory settings
21.1
SI units (not for USA and Canada)
Low flow, full scale value, pulse value, totalizer
Nominal diameter
[mm]
(approx. v = 0.04 m/s)
Full scale value
Pulse value
(approx. v = 2.5 m/s)
(approx. 2 pulses/s at v =
2.5 m/s)
Totalizer
2
1
/12"
0.01
dm3/min
0.5
dm3/min
0.005
dm3
dm3
4
5
/32"
0.05
dm3/min
2
dm3/min
0.025
dm3
dm3
8
5
/16"
0.1
dm /min
8
dm /min
0.10
dm
3
dm3
15
1
0.5
dm3/min
25
dm3/min
0.20
dm3
dm3
3
dm3
/2"
3
3
3
3
25
1"
1
dm /min
75
dm /min
0.50
dm
32
1 1/4"
2
dm3/min
125
dm3/min
1.00
dm3
dm3
1.50
dm
3
dm3
3
dm3
40
1
1 /2"
3
3
dm /min
3
200
3
dm /min
3
50
2"
5
dm /min
300
dm /min
2.50
dm
65
2 1/2"
8
dm3/min
500
dm3/min
5.00
dm3
dm3
3
dm3
3
3
80
3"
12
dm /min
750
dm /min
5.00
dm
100
4"
20
dm3/min
1200
dm3/min
10.00
dm3
dm3
1850
dm3/min
15.00
dm3
dm3
125
5"
30
dm3/min
150
6"
2.5
m3/h
150
m3/h
0.025
m3
m3
300
m3/h
0.05
m3
m3
500
m3/h
0.05
m3
m3
m3
200
8"
5.0
m3/h
250
10"
7.5
m3/h
10
m3/h
750
m3/h
0.10
m3
1000
m3/h
0.10
m3
m3
300
12"
350
14"
15
m3/h
400
16"
20
m3/h
1200
m3/h
0.15
m3
m3
1500
m3/h
0.25
m3
m3
450
18"
25
m3/h
500
20"
30
m3/h
2000
m3/h
0.25
m3
m3
2500
m3/h
0.30
m3
m3
600
24"
40
m3/h
700
28"
50
m3/h
3500
m3/h
0.50
m3
m3
4000
m3/h
0.50
m3
m3
–
30"
60
m3/h
800
32"
75
m3/h
4500
m3/h
0.75
m3
m3
6000
m3/h
0.75
m3
m3
7000
m3/h
1.00
m3
m3
m3
900
36"
100
m3/h
1000
40"
125
m3/h
125
m3/h
8000
m3/h
1.00
m3
10000
m3/h
1.50
m3
m3
–
42"
1200
48"
150
m3/h
–
54"
200
m3/h
13000
m3/h
1.50
m3
m3
14000
m3/h
2.00
m3
m3
1400
–
225
m3/h
–
60"
250
m3/h
16000
m3/h
2.00
m3
m3
18000
m3/h
2.50
m3
m3
1600
–
300
m3/h
–
66"
325
m3/h
20500
m3/h
2.50
m3
m3
23000
m3/h
3.00
m3
m3
28500
m3/h
3.50
m3
m3
28500
m3/h
3.50
m3
m3
1800
72"
350
m3/h
–
78"
450
m3/h
450
m3/h
2000
58
[inch]
Low flow
–
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
21 Factory settings
Language
Country
Language
Australia
English
Austria
Deutsch
Belgium
English
Czech Republic
Czech
Denmark
English
England
English
Finland
Suomi
France
Francais
Germany
Deutsch
Hong Kong
English
Hungary
English
India
English
Indonesia
Bahasa Indonesia
Instruments International
English
Italy
Italiano
Japan
Japanese
Malaysia
English
Netherlands
Nederlands
Norway
Norsk
Poland
Polish
Portugal
Portuguese
Russia
Russian
Singapore
English
South Africa
English
Spain
Espanol
Sweden
Svenska
Switzerland
Deutsch
Thailand
English
Length
Unit
Length
Endress+Hauser
mm
59
21 Factory settings
Device functions Proline Promag 50
21.2
US units (only for USA and Canada)
Low flow, full scale value, pulse value, totalizer
Nominal diameter
[inch]
[mm]
Low flow
Full scale value
Pulse value
Totalizer
(approx. v = 0.04 m/s)
(approx. v = 2.5 m/s)
(approx. 2 pulses/s
at v = 2.5 m/s)
1
2
0.002
gal/min
0.1
gal/min
0.001
gal
5
4
0.008
gal/min
0.5
gal/min
0.005
gal
gal
5
8
0.025
gal/min
2
gal/min
0.02
gal
gal
/ 2"
15
0.10
gal/min
6
gal/min
0.05
gal
gal
1"
25
0.25
gal/min
18
gal/min
0.20
gal
gal
1
1 / 4"
32
0.50
gal/min
30
gal/min
0.20
gal
gal
1 1/2"
40
0.75
gal/min
50
gal/min
0.50
gal
gal
2"
50
1.25
gal/min
75
gal/min
0.50
gal
gal
2 1/2"
65
2.0
gal/min
130
gal/min
1
gal
gal
/12"
/32"
/16"
1
gal
3"
80
2.5
gal/min
200
gal/min
2
gal
gal
4"
100
4.0
gal/min
300
gal/min
2
gal
gal
5"
125
7.0
gal/min
450
gal/min
5
gal
gal
6"
150
12
gal/min
600
gal/min
5
gal
gal
8"
200
15
gal/min
1200
gal/min
10
gal
gal
10"
250
30
gal/min
1500
gal/min
15
gal
gal
12"
300
45
gal/min
2400
gal/min
25
gal
gal
14"
350
60
gal/min
3600
gal/min
30
gal
gal
16"
400
60
gal/min
4800
gal/min
50
gal
gal
18"
450
90
gal/min
6000
gal/min
50
gal
gal
20"
500
120
gal/min
7500
gal/min
75
gal
gal
24"
600
180
gal/min
10500
gal/min
100
gal
gal
28"
700
210
gal/min
13500
gal/min
125
gal
gal
30"
–
270
gal/min
16500
gal/min
150
gal
gal
32"
800
300
gal/min
19500
gal/min
200
gal
gal
36"
900
360
gal/min
24000
gal/min
225
gal
gal
40"
1000
480
gal/min
30000
gal/min
250
gal
gal
42"
–
600
gal/min
33000
gal/min
250
gal
gal
48"
1200
600
gal/min
42000
gal/min
400
gal
gal
54"
–
1.3
Mgal/d
75
Mgal/d
0.0005
Mgal
Mgal
–
1400
1.3
Mgal/d
85
Mgal/d
0.0005
Mgal
Mgal
60"
–
1.3
Mgal/d
95
Mgal/d
0.0005
Mgal
Mgal
–
1600
1.7
Mgal/d
110
Mgal/d
0.0008
Mgal
Mgal
66"
–
2.2
Mgal/d
120
Mgal/d
0.0008
Mgal
Mgal
72"
1800
2.6
Mgal/d
140
Mgal/d
0.0008
Mgal
Mgal
78"
–
3.0
Mgal/d
175
Mgal/d
0.001
Mgal
Mgal
–
2000
3.0
Mgal/d
175
Mgal/d
0.001
Mgal
Mgal
Language, length
Unit
60
Language
English
Length
inch
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
22
22 Index of key words
Index of key words
Numerics
100% Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
A
Access code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Active level (status input) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Actual
Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarm delay (notice or fault messages) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assign
Current output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display line 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display line 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low flow cut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Process error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pulse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12
40
21
27
35
55
19
13
13
23
43
54
28
40
34
54
16
B
Bus address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
C
Code
Access code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Counter (Unlocking) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Private code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commissioning Quick Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contrast LCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12
12
12
10
14
20
D
Device ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Device Revision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Device software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display
Backlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contrast LCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Damping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
42
42
57
Endress+Hauser
47
44
23
55
54
F
Factory settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Failsafe mode
Current output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Frequency output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Pulse output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Flow damping (system damping) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Format (display) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Frequency (High value) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Function matrix
Layout and use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
G
Group
Amplifier version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Current output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Handling totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Measuring values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Process parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Pulse/frequency output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Quick Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Sensor data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Sensor version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Simulation system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Status input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Status output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Supervision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
System parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
System units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
User interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
H
15
14
14
14
15
E
ECC (electrode cleaning) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recovery time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Empty Pipe Detection (EPD/OED)
EPD electrode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EPD/OED adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Response time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switching on/off EPD/OED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
End value frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Error category
Process error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
47
48
47
53
48
53
46
44
Hardware revision number (sensor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
HART Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
I
I/O module type (input/output type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Installation direction sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Integration time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
K
K-Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
L
Language
Factory settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59, 60
Language group (display) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
61
22 Index of key words
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Low flow cut off
Off value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
On value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
M
Manufacturer ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measuring mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measuring period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimum pulse width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
42
49
53
40
N
Nominal diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
O
OED (Open electrode detection)
see Empty Pipe Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off value
Low flow cut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On value
Low flow cut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation mode (pulse/frequency output) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output signal
Frequency output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25,
Pulse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30,
Overflow (totalizer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overvoltage time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
44
43
35
43
34
55
23
26
31
16
53
P
Permanent storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Polarity ECC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Positive zero return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Previous system conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pulse value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pulse width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
55
53
50
54
29
29
Q
Quick Setup commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
R
Reset
All totalizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
S
Sensor
Installation direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
K-Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measuring period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overvoltage time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sensor type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Zero point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Simulation
Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Failsafe mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
62
49
52
53
53
57
57
52
22
56
28
Measured variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pulses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switch point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software revision number
Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Device Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
S-DAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status output
Flow direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switching response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storage
permanent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sum (totalizer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System
Current conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Damping (flow damping) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Previous conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
56
32
40
35
57
57
57
57
12
37
37
37
38
55
16
54
51
55
54
55
T
Tag
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time constant
Current output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frequency output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Failsafe mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reset all totalizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unit selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
42
42
15
21
27
35
16
16
18
17
16
17
18
16
U
Unit
Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Volume flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
V
Value
20 mA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
f high . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Failsafe level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Value simulation
Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measured variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pulse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
21
24
27
22
28
56
33
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
22 Index of key words
Status input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Switch point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Volume flow (display) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Z
Zero point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Endress+Hauser
63
22 Index of key words
64
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Endress+Hauser
22 Index of key words
65
22 Index of key words
66
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Endress+Hauser
Device Functions Proline Promag 50
Endress+Hauser
67
www.endress.com/worldwide
BA049D/06/en/11.09
71105948
FM+SGML6.0
Technical Information
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Electromagnetic Flow Measuring System
Flow measurement of liquids in chemical or process applications
Application
Electromagnetic flowmeter for bidirectional
measurement of liquids with a minimum
conductivity of ≥ 5 μS/cm:
•
•
•
•
Acid, alkalis
Paints
Pastes
Water, wastewater etc.
•
•
•
•
Flow measurement up to 9600 m³/h (42268 gal/min)
Fluid temperature up to +180 °C (356 °F)
Process pressures up to 40 bar (580 psi)
Lengths in accordance with DVGW/ISO
Application-specific lining materials:
• PTFE
• PFA
Approvals for hazardous area:
• ATEX
• IECEx
• FM
• CSA
• NEPSI
• TIIS
TI047D/06/en/11.09
71106271
Connection to process control system:
• HART
• PROFIBUS DP/PA
• FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• MODBUS RS485
Your benefits
Promag measuring devices offer you cost-effective flow
measurement with a high degree of accuracy for a wide
range of process conditions.
The uniform Proline transmitter concept comprises:
• Modular device and operating concept resulting in a
higher degree of efficiency
• Software options for batching, electrode cleaning and
for measuring pulsating flow
• High degree of reliability and measuring stability
• Uniform operating concept
The tried-and-tested Promag sensors offer:
• No pressure loss
• Not sensitive to vibrations
• Simple installation and commissioning
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Table of contents
Function and system design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Mechanical construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Measuring principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Measuring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Design, dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measuring tube specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Material load diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fitted electrodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Process connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Surface roughness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Measured variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Measuring ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Operable flow range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Input signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Output signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Signal on alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Low flow cutoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Galvanic isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Switching output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Electrical connection, measuring unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Electrical connection, terminal assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Electrical connection, remote version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Supply voltage (power supply) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Cable entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Remote version cable specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Power supply failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Potential equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
25
36
37
38
38
40
40
40
Human interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Display elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Language groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41
41
41
41
Certificates and approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
CE mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C-tick mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure measuring device approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ex approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other standards and guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FOUNDATION Fieldbus certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MODBUS RS485 certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PROFIBUS DP/PA certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
Ordering information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Performance characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Reference operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Maximum measured error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Repeatability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Registered trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Operating conditions: Installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Installation instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Inlet and outlet run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Length of connecting cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Operating conditions: Environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Ambient temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Shock and vibration resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Operating conditions: Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Medium temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Conductivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Medium pressure range (nominal pressure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Pressure tightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Limiting flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Function and system design
Measuring principle
Following Faraday's law of magnetic induction, a voltage is induced in a conductor moving through a magnetic
field.
In the electromagnetic measuring principle, the flowing medium is the moving conductor.
The voltage induced is proportional to the flow velocity and is supplied to the amplifier by means
of two measuring electrodes. The flow volume is calculated by means of the pipe cross-sectional area.
The DC magnetic field is created through a switched direct current of alternating polarity.
Ue
I
V
B
I
L
A0003191
Ue = B · L · v
Q=A·v
Ue
B
L
v
Q
A
I
Measuring system
Induced voltage
Magnetic induction (magnetic field)
Electrode spacing
Flow velocity
Volume flow
Pipe cross-section
Current strength
The measuring system consists of a transmitter and a sensor.
Two versions are available:
• Compact version: Transmitter and sensor form a mechanical unit.
• Remote version: Sensor is mounted separate from the transmitter.
Transmitter:
• Promag 50 (user interface with push buttons for operation, two-line display, illuminated)
• Promag 53 ("Touch Control" without opening the housing, four-line display, unilluminated)
Sensor:
• Promag P (DN 15 to 600 / ½ to 24")
Endress+Hauser
3
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Input
Measured variable
Flow velocity (proportional to induced voltage)
Measuring ranges
Measuring ranges for liquids
Typically v = 0.01 to 10 m/s (0.03 to 33 ft/s) with the specified accuracy
Operable flow range
Over 1000 : 1
Input signal
Status input (auxiliary input)
• U = 3 to 30 V DC, Ri = 5 kΩ, galvanically isolated
• Configurable for: totalizer(s) reset, measured value suppression, error-message reset
Status input (auxiliary input) with PROFIBUS DP and MODBUS RS485
• U = 3 to 30 V DC, Ri = 3 kΩ, galvanically isolated
• Switching level: 3 to 30 V DC, independent of polarity
• Configurable for: totalizer(s) reset, measured value suppression, error-message reset,
batching start/stop (optional), batch totalizer reset (optional)
Current input (only Promag 53)
• active/passive selectable, galvanically isolated, full scale value selectable, resolution: 3 μA,
temperature coefficient: typ. 0.005% o.r./°C (o.r. = of reading)
• active: 4 to 20 mA, Ri ≤ 150 Ω, max. 24 V DC, short-circuit-proof
• passive: 0/4 to 20 mA, Ri < 150 Ω, max. 30 V DC
Output
Output signal
Promag 50
Current output
active/passive selectable, galvanically isolated, time constant selectable (0.01 to 100 s),
full scale value selectable, temperature coefficient: typ. 0.005% o.r./°C (o.r. = of reading), resolution: 0.5 μA
• active: 0/4 to 20 mA, RL < 700 Ω (HART: RL ≥ 250 Ω)
• passive: 4 to 20 mA, operating voltage VS : 18 to 30 V DC, Ri ≥ 150 Ω
Pulse/frequency output
passive, open collector, 30 V DC, 250 mA, galvanically isolated
• Frequency output: full scale frequency 2 to 1000 Hz (fmax = 1250 Hz), on/off ratio 1:1, pulse width max. 10s
• Pulse output: pulse value and pulse polarity selectable, max. pulse width configurable (0.5 to 2000 ms)
PROFIBUS DP interface
• Transmission technology (Physical Layer): RS485 in accordance with ANSI/TIA/EIA-485-A: 1998,
galvanically isolated
• Profil version 3.0
• Data transmission rate: 9,6 kBaud to 12 MBaud
• Automatic data transmission rate recognition
• Function blocks: 1 × analog Input, 1 × totalizer
• Output data: volume flow, totalizer
• Input data: positive zero return (ON/OFF), totalizer control, value for local display
• Cyclic data transmission compatible with previous model Promag 33
• Bus address adjustable via miniature switches or local display (optional) at the measuring device
PROFIBUS PA interface
• Transmission technology (Physical Layer): IEC 61158-2 (MBP), galvanically isolated
• Profil version 3.0
• Current consumption: 11 mA
• Permissible supply voltage: 9 to 32 V
• Bus connection with integrated reverse polarity protection
• Error current FDE (Fault Disconnection Electronic): 0 mA
• Function blocks: 1 × analog input, 2 × totalizer
• Output data: volume flow, totalizer
• Input data: positive zero return (ON/OFF), control totalizer, value for local display
• Cyclic data transmission compatible with previous model Promag 33
• Bus address adjustable via miniature switches or local display (optional) at the measuring device
4
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Promag 53
Current output
active/passive selectable, galvanically isolated, time constant selectable (0.01 to 100 s),
full scale value selectable, temperature coefficient: typ. 0.005% o.r./°C (o.r. = of reading), resolution: 0.5 μA
• active: 0/4 to 20 mA, RL < 700 Ω (HART: RL ≥ 250 Ω)
• passive: 4 to 20 mA, operating voltage VS : 18 to 30 V DC, Ri ≥ 150 Ω
Pulse/frequency output
active/passive selectable, galvanically isolated (Ex i version: only passive)
• active: 24 V DC, 25 mA (max. 250 mA during 20 ms), RL > 100 Ω
• passive: open collector, 30 V DC, 250 mA
• Frequency output: full scale frequency 2 to 10000 Hz (fmax = 12500 Hz), EEx-ia: 2 to 5000 Hz;
on/off ratio 1:1, pulse width max. 10 s
• Pulse output: pulse value and pulse polarity selectable, max. pulse width configurable (0.05 to 2000 ms)
PROFIBUS DP interface
• Transmission technology (Physical Layer): RS485 in accordance with ANSI/TIA/EIA-485-A: 1998,
galvanically isolated
• Profil version 3.0
• Data transmission rate: 9,6 kBaud to 12 MBaud
• Automatic data transmission rate recognition
• Function blocks: 2 × analog Input, 3 × totalizer
• Output data: volume flow, calculated mass flow, totalizer 1 to 3
• Input data: positive zero return (ON/OFF), totalizer control, value for local display
• Cyclic data transmission compatible with previous model Promag 33
• Bus address adjustable via miniature switches or local display (optional) at the measuring device
• Available output combination → ä 8
PROFIBUS PA interface
• Transmission technology (Physical Layer): IEC 61158-2 (MBP), galvanically isolated
• Profil version 3.0
• Current consumption: 11 mA
• Permissible supply voltage: 9 to 32 V
• Bus connection with integrated reverse polarity protection
• Error current FDE (Fault Disconnection Electronic): 0 mA
• Function blocks: 2 × analog input, 3 × totalizer
• Output data: volume flow, calculated mass flow, totalizer 1 to 3
• Input data: positive zero return (ON/OFF), totalizer control, value for local display
• Cyclic data transmission compatible with previous model Promag 33
• Bus address adjustable via miniature switches or local display (optional) at the measuring device
MODBUS RS485 interface
• Transmission technology (Physical Layer): RS485 in accordance with ANSI/TIA/EIA-485-A: 1998,
galvanically isolated
• MODBUS device type: Slave
• Adress range: 1 to 247
• Bus address adjustable via miniature switches or local display (optional) at the measuring device
• Supported MODBUS function codes: 03, 04, 06, 08, 16, 23
• Broadcast: supported with the function codes 06, 16, 23
• Übertragungsmodus: RTU oder ASCII
• Supported baudrate: 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200 Baud
• Response time:
– Direct data access = typically 25 to 50 ms
– Auto-scan buffer (data range) = typically 3 to 5 ms
• Available output combination → ä 8
Endress+Hauser
5
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface
• FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
• Transmission technology (Physical Layer): IEC 61158-2 (MBP), galvanically isolated
• ITK version 5.01
• Current consumption: 12 mA
• Error current FDE (Fault Disconnection Electronic): 0 mA
• Bus connection with integrated reverse polarity protection
• Function blocks:
– 5 × Analog Input (execution time: 18 ms each)
– 1 × PID (25 ms)
– 1 × Digital Output (18 ms)
– 1 × Signal Characterizer (20 ms)
– 1 × Input Selector (20 ms)
– 1 × Arithmetic (20 ms)
– 1 × Integrator (18 ms)
• Output data: volume flow, calculated mass flow, temperature, totalizer 1 to 3
• Input data: positive zero return (ON/OFF), reset totalizer
• Link Master (LM) functionality is supported
Current output → failure response selectable (e.g. in accordance with NAMUR recommendation NE 43)
Pulse/frequency output → failure response selectable
Status output (Promag 50) → non-conductive by fault or power supply failure
Relay output (Promag 53) → de-energized by fault or power supply failure
Signal on alarm
•
•
•
•
Load
see "Output signal"
Low flow cutoff
Switch points for low flow cutoff are selectable.
Galvanic isolation
All circuits for inputs, outputs and power supply are galvanically isolated from each other.
Switching output
Status output (Promag 50, Promag 53)
Open collector, max. 30 V DC / 250 mA, galvanically isolated.
Configurable for: error messages, Empty Pipe Detection (EPD), flow direction, limit values.
Relay outputs (Promag 53)
Normally closed (NC or break) or normally open (NO or make) contacts available
(default: relay 1 = NO, relay 2 = NC), max. 30 V / 0,5 A AC ; 60 V / 0,1 A DC, galvanically isolated.
Configurable for: error messages, Empty Pipe Detection (EPD), flow direction, limit values, batching contacts.
6
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Power supply
Electrical connection,
measuring unit
A
C
B
d
d
g
b
g
b
a
a
a
b d/(g) (d)
PROFIBUS PA*
FOUNDATION Fieldbus*
HART*
f
– 27
+ 26
– 25
+ 24
– 23
+ 22
– 21
+ 20
N (L-) 2
L1 (L+)1
d
e
c
PA(–)/FF(–)
PA(+)/FF(+)
–
+
f
–
+
–
+
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
N (L-) 2
L1 (L+) 1
b
N (L-) 2
L1 (L+) 1
e
c
b
PROFIBUS DP**
MODBUS RS485**
PROFIBUS DP*
A (RxD/TxD-N) 27
B (RxD/TxD-P) 26
– 25
+ 24
f
– 23
+ 22
– 21
+ 20
d
d
e
g
c
A (RxD/TxD-N)
B (RxD/TxD-P)
–
+
f
–
+
–
+
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
N (L-) 2
L1 (L+) 1
b
d
e
g
c
b
A0002441
Connecting the transmitter, cable cross-section max. 2.5 mm2 (14 AWG)
A
B
C
View A (field housing)
View B (stainless steel field housing)
View C (wall-mount housing)
*)
**)
a
b
fixed communication boards
flexible communication boards
Connection compartment cover
Cable for power supply: 85 to 260 V AC / 20 to 55 V AC / 16 to 62 V DC
- Terminal No. 1: L1 for AC, L+ for DC
- Terminal No. 2: N for AC, L– for DC
Ground terminal for protective conductor
Signal cable: see "Electrical connection, terminal assignment" → ä 8
Fieldbus cable:
- Terminal No. 26: DP (B) / PA + / FF + / MODBUS RS485 (B) / (PA, FF: with polarity protection)
- Terminal No. 27: DP (A) / PA – / FF – / MODBUS RS485 (A) / (PA, FF: with polarity protection)
Ground terminal for signal cable shield / Fieldbus cable / RS485 line
Service adapter for connecting service interface FXA193 (Fieldcheck, FieldCare)
Signal cable: see "Electrical connection, terminal assignment" → ä 8
Cable for external termination (only for PROFIBUS DP with fixed assignment communication board):
- Terminal No. 24: +5 V
- Terminal No. 25: DGND
c
d
e
f
g
Endress+Hauser
7
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Electrical connection,
terminal assignment
Terminal assignment, Promag 50
Order variant
Terminal No. (inputs/outputs)
20 (+) / 21 (–)
22 (+) / 23 (–)
24 (+) / 25 (–)
26 (+) / 27 (–)
50***-***********W
–
–
–
Current output HART
50***-***********A
–
–
Frequency output
Current output HART
50***-***********D
Status input
Status output
Frequency output
Current output HART
50***-***********H
–
–
–
PROFIBUS PA
50***-***********J
–
–
+5 V (external
termination)
PROFIBUS DP
50***-***********S
–
–
Frequency output,
Ex i, passive
Current output, Ex i,
passive, HART
50***-***********T
–
–
Frequency output,
Ex i, passive
Current output, Ex i,
passive, HART
Ground terminal → ä 7
Terminal assignment, Promag 53
The inputs and outputs on the communication board can be either permanently assigned or variable, depending
on the version ordered (see table). Replacements for modules which are defective or which have to be replaced
can be ordered as accessories.
Order variant
Terminal No. (inputs/outputs)
20 (+) / 21 (–)
22 (+) / 23 (–)
24 (+) / 25 (–)
26 (+) / 27 (–)
Fixed communication boards (fixed assignment)
53***-***********A
–
–
Frequency output
Current output HART
53***-***********B
Relay output 2
Relay output 1
Frequency output
Current output HART
53***-***********F
–
–
–
PROFIBUS PA, Ex i
53***-***********G
–
–
–
FOUNDATION Fieldbus, Ex i
53***-***********H
–
–
–
PROFIBUS PA
53***-***********J
–
–
–
PROFIBUS DP
53***-***********K
–
–
–
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
53***-***********Q
–
–
Status input
MODBUS RS485
53***-***********S
–
–
Frequency output, Ex i
Current output, Ex i,
passive, HART
53***-***********T
–
–
Frequency output, Ex i
Current output, Ex i,
passive, HART
53***-***********C
Relay output 2
Relay output 1
Frequency output
Current output HART
53***-***********D
Status input
Relay output
Frequency output
Current output HART
Flexible communication boards
53***-***********L
Status input
Relay output 2
Relay output 1
Current output HART
53***-***********M
Status input
Frequency output
Frequency output
Current output HART
53***-***********N
Current output
Frequency output
Status input
MODBUS RS485
53***-***********P
Current output
Frequency output
Status input
PROFIBUS DP
53***-***********V
Relay output 2
Relay output 1
Status input
PROFIBUS DP
53***-***********2
Relay output
Current output
Frequency output
Current output HART
53***-***********4
Current input
Relay output
Frequency output
Current output HART
53***-***********5
Status input
Current input
Frequency output
Current output HART
53***-***********7
Relay output 2
Relay output 1
Status input
MODBUS RS485
Ground terminal → ä 7
8
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Electrical connection,
remote version
8
4 37 36
S
GND
7
E
5
E2
6
d
S2
S1
E1
c
42 41
a
d
5
7
4 37
GND
n.c.
E1
b
n.c.
E2
n.c.
42 41
E
c
A0011722
Connecting the remote version
a
Wall-mount housing connection compartment
b
Sensor connection housing cover
c
Signal cable
d
Coil current cable
n.c. Not connected, insulated cable shields
Terminal no. and cable colors: 6/5 = brown; 7/8 = white; 4 = green; 36/37 = yellow
Supply voltage (power supply)
• 85 to 260 V AC, 45 to 65 Hz
• 20 to 55 V AC, 45 to 65 Hz
• 16 to 62 V DC
PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• Non-Ex: 9 to 32 V DC
• Ex i: 9 to 24 V DC
• Ex d: 9 to 32 V DC
Cable entry
Power supply and signal cables (inputs/ outputs):
• Cable entry M20 × 1.5 (8 to 12 mm / 0.31 to 0.47")
• Sensor cable entry for armoured cables M20 × 1.5 (9.5 to 16 mm / 0.37 to 0.63")
• Thread for cable entries, ½" NPT, G ½"
Connecting cable for remote version:
• Cable entry M20 × 1.5 (8 to 12 mm / 0.31 to 0.47")
• Sensor cable entry for armoured cables M20 × 1.5 (9.5 to 16 mm / 0.37 to 0.63")
• Thread for cable entries, ½" NPT, G ½"
Remote version cable
specifications
Coil cable
• 2 × 0.75 mm2 (18 AWG) PVC cable with common, braided copper shield (∅ ∼ 7 mm / 0.28")
• Conductor resistance: ≤ 37 Ω/km (≤ 0.011 Ω/ft)
• Capacitance core/core, shield grounded: ≤ 120 pF/m (≤ 37 pF/ft)
• Operating temperature: –20 to +80 °C (–68 to +176 °F)
• Cable cross-section: max. 2.5 mm2 (14 AWG)
• Test voltage for cable insulation: ≤ 1433 AC r.m.s. 50/60 Hz or ≥ 2026 V DC
Signal cable
• 3 × 0.38 mm2 (20 AWG) PVC cable with common, braided copper shield (∅ ∼ 7 mm / 0.28") and individual
shielded cores
• With empty pipe detection (EPD): 4 × 0.38 mm2 (20 AWG) PVC cable with common,
braided copper shield (∅ ∼ 7 mm / 0.28") and individual shielded cores
• Conductor resistance: ≤ 50 Ω/km (≤ 0.015 Ω/ft)
• Capacitance core/shield: ≤ 420 pF/m (≤ 128 pF/ft)
• Operating temperature: –20 to +80 °C (–68 to +176 °F)
• Cable cross-section: max. 2.5 mm2 (14 AWG)
Endress+Hauser
9
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
a
b
A0003194
a
b
Signal cable
Coil current cable
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Core
Core insulation
Core shield
Core jacket
Core reinforcement
Cable shield
Outer jacket
Operation in zones of severe electrical interference
The measuring device complies with the general safety requirements in accordance with EN 61010 and
the EMC requirements of IEC/EN 61326 and NAMUR recommendation NE 21.
"
Power consumption
Caution!
Grounding is by means of the ground terminals provided for the purpose inside the connection housing.
Ensure that the stripped and twisted lengths of cable shield to the ground terminal are as short as possible.
• AC: < 15 VA (incl. sensor)
• DC: < 15 W (incl. sensor)
Switch-on current:
• Max. 3 A (< 5 ms) for 260 V AC
• Max. 13.5 A (< 50 ms) for 24 V DC
Power supply failure
10
Lasting min. ½ cycle frequency: EEPROM saves measuring system data
• EEPROM or T-DAT (Promag 53 only) retain the measuring system data in the event of a power supply failure
• S-DAT: exchangeable data storage chip which stores the data of the sensor (nominal diameter, serial number,
calibration factor, zero point etc.)
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Potential equalization
#
Warning!
The measuring system must be included in the potential equalization.
Perfect measurement is only ensured when the fluid and the sensor have the same electrical potential. This is
ensured by the reference electrode integrated in the sensor as standard.
The following should also be taken into consideration for potential equalization:
• Internal grounding concepts in the company
• Operating conditions, such as the material/ grounding of the pipes (see table)
Standard situation
Operating conditions
Potential equalization
When using the measuring device in a:
• Metal, grounded pipe
Potential equalization takes place via the ground terminal of the
transmitter.
!
Note!
When installing in metal pipes, we recommend you connect the
ground terminal of the transmitter housing with the piping.
A0011892
Via the ground terminal of the transmitter
Special situations
Operating conditions
Potential equalization
When using the measuring device in a:
• Metal pipe that is not grounded
This connection method also applies in situations where:
• Customary potential equalization cannot be ensured.
• Excessively high equalizing currents can be expected.
Both sensor flanges are connected to the pipe flange by means of
a ground cable (copper wire, at least 6 mm² / 0.0093 in²) and
grounded. Connect the transmitter or sensor connection
housing, as applicable, to ground potential by means of the
ground terminal provided for the purpose.
• DN ≤ 300 (12"): the ground cable is mounted directly on the
conductive flange coating with the flange screws.
• DN ≥ 350 (14"): the ground cable is mounted directly on the
transportation metal support.
DN ! 300
DN " 350
!
Note!
The ground cable for flange-to-flange connections can be
ordered separately as an accessory from Endress+Hauser.
A0011893
Via the ground terminal of the transmitter and the
flanges of the pipe
When using the measuring device in a:
• Plastic pipe
• Pipe with insulating lining
This connection method also applies in situations where:
• Customary potential equalization cannot be ensured.
• Excessively high equalizing currents can be expected.
Potential equalization takes place using additional ground disks,
which are connected to the ground terminal via a ground cable
(copper wire, at least 6 mm² / 0.0093 in²). When installing the
ground disks, please comply with the enclosed Installation
Instructions.
Endress+Hauser
A0011895
Via the ground terminal of the transmitter and the
optionally available ground disks
11
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Operating conditions
Potential equalization
When using the measuring device in a:
• Pipe with a cathodic protection unit
The device is installed potential-free in the pipe.
Only the two flanges of the pipe are connected with a ground
cable (copper wire, at least 6 mm² / 0.0093 in²). Here, the
ground cable is mounted directly on the conductive flange
coating with flange screws.
Note the following when installing:
• The applicable regulations regarding potential-free installation
must be observed.
• There should be no electrically conductive connection
between the pipe and the device.
• The mounting material must withstand the applicable
torques.
12
A0011896
Potential equalization and cathodic protection
1
2
Power supply isolation transformer
Electrically isolated
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Performance characteristics
Reference operating
conditions
As per DIN EN 29104 and VDI/VDE 2641:
• Fluid temperature: +28 °C ± 2 K (+82 °F ± 2 K)
• Ambient temperature: +22 °C ±2 K (+72 °F ± 2 K)
• Warm-up period: 30 minutes
Installation conditions:
• Inlet run > 10 × DN
• Outlet run > 5 × DN
• Sensor and transmitter grounded.
• The sensor is centered in the pipe.
Maximum measured error
Promag 50:
• Current output: also typically ± 5 μA
• Pulse output: ±0.5% o.r. ± 1 mm/s (±0.5% o.r. ± 0.04 in/s)
optional: ±0.2% o.r. ± 2 mm/s (±0.2% o.r. ± 0.08 in/s) (o.r. = of reading)
Promag 53:
• Current output: also typically ± 5 μA
• Pulse output: ±0.2% o.r. ± 2 mm/s (±0.2% o.r. ± 0.08 in/s) (o.r. = of reading)
Fluctuations in the supply voltage do not have any effect within the specified range.
[%]
2.5
2.0
0.5 %
1.5
0.2 %
1.0
0.5
0
0
0
1
2
5
4
10
6
15
20
8
25
10
30
32
[m/s]
v
[ft] A0005531
Max. measured error in % of reading
Repeatability
Endress+Hauser
Max. ±0.1% o.r. ± 0.5 mm/s (±0.1% o.r. ± 0.02 in/s) (o.r. = of reading)
13
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Operating conditions: Installations
Installation instructions
Mounting location
Entrained air or gas bubble formation in the measuring tube can result in an increase in measuring errors.
Avoid the following installation locations in the pipe:
• Highest point of a pipeline. Risk of air accumulating!
• Directly upstream from a free pipe outlet in a vertical pipeline.
h " 2 x DN
A0011899
Mounting location
Installation of pumps
Sensors may not be installed on the pump suction side. This precaution is to avoid low pressure and the
consequent risk of damage to the lining of the measuring tube. Information on the pressure tightness of the
measuring tube lining → ä 22, Section "Pressure tightness".
Pulsation dampers may be needed when using piston pumps, piston diaphragm pumps or hose pumps.
Information on the shock and vibration resistance of the measuring system → ä 20, Section "Shock and
vibration resistance".
A0011900
Installation of pumps
14
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Partially filled pipes
Partially filled pipes with gradients necessitate a drain-type configuration.
The empty pipe detection function (EPD) provides additional security in detecting empty or partially filled
pipes.
"
Caution!
Risk of solids accumulating. Do not install the sensor at the lowest point in the drain. It is advisable to install a
cleaning valve.
" 2 x DN
" 5 x DN
A0011901
Installation with partially filled pipes
Down pipes
Install a siphon or a vent valve downstream of the sensor in down pipes h ≥ 5 m (16.4 ft). This precaution is
to avoid low pressure and the consequent risk of damage to the lining of the measuring tube. This measure also
prevents the liquid current stopping in the pipe which could cause air locks. Information on the pressure
tightness of the measuring tube lining → ä 22, Section "Pressure tightness".
1
h
2
A0011902
Installation measures for vertical pipes
1
2
h
Endress+Hauser
Vent valve
Pipe siphon
Length of the down pipe
15
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Orientation
An optimum orientation helps avoid gas and air accumulations and deposits in the measuring tube. However,
the measuring device also offers the additional function of empty pipe detection (EPD) for detecting partially
filled measuring tubes or if outgassing fluids or fluctuating operating pressures are present.
Vertical orientation
This is the ideal orientation for self-emptying piping systems and for use in conjunction with empty pipe
detection.
A0011903
Vertical orientation
Horizontal orientation
The measuring electrode axis should be horizontal. This prevents brief insulation of the two measuring
electrodes by entrained air bubbles.
"
Caution!
Empty pipe detection only works correctly with horizontal orientation if the transmitter housing is facing
upwards. Otherwise there is no guarantee that empty pipe detection will respond if the measuring tube is only
partially filled or empty.
A
1
2
2
A
3
A0011904
Horizontal orientation
1
2
3
16
EPD electrode for empty pipe detection
Measuring electrodes for signal detection
Reference electrode for potential equalization
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Vibrations
Secure the piping and the sensor if vibration is severe.
"
Caution!
If vibrations are too severe, we recommend the sensor and transmitter be mounted separately. Information on
the permitted shock and vibration resistance → ä 20, Section "Shock and vibration resistance".
L
A0011906
Measures to prevent vibration of the measuring device
L > 10 m (33 ft)
"
Foundations, supports
If the nominal diameter is DN ≥ 350, mount the transmitter on a foundation of adequate load-bearing strength.
Caution!
Do not allow the casing to take the weight of the sensor. This would buckle the casing and damage the internal
magnetic coils.
A0003209
Endress+Hauser
17
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Inlet and outlet run
If possible, install the sensor well clear of assemblies such as valves, T-pieces, elbows etc.
Note the following inlet and outlet runs to comply with measuring accuracy specifications:
• Inlet run: ≥ 5 × DN
• Outlet run: ≥ 2 × DN
" 5 x DN
" 2 x DN
A0011905
Inlet and outlet run
Adapters
Suitable adapters to DIN EN 545 (double-flange reducers) can be used to install the sensor in larger-diameter
pipes. The resultant increase in the rate of flow improves measuring accuracy with very slow-moving fluids.
The nomogram shown here can be used to calculate the pressure loss caused by reducers and expanders.
!
Note!
The nomogram only applies to liquids of viscosity similar to water.
1.
Calculate the ratio of the diameters d/D.
2.
From the nomogram read off the pressure loss as a function of flow velocity (downstream from the
reduction) and the d/D ratio.
[mbar] 100
8 m/s
7 m/s
6 m/s
10
5 m/s
4 m/s
max. 8°
3 m/s
d
D
2 m/s
1
1 m/s
d/D
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
A0011907
Pressure loss due to adapters
18
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Length of connecting cable
When mounting the remote version, please note the following to achieve correct measuring results:
• Fix cable run or lay in armored conduit. Cable movements can falsify the measuring signal especially in the
case of low fluid conductivities.
• Route the cable well clear of electrical machines and switching elements.
• If necessary, ensure potential equalization between sensor and transmitter.
• The permitted cable length Lmax is determined by the fluid conductivity. A minimum conductivity of
20 μS/cm is required for measuring demineralized water.
• When the empty pipe detection function is switched on (EPD),
the maximum connecting cable length is 10 m (33 ft).
[µS/cm]
200
100
L max
5
[m]
10
100
L max
200
[ft]
0
200
400
600
A0010734
Permitted length of connecting cable for remote version
Area marked in gray = permitted range; Lmax = length of connecting cable in [m] ([ft]); fluid conductivity in [μS/cm]
Endress+Hauser
19
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Operating conditions: Environment
Ambient temperature range
!
Transmitter
• Standard: –20 to +60 °C (–4 to +140 °F)
• Optional: –40 to +60 °C (–40 to +140 °F)
Note!
At ambient temperatures below –20 °C (–4 °F)the readability of the display may be impaired.
Sensor
• Flange material carbon steel: –10 to +60 °C (+14 to +140 °F)
• Flange material stainless steel: –40 to +60 °C (–40 to +140 °F)
"
Caution!
The permitted temperature range of the measuring tube lining may not be undershot or overshot
→ ä 21, Section "Medium temperature range".
Please note the following points:
• Install the device in a shady location. Avoid direct sunlight, particularly in warm climatic regions.
• The transmitter must be mounted separate from the sensor if both the ambient and fluid temperatures are
high.
Storage temperature
The storage temperature corresponds to the operating temperature range of the measuring transmitter and the
appropriate measuring sensors.
"
Caution!
• The measuring device must be protected against direct sunlight during storage in order to avoid unacceptably
high surface temperatures.
• A storage location must be selected where moisture does not collect in the measuring device. This will help
prevent fungus and bacteria infestation which can damage the liner.
• Do not remove the protective plates or caps on the process connections until the device is ready to install.
Degree of protection
• Standard: IP 67 (NEMA 4X) for transmitter and sensor.
• Optional: IP 68 (NEMA 6P) for sensor for remote version.
• For information regarding applications where the device is buried directly in the soil or is installed in a
flooded wastewater basin please contact your local Endress+Hauser Sales Center.
Shock and vibration resistance
Acceleration up to 2 g following IEC 600 68-2-6
Electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC)
• As per IEC/EN 61326 and NAMUR recommendation NE 21.
20
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Operating conditions: Process
Medium temperature range
The permitted temperature depends on the lining of the measuring tube:
• PTFE: –40 to +130 °C (–40 to +266 °F) (DN 15 to 600 / ½ to 24"), restrictions → see diagrams
• PFA: –20 to +180 °C (–4 to +356 °F) (DN 25 to 200 / 1 to 8"), restrictions → see diagrams
TA [°F]
140
100
[°C]
60
HT
40
n
20
0
0
PFA
-20
m
-40
PTFE
-40
-40 -20
-40
0
20
0
40
60
100
80 100 120 140 160 180
200
300
[°C]
TF
360 [°F]
A0002660
Compact version (with PFA or PTFE lining)
TA = Ambient temperature, TF = Fluid temperature, HT = High temperature version with insulatio
➀ Gray shaded area → temperature range from –10 to –40 °C (–14 to –40 °F) applies only to stainless steel flanges
n HE + IP 68 to 130 °C (266 °F) only
TA [°F]
140
100
[°C]
60
HT
40
n
20
0
0
PFA
-20
m
-40
PTFE
-40
-40 -20
-40
0
0
20
40
100
60
80 100 120 140 160 180
200
300
[°C]
TF
360 [°F]
A0002671
Remote version (with PFA or PTFE lining)
TA = Ambient temperature, TF = Fluid temperature, HT = High temperature version with insulatio
➀ Gray shaded area → temperature range from –10 to –40 °C (–14 to –40 °F) applies only to stainless steel flanges
n HE + IP 68 to 130 °C (266 °F) only
Endress+Hauser
21
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Conductivity
!
The minimum conductivity is:
• ≥ 5 μS/cm for fluids generally
• ≥ 20 μS/cm for demineralized water
Note!
In the remote version, the necessary minimum conductivity also depends on the cable length
(→ ä 19, Section "Length of connecting cable").
Medium pressure range
(nominal pressure)
• EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501)
– PN 10 (DN 200 to 600 / 8 to 24")
– PN 16 (DN 65 to 600 / 3 to 24")
– PN 25 (DN 200 to 600 / 8 to 24")
– PN 40 (DN 15 to 150 / ½ to 6")
• ANSI B 16.5
– Class 150 (DN ½ to 24")
– Class 300 (DN ½ to 6")
• JIS B2220
– 10 K (DN 50 to 300 / 2 to 12")
– 20 K (DN 15 to 300 / ½ to 12")
• AS 2129
– Table E (DN 25, 50 / 1", 2")
• AS 4087
– PN 16 (DN 50 / 2")
Pressure tightness
Measuring tube lining: PTFE
Nominal diameter
Limit values for abs. pressure [mbar] ([psi]) at fluid temperatures:
25 °C (77 °F)
80 °C (176 °F)
100 °C (212 °F)
130 °C (266 °F)
[mm]
[inch]
[mbar]
[psi]
[mbar]
[psi]
[mbar]
[psi]
[mbar]
[psi]
15
½"
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
1.45
25
1"
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
1.45
32
–
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
1.45
40
1½"
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
1.45
50
2"
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
1.45
65
–
0
0
*
*
40
0.58
130
1.89
80
3"
0
0
*
*
40
0.58
130
1.89
100
4"
0
0
*
*
135
1.96
170
2.47
125
–
135
1.96
*
*
240
3.48
385
5.58
150
6"
135
1.96
*
*
240
3.48
385
5.58
200
8"
200
2.90
*
*
290
4.21
410
5.95
250
10"
330
4.79
*
*
400
5.80
530
7.69
300
12"
400
5.80
*
*
500
7.25
630
9.14
350
14"
470
6.82
*
*
600
8.70
730
10.6
400
16"
540
7.83
*
*
670
9.72
800
11.6
450
18"
500
20"
600
24"
Partial vacuum is impermissible!
* No value can be specified.
22
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Measuring tube lining: PFA
Nominal diameter
Limit values for abs. pressure [mbar] ([psi]) at fluid temperatures:
25 °C (77 °F)
80 °C (176 °F)
100 to 180 °C (212 to 356 °F)
[mm]
[inch]
[mbar]
[psi]
[mbar]
[psi]
[mbar]
[psi]
25
1"
0
0
0
0
0
0
32
–
0
0
0
0
0
0
40
1½"
0
0
0
0
0
0
50
2"
0
0
0
0
0
0
65
–
0
0
*
*
0
0
80
3"
0
0
*
*
0
0
100
4"
0
0
*
*
0
0
125
–
0
0
*
*
0
0
150
6"
0
0
*
*
0
0
200
8"
0
0
*
*
0
0
* No value can be specified.
Limiting flow
The diameter of the pipe and the flow rate determine the nominal diameter of the sensor.
The optimum flow velocity is between 2 to 3 m/s (6.5 to 9.8 ft/s). The velocity of flow (v), moreover, has to
be matched to the physical properties of the fluid:
• v < 2 m/s (6.5 ft/s): for abrasive fluids such as potter's clay, lime milk, ore slurry etc.
• v > 2 m/s (6.5 ft/s): for fluids causing build-up such as wastewater sludges etc.
Flow characteristic values (SI units)
Diameter
Endress+Hauser
Recommended flow rate
Min./max. full scale value
(v ~ 0.3 or 10 m/s)
Factory settings
Pulse value
(~ 2 pulses/s)
Low flow cut off
(v ~ 0.04 m/s)
25 dm3/min
0.20 dm3
0.50 dm3/min
9 to 300 dm3/min
75 dm3/min
0.50 dm3
1.00 dm3/min
–
15 to 500 dm3/min
125 dm3/min
1.00 dm3
2.00 dm3/min
40
1½"
25 to 700 dm3/min
200 dm3/min
1.50 dm3
3.00 dm3/min
50
2"
35 to 1100 dm3/min
300 dm3/min
2.50 dm3
5.00 dm3/min
65
–
60 to 2000 dm3/min
500 dm3/min
5.00 dm3
8.00 dm3/min
80
3"
90 to 3000 dm3/min
750 dm3/min
5.00 dm3
12.0 dm3/min
100
4"
145 to 4700 dm3/min
1200 dm3/min
10.0 dm3
20.0 dm3/min
125
–
220 to 7500 dm3/min
1850 dm3/min
15.0 dm3
30.0 dm3/min
150
6"
20 to 600 m3/h
150 m3/h
0.03 m3
2.50 m3/h
200
8"
35 to 1100 m3/h
300 m3/h
0.05 m3
5.00 m3/h
250
10"
55 to 1700 m3/h
500 m3/h
0.05 m3
7.50 m3/h
300
12"
80 to 2400 m3/h
750 m3/h
0.10 m3
10.0 m3/h
350
14"
110 to 3300 m3/h
1000 m3/h
0.10 m3
15.0 m3/h
400
16"
140 to 4200 m3/h
1200 m3/h
0.15 m3
20.0 m3/h
450
18"
180 to 5400 m3/h
1500 m3/h
0.25 m3
25.0 m3/h
500
20"
220 to 6600 m3/h
2000 m3/h
0.25 m3
30.0 m3/h
600
24"
310 to 9600 m3/h
2500 m3/h
0.30 m3
40.0 m3/h
[mm]
[inch]
15
½"
4 to 100 dm3/min
25
1"
32
Full scale value, current output
(v ~ 2.5 m/s)
23
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Flow characteristic values (US units)
Diameter
Pressure loss
24
Recommended flow rate
Min./max. full scale value
(v ~ 0.3 or 10 m/s)
Factory settings
Full scale value, current output
(v ~ 2.5 m/s)
Pulse value
(~ 2 pulses/s)
Low flow cut off
(v ~ 0.04 m/s)
[inch]
[mm]
½"
25
1.0 to 26 gal/min
6 gal/min
0.10 gal
0.15 gal/min
1"
25
2.5 to 80 gal/min
18 gal/min
0.20 gal
0.25 gal/min
1½"
40
7 to 190 gal/min
50 gal/min
0.50 gal
0.75 gal/min
2"
50
10 to 300 gal/min
75 gal/min
0.50 gal
1.25 gal/min
3"
80
24 to 800 gal/min
200 gal/min
2.00 gal
2.50 gal/min
4"
100
40 to 1250 gal/min
300 gal/min
2.00 gal
4.00 gal/min
6"
150
90 to 2650 gal/min
600 gal/min
5.00 gal
12.0 gal/min
8"
200
155 to 4850 gal/min
1200 gal/min
10.0 gal
15.0 gal/min
10"
250
250 to 7500 gal/min
1500 gal/min
15.0 gal
30.0 gal/min
12"
300
350 to 10600 gal/min
2400 gal/min
25.0 gal
45.0 gal/min
14"
350
500 to 15000 gal/min
3600 gal/min
30.0 gal
60.0 gal/min
16"
400
600 to 19000 gal/min
4800 gal/min
50.0 gal
60.0 gal/min
18"
450
800 to 24000 gal/min
6000 gal/min
50.0 gal
90.0 gal/min
20"
500
1000 to 30000 gal/min
7500 gal/min
75.0 gal
120.0 gal/min
24"
600
1400 to 44000 gal/min
10500 gal/min
100.0 gal
180.0 gal/min
• No pressure loss if the sensor is installed in a pipe with the same nominal diameter.
• Pressure losses for configurations incorporating adapters according to DIN EN 545
(→ ä 18, Section "Adapters").
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Mechanical construction
Transmitter remote version, wall-mount housing (non Ex-zone and II3G/Zone 2)
D
Design, dimensions
Esc
+
E
C
B
-
F
G
E
H
J
K
J
S
R
O
T
P
Q
L
M
S
N
A
P
A0001150
Dimensions (SI units)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
215
250
90.5
159.5
135
90
45
> 50
81
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
53
95
53
102
81.5
11.5
192
8 × M5
20
All dimensions in [mm]
Dimensions (US units)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
8.46
9.84
3.56
6.27
5.31
3.54
1.77
> 1.97
3.18
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
2.08
3.74
2.08
4.01
3.20
0.45
7.55
8 × M5
0.79
All dimensions in [inch]
Endress+Hauser
25
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Transmitter remote version, connection housing (II2GD/Zone 1)
A
A*
C
B
B*
D
e r Sp annu
ht unt
ng
Nic
öffnen
+
E
E
ove r tight wh
ep c
Ke ircuit s a re aliv ile
c
e
Esc
-
uvrir l’a
pas o t e pparei
l
sou s nsion
K
F
J
L
M
Ne
Non-intrinsically safe
circuits Ip40 protected
Boucles de courant
sans sécurité intrinsèque
protégées par Ip40
p cover tight w
Kee ircuits are ali hile
ve
c
Nicht-eigensichere
Stromkreise durch
IP40-Abdeckung geschützt
G
H
A0002128
Dimensions (SI units)
A
A*
B
B*
C
D
E
ØF
G
H
J
K
L
M
265
242
240
217
206
186
178
8.6
(M8)
100
130
100
144
170
355
All dimensions in [mm]
Dimensions (US units)
A
A*
B
B*
C
D
E
ØF
G
H
J
K
L
M
10.4
9.53
9.45
8.54
8.11
7.32
7.01
0.34
(M8)
3.94
5.12
3.94
5.67
6.69
14.0
All dimensions in [inch]
26
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
There is a separate mounting kit for the wall-mounted housing. It can be ordered from Endress+Hauser as an
accessory. The following installation variants are possible:
• Panel-mounted installation
• Pipe mounting
Installation in control panel
210 (8.27)
+0.5 (+0.019)
–0.5 (–0.019)
245 (9.65)
mm (inch)
+0.5 (+0.019)
–0.5 (–0.019)
~110 (~4.33)
A0001131
Pipe mounting
Ø 20…70
(Ø 0.79…2.75)
~155 (~ 6.1)
mm (inch)
A0001132
Endress+Hauser
27
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Compact version DN ≤ 300 (12")
A
B
A*
Esc
-
E
G
E
F
+
D
C
H
K
L
A0005423
E1
110
(4.33)
D1
High temperature version DN ≤ 300 (12")
mm (inch)
A0005529
Measurement D1, E1 = Measurement D, E of the standard compact version plus 110 mm (4.33")
28
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Dimensions (SI units)
L 1)
DN
EN (DIN) / JIS / AS
A
A*
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
K
2)
15
200
341
257
84
94
120
25
200
341
257
84
94
120
32
200
341
257
84
94
120
40
200
341
257
84
94
120
50
200
341
257
84
94
120
65
200
391
282
109
94
180
80
200
391
282
109
94
180
100
250
391
282
109
94
180
125
250
472
322
150
140
260
150
300
472
322
150
140
260
200
350
527
347
180
156
324
250
450
577
372
205
166
400
300
500
627
397
230
166
460
E
F
G
H
K
227
207
187
168
160
1)
The length is regardless of the pressure rating selected. Fitting length to DVGW.
Only DN 25 and DN 50 are available for flanges according to AS.
All dimensions in [mm]
2)
Dimensions (US units)
DN
L 1)
A
A*
B
C
D
ANSI
½"
7.87
13.4
10.1
3.31
3.70
4.72
1"
7.87
13.4
10.1
3.31
3.70
4.72
1½"
7.87
13.4
10.1
3.31
3.70
4.72
2"
7.87
13.4
10.1
3.31
3.70
4.72
3"
7.87
15.4
11.1
4.29
3.70
7.09
8.94
8.15
7.36
6.61
6.30
4"
9.84
15.4
11.1
4.29
3.70
7.09
6"
11.8
18.6
12.7
5.91
5.51
10.2
8"
13.8
20.8
13.7
7.09
6.14
12.8
10"
17.7
22.7
14.7
8.07
6.54
15.8
12"
19.7
24.7
15.6
9.06
6.54
18.1
1)
The length is regardless of the pressure rating selected. Fitting length to DVGW.
All dimensions in [inch]
Endress+Hauser
29
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
A
B
A*
C
D
Compact version DN ≥ 350 (14")
Esc
+
E
G
E
F
-
J
H
L
A0005424
Dimensions (SI units)
DN
L 1)
A
A*
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
EN (DIN)
350
550
738.5
456.5
282.0
564
276
400
600
790.5
482.5
308.0
616
276
450
650
840.5
507.5
333.0
666
292
500
650
891.5
533.0
358.5
717
292
600
780
995.5
585.0
410.5
821
402
E
F
G
H
J
227
207
187
168
160
1)
The length is regardless of the pressure rating selected. Fitting length to DVGW.
All dimensions in [mm]
Dimensions (US units)
DN
L 1)
A
A*
B
C
D
ANSI
14"
21.7
29.1
18.0
11.1
22.2
10.9
16"
23.6
31.1
19.0
12.1
24.3
10.9
18"
25.6
33.1
20.0
13.1
26.2
11.5
20"
25.6
35.1
21.0
14.1
28.2
11.5
24"
30.7
39.2
23.0
16.2
32.3
15.8
8.94
8.15
7.36
6.61
6.30
1)
The length is regardless of the pressure rating selected. Fitting length to DVGW.
All dimensions in [inch]
30
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Sensor, remote version DN ≤ 300 (12")
A
B
G
E
F
D
C
J
H
L
A0012462
E1
D1
110
(4.33)
High temperature version DN ≤ 300 (12")
mm (inch)
A0005570
Measurement D1, E1 = Measurement D, E of the standard remote version plus 110 mm (4.33")
Endress+Hauser
31
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Dimensions (SI units)
L 1)
DN
EN (DIN) / JIS / AS
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2)
15
200
286
202
84
120
94
25
200
286
202
84
120
94
32
200
286
202
84
120
94
40
200
286
202
84
120
94
50
200
286
202
84
120
94
65
200
336
227
109
180
94
80
200
336
227
109
180
94
100
250
336
227
109
180
94
125
250
417
267
150
260
140
150
300
417
267
150
260
140
200
350
472
292
180
324
156
250
450
522
317
205
400
166
300
500
572
342
230
460
166
E
F
G
H
J
129
163
143
102
1)
The length is regardless of the pressure rating selected. Fitting length to DVGW.
Only DN 25 and DN 50 are available for flanges according to AS.
All dimensions in [mm]
2)
Dimensions (US units)
DN
L 1)
A
B
C
D
ANSI
½"
7.87
11.3
7.95
3.31
4.72
3.70
1"
7.87
11.3
7.95
3.31
4.72
3.70
1½"
7.87
11.3
7.95
3.31
4.72
3.70
2"
7.87
11.3
7.95
3.31
4.72
3.70
3"
7.87
13.2
8.94
4.29
7.09
3.70
5.08
6.42
5.63
4.02
4"
9.84
13.2
8.94
4.29
7.09
3.70
6"
11.8
16.4
10.5
5.91
10.2
5.51
8"
13.8
18.6
11.5
7.08
12.8
6.14
10"
17.7
20.6
12.5
8.07
15.8
6.54
12"
19.7
22.5
13.5
9.06
18.1
6.54
1)
The length is regardless of the pressure rating selected. Fitting length to DVGW.
All dimensions in [inch]
32
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Sensor, remote version DN ≥ 350 (14")
A
B
G
E
F
D
C
J
L
H
A0003220
Dimensions (SI units)
DN
L 1)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
EN (DIN)
350
550
683.5
401.5
282.0
564
276
400
600
735.5
427.5
308.0
616
276
450
650
785.5
452.5
333.0
666
292
500
650
836.5
478.0
358.5
717
292
600
780
940.5
530.0
410.5
821
402
E
F
G
H
J
129
163
143
102
1)
The length is regardless of the pressure rating selected. Fitting length to DVGW.
All dimensions in [mm]
Dimensions (US units)
DN
L 1)
A
B
C
D
ANSI
14"
21.7
26.9
15.8
11.1
22.2
10.9
16"
23.6
29.0
16.8
12.1
24.3
10.9
18"
25.6
30.9
17.8
13.1
26.2
11.5
20"
25.6
32.9
18.8
14.1
28.2
11.5
24"
30.7
37.0
20.9
16.2
32.3
15.8
5.08
6.42
5.63
4.02
1)
The length is regardless of the pressure rating selected. Fitting length to DVGW.
All dimensions in [inch]
Endress+Hauser
33
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Ground disk for flange connections
DN ≤ 300 (12")
DN ≥ 350 (14")
ØE
D
D
ØE
ØB
ØB
Ø
Ø
ØC
A
A
ØC
t
t
A0003221
Dimensions (SI units)
DN 1)
EN (DIN) / JIS / AS
A
2)
B
C
D
E
t
PTFE, PFA
15
16
43
61.5
73
25
26
62
77.5
87.5
32
35
80
87.5
94.5
40
41
82
101
103
50
52
101
115.5
108
65
68
121
131.5
118
80
80
131
154.5
135
100
104
156
186.5
153
125
130
187
206.5
160
150
158
217
256
184
200
206
267
288
205
250
6.5
260
328
359
240
3)
312
375
413
273
300 4)
310
375
404
268
350
3)
343
433
479
365
400
3)
393
480
542
395
450 3)
439
538
583
417
500
3)
493
592
650
460
600
3)
593
693
766
522
300
2
9.0
1) Ground
disks at DN 15 to 250 (½ to 10") can be used for all flange standards/pressure ratings.
Only DN 25 and DN 50 are available for flanges according to AS.
3)
PN 10/16
4) PN 25, JIS 10K/20K
All dimensions in [mm]
2)
34
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Dimensions (US units)
DN 1)
A
ANSI
PTFE, PFA
½"
B
C
D
0.63
1.69
2.42
2.87
1"
1.02
2.44
3.05
3.44
1½"
1.61
3.23
3.98
4.06
2"
2.05
3.98
4.55
4.25
3"
3.15
5.16
6.08
5.31
4"
4.09
6.14
7.34
6.02
6"
6.22
8.54
10.08
7.24
8"
8.11
10.5
11.3
8.07
10"
10.2
12.9
14.1
9.45
12"
12.3
14.8
16.3
10.8
14"
13.5
17.1
18.9
14.4
16"
15.45
18.9
21.3
15.6
18"
17.3
21.2
23.0
16.4
20"
19.4
23.3
25.6
18.1
24"
23.4
27.3
30.1
20.6
E
t
0.26
0.08
0.35
1) Ground
disks can be used for all flange standards/pressure ratings.
All dimensions in [inch]
Endress+Hauser
35
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Weight
Weight in SI units
Weight data in kg
Nominal
diameter
[mm]
Compact version
Remote version (without cable)
Sensor
[inch] EN (DIN) /
AS 1)
JIS
ANSI
EN (DIN) /
AS 1)
Transmitter
JIS
ANSI
4.5
4.5
25
1"
7.3
7.3
7.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
32
–
8.0
7.3
–
6.0
5.3
–
40
1½"
9.4
8.3
9.4
7.4
6.3
7.4
50
2"
10.6
9.3
10.6
8.6
7.3
8.6
65
–
12.0
11.1
–
10.0
9.1
–
80
3"
14.0
12.5
14.0
12.0
10.5
12.0
100
4"
16.0
14.7
16.0
14.0
12.7
14.0
125
–
21.5
21.0
–
19.5
19.0
150
6"
25.5
24.5
25.5
23.5
22.5
200
8"
45
41.9
45
43
39.9
43
250
10"
65
69.4
75
63
67.4
73
300
12"
70
72.3
110
68
70.3
108
350
14"
115
175
113
173
400
16"
135
205
133
203
450
18"
175
255
173
253
500
20"
175
285
173
283
600
24"
235
405
233
403
1)
PN 16
PN 10
PN 16
PN 10
Class 150
4.5
10K
6.5
PN 40
6.5
Class 150
6.5
10K
½"
PN 40
15
Wall-mount housing
–
6.0
23.5
For flanges to AS, only DN 25 and 50 are available.
• Transmitter (compact version): 3.4 kg, high temperature version: +1.5 kg
• Weight data valid for standard pressure ratings and without packaging material.
36
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Weight in US units (only ANSI)
Weight data in lbs
Nominal diameter
Compact version
Remote version (without cable)
Transmitter
ANSI
Wall-mount housing
[inch]
15
½"
14.3
9.92
25
1"
16.1
11.7
40
1½"
20.7
16.3
50
2"
23.4
19.0
80
3"
30.9
26.5
100
4"
35.3
30.9
150
6"
56.2
51.8
200
8"
250
10"
300
12"
242.6
238.1
350
14"
385.9
381.5
400
16"
452.0
447.6
450
18"
562.3
557.9
500
20"
628.4
624.0
600
24"
893.0
888.6
Class 150
[mm]
Class 150
ANSI
Sensor
99.2
165.4
94.8
13.2
161.0
• Transmitter (compact version): 7.50 lbs, high temperature version: +3.31 lbs
• Weight data valid for standard pressure ratings and without packaging material.
Measuring tube specifications
Diameter
Pressure rating
EN (DIN)
Endress+Hauser
AS 2129
AS 4087
Internal diameter
ANSI
[mm]
[inch]
[bar]
15
½"
PN 40
–
–
Cl.150
25
1"
PN 40
Table E
–
32
–
PN 40
–
40
1½"
PN 40
50
2"
65
JIS
[lbs]
PFA
PTFE
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
20K
–
–
15
0.59
Cl.150
20K
23
0.91
26
1.02
–
–
20K
32
1.26
35
1.38
–
–
Cl.150
20K
36
1.42
41
1.61
PN 40
Table E
PN 16
Cl.150
10K
48
1.89
52
2.05
–
PN 16
–
–
–
10K
63
2.48
67
2.64
80
3"
PN 16
–
–
Cl.150
10K
75
2.95
80
3.15
100
4"
PN 16
–
–
Cl.150
10K
101
3.98
104
4.09
125
–
PN 16
–
–
–
10K
126
4.96
129
5.08
150
6"
PN 16
–
–
Cl.150
10K
154
6.06
156
6.14
200
8"
PN 10
–
–
Cl.150
10K
201
7.91
202
7.95
250
10"
PN 10
–
–
Cl.150
10K
–
–
256
10.1
300
12"
PN 10
–
–
Cl.150
10K
–
–
306
12.0
350
14"
PN 10
–
–
Cl.150
–
–
–
337
13.3
400
16"
PN 10
–
–
Cl.150
–
–
–
387
15.2
450
18"
PN 10
–
–
Cl.150
–
–
–
432
17.0
500
20"
PN 10
–
–
Cl.150
–
–
–
487
19.2
600
24"
PN 10
–
–
Cl.150
–
–
23
593
23.3
37
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Material
• Transmitter housing
– Compact housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminum
– Wall-mount housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminum
• Sensor housing
– DN 25 to 300 (1 to 12"): powder-coated die-cast aluminum
– DN 350 to 600 (14 to 24"): with protective lacquering
• Measuring tube
– DN ≤ 300 (12"): stainless steel 1.4301 or 1.4306/304L;
(for flanges made of carbon steel with Al/Zn protective coating)
– DN ≥ 350 (14"): stainless steel 1.4301 or 1.4306/304L;
(for flanges made of carbon steel with protective lacquering)
• Electrodes: 1.4435, Platinum, Alloy C-22, Tantalum, Titanium
• Flanges
– EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501): 1.4571/316L; RSt37-2 (S235JRG2); C22; FE 410W B
(DN ≤ 300 (12"): with Al/Zn protective coating; DN ≥ 350 (14") with protective lacquering)
– ANSI: A105; F316L
(DN ≤ 300 (12"): with Al/Zn protective coating; DN ≥ 350 (14") with protective lacquering)
– AWWA: 1.0425
– JIS: RSt37-2 (S235JRG2); HII; 1.0425/316L
(DN ≤ 300 (12"): with Al/Zn protective coating; DN ≥ 350 (14") with protective lacquering)
– AS 2129
– DN 25 (1"): A105 or RSt37-2 (S235JRG2)
– DN 40 (1 ½"): A105 or St44-2 (S275JR)
– AS 4087: A105 or St44-2 (S275JR)
• Seals: to DIN EN 1514-1
• Ground disks: 1.4435/316L or Alloy C-22
Material load diagram
"
Caution!
The following diagrams contain material load diagrams (reference curves) for flange materials with regard to
the medium temperature. However, the maximum medium temperatures permitted always depend on the
lining material of the sensor and/or the sealing material (→ ä 21).
Flange connection to EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501)
Material: RSt37-2 (S235JRG2) / C22 / Fe 410W B
[psi]
600
[bar]
500
35
40
PN 40
30
400
25
300
20
200
15
10
100
0
5
PN 25
PN 16
PN 10
PN 6
0
-60 -40 -20
-40
0
0
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 [°C]
100
200
300
360 [°F]
A0005594
38
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Flange connection to EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501)
Material: 316L / 1.4571
[psi]
600
500
400
[bar]
40
30
25
300
20
200
15
10
100
0
PN 40
35
5
PN 25
PN 16
PN 10
PN 6
0
-60 -40 -20
-40
0
0
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 [°C]
100
200
300
360 [°F]
A0005304
Flange connection to ANSI B16.5
Material: A 105
[psi] [bar]
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
60
50
Class 300
40
30
20
Class 150
10
0
-40 -20
-40
0
0
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 [°C]
100
200
300
360 [°F]
A0003226
Flange connection to ANSI B16.5
Material: F316L
[psi] [bar]
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
60
50
40
Class 300
30
20
10
Class 150
0
-40 -20
-40
0
0
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 [°C]
100
200
300
360 [°F]
A0005307
Endress+Hauser
39
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Flange connection to JIS B2220
Material: RSt37-2 (S235JRG2) / HII / 1.0425 / 316L
[psi] [bar]
30
400
300
20K
20
200
10K
10
100
0
0
-40 -20
-40
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 [°C]
0
0
100
200
300
360 [°F]
A0003228
Flange connection to AS 2129 Table E or AS 4087 PN 16
Material: A105 / RSt37-2 (S235JRG2) / St44-2 (S275JR)
[psi] [bar]
300
20
200
15
PN 16
Table E
10
100
0
5
0
-40 -20
-40
0
0
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 [°C]
100
200
300
[°F]
A0005595
Fitted electrodes
Measuring electrodes, reference electrodes and empty pipe detection electrodes:
• Standard available with 1.4435, Alloy C-22, tantalum, platinum/rhodium 80/20, titanium
• Optional: measuring electrodes made of platinum/rhodium 80/20
Process connections
Flange connection:
• EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501), DN ≤ 300 (12") form A, DN ≥ 350 (14") form B
(Dimensions to DIN 2501, DN 65 PN 16 and DN 600 (24") PN 16 exclusively to EN 1092-1)
• ANSI B16.5
• JIS B2220
• AS 2129 Table E
• AS 4087 PN 16
Surface roughness
• PFA liner: ≤ 0.4 μm (15.7 μin)
• Elektroden
– 1.4435, Alloy C-22, titanium: ≤ 0.3 to 0.5 μm (≤ 11.8 to 19.7 μin)
– Tantal, Platin/Rhodium: ≤ 0.3 to 0.5 μm (≤ 11.8 to 19.7 μin)
(All data refer to parts in contact with medium)
40
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Human interface
Display elements
• Liquid crystal display: backlit, two lines (Promag 50) or four lines (Promag 53) with 16 characters per line
• Custom configurations for presenting different measured-value and status variables
• Totalizer
– Promag 50: 2 totalizers
– Promag 53: 3 totalizers
Operating elements
Unified operation concept for both types of transmitter:
Promag 50:
• Local operation via three keys (S, O, F)
• Quick Setup menus for straightforward commissioning
Promag 53:
• Local operation via three keys (S, O, F)
• Application-specific Quick Setup menus for straightforward commissioning
Language groups
Language groups available for operation in different countries:
Promag 50, Promag 53:
• Western Europe and America (WEA):
English, German, Spanish, Italian, French, Dutch, Portuguese
• Eastern Europe and Scandinavia (EES):
English, Russian, Polish, Norwegian, Finnish, Swedish, Czech
• South and east Asia (SEA):
English, Japanese, Indonesian
Promag 53:
• China (CN):
English, Chinese
You can change the language group via the operating program "FieldCare".
Remote operation
Endress+Hauser
• Promag 50: Remote control via HART, PROFIBUS DP/PA
• Promag 53: Remote control via HART, PROFIBUS DP/PA, MODBUS RS485, FOUNDATION Fieldbus
41
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Certificates and approvals
CE mark
The measuring system is in conformity with the statutory requirements of the EC Directives.
Endress+Hauser confirms successful testing of the device by affixing to it the CE mark.
C-tick mark
The measuring system meets the EMC requirements of the "Australian Communications and Media Authority
(ACMA)".
Pressure measuring device
approval
Measuring devices with a nominal diameter smaller than or equal to DN 25 correspond to Article 3(3)
of the EC Directive 97/23/EC (Pressure Equipment Directive) and have been designed and manufactured
according to good engineering practice. Where necessary (depending on the medium and process pressure),
there are additional optional approvals to Category II/III for larger nominal diameters.
Ex approval
Information about currently available Ex versions (ATEX, IECEx, FM, CSA, NEPSI) can be supplied by your
Endress+Hauser Sales Center on request. All explosion protection data are given in a separate documentation
which is available upon request.
Other standards and
guidelines
• EN 60529
Degrees of protection by housing (IP code)
• EN 61010
Protection Measures for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control, Regulation and Laboratory
Procedures.
• IEC/EN 61326
“Emission in accordance with requirements for Class A”.
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC requirements)
• NAMUR NE 21:
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) of industrial process and laboratory control equipment.
• NAMUR NE 43:
Standardization of the signal level for the breakdown information of digital transmitters with analog output
signal.
• NAMUR NE 53:
Software of field devices and signal-processing devices with digital electronics.
• ANSI/ISA-S82.01
Safety Standard for Electrical and Electronic Test, Measuring, Controlling and related Equipment - General
Requirements Pollution degree 2, Installation Category II.
• CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 1010.1-92
Safety requirements for Electrical Equipment for Measurement and Control and Laboratory Use.
Pollution degree 2, Installation Category II
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
certification
The flow device has successfully passed all the test procedures carried out and is certified and registered by the
Fieldbus Foundation. The device thus meets all the requirements of the following specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
Certified to FOUNDATION Fieldbus Specification
The device meets all the specifications of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1.
Interoperability Test Kit (ITK), revision status 5.01 (device certification number: on request)
The device can also be operated with certified devices of other manufacturers
Physical Layer Conformance Test of the Fieldbus Foundation
MODBUS RS485 certification
The measuring device meets all the requirements of the MODBUS/TCP conformity test and has the “MODBUS/TCP Conformance Test Policy, Version 2.0”. The measuring device has successfully passed all the test
procedures carried out and is certified by the “MODBUS/TCP Conformance Test Laboratory” of the University
of Michigan.
PROFIBUS DP/PA
certification
The flow device has successfully passed all the test procedures carried out and is certified and registered by the
PNO (PROFIBUS User Organisation). The device thus meets all the requirements of the following
specifications:
• Certified to PROFIBUS PA, profile version 3.0 (device certification number: on request)
• The device can also be operated with certified devices of other manufacturers (interoperability)
42
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Ordering information
Your Endress+Hauser service organization can provide detailed ordering information and information on the
order codes on request.
Accessories
Various accessories, which can be ordered separately from Endress+Hauser, are available for the transmitter
and the sensor. Your Endress+Hauser service organization can provide detailed information on the order codes
in question.
Documentation
• Flow Measurement (FA005D/06)
• Operating Instructions Promag Promag 50 (BA046D/06 and BA049D/06)
• Operating Instructions Promag Promag 50 PROFIBUS PA (BA055D/06 and BA056D/06)
• Operating Instructions Promag Promag 53 (BA047D/06 and BA048D/06)
• Operating Instructions Promag Promag 53 FOUNDATION Fieldbus (BA051D/06 and BA052D/06)
• Operating Instructions Promag Promag 53 MODBUS RS485 (BA117D/06 and BA118D/06)
• Operating Instructions Promag Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA (BA053D/06 and BA054D/06)
• Supplementary documentation on Ex-ratings: ATEX, IECEx, FM, CSA, NEPSI
Registered trademarks
HART®
Registered trademark of the HART Communication Foundation, Austin, USA
PROFIBUS®
Registered trademark of the PROFIBUS Nutzerorganisation e.V., Karlsruhe, D
FOUNDATION™ Fieldbus
Registered trademark of the Fieldbus Foundation, Austin, USA
MODBUS®
Registered trademark of the MODBUS Organisation
HistoROM™, S-DAT®, T-DAT™, F-CHIP®, FieldCare®, Fieldcheck®, FieldXpert™, Applicator®
Registered or registration-pending trademarks of Endress+Hauser Flowtec AG, Reinach, CH
Endress+Hauser
43
Instruments International
Endress+Hauser
Instruments International AG
Kaegenstrasse 2
4153 Reinach
Switzerland
Tel. +41 61 715 81 00
Fax +41 61 715 25 00
www.endress.com
info@ii.endress.com
TI047D/06/en/11.09
71106271
FM+SGML6.0 ProMoDo
BA00046D/06/EN/15.14
71249447
Products
Solutions
Valid as of version
V 2.04.XX (device software)
Operating Instructions
Proline Promag 50
HART
Electromagnetic flowmeter
6
Services
Products
Solutions
Services
Promag 50
Table of contents
1
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
9
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
Designated use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Installation, commissioning and operation . . . . . . 4
Operational safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Notes on safety conventions and icons . . . . . . . . . 5
2
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.1
2.2
2.3
Device designation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Certificates and approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Registered trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6
9.7
9.8
9.9
Troubleshooting instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
System error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Process error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Process errors without messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Response of outputs to errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Software history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
10
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
3
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
Incoming acceptance, transport and storage . . .
Installation conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Post-installation check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
Connecting the remote version . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the measuring unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Potential equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Post-connection check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
Display and operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brief operating instructions on the
function matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Displaying error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6
Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
Function check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switching on the measuring device . . . . . . . . . .
Quick Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data storage device (HistoROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
7.1
7.2
Exterior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
8
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
Device-specific accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measuring principle-specific accessories . . . . . .
Communication-specific accessories . . . . . . . . .
Service-specific accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Endress+Hauser
10
12
20
45
10.1 Technical data at a glance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
46
52
55
58
59
60
61
63
64
72
72
73
74
75
76
78
78
79
80
3
Safety instructions
Promag 50
1
Safety instructions
1.1
Designated use
The measuring device described in this Operating Manual is to be used only for measuring
the flow rate of conductive fluids in closed pipes.
A minimum conductivity of 20 μS/cm is required for measuring demineralized water. Most
liquids can be measured as of a minimum conductivity of 5 μS/cm.
Examples:
• Acids, alkalis
• Drinking water, wastewater, sewage sludge
• Milk, beer, wine, mineral water, etc.
Resulting from incorrect use or from use other than that designated the operational safety
of the measuring devices can be suspended. The manufacturer accepts no liability for
damages being produced from this.
1.2
Installation, commissioning and operation
Please note the following:
• Installation, connection to the electricity supply, commissioning and maintenance of the
device must be carried out by trained, qualified specialists authorized to perform such work
by the facility's owner-operator. The specialist must have read and understood this
Operating Manual and must follow the instructions it contains.
• The device must be operated by persons authorized and trained by the facility's owneroperator. Strict compliance with the instructions in the Operating Manual is mandatory.
• With regard to special fluids, including fluids used for cleaning, Endress+Hauser will be
happy to assist in clarifying the corrosion-resistant properties of wetted materials.
However, minor changes in temperature, concentration or in the degree of contamination
in the process may result in variations in corrosion resistance. For this reason,
Endress+Hauser does not accept any responsibility with regard to the corrosion resistance
of wetted materials in a specific application.
The user is responsible for the choice of suitable wetted materials in the process.
• If welding work is performed on the piping system, do not ground the welding appliance
through the Promag flowmeter.
• The installer must ensure that the measuring system is correctly wired in accordance with
the wiring diagrams. The transmitter must be grounded apart from when special
protective measures are taken (e.g. galvanically isolated SELV or PELV power supply)
• Invariably, local regulations governing the opening and repair of electrical devices apply.
1.3
Operational safety
Please note the following:
• Measuring systems for use in hazardous environments are accompanied by separate Ex
documentation, which is an integral part of this Operating Manual. Strict compliance with
the installation instructions and ratings as stated in this supplementary documentation is
mandatory. The symbol on the front of this Ex documentation indicates the approval and
the certification body (e.g. 0 Europe, 2 USA, 1 Canada).
• The measuring device complies with the general safety requirements in accordance with
EN 61010-1, the EMC requirements of IEC/EN 61326 and NAMUR Recommendations
NE 21 and NE 43.
• Depending on the application, the seals of the process connections of the Promag H sensor
require periodic replacement.
4
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Safety instructions
• When hot fluid passes through the measuring tube, the surface temperature of the
housing increases. In the case of the sensor, in particular, users should expect
temperatures that can be close to the fluid temperature. If the temperature of the fluid is
high, implement sufficient measures to prevent burning or scalding.
• The manufacturer reserves the right to modify technical data without prior notice. Your
Endress+Hauser distributor will supply you with current information and updates to these
Operating Instructions.
1.4
Return
• Do not return a measuring device if you are not absolutely certain that all traces of
hazardous substances have been removed, e.g. substances which have penetrated crevices
or diffused through plastic.
• Costs incurred for waste disposal and injury (burns, etc.) due to inadequate cleaning will
be charged to the owner-operator.
1.5
Notes on safety conventions and icons
The devices are designed to meet state-of-the-art safety requirements, have been tested,
and left the factory in a condition in which they are safe to operate. The devices comply with
the applicable standards and regulations in accordance with EN 61010-1 "Safety
requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory use".
The devices can, however, be a source of danger if used incorrectly or for anything other than
the designated use. Consequently, always pay particular attention to the safety instructions
indicated in this Operating Manual by the following icons:
#
"
!
Endress+Hauser
Warning!
"Warning" indicates an action or procedure which, if not performed correctly, can result in
injury or a safety hazard. Comply strictly with the instructions and proceed with care.
Caution!
"Caution" indicates an action or procedure which, if not performed correctly, can result in
incorrect operation or destruction of the device. Comply strictly with the instructions.
Note!
"Note" indicates an action or procedure which, if not performed correctly, can have an indirect
effect on operation or trigger an unexpected response on the part of the device.
5
Identification
Promag 50
2
Identification
2.1
Device designation
The flow measuring system consists of the following components:
• Promag 50 transmitter
• Promag D/E/H/L/P/W sensor
In the compact version, the transmitter and sensor form a single mechanical unit; in the
remote version they are installed separately.
2.1.1
Nameplate of the transmitter
8
9
Promag 50
1
Order Code:
Ser.No.:
TAG No.:
2
3
4
50PXX-XXXXXXXXXXXX
12345678901
ABCDEFGHJKLMNPQRST
IP67 / NEMA/Type 4X
20-55VAC/16-62VDC
15VA/W 50-60Hz
EPD / MSÜ
ECC
I-OUT (HART), f-OUT
STATUS-IN
5
6
i
-20°C (-4°F) <Tamb<+60°C (+140°F)
7
N12895
A0005412
Fig. 1:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
6
Nameplate specifications for the "Promag 50" transmitter (example)
Ordering code/serial number: See the specifications on the order confirmation for the meanings of the individual letters and
digits.
Power supply, frequency, power consumption
Additional information:
EPD/MSÜ: with Empty Pipe Detection
ECC: with electrode cleaning
Outputs available:
I-OUT (HART): with current output (HART)
f-OUT (HART): with frequency output
STATUS-IN: with status input (power supply)
Reserved for information on special products
Observe device documentation
Reserved for additional information on device version (approvals, certificates)
Permitted ambient temperature range
Degree of protection
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Identification
2.1.2
Nameplate of the sensor
1
2
3
4
5
PROMAG P
Order Code: 50PXX-XXXXXXXXXXXX
Ser.No.:
12345678901 RY
ABCDEFGHJKLMNPQRST
TAG No.:
2007
1.0000/0000
DN100 DIN/EN PN40 pnom =PS= 40bar
–10°C...150°C/+14°F...300°F
TM:
Materials: PFA
Electrodes: 1.4435/316L
0.2% CAL
10
EPD/MSÜ, R/B
11
-20°C (-4°F)<Tamb<+60°C (+140°F)
IP67
NEMA/Type4X
12
K-factor:
6
7
8
i
9
N12895
13
A0004374
Fig. 2:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Endress+Hauser
Nameplate specifications for the "Promag" sensor (example)
Ordering code/serial number: See the specifications on the order confirmation for the meanings of the individual letters and
digits.
Calibration factor with zero point
Nominal diameter / Pressure rating
Fluid temperature range
Materials: lining/measuring electrodes
Reserved for information on special products
Permitted ambient temperature range
Observe device documentation
Reserved for additional information on device version (approvals, certificates)
Calibration tolerance
Additional information (examples):
– EPD/MSÜ: with Empty Pipe Detection electrode
– R/B: with reference electrode
Degree of protection
Flow direction
7
Identification
Promag 50
Nameplate, connections
fmax = 1kHz
Active: 24VDC/25mA (max. 250mA/20ms)
Passive: 30VDC, 250mA
2
L1/L+
Supply /
Versorgung /
Tension d'alimentation
Active: 0/4...20mA, RL max. = 700 Ohm
Passive: 4...20mA, max. 30VDC
(HART: RL.min. = 250 OHM)
5
1
12345678912
N/LPE
A
I-OUT (HART)
P
f-OUT
Passive: 30VDC, 250mA
X
STATUS-OUT
3...30VDC, Ri = 5kOhm
X
STATUS-IN
6
7
8
9
Ex-works / ab-Werk / réglages usine
Device SW: XX.XX.XX (WEA)
Communication: XXXXXXXXXX
Drivers: ID xxxx (HEX)
Date: DD.MMM.YYYY
3
26(+) / 27(-)
4
Ser.No.:
2
24(+) / 25(-)
1
active
passive
normally open contact
normally closed contact
20(+) / 21(-)
A:
P:
NO:
NC:
See operating manual
Betriebsanleitung beachten
Observer manuel d'instruction
22(+) / 23(-)
2.1.3
Update 1
Update 2
319475-00XX
10
A0000963
Fig. 3:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2.2
Nameplate specifications for transmitter (example)
Serial number
Possible configuration of current output
Possible configuration of relay contacts
Terminal assignment, cable for power supply: 85 to 260 V AC, 20 to 55 V AC, 16 to 62 V DC
Terminal No. 1: L1 for AC, L+ for DC
Terminal No. 2: N for AC, L– for DC
Signals present at inputs and outputs, possible configuration and terminal assignment (20 to 27),
see also "Electrical values of inputs/outputs"
Version of device software currently installed
Installed communication type, e.g.: HART, PROFIBUS PA, etc.
Information on current communication software (Device Revision and Device Description), e.g.:
Dev. 01 / DD 01 for HART
Date of installation
Current updates to data specified in points 6 to 9
Certificates and approvals
The devices are designed to meet state-of-the-art safety requirements in accordance with
sound engineering practice. They have been tested and left the factory in a condition in
which they are safe to operate.
The devices comply with the applicable standards and regulations in accordance with EN
61010-1 "Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control and
laboratory use" and with the EMC requirements of IEC/EN 61326/A1.
The measuring system described in this Operating Manual is therefore in conformity with
the statutory requirements of the EC Directives. Endress+Hauser confirms successful testing
of the device by affixing to it the CE mark.
The measuring system meets the EMC requirements of the "Australian Communications and
Media Authority (ACMA)".
8
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Identification
2.3
Registered trademarks
KALREZ® and VITON®
Registered trademarks of E.I. Du Pont de Nemours & Co., Wilmington, USA
TRI-CLAMP®
Registered trademark of Ladish & Co., Inc., Kenosha, USA
HART®
Registered trademark of the HART Communication Foundation, Austin, USA
HistoROM™, S-DAT®, Field Xpert™, FieldCare®, Fieldcheck®, Applicator®
Registered or registration-pending trademarks of Endress+Hauser Flowtec AG, Reinach, CH
Endress+Hauser
9
Installation
Promag 50
3
Installation
3.1
Incoming acceptance, transport and storage
3.1.1
Incoming acceptance
On receipt of the goods, check the following:
• Check the packaging and the contents for damage.
• Check the shipment, make sure nothing is missing and that the scope of supply matches
your order.
3.1.2
Transport
The following instructions apply to unpacking and to transporting the device to its final
location:
• Transport the devices in the containers in which they are delivered.
• Do not remove the protective plates or caps on the process connections until you are ready
to install the device. This is particularly important in the case of sensors with PTFE linings.
Special notes on flanged devices
"
Caution!
• The wooden covers mounted on the flanges from the factory protect the linings on the
flanges during storage and transportation. In case of Promag L they are additionally used
to hold the lap joint flanges in place. Do not remove these covers until immediately before
the device in the pipe.
• Do not lift flanged devices by the transmitter housing, or the connection housing in the
case of the remote version.
Transporting flanged devices DN
300 (12")
Use webbing slings slung round the two process connections. Do not use chains, as they
could damage the housing.
#
Warning!
Risk of injury if the measuring device slips. The center of gravity of the assembled measuring
device might be higher than the points around which the slings are slung.
At all times, therefore, make sure that the device does not unexpectedly turn around its axis
or slip.
a0004294
Fig. 4:
10
Transporting sensors with DN
300 (12")
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
Transporting flangeddevices DN > 300 (12")
Use only the metal eyes on the flanges for transporting the device, lifting it and positioning
the sensor in the piping.
"
Caution!
Do not attempt to lift the sensor with the tines of a fork-lift truck beneath the metal casing.
This would buckle the casing and damage the internal magnetic coils.
a0004295
Fig. 5:
3.1.3
Transporting sensors with DN > 300 (12")
Storage
Please note the following:
• Pack the measuring device in such a way as to protect it reliably against impact for storage
(and transportation). The original packaging provides optimum protection.
• The storage temperature corresponds to the operating temperature range of the
measuring transmitter and the appropriate measuring sensors → 101.
• Do not remove the protective plates or caps on the process connections until you are ready
to install the device. This is particularly important in the case of sensors with PTFE linings.
• The measuring device must be protected against direct sunlight during storage in order to
avoid unacceptably high surface temperatures.
• Choose a storage location where moisture does not collect in the measuring device. This
will help prevent fungus and bacteria infestation which can damage the liner.
Endress+Hauser
11
Installation
Promag 50
3.2
Installation conditions
3.2.1
Dimensions
The dimensions and installation lengths of the sensor and transmitter can be found in the
"Technical Information" for the device in question. This document can be downloaded as a
PDF file from www.endress.com. A list of the "Technical Information" documents available is
provided in the "Documentation" section on → 124.
3.2.2
Mounting location
Entrained air or gas bubble formation in the measuring tube can result in an increase in
measuring errors.
Avoid the following locations:
• Highest point of a pipeline. Risk of air accumulating!
• Directly upstream from a free pipe outlet in a vertical pipeline.
h ! 2 x DN
A0008154
Fig. 6:
Mounting location
Installation of pumps
Do not install the sensor on the intake side of a pump. This precaution is to avoid low
pressure and the consequent risk of damage to the lining of the measuring tube. Information
on the lining's resistance to partial vacuum can be found on → 106.
It might be necessary to install pulse dampers in systems incorporating reciprocating,
diaphragm or peristaltic pumps. Information on the measuring system's resistance to
vibration and shock can be found on → 102.
A0003203
Fig. 7:
12
Installation of pumps
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
Partially filled pipes
Partially filled pipes with gradients necessitate a drain-type configuration.
The Empty Pipe Detection function (EPD → 75) offers additional protection by detecting
empty or partially filled pipes.
"
Caution!
Risk of solids accumulating. Do not install the sensor at the lowest point in the drain. It is
advisable to install a cleaning valve.
!
!
2 x DN
5 x DN
A0008155
Fig. 8:
Installation in a partially filled pipe
Down pipes
Install a siphon or a vent valve downstream of the sensor in down pipes whose length
h 5 m (16.4 ft). This precaution is to avoid low pressure and the consequent risk of damage
to the lining of the measuring tube.
This measure also prevents the system losing prime, which could cause air pockets.
Information on the lining's resistance to partial vacuum can be found on → 106.
1
h
2
A0008157
Fig. 9:
1
2
h
Endress+Hauser
Measures for installation in a down pipe
Vent valve
Pipe siphon
Length of down pipe
13
Installation
Promag 50
3.2.3
Orientation
An optimum orientation position helps avoid gas and air accumulations and deposits in the
measuring tube. However, Promag offers the additional Empty Pipe Detection (EPD)
function to ensure the detection of partially filled measuring tubes, e.g. in the case of
degassing fluids or varying process pressure:
• Electrode Cleaning Circuit (ECC) for applications with accretive fluids, e.g. electrically
conductive deposits ( "Description of Device Functions" manual).
• Empty Pipe Detection (EPD) ensures the detection of partially filled measuring tubes, e.g.
in the case of degassing fluids (→ 75)
• Exchangeable Measuring Electrodes for abrasive fluids (→ 94)
Vertical orientation
This is the ideal orientation for self-emptying piping systems and for use in conjunction with
Empty Pipe Detection.
A0008158
Fig. 10:
Vertical orientation
Horizontal orientation
The measuring electrode plane should be horizontal. This prevents brief insulation of the
two measuring electrodes by entrained air bubbles.
"
Caution!
Empty Pipe Detection functions correctly only when the measuring device is installed
horizontally and the transmitter housing is facing upward (→ 10). Otherwise there is no
guarantee that Empty Pipe Detection will respond if the measuring tube is only partially
filled or empty.
A
1
2
2
A
3
A0003207
Fig. 11:
1
2
3
14
Horizontal orientation
EPD electrode for the detection of empty pipes (not with Promag D and Promag H (DN 2 to 15 / 1/12 to ½"))
Measuring electrodes for signal detection
Reference electrode for the potential equalization (not with Promag D and H)
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
Inlet and outlet run
If possible, install the sensor upstream from fittings such as valves, T-pieces, elbows, etc. The
following inlet and outlet runs must be observed in order to meet accuracy specifications:
• Inlet run: 5 × DN
• Outlet run: 2 × DN
! 5 " DN
! 2 " DN
A0003210
Fig. 12:
3.2.4
Inlet and outlet runs
Vibrations
Secure the piping and the sensor if vibration is severe.
"
Caution!
If vibrations are too severe, we recommend the sensor and transmitter be mounted
separately. Information on resistance to vibration and shock can be found on → 102.
L
A0003208
Fig. 13:
Endress+Hauser
Measures to prevent vibration of the device (L > 10 m (32.8 ft))
15
Installation
Promag 50
3.2.5
Foundations, supports
If the nominal diameter is DN
load-bearing strength.
"
350 (14"), mount the sensor on a foundation of adequate
Caution!
Risk of damage.
Do not support the weight of the sensor on the metal casing: the casing would buckle and
damage the internal magnetic coils.
A0003209
Fig. 14:
3.2.6
Correct support for large nominal diameters (DN
350 / 14")
Adapters
Suitable adapters to DIN EN 545 (double-flange reducers) can be used to install the sensor
in larger-diameter pipes.
The resultant increase in the rate of flow improves measuring accuracy with very slowmoving fluids. The nomogram shown here can be used to calculate the pressure loss caused
by reducers and expanders.
!
Note!
The nomogram only applies to liquids of viscosity similar to water.
1.
Calculate the ratio of the diameters d/D.
2.
From the nomogram read off the pressure loss as a function of flow velocity
(downstream from the reduction) and the d/D ratio.
[mbar] 100
8 m/s
7 m/s
6 m/s
10
5 m/s
4 m/s
max. 8°
3 m/s
d
D
2 m/s
1
1 m/s
d/D
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
A0011907
Fig. 15:
16
Pressure loss due to adapters
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
3.2.7
Nominal diameter and flow rate
The diameter of the pipe and the flow rate determine the nominal diameter of the sensor.
The optimum velocity of flow is between 2 and 3 m/s (6.5 to 9.8 ft/s).
The velocity of flow (v), moreover, has to be matched to the physical properties of the fluid:
• v < 2 m/s (v < 6.5 ft/s): for abrasive fluids
• v > 2 m/s (v > 6.5 ft/s): for fluids producing buildup
!
Note!
Flow velocity can be increased, if necessary, by reducing the nominal diameter of the sensor
(→ 16).
Recommended flow (SI units)
Nominal
diameter
Promag D
[mm]
Promag H
Min./max. full scale value (v
Promag L
Promag W
0.3 or 10 m/s) in [dm³/min]
2
–
–
0.06 to 1.8
–
–
4
–
–
0.25 to 7
–
–
8
–
–
1 to 30
–
–
15
–
4 to 100
4 to 100
–
–
25
9 to 300
9 to 300
9 to 300
–
9 to 300
32
–
15 to 500
–
–
15 to 500
40
25 to 700
25 to 700
25 to 700
–
25 to 700
50
35 to 1100
35 to 1100
35 to 1100
35 to 1100
35 to 1100
65
60 to 2000
60 to 2000
60 to 2000
60 to 2000
60 to 2000
80
90 to 3000
90 to 3000
90 to 3000
90 to 3000
90 to 3000
100
145 to 4700
145 to 4700
145 to 4700
145 to 4700
145 to 4700
125
–
220 to 7500
–
220 to 7500
220 to 7500
[mm]
Endress+Hauser
Promag E/P
Min./max. full scale value (v
0.3 or 10 m/s) in [m³/h]
150
–
20 to 600
–
20 to 600
20 to 600
200
–
35 to 1100
–
35 to 1100
35 to 1100
250
–
55 to 1700
–
55 to 1700
55 to 1700
300
–
80 to 2400
–
80 to 2400
80 to 2400
350
–
110 to 3300
–
110 to 3300
110 to 3300
375
–
–
–
140 to 4200
140 to 4200
400
–
140 to 4200
–
140 to 4200
140 to 4200
450
–
180 to 5400
–
180 to 5400
180 to 5400
500
–
220 to 6600
–
220 to 6600
220 to 6600
600
–
310 to 9600
–
310 to 9600
310 to 9600
700
–
–
–
420 to 13500
420 to 13500
750
–
–
–
480 to 15200
480 to 15200
800
–
–
–
550 to 18000
550 to 18000
900
–
–
–
690 to 22500
690 to 22500
1000
–
–
–
850 to 28000
850 to 28000
1050
–
–
–
950 to 40000
950 to 40000
1200
–
–
–
1250 to 40000
1250 to 40000
1400
–
–
–
–
1700 to 55000
1600
–
–
–
–
2200 to 70000
1800
–
–
–
–
2800 to 90000
2000
–
–
–
–
3400 to 110000
17
Installation
Promag 50
Recommended flow (US units)
Nominal
diameter
Promag D
[inch]
Promag H
Min./max. full scale value (v
Promag L
Promag W
0.3 or 10 m/s) in [gal/min]
1 / "
–
–
0.015 to 0.5
–
–
/ "
–
–
0.07 to 2
–
–
/ "
–
–
0.25 to 8
–
–
/"
–
1.0 to 27
1.0 to 27
–
–
1"
2.5 to 80
2.5 to 80
2.5 to 80
–
2.5 to 80
1 /"
–
4 to 130
–
–
4 to 130
1 /"
7 to 190
7 to 190
7 to 190
7 to 190
7 to 190
2"
10 to 300
10 to 300
10 to 300
10 to 300
10 to 300
2 /"
16 to 500
16 to 500
16 to 500
16 to 500
16 to 500
3"
24 to 800
24 to 800
24 to 800
24 to 800
24 to 800
4"
40 to 1250
40 to 1250
40 to 1250
40 to 1250
40 to 1250
5"
–
60 to 1950
–
60 to 1950
60 to 1950
6"
–
90 to 2650
–
90 to 2650
90 to 2650
8"
–
155 to 4850
–
155 to 4850
155 to 4850
10"
–
250 to 7500
–
250 to 7500
250 to 7500
12"
–
350 to 10600
–
350 to 10600
350 to 10600
14"
–
500 to 15000
–
500 to 15000
500 to 15000
15"
–
–
–
600 to 19000
600 to 19000
16"
–
600 to 19000
–
600 to 19000
600 to 19000
18"
–
800 to 24000
–
800 to 24000
800 to 24000
20"
–
1000 to 30000
–
1000 to 30000
1000 to 30000
24"
–
1400 to 44000
–
1400 to 44000
1400 to 44000
28"
–
–
–
1900 to 60000
1900 to 60000
30"
–
–
–
2150 to 67000
2150 to 67000
32"
–
–
–
2450 to 80000
2450 to 80000
36"
–
–
–
3100 to 100000
3100 to 100000
40"
–
–
–
3800 to 125000
3800 to 125000
42"
–
–
–
4200 to 135000
4200 to 135000
48"
–
–
–
5500 to 175000
5500 to 175000
[inch]
18
Promag E/P
Min./max. full scale value (v
0.3 or 10 m/s) in [Mgal/d]
54"
–
–
–
–
9 to 300
60"
–
–
–
–
12 to 380
66"
–
–
–
–
14 to 500
72"
–
–
–
–
16 to 570
78"
–
–
–
–
18 to 650
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
3.2.8
Length of connecting cable
In order to ensure measuring accuracy, comply with the following instructions when
installing the remote version:
• Fix cable run or lay in armored conduit. Cable movements can falsify the measuring signal
especially in the case of low fluid conductivities.
• Route the cable well clear of electrical machines and switching elements.
• Ensure potential equalization between sensor and transmitter, if necessary.
• The permitted connecting cable length Lmax is determined by the fluid conductivity (→
16). A minimum conductivity of 20 μS/cm is required for measuring demineralized water.
Most liquids can be measured as of a minimum conductivity of 5 μS/cm.
• The maximum connecting cable length is 10 m (32.8 ft) when empty pipe detection
(EPD → 75) is switched on.
[µS/cm]
200
100
Lmax
5
[m]
10
100
Lmax
200
[ft]
0
200
400
600
A0010734
Fig. 16:
Permissible cable length for the remote version
Area shaded gray = permitted range
Lmax = connecting cable length in [m]
Fluid conductivity in [μS/cm]
Endress+Hauser
19
Installation
Promag 50
3.3
Installation instructions
3.3.1
Installing the Promag D sensor
The sensor is installed between the pipe flanges with a mounting kit. The device is centered
using recesses on the sensor (→ 21).
!
"
Note!
A mounting kit consisting of mounting bolts, seals, nuts and washers can be ordered
separately (→ 78). Centering sleeves are provided with the device if they are required for
the installation.
Caution!
When installing the transmitter in the pipe, observe the necessary torques (→
22).
5
1
2
3
4
a0010776
Fig. 17:
1
2
3
4
5
Mounting the sensor
Nut
Washer
Mounting bolt
Centering sleeve
Seal
Seals
When installing the sensor, make sure that the seals used do not project into the pipe crosssection.
"
!
20
Caution!
Risk of short circuit! Do not use electrically conductive sealing compounds such as graphite!
An electrically conductive layer could form on the inside of the measuring tube and shortcircuit the measuring signal.
Note!
Use seals with a hardness rating of 70° Shore.
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
Arrangement of the mounting bolts and centering sleeves
The device is centered using recesses on the sensor. The arrangement of the mounting bolts
and the use of the centering sleeves supplied depend on the nominal diameter, the flange
standard und the pitch circle diameter.
Process connection
EN (DIN)
ASME
JIS
DN 25 to 40
(1 to 1 ½")
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A0010896
A0010824
A0010896
A0010825
A0010825
DN 50 (2")
1
1
1
1
A0010897
DN 65 (–)
3
3
2
2
3
3
–––––––––––––––––
3
3
2
2
3
3
A0012170
A0012171
DN 80 (3")
1
1
1
1
1
1
A0010898
DN 100 (4")
1
A0010827
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A0012168
A0010826
1
A0012168
A0012169
1 = Mounting bolts with centering sleeves
2 = EN (DIN) flanges: 4-hole with centering sleeves
3 = EN (DIN) flanges: 8-hole without centering sleeves
Endress+Hauser
21
Installation
Promag 50
Screw tightening torques (Promag D)
Please note the following:
• The tightening torques listed below are for lubricated threads only.
• Always tighten the screws uniformly and in diagonally opposite sequence.
• Overtightening the screws will deform the sealing faces or damage the seals.
• The tightening torques listed below apply only to pipes not subjected to tensile stress.
The tightening torques apply to situations where an EPDM soft material flat seal (e.g. 70
Shore) is used.
Tightening torques, mounting bolts and centering sleeves for EN (DIN) PN 16
Nominal
diameter
Mounting bolts
Centering sleeve
length
Tightening torque [Nm]
with a process flange with a
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
smooth seal face
raised face
25
4 × M12 × 145
54
19
19
40
4 × M16 × 170
68
33
33
50
4 × M16 × 185
82
41
41
65
4 × M16 × 200
92
44
44
65
8 × M16 × 200
–
29
29
80
8 × M16 × 225
116
36
36
100
8 × M16 × 260
147
40
40
EN (DIN) flanges: 4-hole with centering sleeves
EN (DIN) flanges: 8-hole without centering sleeves
A centering sleeve is not required. The device is centered directly via the sensor housing.
Tightening torques, mounting bolts and centering sleeves for JIS 10K
Nominal
diameter
Mounting bolts
Centering sleeve
length
Tightening torque [Nm]
with a process flange with a
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
smooth seal face
raised face
25
4 × M16 × 170
54
24
24
40
4 × M16 × 170
68
32
25
50
4 × M16 × 185
–*
38
30
65
4 × M16 × 200
–*
42
42
80
8 × M16 × 225
–*
36
28
100
8 × M16 × 260
–*
39
37
* A centering sleeve is not required. The device is centered directly via the sensor housing.
Tightening torques, mounting bolts and centering sleeves for ASME Class 150
Nominal
Centering sleeve
Tightening torque [lbf · ft]
Mounting bolts
diameter
length
with a process flange with a
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
smooth seal face
raised face
1"
4 × UNC 1/2" × 5.70"
–*
14
7
1 ½"
4 × UNC 1/2" × 6.50"
–*
21
14
2"
4 × UNC 5/8" × 7.50"
–*
30
27
3"
4 × UNC 5/8" × 9.25"
–*
31
31
4"
8 × UNC 5/8" × 10,4"
5,79
28
28
* A centering sleeve is not required. The device is centered directly via the sensor housing.
22
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
3.3.2
"
!
Installing the Promag E sensor
Caution!
• The protective covers mounted on the two sensor flanges guard the PTFE, which is turned
over the flanges. Consequently, do not remove these covers until immediately before the
sensor is installed in the pipe.
• The covers must remain in place while the device is in storage.
• Make sure that the lining is not damaged or removed from the flanges.
Note!
Bolts, nuts, seals, etc. are not included in the scope of supply and must be supplied by the
customer.
The sensor is designed for installation between the two piping flanges.
• Observe in any case the necessary screw tightening torques on → 24
• If grounding disks are used, follow the mounting instructions which will be enclosed with
the shipment
a0004296
Fig. 18:
Installing the Promag E sensor
Seals
Comply with the following instructions when installing seals:
• PFA or PTFE lining No seals are required!
• For DIN flanges, use only seals according to EN 1514-1.
• Make sure that the seals do not protrude into the piping cross-section.
"
Caution!
Risk of short circuit! Do not use electrically conductive sealing compounds such as graphite!
An electrically conductive layer could form on the inside of the measuring tube and shortcircuit the measuring signal.
Ground cable
• If necessary, special ground cables for potential equalization can be ordered as an
accessory (→ 78).
• Information on potential equalization and detailed mounting instructions for the use of
ground cables can be found on → 55
Endress+Hauser
23
Installation
Promag 50
Tightening torques for threaded fasteners (Promag E)
Please note the following:
• The tightening torques listed below are for lubricated threads only.
• Always tighten the screws uniformly and in diagonally opposite sequence.
• Overtightening the screws will deform the sealing faces or damage the seals.
• The tightening torques listed below apply only to pipes not subjected to tensile stress.
Tightening torques for:
• EN (DIN) → 24
• ASME → 25
• JIS → 25
Promag E tightening torques for EN (DIN)
Nominal diameter
[mm]
EN (DIN)
Pressure rating [bar]
Threaded
fasteners
Max. tightening torque
[Nm]
15
PN 40
4 × M 12
11
25
PN 40
4 × M 12
26
32
PN 40
4 × M 16
41
40
PN 40
4 × M 16
52
50
PN 40
4 × M 16
65
65 *
PN 16
8 × M 16
43
80
PN 16
8 × M 16
53
100
PN 16
8 × M 16
57
125
PN 16
8 × M 16
75
150
PN 16
8 × M 20
99
200
PN 10
8 × M 20
141
200
PN 16
12 × M 20
94
250
PN 10
12 × M 20
110
250
PN 16
12 × M 24
131
300
PN 10
12 × M 20
125
300
PN 16
12 × M 24
179
350
PN 6
12 × M 20
200
350
PN 10
16 × M 20
188
350
PN 16
16 × M 24
254
400
PN 6
16 × M 20
166
400
PN 10
16 × M 24
260
400
PN 16
16 × M 27
330
450
PN 6
16 × M 20
202
450
PN 10
20 × M 24
235
450
PN 16
20 × M 27
300
500
PN 6
20 × M 20
176
500
PN 10
20 × M 24
265
500
PN 16
20 × M 30
448
600
PN 6
20 × M 24
242
600
PN 10
20 × M 27
345
600 *
PN 16
20 × M 33
658
* Designed acc. to EN 1092-1 (not to DIN 2501)
24
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
Promag E tightening torques for ASME
Nominal diameter
ASME
Max. tightening torque
PTFE
[mm]
[inch]
Pressure rating
[lbs]
Threaded fasteners
[Nm]
15
½"
Class 150
4 × ½"
6
4
25
1"
Class 150
4 × ½"
11
8
40
1 ½"
Class 150
4 × ½"
24
18
50
2"
Class 150
4 × 5/8"
47
35
58
[lbf · ft]
80
3"
Class 150
4 × 5/8"
79
100
4"
Class 150
8 × 5/8"
56
41
150
6"
Class 150
8 × ¾"
106
78
200
8"
Class 150
8 × ¾"
143
105
250
10"
Class 150
12 × 7/8"
135
100
300
12"
Class 150
12 × 7/8"
178
131
350
14"
Class 150
12 × 1"
260
192
400
16"
Class 150
16 × 1"
246
181
450
18"
Class 150
16 × 1 1/8"
371
274
500
20"
Class 150
20 × 1 1/8"
341
252
600
24"
Class 150
20 × 1 ¼"
477
352
Promag E tightening torques for JIS
Endress+Hauser
Nominal diameter
JIS
[mm]
Pressure rating
Threaded fasteners
Max. tightening torque [Nm]
PTFE
15
20K
4 × M 12
16
25
20K
4 × M 16
32
32
20K
4 × M 16
38
40
20K
4 × M 16
41
50
10K
4 × M 16
54
65
10K
4 × M 16
74
80
10K
8 × M 16
38
100
10K
8 × M 16
47
125
10K
8 × M 20
80
150
10K
8 × M 20
99
200
10K
12 × M 20
82
250
10K
12 × M 22
133
300
10K
16 × M 22
99
25
Installation
Promag 50
3.3.3
Installing the Promag H sensor
The sensor is supplied to order, with or without pre-installed process connections. Preinstalled process connections are secured to the sensor with 4 or 6 hex-head threaded
fasteners.
"
Caution!
The sensor might require support or additional attachments, depending on the application
and the length of the piping run. When plastic process connections are used, the sensor must
be additionally supported mechanically. A wall-mounting kit can be ordered separately from
Endress+Hauser as an accessory (→ 78).
A
C
B
a0004301
Abb. 19:
Promag H process connections (DN 2 to 25 / 1/12 to 1", DN 40 to 100 / 1½ to 4")
A = DN 2 to 25 / 1/12 to 1": process connections with O-ring
– welding flanges (DIN EN ISO 1127, ODT / SMS),
– flange (EN (DIN), ASME, JIS ), flange PVDF (EN (DIN), ASME, JIS )
– external and internal thread, hose connection, PVC adhesive fitting
B = DN 2 to 25 / 1/12 to 1": process connections with aseptic gasket vseal
– weld nipples (DIN 11850, ODT/SMS)
– Clamp (ISO 2852, DIN 32676, L14 AM7)
– coupling (DIN 11851, DIN 11864-1, SMS 1145)
– flange DIN 11864-2
C = DN 40 to 100 / 1½ to 4": process connections with aseptic gasket seal
– weld nipples (DIN 11850, ODT/SMS)
– Clamp (ISO 2852, DIN 32676, L14 AM7)
– coupling (DIN 11851, DIN 11864-1, ISO 2853, SMS 1145)
– flange DIN 11864-2
Seals
When installing the process connections, make sure that the seals are clean and correctly
centered.
"
26
Caution!
• With metal process connections, you must fully tighten the screws. The process
connection forms a metallic connection with the sensor, which ensures a defined
compression of the seal.
• With plastic process connections, note the max. torques for lubricated threads (7 Nm /
5.2 lbf ft). With plastic flanges, always use seals between connection and counter flange.
• The seals must be replaced periodically, depending on the application, particularly in the
case of gasket seals (aseptic version)!
The period between changes depends on the frequency of cleaning cycles, the cleaning
temperature and the fluid temperature. Replacement seals can be ordered as accessories
→ 78.
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
Usage and assembly of ground rings (DN 2 to 25 / 1/12 to 1")
In case the process connections are made of plastic (e.g. flanges or adhesive fittings), the
potential between the sensor and the fluid must be equalized using additional ground rings.
If the ground rings are not installed this can affect the accuracy of the measurements or
cause the destruction of the sensor through the electrochemical erosion of the electrodes.
"
Caution!
• Depending on the option ordered, plastic disks may be installed at the process connections
instead of ground rings. These plastic disks serve only as spacers and have no potential
equalization function. In addition, they provide a sealing function at the interface between
the sensor and process connection. For this reason, with process connections without
ground rings, these plastic disks/seals must not be removed, or must always be installed.
• Ground rings can be ordered separately from Endress+Hauser as accessories (→ 78).
When placing the order, make certain that the ground ring is compatible with the material
used for the electrodes. Otherwise, there is a risk that the electrodes may be destroyed by
electrochemical corrosion! Information about the materials can be found on → 117.
• Ground rings, including the seals, are mounted within the process connections.
Therefore, the fitting length is not affected.
1.
Loosen the four or six hexagonal headed bolts (1) and remove the process connection
from the sensor (4).
2.
Remove the plastic disk (3), including the two O-ring seals (2).
3.
Place one seal (2) in the groove of the process connection.
4.
Place the metal ground ring (3) on the process connection.
5.
Now place the second seal (2) in the groove of the ground ring.
6.
Finally, mount the process connection on the sensor again.
With plastic process connections, note the max. torques for lubricated threads
(7 Nm / 5.2 lbf ft).
1
4
2
3
2
a0002651
Fig. 20:
Installing ground rings with Promag H (DN 2 to 25 / 1/12 to 1")
1 = Hexagonal-headed bolt (process connection)
2 = O-ring seals
3 = Ground ring or plastic disk (spacer)
4 = Sensor
Endress+Hauser
27
Installation
Promag 50
Welding the transmitter into the piping (weld nipples)
"
!
Caution!
Risk of destroying the measuring electronics. Make sure that the welding machine is not
grounded via the sensor or the transmitter.
1.
Tack-weld the sensor into the pipe. A suitable welding jig can be ordered separately as
an accessory (→ 78).
2.
Loosen the screws on the process connection flange and remove the sensor, complete
with the seal, from the pipe.
3.
Weld the process connection to the pipe.
4.
Reinstall the sensor in the pipe. Make sure that everything is clean and that the seal is
correctly seated.
Note!
• If thin-walled foodstuffs pipes are not welded correctly, the heat could damage the
installed seal. It is therefore advisable to remove the sensor and the seal prior to welding.
• The pipe has to be spread approximately 8 mm to permit disassembly.
Cleaning with pigs
If pigs are used for cleaning, it is essential to take the inside diameters of the measuring tube
and process connection into account. All the dimensions and lengths of the sensor and
transmitter are provided in the separate documentation "Technical Documentation" →
124.
28
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
3.3.4
Installing the Promag L sensor
"
Caution!
• The protective covers mounted on the two sensor flanges (DN 50 to 300 / 2 to 12") are
used to hold the lap joint flanges in place and to protect the PTFE liner during
transportation. Consequently, do not remove these covers until immediately before the
sensor is installed in the pipe.
• The covers must remain in place while the device is in storage.
• Make sure that the lining is not damaged or removed from the flanges.
!
Note!
Bolts, nuts, seals, etc. are not included in the scope of supply and must be supplied by the
customer.
The sensor is designed for installation between the two piping flanges.
• Observe in any case the necessary screw tightening torques on → 30
• If grounding disks are used, follow the mounting instructions which will be enclosed with
the shipment
• To comply with the device specification, a concentrical installation in the measuring
section is required
a0004296
Fig. 21:
Installing the Promag L sensor
Seals
Comply with the following instructions when installing seals:
• Hard rubber lining
additional seals are always necessary.
• Polyurethane lining
no seals are required.
• PTFE lining
no seals are required.
• For DIN flanges, use only seals according to EN 1514-1.
• Make sure that the seals do not protrude into the piping cross-section.
"
Caution!
Risk of short circuit!
Do not use electrically conductive sealing compounds such as graphite! An electrically
conductive layer could form on the inside of the measuring tube and short-circuit the
measuring signal.
Ground cable
• If necessary, special ground cables for potential equalization can be ordered as an
accessory (→ 78).
• Information on potential equalization and detailed mounting instructions for the use of
ground cables can be found on → 57.
Endress+Hauser
29
Installation
Promag 50
Screw tightening torques (Promag L)
Please note the following:
• The tightening torques listed below are for lubricated threads only.
• Always tighten the screws uniformly and in diagonally opposite sequence.
• Overtightening the screws will deform the sealing faces or damage the seals.
• The tightening torques listed below apply only to pipes not subjected to tensile stress.
Promag L tightening torques for EN (DIN)
Nominal diameter
[mm]
EN (DIN)
Max. tightening torque
Pressure rating
[bar]
Threaded fasteners
Hard rubber
Polyurethane
PTFE
[Nm]
[Nm]
[Nm]
50
PN 10/16
4 × M 16
-
15
40
65*
PN 10/16
8 × M 16
-
10
22
80
PN 10/16
8 × M 16
-
15
30
100
PN 10/16
8 × M 16
-
20
42
125
PN 10/16
8 × M 16
-
30
55
150
PN 10/16
8 × M 20
-
50
90
200
PN 10
8 × M 20
-
65
130
250
PN 10
12 × M 20
-
50
90
300
PN 10
12 × M 20
-
55
100
350
PN 6
12 × M 20
111
120
-
350
PN 10
16 × M 20
112
118
-
400
PN 6
16 × M 20
90
98
-
400
PN 10
16 × M 24
151
167
-
450
PN 6
16 × M 20
112
126
-
450
PN 10
20 × M 24
153
133
-
500
PN 6
20 × M 20
119
123
-
500
PN 10
20 × M 24
155
171
-
600
PN 6
20 × M 24
139
147
-
600
PN 10
20 × M 27
206
219
-
700
PN 6
24 × M 24
148
139
-
700
PN 10
24 × M 27
246
246
-
800
PN 6
24 × M 27
206
182
-
800
PN 10
24 × M 30
331
316
-
900
PN 6
24 × M 27
230
637
-
900
PN 10
28 × M 30
316
307
-
1000
PN 6
28 × M 27
218
208
-
1000
PN 10
28 × M 33
402
405
-
1200
PN 6
32 × M 30
319
299
-
1200
PN 10
32 × M 36
564
568
-
* Designed acc. to EN 1092-1 (not to DIN 2501)
Promag L tightening torques for ASME
Nominal diameter
ASME
Threaded
fasteners
Pressure rating
30
Max. tightening torque
Hard rubber
[mm]
[inch]
[lbs]
[Nm]
50
2"
Class 150
4 × 5/8"
80
3"
Class 150
100
4"
150
200
Polyurethane
PTFE
[lbf · ft]
[Nm]
[lbf · ft]
[Nm]
[lbf · ft]
-
-
15
11
40
29
4 × 5/8"
-
-
25
18
65
48
Class 150
8 × 5/8"
-
-
20
15
44
32
6"
Class 150
8 × ¾"
-
-
45
33
90
66
8"
Class 150
8 × ¾"
-
-
65
48
125
92
250
10"
Class 150
12 × 7/8"
-
-
55
41
100
74
300
12"
Class 150
12 × 7/8"
-
-
68
56
115
85
350
14"
Class 150
12 × 1"
135
100
158
117
-
-
400
16"
Class 150
16 × 1"
128
94
150
111
-
-
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
Nominal diameter
ASME
Threaded
fasteners
Pressure rating
Max. tightening torque
Hard rubber
[mm]
[inch]
[lbs]
[Nm]
450
18"
Class 150
16 × 1 1/8"
500
20"
Class 150
600
24"
Class 150
Polyurethane
PTFE
[lbf · ft]
[Nm]
[lbf · ft]
[Nm]
[lbf · ft]
204
150
234
173
-
-
20 × 1 1/8"
183
135
217
160
-
-
20 × 1 ¼"
268
198
307
226
-
-
Promag L tightening torques for AWWA
Nominal diameter
AWWA
Threaded
fasteners
Pressure rating
[mm]
[inch]
700
28"
Class D
750
30"
800
Max. tightening torque
Hartgummi
Polyurethane
PTFE
[Nm]
[lbf · ft]
[Nm]
[lbf · ft]
[Nm]
[lbf · ft]
28 × 1 ¼"
247
182
292
215
-
-
Class D
28 × 1 ¼"
287
212
302
223
-
-
32"
Class D
28 × 1 ½"
394
291
422
311
-
-
900
36"
Class D
32 × 1 ½"
419
309
430
317
-
-
1000
40"
Class D
36 × 1 ½"
420
310
477
352
-
-
1050
42"
Class D
36 × 1 ½"
528
389
518
382
-
-
1200
48"
Class D
44 × 1 ½"
552
407
531
392
-
-
Promag L tightening torques for AS 2129
Nominal diameter
AS 2129
Threaded
fasteners
Pressure rating
[mm]
Max. tightening torque
Hard rubber
Polyurethane
PTFE
[Nm]
[Nm]
[Nm]
350
Table E
12 × M 24
203
-
-
400
Table E
12 × M 24
226
-
-
450
Table E
16 × M 24
226
-
-
500
Table E
16 × M 24
271
-
-
600
Table E
16 × M 30
439
-
-
700
Table E
20 × M 30
355
-
-
750
Table E
20 × M 30
559
-
-
800
Table E
20 × M 30
631
-
-
900
Table E
24 × M 30
627
-
-
1000
Table E
24 × M 30
634
-
-
1200
Table E
32 × M 30
727
-
-
Promag L tightening torques for AS 4087
Nominal diameter
AS 4087
Threaded
fasteners
Pressure rating
[mm]
Endress+Hauser
Max. tightening torque
Hard rubber
Polyurethane
PTFE
[Nm]
[Nm]
[Nm]
350
PN 16
12 × M 24
203
-
-
375
PN 16
12 × M 24
137
-
-
400
PN 16
12 × M 24
226
-
-
450
PN 16
12 × M 24
301
-
-
500
PN 16
16 × M 24
271
-
-
600
PN 16
16 × M 27
393
-
-
700
PN 16
20 × M 27
330
-
-
750
PN 16
20 × M 30
529
-
-
800
PN 16
20 × M 33
631
-
-
900
PN 16
24 × M 33
627
-
-
1000
PN 16
24 × M 33
595
-
-
1200
PN 16
32 × M 33
703
-
-
31
Installation
Promag 50
3.3.5
"
!
Installing the Promag P sensor
Caution!
• The protective covers mounted on the two sensor flanges guard the PTFE, which is turned
over the flanges. Consequently, do not remove these covers until immediately before the
sensor is installed in the pipe.
• The covers must remain in place while the device is in storage.
• Make sure that the lining is not damaged or removed from the flanges.
Note!
Bolts, nuts, seals, etc. are not included in the scope of supply and must be supplied by the
customer.
The sensor is designed for installation between the two piping flanges.
• Observe in any case the necessary screw tightening torques on → 33
• If grounding disks are used, follow the mounting instructions which will be enclosed with
the shipment
a0004296
Fig. 22:
Installing the Promag P sensor
Seals
Comply with the following instructions when installing seals:
• PFA or PTFE lining No seals are required!
• For DIN flanges, use only seals according to EN 1514-1.
• Make sure that the seals do not protrude into the piping cross-section.
"
Caution!
Risk of short circuit! Do not use electrically conductive sealing compounds such as graphite!
An electrically conductive layer could form on the inside of the measuring tube and shortcircuit the measuring signal.
Ground cable
• If necessary, special ground cables for potential equalization can be ordered as an
accessory (→ 78).
• Information on potential equalization and detailed mounting instructions for the use of
ground cables can be found on → 55
32
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
Installing the high-temperature version (with PFA lining)
The high-temperature version has a housing support for the thermal separation of sensor
and transmitter. The high-temperature version is always used for applications in which high
ambient temperatures are encountered in conjunction with high fluid temperatures. The
high-temperature version is obligatory if the fluid temperature exceeds +150 °C.
!
Note!
You will find information on permissible temperature ranges on →
103
Insulation
Pipes generally have to be insulated if they carry very hot fluids, in order to avoid energy
losses and to prevent accidental contact with pipes at temperatures that could cause injury.
Guidelines regulating the insulation of pipes have to be taken into account.
"
Caution!
Risk of measuring electronics overheating. The housing support dissipates heat and its
entire surface area must remain uncovered. Make sure that the sensor insulation does not
extend past the top of the two sensor shells.
max.
Esc
-
+
E
A0004300
Fig. 23:
Promag P (high-temperature version): Insulating the pipe
Tightening torques for threaded fasteners (Promag P)
Please note the following:
• The tightening torques listed below are for lubricated threads only.
• Always tighten the screws uniformly and in diagonally opposite sequence.
• Overtightening the screws will deform the sealing faces or damage the seals.
• The tightening torques listed below apply only to pipes not subjected to tensile stress.
Tightening torques for:
• EN (DIN) → 34
• ASME → 34
• JIS → 35
• AS 2129 → 35
• AS 4087 → 35
Endress+Hauser
33
Installation
Promag 50
Promag P tightening torques for EN (DIN)
Nominal diameter
EN (DIN)
[mm]
Pressure rating [bar]
Threaded
fasteners
Max. tightening torque [Nm]
15
PN 40
4 × M 12
11
–
25
PN 40
4 × M 12
26
20
32
PN 40
4 × M 16
41
35
40
PN 40
4 × M 16
52
47
50
PN 40
4 × M 16
65
59
65 *
PN 16
8 × M 16
43
40
65
PN 40
8 × M 16
43
40
80
PN 16
8 × M 16
53
48
80
PN 40
8 × M 16
53
48
100
PN 16
8 × M 16
57
51
100
PN 40
8 × M 20
78
70
125
PN 16
8 × M 16
75
67
125
PN 40
8 × M 24
111
99
150
PN 16
8 × M 20
99
85
150
PN 40
8 × M 24
136
120
200
PN 10
8 × M 20
141
101
200
PN 16
12 × M 20
94
67
200
PN 25
12 × M 24
138
105
250
PN 10
12 × M 20
110
–
250
PN 16
12 × M 24
131
–
250
PN 25
12 × M 27
200
–
300
PN 10
12 × M 20
125
–
300
PN 16
12 × M 24
179
–
300
PN 25
16 × M 27
204
–
350
PN 10
16 × M 20
188
–
350
PN 16
16 × M 24
254
–
350
PN 25
16 × M 30
380
–
400
PN 10
16 × M 24
260
–
400
PN 16
16 × M 27
330
–
400
PN 25
16 × M 33
488
–
450
PN 10
20 × M 24
235
–
450
PN 16
20 × M 27
300
–
450
PN 25
20 × M 33
385
–
500
PN 10
20 × M 24
265
–
500
PN 16
20 × M 30
448
–
500
PN 25
20 × M 33
533
–
600
PN 10
20 × M 27
345
–
600 *
PN 16
20 × M 33
658
–
600
PN 25
20 × M 36
731
–
PTFE
PFA
* Designed acc. to EN 1092-1 (not to DIN 2501)
Promag P tightening torques for ASME
Nominal diameter
34
ASME
Max. tightening torque
PTFE
PFA
[mm]
[inch]
Pressure
rating [lbs]
Threaded
fasteners
[Nm]
[lbf · ft]
[Nm]
15
½"
Class 150
4 × ½"
6
4
–
[lbf · ft]
15
½"
Class 300
4 × ½"
6
4
–
–
–
25
1"
Class 150
4 × ½"
11
8
10
7
25
1"
Class 300
4 × 5/8"
14
10
12
9
40
1 ½"
Class 150
4 × ½"
24
18
21
15
40
1 ½"
Class 300
4 × ¾"
34
25
31
23
50
2"
Class 150
4 × 5/8"
47
35
44
32
50
2"
Class 300
8 × 5/8"
23
17
22
16
80
3"
Class 150
4 × 5/8"
79
58
67
49
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
Nominal diameter
ASME
Max. tightening torque
PTFE
PFA
[mm]
[inch]
Pressure
rating [lbs]
Threaded
fasteners
[Nm]
[lbf · ft]
[Nm]
80
3"
Class 300
8 × ¾"
47
35
42
31
100
4"
Class 150
8 × 5/8"
56
41
50
37
100
4"
Class 300
8 × ¾"
67
49
59
44
150
6"
Class 150
8 × ¾"
106
78
86
63
150
6"
Class 300
12 × ¾"
73
54
67
49
[lbf · ft]
200
8"
Class 150
8 × ¾"
143
105
109
80
250
10"
Class 150
12 × 7/8"
135
100
–
–
300
12"
Class 150
12 × 7/8"
178
131
–
–
350
14"
Class 150
12 × 1"
260
192
–
–
400
16"
Class 150
16 × 1"
246
181
–
–
450
18"
Class 150
16 × 1 1/8"
371
274
–
–
500
20"
Class 150
20 × 1 1/8"
341
252
–
–
600
24"
Class 150
20 × 1 ¼"
477
352
–
–
Promag P tightening torques for JIS
Nominal diameter
JIS
[mm]
Pressure rating
Threaded fasteners
Max. tightening torque [Nm]
PTFE
PFA
25
10K
4 × M 16
32
27
25
20K
4 × M 16
32
27
32
10K
4 × M 16
38
–
32
20K
4 × M 16
38
–
40
10K
4 × M 16
41
37
40
20K
4 × M 16
41
37
50
10K
4 × M 16
54
46
50
20K
8 × M 16
27
23
65
10K
4 × M 16
74
63
65
20K
8 × M 16
37
31
80
10K
8 × M 16
38
32
80
20K
8 × M 20
57
46
100
10K
8 × M 16
47
38
100
20K
8 × M 20
75
58
125
10K
8 × M 20
80
66
125
20K
8 × M 22
121
103
150
10K
8 × M 20
99
81
150
20K
12 × M 22
108
72
200
10K
12 × M 20
82
54
200
20K
12 × M 22
121
88
250
10K
12 × M 22
133
–
250
20K
12 × M 24
212
–
300
10K
16 × M 22
99
–
300
20K
16 × M 24
183
–
Promag P tightening torques for AS 2129
Nominal diameter
[mm]
AS 2129
Pressure rating
Threaded
fasteners
Max. tightening torque [Nm]
PTFE
25
Table E
4 × M 12
21
50
Table E
4 × M 16
42
Promag P tightening torques for AS 4087
Endress+Hauser
Nominal diameter
[mm]
AS 4087
Pressure rating
Threaded
fasteners
Max. tightening torque [Nm]
PTFE
50
PN 16
4 × M 16
42
35
Installation
Promag 50
3.3.6
!
Installing the Promag W sensor
Note!
Bolts, nuts, seals, etc. are not included in the scope of supply and must be supplied by the
customer.
The sensor is designed for installation between the two piping flanges.
• Observe in any case the necessary screw tightening torques on → 36
• If grounding disks are used, follow the mounting instructions which will be enclosed with
the shipment
a0004296
Fig. 24:
Installing the Promag W sensor
Seals
Comply with the following instructions when installing seals:
• Hard rubber lining
additional seals are always necessary.
• Polyurethane lining
no seals are required.
• For DIN flanges, use only seals according to EN 1514-1.
• Make sure that the seals do not protrude into the piping cross-section.
"
Caution!
Risk of short circuit!
Do not use electrically conductive sealing compounds such as graphite! An electrically
conductive layer could form on the inside of the measuring tube and short-circuit the
measuring signal.
Ground cable
• If necessary, special ground cables for potential equalization can be ordered as an
accessory (→ 78).
• Information on potential equalization and detailed mounting instructions for the use of
ground cables can be found on → 57
Screw tightening torques (Promag W)
Please note the following:
• The tightening torques listed below are for lubricated threads only.
• Always tighten the screws uniformly and in diagonally opposite sequence.
• Overtightening the screws will deform the sealing faces or damage the seals.
• The tightening torques listed below apply only to pipes not subjected to tensile stress.
36
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
Tightening torques for:
• EN (DIN)→ 37
• JIS→ 39
• ASME→ 38
• AWWA → 39
• AS 2129 → 40
• AS 4087 → 40
Promag W tightening torques for EN (DIN)
Endress+Hauser
Nominal
diameter
EN (DIN)
[mm]
25
Max. tightening torque [Nm]
Pressure rating [bar]
Threaded
fasteners
Hard rubber
Polyurethane
PN 40
4 × M 12
-
15
32
PN 40
4 × M 16
-
24
40
PN 40
4 × M 16
-
31
50
PN 40
4 × M 16
48
40
65*
PN 16
8 × M 16
32
27
65
PN 40
8 × M 16
32
27
80
PN 16
8 × M 16
40
34
80
PN 40
8 × M 16
40
34
100
PN 16
8 × M 16
43
36
100
PN 40
8 × M 20
59
50
125
PN 16
8 × M 16
56
48
125
PN 40
8 × M 24
83
71
150
PN 16
8 × M 20
74
63
150
PN 40
8 × M 24
104
88
200
PN 10
8 × M 20
106
91
200
PN 16
12 × M 20
70
61
200
PN 25
12 × M 24
104
92
250
PN 10
12 × M 20
82
71
250
PN 16
12 × M 24
98
85
250
PN 25
12 × M 27
150
134
300
PN 10
12 × M 20
94
81
300
PN 16
12 × M 24
134
118
300
PN 25
16 × M 27
153
138
350
PN 6
12 × M 20
111
120
350
PN 10
16 × M 20
112
118
350
PN 16
16 × M 24
152
165
350
PN 25
16 × M 30
227
252
400
PN 6
16 × M 20
90
98
400
PN 10
16 × M 24
151
167
400
PN 16
16 × M 27
193
215
400
PN 25
16 × M 33
289
326
450
PN 6
16 × M 20
112
126
450
PN 10
20 × M 24
153
133
450
PN 16
20 × M 27
198
196
450
PN 25
20 × M 33
256
253
500
PN 6
20 × M 20
119
123
500
PN 10
20 × M 24
155
171
500
PN 16
20 × M 30
275
300
500
PN 25
20 × M 33
317
360
600
PN 6
20 × M 24
139
147
600
PN 10
20 × M 27
206
219
600 *
PN 16
20 × M 33
415
443
600
PN 25
20 × M 36
431
516
700
PN 6
24 × M 24
148
139
700
PN 10
24 × M 27
246
246
700
PN 16
24 × M 33
278
318
37
Installation
Promag 50
Nominal
diameter
EN (DIN)
[mm]
700
Max. tightening torque [Nm]
Pressure rating [bar]
Threaded
fasteners
Hard rubber
PN 25
24 × M 39
449
507
800
PN 6
24 × M 27
206
182
800
PN 10
24 × M 30
331
316
800
PN 16
24 × M 36
369
385
800
PN 25
24 × M 45
664
721
900
PN 6
24 × M 27
230
637
900
PN 10
28 × M 30
316
307
900
PN 16
28 × M 36
353
398
900
PN 25
28 × M 45
690
716
1000
PN 6
28 × M 27
218
208
1000
PN 10
28 × M 33
402
405
1000
PN 16
28 × M 39
502
518
1000
PN 25
28 × M 52
970
971
1200
PN 6
32 × M 30
319
299
1200
PN 10
32 × M 36
564
568
1200
PN 16
32 × M 45
701
753
1400
PN 6
36 × M 33
430
398
1400
PN 10
36 × M 39
654
618
1400
PN 16
36 × M 45
729
762
1600
PN 6
40 × M 33
440
417
1600
PN 10
40 × M 45
946
893
1600
PN 16
40 × M 52
1007
1100
1800
PN 6
44 × M 36
547
521
1800
PN 10
44 × M 45
961
895
1800
PN 16
44 × M 52
1108
1003
2000
PN 6
48 × M 39
629
605
2000
PN 10
48 × M 45
1047
1092
2000
PN 16
48 × M 56
1324
1261
Polyurethane
* Designed acc. to EN 1092-1 (not to DIN 2501)
Promag W tightening torques for ASME
Nominal
diameter
38
ASME
Max. tightening torque
Hard rubber
Polyurethane
[mm]
[inch]
Pressure rating
[lbs]
Threaded
fasteners
[Nm]
[lbf · ft]
[Nm]
25
1"
Class 150
4 × ½"
-
-
7
5
25
1"
Class 300
4 × 5/8"
-
-
8
6
40
1 ½"
Class 150
4 × ½"
-
-
10
7
40
1 ½"
Class 300
4 × ¾"
-
-
15
11
50
2"
Class 150
4 × 5/8"
35
26
22
16
50
2"
Class 300
8 × 5/8"
18
13
11
8
80
3"
Class 150
4 × 5/8"
60
44
43
32
[lbf · ft]
80
3"
Class 300
8 × ¾"
38
28
26
19
100
4"
Class 150
8 × 5/8"
42
31
31
23
100
4"
Class 300
8 × ¾"
58
43
40
30
150
6"
Class 150
8 × ¾"
79
58
59
44
150
6"
Class 300
12 × ¾"
70
52
51
38
200
8"
Class 150
8 × ¾"
107
79
80
59
250
10"
Class 150
12 × 7/8"
101
74
75
55
300
12"
Class 150
12 × 7/8"
133
98
103
76
350
14"
Class 150
12 × 1"
135
100
158
117
400
16"
Class 150
16 × 1"
128
94
150
111
450
18"
Class 150
16 × 1 1/8"
204
150
234
173
500
20"
Class 150
20 × 1 1/8"
183
135
217
160
600
24"
Class 150
20 × 1 ¼"
268
198
307
226
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
Promag W tightening torques for JIS
Nominal diameter
JIS
[mm]
Pressure rating
Threaded
fasteners
Hard rubber
Max. tightening torque [Nm]
Polyurethane
25
10K
4 × M 16
-
19
25
20K
4 × M 16
-
19
32
10K
4 × M 16
-
22
32
20K
4 × M 16
-
22
40
10K
4 × M 16
-
24
40
20K
4 × M 16
-
24
50
10K
4 × M 16
40
33
50
20K
8 × M 16
20
17
65
10K
4 × M 16
55
45
65
20K
8 × M 16
28
23
80
10K
8 × M 16
29
23
80
20K
8 × M 20
42
35
100
10K
8 × M 16
35
29
100
20K
8 × M 20
56
48
125
10K
8 × M 20
60
51
125
20K
8 × M 22
91
79
150
10K
8 × M 20
75
63
150
20K
12 × M 22
81
72
200
10K
12 × M 20
61
52
200
20K
12 × M 22
91
80
250
10K
12 × M 22
100
87
250
20K
12 × M 24
159
144
300
10K
16 × M 22
74
63
300
20K
16 × M 24
138
124
Promag W tightening torques for AWWA
Nominal diameter
Endress+Hauser
AWWA
Max. tightening torque
Hard rubber
Polyurethane
[mm]
[inch]
Pressure
rating
Threaded
fasteners
[Nm]
[lbf · ft]
[Nm]
700
28"
Class D
28 × 1 ¼"
247
182
292
[lbf · ft]
215
750
30"
Class D
28 × 1 ¼"
287
212
302
223
800
32"
Class D
28 × 1 ½"
394
291
422
311
900
36"
Class D
32 × 1 ½"
419
309
430
317
1000
40"
Class D
36 × 1 ½"
420
310
477
352
1050
42"
Class D
36 × 1 ½"
528
389
518
382
1200
48"
Class D
44 × 1 ½"
552
407
531
392
1350
54"
Class D
44 × 1 ¾"
730
538
633
467
1500
60"
Class D
52 × 1 ¾"
758
559
832
614
1650
66"
Class D
52 × 1 ¾"
946
698
955
704
1800
72"
Class D
60 × 1 ¾"
975
719
1087
802
2000
78"
Class D
64 × 2"
853
629
786
580
39
Installation
Promag 50
Promag W tightening torques for AS 2129
Nominal diameter
[mm]
AS 2129
Pressure rating
Threaded
fasteners
Max. tightening torque [Nm]
Hard rubber
50
Table E
4 × M 16
32
80
Table E
4 × M 16
49
100
Table E
8 × M 16
38
150
Table E
8 × M 20
64
200
Table E
8 × M 20
96
250
Table E
12 × M 20
98
300
Table E
12 × M 24
123
350
Table E
12 × M 24
203
400
Table E
12 × M 24
226
450
Table E
16 × M 24
226
500
Table E
16 × M 24
271
600
Table E
16 × M 30
439
700
Table E
20 × M 30
355
750
Table E
20 × M 30
559
800
Table E
20 × M 30
631
900
Table E
24 × M 30
627
1000
Table E
24 × M 30
634
1200
Table E
32 × M 30
727
Threaded
fasteners
Max. tightening torque [Nm]
Hard rubber
Promag W tightening torques for AS 4087
40
Nominal diameter
[mm]
AS 4087
Pressure rating
50
Table E
4 × M 16
32
80
PN 16
4 × M 16
49
100
PN 16
4 × M 16
76
150
PN 16
8 × M 20
52
200
PN 16
8 × M 20
77
250
PN 16
8 × M 20
147
300
PN 16
12 × M 24
103
350
PN 16
12 × M 24
203
375
PN 16
12 × M 24
137
400
PN 16
12 × M 24
226
450
PN 16
12 × M 24
301
500
PN 16
16 × M 24
271
600
PN 16
16 × M 27
393
700
PN 16
20 × M 27
330
750
PN 16
20 × M 30
529
800
PN 16
20 × M 33
631
900
PN 16
24 × M 33
627
1000
PN 16
24 × M 33
595
1200
PN 16
32 × M 33
703
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
3.3.7
Turning the transmitter housing
Turning the aluminum field housing
#
Warning!
The turning mechanism in devices with Ex d/de or FM/CSA Cl. I Div. 1 classification is not
the same as that described here. The procedure for turning these housings is described in the
Ex-specific documentation.
1.
Loosen the two securing screws.
2.
Turn the bayonet catch as far as it will go.
3.
Carefully lift the transmitter housing:
– Promag D: approx. 10 mm (0.39 inch) above the securing screws
– Promag E/H/L/P/W: to the stop
4.
Turn the transmitter housing to the desired position:
– Promag D: max. 180° clockwise or max. 180° counterclockwise
– Promag E/H/L/P/W: max. 280° clockwise or max. 20° counterclockwise
5.
Lower the housing into position and re-engage the bayonet catch.
6.
Retighten the two securing screws.
4
2
5
1
3
6
a0004302
Fig. 25:
Turning the transmitter housing (aluminum field housing)
Turning the stainless-steel field housing
1.
Loosen the two securing screws.
2.
Carefully lift the transmitter housing as far as it will go.
3.
Turn the transmitter housing to the desired position (max. 2 × 90° in either direction).
4.
Lower the housing into position.
5.
Retighten the two securing screws.
! 180°
c
! 180°
d
a
b
e
a0004303
Fig. 26:
Endress+Hauser
Turning the transmitter housing (stainless-steel field housing)
41
Installation
Promag 50
3.3.8
Turning the onsite display
1.
Unscrew the cover of the electronics compartment from the transmitter housing.
2.
Press the side latches on the display module and remove it from the electronics
compartment cover plate.
3.
Turn the display to the desired position (max. 4 × 45° in both directions) and reset it
onto the cover plate of the electronics compartment.
4.
Screw the cover of the electronics compartment firmly back onto the transmitter
housing.
4 x 45°
a0003236
Fig. 27:
42
Turning the local display (field housing)
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
3.3.9
Installing the wall-mount housing
There are various ways of installing the wall-mount transmitter housing:
• Direct wall mounting
• Installation in control panel (with separate mounting kit, accessories) →
• Pipe mounting (with separate mounting kit, accessories) → 44
"
44
Caution!
• Make sure that the ambient temperature does not exceed the permissible range at the
mounting location, –20 to +60 °C (–4 to +140 °F), optional –40 to +60 °C (–40 to +140 °F).
Install the device at a shady location. Avoid direct sunlight.
• Always install the wall-mount housing in such a way that the cable entries are pointing
down.
Direct wall mounting
1.
Drill the holes as illustrated in the graphic.
2.
Remove the cover of the connection compartment (a).
3.
Push the two securing screws (b) through the appropriate bores (c) in the housing.
– Securing screws (M6): max. Ø 6.5 mm (0.26")
– Screw head: max. Ø 10.5 mm (0.41")
4.
Secure the transmitter housing to the wall as indicated.
5.
Screw the cover of the connection compartment (a) firmly onto the housing.
b
81.5 (3.2)
35 (1.38)
c
a
90 (3.54)
192 (7.56)
a0001130
Fig. 28:
Endress+Hauser
Mounted directly on the wall
43
Installation
Promag 50
Panel-mounted installation
1.
Prepare the opening in the panel as illustrated in the graphic.
2.
Slide the housing into the opening in the panel from the front.
3.
Screw the fasteners onto the wall-mount housing.
4.
Place the threaded rods in the fasteners and screw them down until
the housing is seated tightly against the panel. Afterwards, tighten the locking nuts.
Additional support is not necessary.
+0.5 (+0.019)
–0.5 (–0.019)
210 (8.27)
+0.5 (+0.019)
–0.5 (–0.019)
245 (9.65)
~110 (~4.33)
a0001131
Fig. 29:
Panel installation (wall-mount housing)
Pipe mounting
The assembly should be performed by following the instructions in the graphic.
"
Caution!
If the device is mounted to a warm pipe, make certain that the housing temperature does not
exceed +60 °C (+140 °F), which is the maximum permissible temperature.
Ø 20…70
(Ø 0.79…2.75)
~155 (~ 6.1)
a0001132
Fig. 30:
44
Pipe mounting (wall-mount housing)
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
3.4
Post-installation check
Perform the following checks after installing the measuring device in the pipe:
Endress+Hauser
Device condition and specifications
Notes
Is the device damaged (visual inspection)?
-
Does the device correspond to specifications at the measuring point, including
process temperature and pressure, ambient temperature, minimum fluid
conductivity, measuring range, etc.?
→
Installation
Notes
Does the arrow on the sensor nameplate match the actual direction of flow
through the pipe?
-
Is the position of the measuring electrode plane correct?
→
14
Is the position of the empty pipe detection electrode correct?
→
14
Were all screws tightened to the specified torques when the sensor was
installed?
Promag D →
Promag E →
Promag L →
Promag P →
Promag W →
Were the correct seals used (type, material, installation)?
Promag D → 20
Promag E → 23
Promag H → 26
Promag L→ 29
Promag P → 32
Promag W → 36
103
22
24
30
33
36
Are the measuring point number and labeling correct (visual inspection)?
-
Process environment / process conditions
Notes
Were the inlet and outlet runs respected?
Inlet run 5 × DN
Outlet run 2 × DN
Is the measuring device protected against moisture and direct sunlight?
-
Is the sensor adequately protected against vibration (attachment, support)?
Acceleration up to 2 g by
analogy with IEC 600 68-2-8
45
Wiring
Promag 50
4
#
!
Wiring
Warning!
When connecting Ex-certified devices, see the notes and diagrams in the Ex-specific
supplement to these Operating Instructions.
Please do not hesitate to contact your Endress+Hauser representative if you have any
questions.
Note!
The device does not have an internal circuit breaker. For this reason, assign the device a
switch or power-breaker switch capable of disconnecting the power supply line from the
mains.
4.1
Connecting the remote version
4.1.1
Connecting Promag D/E/H/L/P/W
#
Warning!
• Risk of electric shock! Switch off the power supply before opening the device. Do not install
or wire the device while it is connected to the power supply. Failure to comply with this
precaution can result in irreparable damage to the electronics.
• Risk of electric shock! Connect the protective conductor to the ground terminal on the
housing before the power supply is applied.
"
Caution!
• Only sensors and transmitters with the same serial number can be connected to one
another. Communication problems can occur if the devices are not connected in this way.
• Risk of damaging the coil driver. Always switch off the power supply before connecting or
disconnecting the coil cable.
Procedure
1.
Transmitter: Remove the cover from the connection compartment (a).
2.
Sensor: Remove the cover from the connection housing (b).
3.
Feed the signal cable (c) and the coil cable (d) through the appropriate cable entries.
"
Caution!
Route the connecting cables securely (see "Connecting cable length" →
19).
4.
Terminate the signal and coil current cable as indicated in the table:
Promag D/E/L/P/W
Refer to the table → 49
Promag H
Refer to the "Cable termination" table → 50
5.
Establish the wiring between the sensor and the transmitter.
The electrical wiring diagram that applies to your device can be found:
‣ In the corresponding graphic:
→ 31 (Promag D) → 32 (Promag E/L/P/W); → 33 (Promag H)
‣ In the cover of the sensor and transmitter
!
Note!
The cable shields of the Promag H sensor are grounded by means of the strain relief
terminals (see also the "Cable termination" table → 50)
"
Caution!
Insulate the shields of cables that are not connected to eliminate the risk of shortcircuits with neighboring cable shields inside the connection housing.
46
6.
Transmitter: Screw the cover on the connection compartment (a).
7.
Sensor: Secure the cover on the connection housing (b).
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Wiring
Promag D
7
8
4 37 36
42 41
42 41
S
5
GND
E2
S2
6
d
E
S1
E1
c
a
d
5
7
4 37
GND
b
E1
n.c.
E2
n.c.
E
c
A0010882
Fig. 31:
a
b
c
d
n.c.
Connecting the remote version of Promag D
Wall-mount housing connection compartment
Cover of the sensor connection housing
Signal cable
Coil current cable
Not connected, insulated cable shields
Wire colors/Terminal No.:
5/6 = braun, 7/8 = white, 4 = green, 37/36 = yellow
Promag E/L/P/W
8
4 37 36
S
GND
7
E
5
E2
6
d
S2
S1
E1
c
42 41
a
d
5
7
4 37
GND
n.c.
E1
b
n.c.
E2
n.c.
42 41
E
c
A0011722
Fig. 32:
a
b
c
d
n.c.
Connecting the remote version of Promag E/L/P/W
Wall-mount housing connection compartment
Cover of the sensor connection housing
Signal cable
Coil current cable
Not connected, insulated cable shields
Wire colors/Terminal No.:
5/6 = braun, 7/8 = white, 4 = green, 37/36 = yellow
Endress+Hauser
47
Wiring
Promag 50
Promag H
d
S1
E1
E2
S2
GND
E
S
c
6 5 7 8 4 37 36
42 41
a
c
d
n.c.
5 7 4 37
n.c.
2
1
42 41
E1
E2
GND
E
b
n.c.
A0011747
Fig. 33:
a
b
c
d
n.c.
Connecting the remote version of Promag H
Wall-mount housing connection compartment
Cover of the sensor connection housing
Signal cable
Coil current cable
Not connected, insulated cable shields
Wire colors/Terminal No.:
5/6 = braun, 7/8 = white, 4 = green, 37/36 = yellow
48
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Wiring
Cable termination for the remote version
Promag D/E/L/P/W
Terminate the signal and coil current cables as shown in the figure below (Detail A).
Ferrules must be provided on the fine-wire cores (Detail B: m = red ferrules, 1.0 mm; n = white ferrules,
* Stripping only for reinforced cables
0.5 mm).
"
Caution!
When fitting the connectors, pay attention to the following points:
• Signal cable Make sure that the ferrules do not touch the wire shield on the sensor side.
Minimum distance = 1 mm (exception "GND" = green cable)
• Coil current cable Insulate one core of the three-core wire at the level of the core reinforcement; you only require two cores for the connection.
TRANSMITTER
Signal cable
Coil current cable
mm (inch)
100 (3.94)*
mm (inch)
90 (3.54)*
80 (3.15)
17 (0.67)
8 (0.31)
70 (2.76)
50 (1.97)
8 (0.31)
50 (1.97)
10 (0.39)
A
A
m
m
n
m
n
m
n
m
m
GND
n
m
B
B
A0002688
A0002687
SENSOR
Signal cable
Coil current cable
20 (0.79)*
170 (6.69)*
80 (3.15)
17 (0.67)
50 (1.97)
8 (0.31)
20 (0.79)*
mm (inch)
160 (6.30)*
mm (inch)
70 (2.76)
50 (1.97)
10 (0.39)
A
8 (0.31)
A
m
m
n
!1 (0.04)
m
n
GND
B
n
B
m
A0002646
Endress+Hauser
m
A0002650
49
Wiring
Promag 50
Cable termination for the remote version
Promag H
Terminate the signal and coil current cables as shown in the figure below (Detail A).
Ferrules must be provided on the fine-wire cores (Detail B: m = red ferrules, 1.0 mm; n = white ferrules,
0.5 mm).
"
Caution!
When fitting the connectors, pay attention to the following points:
• Signal cable Make sure that the ferrules do not touch the wire shield on the sensor side.
Minimum distance = 1 mm (exception "GND" = green cable).
• Coil current cable Insulate one core of the three-core wire at the level of the core reinforcement; you only require two cores for the connection.
• On the sensor side, reverse both cable shields approx. 15 mm over the outer jacket. The strain relief ensures an electrical connection with the
connection housing.
TRANSMITTER
Signal cable
Coil current cable
mm (inch)
80 (3.15)
17 (0.67)
70 (2.76)
mm (inch)
50 (1.97)
50 (1.97)
8 (0.31)
10 (0.39)
8 (0.31)
A
A
m
m
n
m
n
m
n
m
m
m
GND
n
B
B
A0002684
A0002686
SENSOR
Signal cable
Coil current cable
80 (3.15)
70 (2.76)
15 (0.59)
17 (0.67)
8 (0.31)
15 (0.59)
40 (1.57)
8 (0.31)
A
A
! 1 (0.04)
n
m
n
GND
m
n
B
m
B
mm (inch)
A0002647
50
mm (inch)
A0002648
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Wiring
4.1.2
Cable specifications
Signal cable
• 3 × 0.38 mm² PVC cable with common, braided copper shield (
7 mm) and individually
shielded cores
• With Empty Pipe Detection (EPD): 4 × 0.38 mm² PVC cable with common, braided copper
shield (
7 mm) and individually shielded cores
• Conductor resistance: 50 km
• Capacitance: core/shield: 420 pF/m
• Permanent operating temperature: –20 to +80 °C
• Cable cross-section: max. 2.5 mm²
Coil cable
• 2 × 0.75 mm² PVC cable with common, braided copper shield (
7 mm)
• Conductor resistance: 37 km
• Capacitance: core/core, shield grounded: 120 pF/m
• Operating temperature: –20 to +80 °C
• Cable cross-section: max. 2.5 mm²
• Test voltage for cable insulation: 1433 V AC r.m.s. 50/60 Hz or 2026 V DC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
a
b
A0003194
Fig. 34:
Cable cross-section
a
b
Signal cable
Coil current cable
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Core
Core insulation
Core shield
Core jacket
Core reinforcement
Cable shield
Outer jacket
Reinforced connecting cables
As an option, Endress+Hauser can also deliver reinforced connecting cables with an
additional, reinforcing metal braid. Reinforced connecting cables should be used when
laying the cable directly in the ground, if there is a risk of damage from rodents or if using
the measuring device below IP 68 degree of protection.
Operation in zones of severe electrical interference:
The measuring device complies with the general safety requirements in accordance with
EN 61010 and the EMC requirements of IEC/EN 61326.
"
Endress+Hauser
Caution!
Grounding is by means of the ground terminals provided for the purpose inside the
connection housing. Ensure that the stripped and twisted lengths of cable shield to the
ground terminal are as short as possible.
51
Wiring
Promag 50
#
4.2
Connecting the measuring unit
4.2.1
Connecting the transmitter
Warning!
• Risk of electric shock! Switch off the power supply before opening the device. Do not install
or wire the device while it is energized. Failure to comply with this precaution can result in
irreparable damage to the electronics.
• Risk of electric shock! Connect the protective conductor to the ground terminal on the
housing before the power supply is applied (not necessary if the power supply is
galvanically isolated).
• Compare the specifications on the nameplate with the local voltage supply and frequency.
Also comply with national regulations governing the installation of electrical equipment.
1.
Remove the cover of the connection compartment (f) from the transmitter housing.
2.
Feed the power supply cable (a) and the signal cable (b) through the appropriate cable
entries.
Perform the wiring:
– Wiring diagram (aluminum housing) → 35
– Wiring diagram (stainless steel housing) → 36
– Wiring diagram (wall-mount housing) → 37
– Terminal assignment → 54
3.
4.
Screw the cover of the connection compartment (f) firmly onto the transmitter housing.
f
e
b
a
g
– 27
+ 26
– 25
+ 24
– 23
+ 22
– 21
+ 20
N (L-) 2
L1 (L+) 1
b
d
c
a
a0004582
Fig. 35:
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
52
Connecting the transmitter (aluminum field housing). Cable cross-section: max. 2.5 mm
Cable for power supply: 85 to 260 V AC, 20 to 55 V AC, 16 to 62 V DC
Terminal No. 1: L1 for AC, L+ for DC
Terminal No. 2: N for AC, L- for DC
Signal cable: Terminals Nos. 20–27 → 54
Ground terminal for protective ground
Ground terminal for signal cable shield
Service connector for connecting service interface FXA193 (Fieldcheck, FieldCare)
Cover of the connection compartment
Securing clamp
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Wiring
– 27
+ 26
– 25
+ 24
– 23
+ 22
– 21
+ 20
e
b
a
b
d
c
N (L-) 2
L1 (L+) 1
f
a
a0004584
Fig. 36:
a
b
c
d
e
f
Connecting the transmitter (stainless steel field housing); cable cross-section: max. 2.5 mm
Cable for power supply: 85 to 260 V AC, 20 to 55 V AC, 16 to 62 V DC
Terminal No. 1: L1 for AC, L+ for DC
Terminal No. 2: N for AC, L- for DC
Signal cable: Terminals Nos. 20–27 → 54
Ground terminal for protective ground
Ground terminal for signal cable shield
Service connector for connecting service interface FXA193 (Fieldcheck, FieldCare)
Cover of the connection compartment
N (L-)
L1 (L+)
1
+ – + – + – + –
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
2
e
f
a
b
a
c
b
d
a0001135
Fig. 37:
a
b
c
d
e
f
Endress+Hauser
Connecting the transmitter (wall-mount housing); cable cross-section: max. 2.5 mm
Cable for power supply: 85 to 260 V AC, 20 to 55 V AC, 16 to 62 V DC
Terminal No. 1: L1 for AC, L+ for DC
Terminal No. 2: N for AC, L- for DC
Signal cable: Terminals Nos. 20–27 → 54
Ground terminal for protective ground
Ground terminal for signal cable shield
Service connector for connecting service interface FXA193 (Fieldcheck, FieldCare)
Cover of the connection compartment
53
Wiring
Promag 50
4.2.2
Terminal assignment
Terminal No. (inputs / outputs)
Order version
20 (+) / 21 (–)
22 (+) / 23 (–)
24 (+) / 25 (–)
26 (+) / 27 (–)
50***-***********W
-
-
-
Current output
HART
50***-***********A
-
-
Frequency output
Current output
HART
Status input
Status output
Frequency output
Current output
HART
50***-***********S
-
-
Frequency output
Ex i
Current output, Ex i,
active, HART
50***-***********T
-
-
Frequency output
Ex i
Current output, Ex i,
passive, HART
50***-***********D
!
Note!
Functional values of the inputs and outputs →
4.2.3
98
HART connection
Users have the following connection options at their disposal:
• Direct connection to transmitter by means of terminals 26(+) and 27 ( )
• Connection by means of the 4 to 20 mA circuit.
!
Note!
• The measuring loop's minimum load must be at least 250
• After commissioning, make the following settings:
• CURRENT SPAN function "4–20 mA HART"
• Switch HART write protection on or off → 65
.
Connection of the HART handheld communicator
See also the documentation issued by the HART Communication Foundation, and in
particular HCF LIT 20: "HART, a technical summary".
" 250 Ω
-27
+26
2
4
3
1
a0004586
Fig. 38:
1
2
3
4
54
Electrical connection of HART handheld Field Xpert SFX100
HART handheld Field Xpert SFX100
Auxiliary energy
Shielding
Other devices or PLC with passive input
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Wiring
Connection of a PC with an operating software
In order to connect a PC with operating software (e.g. "FieldCare"), a HART modem
(e.g. "Commubox FXA195") is needed.
" 250 Ω
–27
+26
2
4
3
1
5
a0004592
Fig. 39:
1
2
3
4
5
Electrical connection of a PC with operating software
PC with operating software
Auxiliary energy
Shielding
Other devices or PLC with passive input
HART modem, e.g. Commubox FXA195
4.3
#
Potential equalization
Warning!
The measuring system must be included in the potential equalization.
Perfect measurement is only ensured when the fluid and the sensor have the same electrical
potential. This is ensured by the reference electrode integrated in the sensor as standard.
The following should also be taken into consideration for potential equalization:
• Internal grounding concepts in the company
• Operating conditions, such as the material/grounding of the pipes (see Table)
4.3.1
Potential equalization for Promag D
• No reference electrode is integrated!
For the two ground disks of the sensor an electrical connection to the fluid is always
ensured.
• Exampels for connections → 56
4.3.2
Potential equalization for Promag E/L/P/W
• Reference electrode integrated in the sensor as standard
• Exampels for connections → 57
4.3.3
Potential equalization for Promag H
No reference electrode is integrated!
For the metal process connections of the sensor an electrical connection to the fluid is always
ensured.
"
Endress+Hauser
Caution!
If using process connections made of a synthetic material, ground rings have to be used to
ensure that potential is equalized (→ 27). The necessary ground rings can be ordered
separately from Endress+Hauser as accessories (→ 78).
55
Wiring
Promag 50
4.3.4
Exampels for potential equalization connections for Promag D
Standard case
Operating conditions
Potential equalization
When using the measuring device in a:
• Metal, grounded pipe
• Plastic pipe
• Pipe with insulating lining
Potential equalization takes place via the ground terminal
of the transmitter (standard situation).
!
Note!
When installing in metal pipes, we recommend you connect
the ground terminal of the transmitter housing with the
piping.
a00012172
Fig. 40:
Via the ground terminal of the transmitter
Special cases
Operating conditions
Potential equalization
When using the measuring device in a:
• Metal pipe that is not grounded
This connection method also applies in situations where:
• Customary potential equalization cannot be ensured
• Excessively high equalizing currents can be expected
Potential equalization takes place via the ground terminal
of the transmitter and the two pipe flanges.
Here, the ground cable (copper wire, 6 mm² / 0.0093 in ) is
mounted directly on the conductive flange coating with
flange screws.
a00012173
Fig. 41:
When using the measuring device in a:
• Pipe with a cathodic protection unit
1
The device is installed potential-free in the pipe.
Only the two flanges of the pipe are connected with a
ground cable (copper wire, 6 mm² (0.0093 in )). Here, the
ground cable is mounted directly on the conductive flange
coating with flange screws.
Note the following when installing:
• The applicable regulations regarding potential-free
installation must be observed.
• There should be no electrically conductive connection
between the pipe and the device.
• The mounting material must withstand the applicable
torques.
56
Via the ground terminal of the transmitter
and the flanges of the pipe .
2
2
a00012174
Fig. 42:
1
2
Potential equalization and cathodic
protection
Power supply isolation transformer
Electrically isolated
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Wiring
4.3.5
Exampels for potential equalization connections for
Promag E/L/P/W
Standard case
Operating conditions
Potential equalization
When using the measuring device in a:
• Metal, grounded pipe
Potential equalization takes place via the ground terminal
of the transmitter (standard situation).
!
Note!
When installing in metal pipes, we recommend you connect
the ground terminal of the transmitter housing with the
piping.
A0011892
Fig. 43:
Via the ground terminal of the transmitter
Special cases
Operating conditions
Potential equalization
When using the measuring device in a:
• Metal pipe that is not grounded
This connection method also applies in situations where:
• Customary potential equalization cannot be ensured
• Excessively high equalizing currents can be expected
Both sensor flanges are connected to the pipe flange by
means of a ground cable (copper wire, 6 mm² / 0.0093 in )
and grounded. Connect the transmitter or sensor
connection housing, as applicable, to ground potential by
means of the ground terminal provided for the purpose.
DN # 300
Ground cable installation depends on the nominal
diameter:
• DN 300 (12"): The ground cable is mounted directly on
the conductive flange coating with the flange screws.
• DN 350 (14"): The ground cable is mounted directly on
the metal transport bracket.
!
Note!
The ground cable for flange-to-flange connections can be
ordered separately as an accessory from Endress+Hauser.
DN ! 350
A0011893
Fig. 44:
Via the ground terminal of the transmitter
and the flanges of the pipe
Fig. 45:
Via the ground terminal of the transmitter
When using the measuring device in a:
• Plastic pipe
• Pipe with insulating lining
This connection method also applies in situations where:
• Customary potential equalization cannot be ensured
• Excessively high equalizing currents can be expected
Potential equalization takes place using additional ground
disks, which are connected to the ground terminal via a
ground cable (copper wire, min. 6 mm² / 0.0093 in ). When
installing the ground disks, please comply with the enclosed
Installation Instructions.
Endress+Hauser
A0011895
57
Wiring
Promag 50
Operating conditions
Potential equalization
When using the measuring device in a:
• Pipe with a cathodic protection unit
1
The device is installed potential-free in the pipe.
Only the two flanges of the pipe are connected with a
ground cable (copper wire, 6 mm² / 0.0093 in ). Here, the
ground cable is mounted directly on the conductive flange
coating with flange screws.
Note the following when installing:
• The applicable regulations regarding potential-free
installation must be observed.
• There should be no electrically conductive connection
between the pipe and the device.
• The mounting material must withstand the applicable
torques.
4.4
2
2
A0011896
Fig. 46:
1
2
Potential equalization and cathodic
protection
Power supply isolation transformer
Electrically isolated
Degree of protection
The devices meet all the requirements of IP 67 degree of protection.
Compliance with the following points is mandatory following installation in the field or
servicing in order to ensure that IP 67 protection is maintained:
• The housing seals must be clean and undamaged when inserted into their grooves. The
seals must be dried, cleaned or replaced if necessary.
• All threaded fasteners and screw covers must be firmly tightened.
• The cables used for connection must be of the specified outside diameter → 51.
• Firmly tighten the cable entries.
• The cables must loop down before they enter the cable entries ("water trap"). This
arrangement prevents moisture penetrating the entry. Always install the measuring
device in such a way that the cable entries do not point up.
• Remove all unused cable entries and insert plugs instead.
• Do not remove the grommet from the cable entry.
a
b
a0001914
Fig. 47:
"
!
58
Installation instructions, cable entries
Caution!
Do not loosen the threaded fasteners of the sensor housing, as otherwise the degree of
protection guaranteed by Endress+Hauser no longer applies.
Note!
The Promag E/L/P/W sensors can be supplied with IP 68 rating (permanent immersion in
water to a depth of 3 meters (10 ft)). In this case the transmitter must be installed remote
from the sensor.
The Promag L sensors with IP 68 rating are only available with stainless steel flanges.
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Wiring
4.5
Post-connection check
Perform the following checks after completing electrical installation of the measuring
device:
Endress+Hauser
Device condition and specifications
Notes
Are cables or the device damaged (visual inspection)?
-
Electrical connection
Notes
Does the supply voltage match the specifications on the nameplate?
• 85 to 250 V AC (50 to 60 Hz)
• 20 to 28 V AC (50 to 60 Hz)
11 to 40 V DC
Do the cables used comply with the necessary specifications?
→
Do the cables have adequate strain relief?
-
51
Is the cable type route completely isolated?
Without loops and crossovers?
-
Are the power-supply and signal cables correctly connected?
See the wiring diagram inside the
cover of the terminal compartment
Only remote version:
Is the flow sensor connected to the matching transmitter electronics?
Check serial number on nameplates of
sensor and connected transmitter.
Only remote version:
Is the connecting cable between sensor and transmitter connected
correctly?
→
Are all screw terminals firmly tightened?
-
Have the measures for grounding/potential equalization been correctly
implemented?
→
55
Are all cable entries installed, firmly tightened and correctly sealed?
Cables looped as "water traps"?
→
58
Are all housing covers installed and firmly tightened?
-
46
59
Operation
Promag 50
5
Operation
5.1
Display and operating elements
The local display enables you to read all important parameters directly at the measuring
point and configure the device.
The display area consists of two lines; this is where measured values are displayed, and/or
status variables (direction of flow, partially filled pipe, bar graph, etc.). You can change the
assignment of display lines to variables at will in order to customize the display to suit your
needs and preferences ( "Description of Device Functions" manual).
1
+48.25 xx/yy
+3702.6 x
Esc
+
-
2
E
3
A0001141
Fig. 48:
Display and operating elements
1
Liquid crystal display
The two-line liquid-crystal display shows measured values, dialog texts, error messages and information messages. The
display as it appears when normal measuring is in progress is known as the HOME position (operating mode).
– Upper display line: Shows primary measured values, e.g. volume flow in [ml/min] or in [%].
– Lower display line: Shows supplementary measured variables and status variables, e.g. totalizer reading in [m3], bar graph,
measuring point designation
2
Plus/minus keys
– Enter numerical values, select parameters
– Select different function groups within the function matrix
Press the +/- keys simultaneously to trigger the following functions:
HOME position
– Exit the function matrix step by step
– Press and hold down +/- keys for longer than 3 seconds
Return directly to HOME position
– Cancel data entry
3
60
Enter key
Entry into the function matrix
– HOME position
– Save the numerical values you input or settings you change
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Operation
5.2
!
Brief operating instructions on the function matrix
Note!
• See the general notes on → 62.
• Detailed description of all the functions
"Description of Device Functions" manual
The function matrix comprises two levels, namely the function groups and the functions of
the function groups.
The groups are the highest-level grouping of the control options for the device. A number of
functions is assigned to each group. You select a group in order to access the individual
functions for operating and configuring the device.
1.
HOME position
Enter the function matrix
2.
Select a function group (e.g. OPERATION)
3.
Select a function (e.g. LANGUAGE)
Change parameter/enter numerical values:
P select or enter enable code, parameters, numerical values
F save your entries
4.
Exit the function matrix:
– Press and hold down Esc key (X) for longer than 3 seconds HOME position
– Repeatedly press Esc key (X) return step by step to HOME position
F
Esc
+
-
E
p
Esc
m
–
E
>3s
Esc
+
–
+
o
E
E
E
E
E
Esc
–
n
+
+
–
E
E
E
E
A0001142
Fig. 49:
Endress+Hauser
Selecting functions and configuring parameters (function matrix)
61
Operation
Promag 50
5.2.1
General notes
The Quick Setup menu (→ 72) is adequate for commissioning in most instances. Complex
measuring operations on the other hand necessitate additional functions that you can
configure as necessary and customize to suit your process parameters. The function matrix,
therefore, comprises a multiplicity of additional functions which, for the sake of clarity, are
arranged in a number of function groups.
Comply with the following instructions when configuring functions:
• You select functions as described on → 61.
• You can switch off certain functions (OFF). If you do so, related functions in other function
groups will no longer be displayed.
• Certain functions prompt you to confirm your data entries.
Press P to select "SURE [ YES ]" and press F again to confirm. This saves your setting or
starts a function, as applicable.
• Return to the HOME position is automatic if no key is pressed for 5 minutes.
!
"
Note!
• The transmitter continues to measure while data entry is in progress, i.e. the current
measured values are output via the signal outputs in the normal way.
• If the power supply fails, all preset and configured values remain safely stored in the
EEPROM.
Caution!
All functions are described in detail, including the function matrix itself, in the "Description
of Device Functions" manual, which is a separate part of these Operating Instructions.
5.2.2
Enabling the programming mode
The function matrix can be disabled. Disabling the function matrix rules out the possibility
of inadvertent changes to device functions, numerical values or factory settings. A numerical
code (factory setting = 50) has to be entered before settings can be changed.
If you use a code number of your choice, you exclude the possibility of unauthorized persons
accessing data (
see the "Description of Device Functions" manual).
Comply with the following instructions when entering codes:
• If programming is disabled and the P operating elements are pressed in any function, a
prompt for the code automatically appears on the display.
• If "0" is specified as the customer's code, programming is always enabled.
• The Endress+Hauser service organization can be of assistance if you mislay your personal
code.
"
Caution!
Changing certain parameters such as all sensor characteristics, for example, influences
numerous functions of the entire measuring system, particularly measuring accuracy.
There is no need to change these parameters under normal circumstances and consequently,
they are protected by a special code known only to the Endress+Hauser service organization.
Please contact Endress+Hauser if you have any questions.
5.2.3
Disabling the programming mode
Programming is disabled if you do not press the operating elements within 60 seconds
following automatic return to the HOME position.
You can also disable programming in the "ACCESS CODE" function by entering any number
(other than the customer's code).
62
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Operation
5.3
Displaying error messages
5.3.1
Type of error
Errors which occur during commissioning or measuring operation are displayed
immediately. If two or more system or process errors occur, the error with the highest
priority is the one shown on the display.
The measuring system distinguishes between two types of error:
• System errors → 82:
This group comprises all device errors, e.g. communication errors, hardware faults, etc.
• Process errors → 84:
This group comprises all application errors, e.g. empty pipe, etc.
P
1
XXXXXXXXXX
#000 00:00:05
2
4
5
3
A0000991
Fig. 50:
1
2
3
4
5
Error messages on the display (example)
Error type:
– P = process error
– S = system error
Error message type:
– $ = fault message
– ! = notice message
Error designation: e.g. EMPTY PIPE = measuring tube is only partly filled or completely empty
Error number: e.g. #401
Duration of most recent error occurrence (in hours, minutes and seconds)
5.3.2
Error message types
Users have the option of weighting certain errors differently, in other words having them
classed as "Fault messages" or "Notice messages". You can define messages in this way with
the aid of the function matrix ( "Description of Device Functions" manual).
Serious system errors, e.g. module defects, are always identified and classed as "fault
messages" by the measuring device.
Notice message (!)
• Displayed as
Exclamation mark (!), error type (S: system error, P: process error)
• The error in question has no effect on the outputs of the measuring device.
Fault message ($)
• Displayed as
Lightning flash ( $), error type (S: system error, P: process error).
• The error in question has a direct effect on the outputs.
The response of the individual outputs (failsafe mode) can be defined in the function
matrix using the "FAILSAFE MODE" function ( "Description of Device Functions" manual).
!
Endress+Hauser
Note!
For security reasons, error messages should be output via the status output.
63
Operation
Promag 50
5.4
Communication
In addition to local operation, the measuring device can be configured and measured values
can be obtained by means of the HART protocol. Digital communication takes place using the
4–20 mA current output HART → 54.
The HART protocol allows the transfer of measuring and device data between the HART
master and the field devices for configuration and diagnostics purposes.
The HART master, e.g. a handheld terminal or PC-based operating programs (such as
FieldCare), require device description (DD) files which are used to access all the information
in a HART device. Information is exclusively transferred using so-called "commands". There
are three different command classes:
• Universal commands:
All HART device support and use universal commands.
The following functionalities are linked to them:
– Identify HART devices
– Reading digital measured values (volume flow, totalizer, etc.)
• Common practice commands:
Common practice commands offer functions which are supported and can be executed by
most but not all field devices.
• Device-specific commands:
These commands allow access to device-specific functions which are not HART standard.
Such commands access individual field device information, amongst other things, such as
empty/full pipe calibration values, low flow cutoff settings, etc.
!
Note!
The device has access to all three command classes. A list of all the "Universal commands"
and "Common practice commands" is provided on → 66.
5.4.1
Operating options
For the complete operation of the measuring device, including device-specific commands,
there are DD files available to the user to provide the following operating aids and programs:
Field Xpert HART Communicator
Selecting device functions with a HART Communicator is a process involving a number of
menu levels and a special HART function matrix.
The HART manual in the carrying case of the HART Communicator contains more detailed
information on the device.
Operating program "FieldCare"
FieldCare is Endress+Hauser’s FDT-based plant Asset Management Tool and allows the
configuration and diagnosis of intelligent field devices. By using status information, you also
have a simple but effective tool for monitoring devices. The Proline flow measuring devices
are accessed via a service interface or via the service interface FXA193.
Operating program "SIMATIC PDM" (Siemens)
SIMATIC PDM is a standardized, manufacturer-independent tool for the operation,
configuration,
maintenance and diagnosis of intelligent field devices.
Operating program "AMS" (Emerson Process Management)
AMS (Asset Management Solutions): program for operating and configuring devices.
64
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Operation
5.4.2
Current device description files
The following table illustrates the suitable device description file for the operating tool in
question and then indicates where these can be obtained.
HART protocol:
!
Valid for device software:
2.04.XX
Function DEVICE SOFTWARE
Device data HART
Manufacturer ID:
Device ID:
11hex (ENDRESS+HAUSER)
41hex
Function MANUFACTURER ID
Function DEVICE ID
HART version data:
Device Revision 6/ DD Revision 1
Software release:
01.2011
Operating program:
Sources for obtaining device descriptions:
Handheld Field Xpert SFX100
Use update function of handheld terminal
FieldCare / DTM
• www.endress.com Download
• CD-ROM (Endress+Hauser order number 56004088)
• DVD (Endress+Hauser order number 70100690)
AMS
www.endress.com
Download
SIMATIC PDM
www.endress.com
Download
Tester/simulator:
Sources for obtaining device descriptions:
Fieldcheck
Update by means of FieldCare with the flow device FXA193/291 DTM in
the Fieldflash module
Note!
The "Fieldcheck" tester/simulator is used for testing flowmeters in the field. When used in
conjunction with the "FieldCare" software package, test results can be imported into a
database, printed out and used for official certification. Contact your Endress+Hauser
representative for more information.
5.4.3
Device variables
The following device variables are available using the HART protocol:
Code (decimal)
Device variable
0
OFF (not assigned)
1
Volume flow
250
Totalizer 1
251
Totalizer 2
At the factory, the process variables are assigned to the following device variables:
• Primary process variable (PV) Volume flow
• Second process variable (SV) Totalizer 1
• Third process variable (TV) not assigned
• Fourth process variable (FV) not assigned
!
Note!
You can set or change the assignment of device variables to process variables using
Command 51.
5.4.4
Switching HART write protection on/off
The HART write protection can be switched on and off using the HART WRITE PROTECT
device function ( "Description of Device Functions" manual).
Endress+Hauser
65
Operation
Promag 50
5.4.5
Universal and common practice HART commands
The following table contains all the universal commands supported by the device.
Command No.
HART command / Access type
Command data
(numeric data in decimal form)
Response data
(numeric data in decimal form)
none
Device identification delivers information on the device
and the manufacturer. It cannot be changed.
Universal commands
0
Read unique device identifier
Access type = read
The response consists of a 12 byte device ID:
– Byte 0: fixed value 254
– Byte 1: Manufacturer ID, 17 = E+H
– Byte 2: Device type ID, 65 = Promag 50
– Byte 3: Number of preambles
– Byte 4: Universal commands rev. no.
– Byte 5: Device-specific commands rev. no.
– Byte 6: Software revision
– Byte 7: Hardware revision
– Byte 8: Additional device information
– Bytes 9-11: Device identification
1
Read primary process variable
Access type = read
none
– Byte 0: HART unit code of the primary process variable
– Bytes 1-4: Primary process variable
Factory setting:
Primary process variable = Volume flow
!
Note!
• Manufacturer-specific units are represented using the
HART unit code "240".
• You can change the assignment of device variables to
process variables using Command 51.
2
none
Read the primary process
variable as current in mA and
percentage of the set measuring
range
Access type = read
– Bytes 0-3: actual current of the primary process
variable in mA
– Bytes 4-7: % value of the set measuring range
Factory setting:
Primary process variable = Volume flow
!
Note!
You can change the assignment of device variables to
process variables using Command 51.
3
Read the primary process
variable as current in mA and
four dynamic process variables
Access type = read
none
24 bytes are sent as a response:
– Bytes 0-3: primary process variable current in mA
– Byte 4: HART unit code of the primary process variable
– Bytes 5-8: Primary process variable
– Byte 9: HART unit code of the second process variable
– Bytes 10-13: Second process variable
– Byte 14: HART unit code of the third process variable
– Bytes 15-18: Third process variable
– Byte 19: HART unit code of the fourth process variable
– Bytes 20-23: Fourth process variable
Factory setting:
• Primary process variable = Volume flow
• Second process variable = Totalizer 1
• Third process variable = OFF (not assigned)
• Fourth process variable = OFF (not assigned)
!
Note!
• Manufacturer-specific units are represented using the
HART unit code "240".
• You can change the assignment of device variables to
process variables using Command 51.
6
Set HART shortform address
Access type = write
Byte 0: desired address (0 to 15)
Factory setting: 0
Byte 0: active address
!
Note!
With an address >0 (multidrop mode), the current
output of the primary process variable is set to 4
mA.
66
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Operation
Command No.
HART command / Access type
Command data
(numeric data in decimal form)
Response data
(numeric data in decimal form)
11
Read unique device
identification using the TAG
(measuring point designation)
Access type = read
Bytes 0-5: TAG
Device identification delivers information on the device
and the manufacturer. It cannot be changed.
Read user message
Access type = read
none
Read TAG, descriptor and date
Access type = read
none
12
13
The response consists of a 12 byte device ID if the given
TAG agrees with the one saved in the device:
– Byte 0: fixed value 254
– Byte 1: Manufacturer ID, 17 = E+H
– Byte 2: Device type ID, 65 = Promag 50
– Byte 3: Number of preambles
– Byte 4: Universal commands rev. no.
– Byte 5: Device-specific commands rev. no.
– Byte 6: Software revision
– Byte 7: Hardware revision
– Byte 8: Additional device information
– Bytes 9-11: Device identification
Bytes 0-24: User message
!
Note!
You can write the user message using Command 17.
– Bytes 0-5: TAG
– Bytes 6-17: descriptor
– Bytes 18-20: Date
!
Note!
You can write the TAG, descriptor and date using
Command 18.
14
Read sensor information on
primary process variable
none
– Bytes 0-2: Sensor serial number
– Byte 3: HART unit code of sensor limits and measuring
range of the primary process variable
– Bytes 4-7: Upper sensor limit
– Bytes 8-11: Lower sensor limit
– Bytes 12-15: Minimum span
!
Note!
• The data relate to the primary process variable
(= volume flow).
• Manufacturer-specific units are represented using the
HART unit code "240".
15
Read output information of
primary process variable
Access type = read
none
– Byte 0: Alarm selection ID
– Byte 1: Transfer function ID
– Byte 2: HART unit code for the set measuring range of
the primary process variable
– Bytes 3-6: upper range, value for 20 mA
– Bytes 7-10: lower range, value for 4 mA
– Bytes 11-14: Damping constant in [s]
– Byte 15: Write protection ID
– Byte 16: OEM dealer ID, 17 = E+H
Factory setting: Primary process variable = Volume flow
!
Note!
• Manufacturer-specific units are represented using the
HART unit code "240".
• You can change the assignment of device variables to
process variables using Command 51.
16
Read the device production
number
Access type = read
none
Bytes 0-2: Production number
17
Write user message
Access = write
You can save any 32-character long text in the
device under this parameter:
Bytes 0-23: Desired user message
Displays the current user message in the device:
Bytes 0-23: Current user message in the device
18
Write TAG, descriptor and date With this parameter, you can store an 8 character
Access = write
TAG, a 16 character descriptor and a date:
– Bytes 0-5: TAG
– Bytes 6-17: descriptor
– Bytes 18-20: Date
19
Write the device production
number
Access = write
Endress+Hauser
Bytes 0-2: Production number
Displays the current information in the device:
– Bytes 0-5: TAG
– Bytes 6-17: descriptor
– Bytes 18-20: Date
Bytes 0-2: Production number
67
Operation
Promag 50
The following table contains all the common practice commands supported by the
device.
Command No.
HART command / Access type
Command data
(numeric data in decimal form)
Response data
(numeric data in decimal form)
Write damping value for
primary process variable
Access = write
Bytes 0-3: Damping value of the primary process
variable "volume flow" in seconds
Displays the current damping value in the device:
Bytes 0-3: Damping value in seconds
Write measuring range of
primary process variable
Access = write
Write the desired measuring range:
– Byte 0: HART unit code of the primary process
variable
– Bytes 1-4: upper range, value for 20 mA
– Bytes 5-8: lower range, value for 4 mA
Common practice commands
34
35
Factory setting:
Primary process variable = Current output
damping
Factory setting:
Primary process variable = Volume flow
!
Note!
• The start of the measuring range (4 mA) must
correspond to the zero flow.
• If the HART unit code is not the correct one for
the process variable, the device will continue
with the last valid unit.
38
40
The currently set measuring range is displayed as a
response:
– Byte 0: HART unit code for the set measuring range of
the primary process variable
– Bytes 1-4: upper range, value for 20 mA
– Bytes 5-8: lower range, value for 4 mA
!
Note!
• Manufacturer-specific units are represented using the
HART unit code "240".
• You can change the assignment of device variables to
process variables using Command 51.
Device status reset
(configuration changed)
Access = write
none
none
Simulate input current of
primary process variable
Access = write
Simulation of the desired output current of the
The momentary output current of the primary process
primary process variable. An entry value of 0 exits variable is displayed as a response:
the simulation mode:
Bytes 0-3: Output current in mA
Bytes 0-3: Output current in mA
!
Note!
It is also possible to execute this HART command when
write protection is activated (= ON)!
Factory setting:
Primary process variable = Volume flow
!
Note!
You can set the assignment of device variables to
process variables using Command 51.
42
Perform master reset
Access = write
none
none
44
Write unit of primary process
variable
Access = write
Set unit of primary process variable. Only units
which are suitable for the process variable are
transferred to the device:
Byte 0: HART unit code
The current unit code of the primary process variable is
displayed as a response: Byte 0: HART unit code
Factory setting:
Primary process variable = Volume flow
!
Note!
Manufacturer-specific units are represented using the
HART unit code "240".
!
Note!
• If the written HART unit code is not the correct
one for the process variable, the device will
continue with the last valid unit.
• If you change the unit of the primary process
variable, this has a direct impact on the system
units.
48
68
Read additional device status
Access = read
none
The device status is displayed in extended form as the
response: Coding: see table → 70
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Operation
Command No.
HART command / Access type
Command data
(numeric data in decimal form)
Response data
(numeric data in decimal form)
50
none
Display of the current variable assignment of the process
variables:
– Byte 0: Device variable code to the primary process
variable
– Byte 1: Device variable code to the second process
variable
– Byte 2: Device variable code to the third process
variable
– Byte 3: Device variable code to the fourth process
variable
Read assignment of the device
variables to the four process
variables
Access = read
Factory setting:
• Primary process variable: Code 1 for volume flow
• Second process variable: Code 250 for totalizer
• Third process variable: Code 0 for OFF (not assigned)
• Fourth process variable: Code 0 for OFF (not assigned)
51
Write assignment of the device Setting of the device variables to the four process
variables:
variables to the four process
– Byte 0: Device variable code to the primary
variables
process variable
Access = write
– Byte 1: Device variable code to the second
process variable
– Byte 2: Device variable code to the third process
variable
– Byte 3: Device variable code to the fourth
process variable
The variable assignment of the process variables is
displayed as a response:
– Byte 0: Device variable code to the primary process
variable
– Byte 1: Device variable code to the second process
variable
– Byte 2: Device variable code to the third process
variable
– Byte 3: Device variable code to the fourth process
variable
Factory setting:
• Primary process variable: Volume flow
• Second process variable: Totalizer 1
• Third process variable: OFF (not assigned)
• Fourth process variable: OFF (not assigned)
53
Write device variable unit
Access = write
This command sets the unit of the given device
variables. Only those units which suit the device
variable are transferred:
– Byte 0: Device variable code
– Byte 1: HART unit code
Code of the supported device variables: See
information → 65
The current unit of the device variables is displayed in
the device as a response:
– Byte 0: Device variable code
– Byte 1: HART unit code
!
Note!
Manufacturer-specific units are represented using the
HART unit code "240".
!
Note!
• If the written unit is not the correct one for the
device variable, the device will continue with
the last valid unit.
• If you change the unit of the device variable,
this has a direct impact on the system units.
59
Write number of preambles in
response message
Access = write
Endress+Hauser
This parameter sets the number of preambles
which are inserted in the response messages:
Byte 0: Number of preambles (4 to 20)
The current number of preambles is displayed in the
response telegram: Byte 0: Number of preambles
69
Operation
Promag 50
5.4.6
Device status and error messages
You can read the extended device status, in this case, current error messages, via Command
"48". The command delivers information which is partly coded in bits (see table below).
!
Note!
• You can find a detailed explanation of the device status and error messages and their
elimination on → 70
• Bits and bytes not listed are not assigned.
Byte
0
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
70
Bit
Error No.
Short error description
0
001
Serious device error
1
011
Measuring amplifier has faulty EEPROM
2
012
Error when accessing data of the measuring amplifier EEPROM
1
031
S-DAT: defective or missing
2
032
S-DAT: Error accessing saved values
5
051
I/O and the amplifier are not compatible.
3
111
Totalizer checksum error
4
121
I/O board and amplifier not compatible.
3
251
Internal communication fault on the amplifier board.
4
261
No data reception between amplifier and I/O board
0
321
Coil current of the sensor is outside the tolerance.
7
339
0
340
Flow buffer:
The temporarily buffered flow portions (measuring mode for pulsating flow)
could not be cleared or output within 60 seconds.
1
341
2
342
3
343
4
344
5
345
6
346
7
347
0
348
1
349
2
350
3
351
4
352
5
353
6
354
7
355
0
356
1
357
2
358
Frequency buffer:
The temporarily buffered flow portions (measuring mode for pulsating flow)
could not be cleared or output within 60 seconds.
Pulse buffer:
The temporarily buffered flow portions (measuring mode for pulsating flow)
could not be cleared or output within 60 seconds.
Current output:
Flow is out of range.
Frequency output:
Flow is out of range.
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Operation
Byte
8
10
Bit
Error No.
3
359
4
360
5
361
6
362
7
401
Measuring tube partially filled or empty
2
461
EPD calibration not possible because the fluid's conductivity is either too low or
too high.
4
463
The EPD calibration values for empty pipe and full pipe are identical, and
therefore incorrect.
1
474
Maximum flow value entered is overshot
7
501
Amplifier software version is loaded. Currently no other commands are possible.
0
502
Upload/download of device files. Currently no other commands are possible.
3
601
Positive zero return active
7
611
Simulation current output active
0
612
1
613
2
614
3
621
4
622
5
623
6
624
7
631
0
632
1
633
2
634
3
641
4
642
5
643
6
644
7
671
0
672
1
673
2
674
3
691
Simulation of response to error (outputs) active
4
692
Simulation of volume flow active
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Endress+Hauser
Short error description
Pulse output:
Flow is out of range.
Simulation frequency output active
Simulation pulse output active
Simulation status output active
Simulation of the status input active
71
Commissioning
Promag 50
6
Commissioning
6.1
Function check
Make sure that all final checks have been completed before you start up your measuring
point:
• Checklist for "Post-installation check" → 45
• Checklist for "Post-connection check" → 59
6.2
Switching on the measuring device
Once the connection checks have been successfully completed, it is time to switch on the
power supply. The device is now operational. The measuring device performs a number of
post switch-on self-tests. As this procedure progresses the following sequence of messages
appears on the local display:
PROMAG 50
STARTUP. . .
Start-up message
▾
DEVICE SOFTWARE
V XX.XX.XX
Current software version
▾
SYSTEM OK
OPERATION
Beginning of normal measuring mode
▾
Normal measuring mode commences as soon as start-up completes.
Various measured-value and/or status variables (HOME position) appear on the display.
!
72
Note!
If start-up fails, an error message indicating the cause is displayed.
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Commissioning
6.3
Quick Setup
In the case of measuring devices without a local display, the individual parameters and
functions must be configured via the operating program, e.g. FieldCare.
If the measuring device is equipped with a local display, all the important device parameters
for standard operation, as well as additional functions, can be configured quickly and easily
by means of the following Quick Setup menu.
6.3.1
"Commissioning" Quick Setup menu
This Quick Setup menu guides you systematically through the setup procedure for all the
major device functions that have to be configured for standard measuring operation.
XXX.XXX.XX
E
Esc
-
+
E
++
Quick Setup
QS
Commission
E+
HOME-POSITION
Language
Defaults
Unit
Volume flow
Measuring
Mode
Current Output
Freq.-/ Pulse Output
Quit
Operation
Mode
Frequency
Pulse
Assign
Current
Assign
Frequency
Assign
Pulse
Current
Span
End Value
Freq.
Pulse
Value
Value
20 mA
Value
f max
Pulse
Width
Time
Constant
Output
Signal
Output
Signal
Failsafe
Mode
Time
Constant
Failsafe
Mode
Failsafe
Mode
Automatic parameterization
of the display
Quit Quick Setup
A0005413-EN
Fig. 51:
Endress+Hauser
"QUICK SETUP COMMISSIONING" menu for the rapid configuration of important device functions
73
Commissioning
Promag 50
6.4
Configuration
6.4.1
Current output: active/passive
The current output is configured as "active" or "passive" by means of various jumpers on the I/
O board.
#
Warning!
Risk of electric shock! Exposed components carry dangerous voltages. Make sure that the
power supply is switched off before you remove the cover of the electronics compartment.
1.
Switch off power supply.
2.
Remove the I/O board →
3.
Position the jumper →
89
52
"
Caution!
Risk of destroying the measuring device. Set the jumpers exactly as shown in the
graphic. Pay strict attention to the position of the jumpers as indicated in the graphic.
4.
Installation of the I/O board is the reverse of the removal procedure.
1
2
A0001044
Fig. 52:
1
2
74
Configuring current outputs using jumpers (I/O board)
Active current output (factory setting)
Passive current output
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Commissioning
6.5
Adjustment
6.5.1
Empty-pipe/full-pipe adjustment
Flow cannot be measured correctly unless the measuring tube is completely full.
This status can be permanently monitored using the Empty Pipe Detection:
• EPD = Empty Pipe Detection (with the help of an EPD electrode)
• OED = Open Electrode Detection (Empty Pipe Detection with the help of the measuring
electrodes, if the sensor is not equipped with an EPD electrode or the orientation is not
suitable for using EPD).
"
Caution!
Detailed information on the empty-pipe/full-pipe adjustment procedure can be found in the
"Description of Device Functions" manual:
• EPD/OED ADJUSTMENT (carrying out the adjustment).
• EPD (switching on and off EPD/OED).
• EPD RESPONSE TIME (input of the response time for EPD/OED).
!
Note!
• The EPD function is not available unless the sensor is fitted with an EPD electrode.
• The devices are already calibrated at the factory with water (approx. 500 μS/cm).
If the fluid conductivity differs from this reference, empty-pipe/full-pipe adjustment has
to be performed again on site.
• The default setting for EPD when the devices are delivered is OFF; the function has to be
activated if required.
• The EPD process error can be output by means of the configurable relay output.
Performing empty-pipe and full-pipe adjustment (EPD)
1.
Select the appropriate function in the function matrix:
HOME → → → PROCESS PARAMETER → → → EPD ADJUSTMENT
2.
Empty the piping:
– The wall of the measuring tube should still be wet with fluid during EPD empty pipe
adjustment
– The wall of the measuring tube/the measuring electrodes should no longer be wet
with fluid during OED empty pipe adjustment
3.
Start empty-pipe adjustment: Select "EMPTY PIPE ADJUST" or "OED EMPTY ADJUST" and
press to confirm.
4.
After empty-pipe adjustment, fill the piping with fluid.
5.
Start full-pipe adjustment: Select "FULL PIPE ADJUST" or "OED FULL ADJUST" and press
to confirm.
6.
Having completed the adjustment, select the setting "OFF" and exit the function by
pressing .
7.
Switch on empty pipe detection in the EPD function:
– EPD empty pipe adjustment: Select ON STANDARD or ON SPECIAL and press
confirm
– OED empty pipe adjustment: Select OED and confirm with .
to
"
Caution!
The adjustment coefficients must be valid before you can activate the EPD function. If
adjustment is incorrect the following messages might appear on the display:
– FULL = EMPTY
The adjustment values for empty pipe and full pipe are identical. In cases of this
nature you must repeat empty-pipe or full-pipe adjustment!
– ADJUSTMENT NOT OK
Adjustment is not possible because the fluid’s conductivity is out of range.
Endress+Hauser
75
Commissioning
Promag 50
6.6
Data storage device (HistoROM)
At Endress+Hauser, the term HistoROM refers to various types of data storage modules on
which process and measuring device data are stored. It is possible to plug these modules into
other devices to copy device configurations from one device to another, for example.
6.6.1
HistoROM/S-DAT (sensor-DAT)
The S-DAT is an exchangeable data storage device in which all sensor relevant parameters
are stored, i.e., diameter, serial number, calibration factor, zero point.
76
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Maintenance
7
Maintenance
No special maintenance work is required.
7.1
Exterior cleaning
When cleaning the exterior of measuring devices, always use cleaning agents that do not
attack the surface of the housing and the seals.
7.2
Seals
The seals of the Promag H sensor must be replaced periodically, particularly in the case of
gasket seals (aseptic version).
The period between changes depends on the frequency of cleaning cycles, the cleaning
temperature and the fluid temperature.
Replacement seals (accessories) →
Endress+Hauser
78.
77
Accessories
Promag 50
8
Accessories
Various accessories, which can be ordered separately from Endress+Hauser, are available for
the transmitter and the sensor. Your Endress+Hauser service organization can provide
detailed information on the specific order codes on request.
8.1
Device-specific accessories
Accessory
Description
Proline Promag 50
transmitter
Transmitter for replacement or storage. Use the order code to 50XXX – XXXXX******
define the following specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
8.2
Order code
Approvals
Degree of protection/version
Cable for remote version
Cable entry
Display/power supply/operation
Software
Outputs/inputs
Measuring principle-specific accessories
Accessory
Description
Order code
Mounting set for
Mounting set for the transmitter (remote version). Suitable for: DK5WM – *
Promag 50 transmitter • Wall mounting
• Pipe mounting
• Panel-mounted installation
Mounting set for aluminum field housing. Suitable for:
• Pipe mounting
Wall-mounting kit for
Promag H
Wall-mounting kit for the Promag H sensor.
DK5HM – **
Cable for remote version Coil and signal cables, various lengths.
DK5CA – **
Mounting kit for
•
Promag D, wafer version •
•
•
DKD** – **
Mounting bolts
Nuts incl. washers
Flange seals
Centering sleeves (if required for the flange)
Set of seals for
Promag D
Set of seals consisting of two flange seals.
DK5DD – ***
Mounting kit for
Promag H
• 2 process connections
• Threaded fasteners
• Seals
DKH** – ****
Set of seals for
Promag H
For regular replacement of the seals of the Promag H sensor.
DK5HS – ***
Welding jig for
Promag H
Weld nipple as process connection:
welding jig for installation in pipe.
DK5HW – ***
Adapter connection for Adapter connections for installing a Promag 10 H instead of a DK5HA – *****
Promag A, H
Promag 30/33 A or Promag 30/33 H DN 25.
78
Ground rings for
Promag H
Ground rings for potential equalization.
DK5HR – ***
Ground cable for
Promag E/L/P/W
Ground cable for potential equalization.
DK5GC – ***
Ground disk for
Promag E/L/P/W
Ground disk for potential equalization.
DK5GD – * * ***
Process display
RIA45
Multifunctional 1-channel display unit:
• Universal input
• Transmitter power supply
• Limit relay
• Analog output
RIA45 – ******
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Accessories
Accessory
Description
Order code
Process display
RIA251
Digital display device for looping into the 4 to 20 mA current
loop.
RIA251 – **
Field display unit
RIA16
Digital field display device for looping into the 4 to 20 mA
current loop.
RIA16 – ***
Application Manager
RMM621
RMM621 – **********
Electronic recording, display, balancing, control, saving and
event and alarm monitoring of analog and digital input signals.
Values and conditions determined are output by means of
analog and digital output signals. Remote transmission of
alarms, input values and calculated values using a PSTN or
GSM modem.
8.3
Endress+Hauser
Communication-specific accessories
Accessory
Description
Order code
HART Communicator
Field Xpert SFX 100
Handheld terminal for remote configuration and for obtaining SFX100 – *******
measured values via the HART current output (4 to 20 mA)
and FOUNDATION Fieldbus.
Contact your Endress+Hauser representative for more
information.
Fieldgate FXA320
Gateway for remote interrogation of HART sensors and
actuators via Web browser:
• 2-channel analog input (4 to 20 mA)
• 4 binary inputs with event counter function and frequency
measurement
• Communication via modem, Ethernet or GSM
• Visualization via Internet/Intranet in Web browser and/or
WAP cellular phone
• Limit value monitoring with alarm by e-mail or SMS
• Synchronized time stamping of all measured values.
FXA320 – *****
Fieldgate FXA520
Gateway for remote interrogation of HART sensors and
actuators via Web browser:
• Web server for remote monitoring of up to 30 measuring
points
• Intrinsically safe version [EEx ia]IIC for applications in
hazardous areas
• Communication via modem, Ethernet or GSM
• Visualization via Internet/Intranet in Web browser and/or
WAP cellular phone
• Limit value monitoring with alarm by e-mail or SMS
• Synchronized time stamping of all measured values
• Remote diagnosis and remote configuration of connected
HART devices
FXA520 – ****
FXA195
FXA195 – *
The Commubox FXA195 connects intrinsically safe Smart
transmitters with HART protocol to the USB port of a personal
computer. This makes the remote operation of the transmitters
possible with the aid of configuration programs (e.g.
FieldCare).
Power is supplied to the Commubox by means of the USB port
79
Accessories
Promag 50
8.4
Service-specific accessories
Accessory
Description
Order code
Applicator
Software for selecting and planning flowmeters. The
Applicator software can be downloaded from the Internet or
ordered on CD-ROM for installation on a local PC.
Contact your Endress+Hauser representative for more
information.
DXA80 – *
Fieldcheck
50098801
Tester/simulator for testing flowmeters in the field. When
used in conjunction with the "FieldCare" software package, test
results can be imported into a database, printed out and used
for official certification.
Contact your Endress+Hauser representative for more
information.
FieldCare
FieldCare is Endress+Hauser's FDT-based asset management
tool. It can configure all intelligent field units in your system
and helps you manage them. By using status information, it is
also a simple but effective way of checking their status and
condition.
See the product page on
the Endress+Hauser
Web site:
www.endress.com
Memograph M graphic The Memograph M graphic display recorder provides
RSG40 – ************
display recorder
information on all the relevant process variables. Measured
values are recorded correctly, limit values are monitored and
measuring points analyzed. The data are stored in the 256 MB
internal memory and also on a DSD card or USB stick.
Memograph M boasts a modular design, intuitive operation
and a comprehensive security concept. The ReadWin® 2000 PC
software is part of the standard package and is used for
configuring, visualizing and archiving the data captured.
The mathematics channels which are optionally available
enable continuous monitoring of specific power consumption,
boiler efficiency and other parameters which are important for
efficient energy management.
FXA193
80
Service interface from the device to the PC for operation via
FieldCare.
FXA193 – *
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Troubleshooting
9
Troubleshooting
9.1
Troubleshooting instructions
Always start troubleshooting with the checklist below if faults occur after start-up or during
operation. The routine takes you directly to the cause of the problem and the appropriate
remedial measures.
Check the display
No display visible and no
output signals present.
1. Check the supply voltage
terminals 1, 2
2. Check the power line fuse → 93
85 to 260 V AC: 0.8 A slow-blow / 250 V
20 to 55 V AC / 16 to 62 V DC: 2 A slow-blow / 250 V
3. Measuring electronics defective
order spare parts →
88
No display visible, but
1. Check whether the ribbon-cable connector of the display module is correctly
output signals are present.
plugged into the amplifier board → 89
2. Display module defective
order spare parts →
3. Measuring electronics defective
Display texts are in a
foreign language.
88
order spare parts →
88
Switch off power supply. Press and hold down both the OS buttons and switch on the
measuring device. The display text will appear in English (default) and is displayed at
maximum contrast.
Measured value indicated, Electronics board defective
but no signal at the current
or pulse output.
order spare parts →
88
Error messages on display
Errors which occur during commissioning or measuring operation are displayed immediately.
Error messages consist of a variety of icons: the meanings of these icons are as follows (example):
–
–
–
–
–
Error type: S = system error, P = process error
Error message type: $ = fault message, ! = notice message
EMPTY PIPE = Type of error, e.g. measuring tube is only partly filled or completely empty
03:00:05 = duration of error occurrence (in hours, minutes and seconds)
#401 = error number
"
Caution!
• See the information on → 63!
• The measuring system interprets simulations and positive zero return as system errors, but displays them as
notice message only.
Error number:
No. 001 – 399
No. 501 – 699
System error (device error) has occurred →
82
Error number:
No. 401 - 499
Process error (application error) has occurred →
84
Other error (without error message)
Some other error has
occurred.
Endress+Hauser
Diagnosis and rectification →
85
81
Troubleshooting
Promag 50
9.2
System error messages
Serious system errors are always recognized by the device as "Fault message", and are shown
as a lightning flash ($) on the display. Fault messages immediately affect the outputs.
"
!
No. Error message / Type
Caution!
In the event of a serious fault, a flowmeter might have to be returned to the manufacturer
for repair. The necessary procedures on → 5 must be carried out before you return a
flowmeter to Endress+Hauser. Always enclose a duly completed "Declaration of
Contamination" form. You will find a master copy of this form at the back of this manual.
Note!
Also observe the information on →
63.
Cause
Remedy (spare part →
88)
S = System error
$ = Fault message (with an effect on the outputs)
! = Notice message (without an effect on the outputs)
No. # 0xx
Hardware error
001 S: CRITICAL FAILURE
$: # 001
Serious device error
Replace the amplifier board.
011 S: AMP HW EEPROM
$: # 011
Amplifier:
Defective EEPROM
Replace the amplifier board.
012 S: AMP SW EEPROM
$: # 012
Amplifier:
Error accessing EEPROM data
The EEPROM data blocks in which an error has occurred are
displayed in the TROUBLESHOOTING function.
Press Enter to acknowledge the errors in question; default
values are automatically inserted instead of the errored
parameter values.
!
Note!
The measuring device has to be restarted if an error has
occurred in a totalizer block (see error No. 111 / CHECKSUM
TOTAL).
031 S: SENSOR HW DAT
$: # 031
1. S-DAT is not plugged into the amplifier board
correctly (or is missing).
1. Check whether the S-DAT is correctly plugged into the
amplifier board.
2. S-DAT is defective.
2. Replace the S-DAT if it is defective.
Check that the new replacement DAT is compatible with
the measuring electronics.
Check the:
- Spare part set number
- Hardware revision code
032 S: SENSOR SW DAT
$: # 032
3. Replace measuring electronics boards if necessary.
4. Plug the S-DAT into the amplifier board.
No. # 1xx
Software error
101
S: GAIN ERROR AMP
$: # 101
Gain deviation compared to reference gain > 25%.
Replace the amplifier board.
111
S: CHECKSUM TOTAL
$: # 111
Totalizer checksum error.
1. Restart the measuring device.
S: A / C COMPATIB.
!: # 121
Due to different software versions, I/O board and
amplifier board are only partially compatible
(possibly restricted functionality).
121
2. Replace the amplifier board if necessary.
Module with lower software version has either to be updated
by FieldCare with the required software version or the module
has to be replaced.
!
Note!
– This message is only listed in the error history.
– Nothing is shown on the display.
82
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Troubleshooting
No. Error message / Type
No. # 2xx
Cause
Remedy (spare part →
88)
Error in DAT / no communication
251
S: COMMUNICATION I/O
$: # 251
Internal communication fault on the amplifier board. Replace the amplifier board.
261
S: COMMUNICATION I/O
$: # 261
No data reception between amplifier and I/O board
or faulty internal data transfer.
No. # 3xx
321
Check the BUS contacts.
System limits exceeded
S: TOL. COIL CURR.
$: # 321
Sensor:
Coil current is out of tolerance.
#
Warning!
Switch off power supply before manipulating the coil current
cable, coil current cable connector or measuring electronics
boards!
Remote version:
1. Check wiring of terminals 41/42 →
46
2. Check coil current cable connector.
Compact and remote version:
Replace measuring electronics boards if necessary
339
to
342
S: STACK CUR OUT n
!: # 339 to 342
343
to
346
S: STACK FREQ. OUT n
!: # 343 to 346
347
to
350
S: STACK PULSE OUT n
!: # 343 to 346
The temporarily buffered flow portions (measuring
mode for pulsating flow) could not be cleared or
output within 60 seconds.
1. Change the upper or lower limit setting, as applicable.
The temporarily buffered flow portions (measuring
mode for pulsating flow) could not be cleared or
output within 60 seconds.
1. Increase the setting for pulse weighting
2. Increase or reduce flow, as applicable.
Recommendations in the event of fault category = FAULT
MESSAGE ($)
• Configure the fault response of the output to "ACTUAL
VALUE" so that the temporary buffer can be cleared.
• Clear the temporary buffer by the measures described under
Item 1.
2. Increase the max. pulse frequency if the totalizer can
handle a higher number of pulses.
3. Increase or reduce flow, as applicable.
Recommendations in the event of fault category = FAULT
MESSAGE ($)
• Configure the fault response of the output to "ACTUAL
VALUE" so that the temporary buffer can be cleared.
• Clear the temporary buffer by the measures described under
Item 1.
351
to
354
S: CURRENT RANGE n
!: # 351 to 354
Current output:
flow is out of range.
1. Change the upper or lower limit setting, as applicable.
355
to
358
S: FREQ. RANGE n
!: # 355 to 358
Frequency output:
flow is out of range.
1. Change the upper or lower limit setting, as applicable.
359
to
362
S: PULSE RANGE
!: # 359 to 362
Pulse output:
the pulse output frequency is out of range.
1. Increase the setting for pulse weighting
2. Increase or reduce flow, as applicable.
2. Increase or reduce flow, as applicable.
2. When selecting the pulse width, choose a value that can
still be processed by a connected counter (e.g. mechanical
counter, PLC etc.).
Determine the pulse width:
– Variant 1: Enter the minimum duration that a pulse
must be present at the connected counter to ensure its
registration.
– Variant 2: Enter the maximum (pulse) frequency as the
half "reciprocal value" that a pulse must be present at
the connected counter to ensure its registration.
Example:
The maximum input frequency of the connected counter
is 10 Hz. The pulse width to be entered is:
1
= 50 ms
2.10 Hz
a0004437
3. Reduce flow.
Endress+Hauser
83
Troubleshooting
Promag 50
No. Error message / Type
No. # 5xx
Cause
Remedy (spare part →
88)
Application error
501
S: SW.-UPDATE ACT.
!: # 501
New amplifier or communication (I/O module)
software version is loaded.
Currently no other functions are possible.
Wait until the procedure is finished.
The device will restart automatically.
502
S: UP-/DOWNLOAD ACT
!: # 502
Uploading or downloading the device data via
operating program.
Currently no other functions are possible.
Wait until the procedure is finished.
No. # 6xx
601
Simulation mode active
S: POS. ZERO-RETURN
!: # 601
Positive zero return active
611
to
614
S: SIM. CURR. OUT. n
!: # 611 to 614
Simulation current output active
621
to
624
S: SIM. FREQ. OUT. n
!: # 621 to 624
Simulation frequency output active
Switch off simulation
631
to
634
S: SIM. PULSE n
!: # 631 to 634
Simulation pulse output active
Switch off simulation
641
to
644
S: SIM. STAT. OUT n
!: # 641 to 644
Simulation status output active
Switch off simulation
671
to
674
S: SIM. STATUS IN n
!: # 671 to 674
Simulation status input active
Switch off simulation
691
S: SIM. FAILSAFE
!: # 691
Simulation of response to error (outputs) active
Switch off simulation
692
S: SIM. MEASURAND
!: # 692
Simulation of a measured variable active (e.g. mass
flow).
Switch off simulation
698
S: DEV. TEST ACT.
!: # 698
The measuring device is being checked on site via the –
test and simulation device.
"
Caution!
This message has the highest display priority!
9.3
!
No. Error message / Type
Switch off positive zero return
Process error messages
Note!
Also observe the information on →
Cause
63.
Remedy (spare part →
88)
P = Process error
$ = Fault message (with an effect on the outputs)
! = Notice message (without an effect on the outputs)
401
EMPTY PIPE
$: # 401
Measuring tube partially filled or empty
461
ADJ. NOT OK
!: # 461
EPD calibration not possible because the fluid's
conductivity is either too low or too high.
The EPD function cannot be used with fluids of this nature.
463
FULL = EMPTY
$: # 463
The EPD calibration values for empty pipe and full
pipe are identical, therefore incorrect.
Repeat calibration, making sure procedure is correct →
84
1. Check the process conditions of the plant
2. Fill the measuring tube
75.
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Troubleshooting
9.4
Symptoms
Process errors without messages
Rectification
Remark: You may have to change or correct certain settings in functions in the function matrix in order to rectify the fault.
Flow values are negative, even
though the fluid is flowing forwards
through the pipe.
1. Remote version:
– Switch off the power supply and check the wiring → 46
– If necessary, reverse the connections at terminals 41 and 42
2. Change the setting in the "INSTALLATION DIRECTION SENSOR" function accordingly
Measured-value reading fluctuates
even though flow is steady.
1. Check grounding and potential equalization →
55
2. Check the fluid for presence of gas bubbles.
3. In the "SYSTEM DAMPING" function
increase the value
Measured-value reading shown on
display, even though the fluid is at a
standstill and the measuring tube is
full.
1. Check grounding and potential equalization →
55
Measured-value reading on display,
even though measuring tube is
empty.
1. Perform empty-pipe/full-pipe adjustment and then switch on Empty Pipe detection →
2. Check the fluid for presence of gas bubbles.
3. Activate the "LOW FLOW CUTOFF" function, i.e. enter or increase the value for the switching point.
2. Remote version: Check the terminals of the EPD cable →
75
46
3. Fill the measuring tube.
The current output signal is always 4 1. Select the "BUS ADDRESS" function and change the setting to "0".
mA, irrespective of the flow signal at
2. Value for creepage too high. Reduce the value in the "LOW FLOW CUTOFF" function.
any given time.
The fault cannot be rectified or some The following options are available for tackling problems of this nature:
other fault not described above has
Request the services of an Endress+Hauser service technician
arisen.
If you contact our service organization to have a service technician sent out, please be ready to quote the following
information:
In these instances, please contact
– Brief description of the fault
your Endress+Hauser service
– Nameplate specifications (→ 6): order code, serial number
organization.
Returning devices to Endress+Hauser
The necessary procedures (→ 5) must be carried out before you return a flowmeter requiring repair or
calibration to Endress+Hauser.
Always enclose a duly completed "Declaration of Conformity" form with the flowmeter. You will find a master copy
of this form at the back of this manual.
Replace transmitter electronics
Components in the measuring electronics defective
Endress+Hauser
order spare parts →
88
85
Troubleshooting
Promag 50
9.5
!
Response of outputs to errors
Note!
The failsafe mode of totalizers, current, pulse and frequency outputs can be customized by
means of various functions in the function matrix. You will find detailed information on
these procedures in the "Description of Device Functions" manual.
You can use positive zero return to set the signals of the current, pulse and status outputs to
their fallback value, for example when measuring has to be interrupted while a pipe is being
cleaned. This function takes priority over all other device functions: simulations, for
example, are suppressed.
Failsafe mode of outputs and totalizers
Process/system error is current
Positive zero return is
activated
"
Caution!
System or process errors defined as "Notice messages" have no effect whatsoever on the inputs and outputs. See
the information on → 66
Current output MINIMUM VALUE
0–20 mA 0 mA
4–20 mA 2 mA
4–20 mA HART 2 mA
4–20 mA NAMUR 3.5 mA
4–20 mA HART NAMUR 3.5 mA
4–20 mA US 3.75 mA
4–20 mA HART US 3,75 mA
0–20 mA (25 mA) 0 mA
4–20 mA (25 mA) 2 mA
4–20 mA (25 mA) HART 2 mA
Output signal corresponds to
"zero flow"
MAXIMUM VALUE
0–20 mA 22 mA
4–20 mA 22 mA
4–20 mA HART 22 mA
4–20 mA NAMUR 22.6 mA
4–20 mA HART NAMUR 22.6 mA
4–20 mA US 22.6 mA
4–20 mA HART US 22.6 mA
0–20 mA (25 mA) 25 mA
4–20 mA (25 mA) 25 mA
4–20 mA (25 mA) HART 25 mA
HOLD VALUE
Last valid value (preceding occurrence of the fault) is output.
ACTUAL VALUE
Measured value display on the basis of the current flow
measurement. The fault is ignored.
Pulse output
MIN/MAX VALUE FALLBACK VALUE
Signal output
no pulses
Output signal corresponds to
"zero flow"
HOLD VALUE
Last valid value (preceding occurrence of the fault) is output.
ACTUAL VALUE
Fault is ignored, i.e. normal measured-value output on the
basis of ongoing flow measurement.
Frequency
output
FALLBACK VALUE
Signal output
0 Hz
Output signal corresponds to
"zero flow"
FAILSAFE LEVEL
Output of the frequency specified in the FALÌLSAFE VALUE
function.
HOLD VALUE
Measured value display on the basis of the
last saved value preceding occurrence of the fault.
ACTUAL VALUE
Measured value display on the basis of the current flow
measurement. The fault is ignored.
86
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Troubleshooting
Failsafe mode of outputs and totalizers
Totalizer
Process/system error is current
Positive zero return is
activated
STOP
The totalizers are paused until the error is rectified.
Totalizer stops
ACTUAL VALUE
The fault is ignored. The totalizer continues to count in
accordance with the current flow value.
HOLD VALUE
The totalizer continues to count the flow in accordance with
the last valid flow value (before the error occurred).
Status output
Endress+Hauser
In the event of a fault or power supply failure:
Status output non-conductive
No effect on status output
87
Troubleshooting
Promag 50
9.6
Spare parts
Detailed troubleshooting instructions are provided in the previous sections → 81
The measuring device, moreover, provides additional support in the form of continuous selfdiagnosis and error messages.
Fault rectification can entail replacing defective components with tested spare parts. The
illustration below shows the available scope of spare parts.
!
Note!
You can order spare parts directly from your Endress+Hauser service organization by
providing the serial number printed on the transmitter's nameplate → 6
Spare parts are shipped as sets comprising the following parts:
• Spare part
• Additional parts, small items (threaded fasteners, etc.)
• Mounting instructions
• Packaging
1
2
3
4
5
A0009764
Fig. 53:
1
2
3
4
5
88
Spare parts for Promag 50 transmitter (field and wall-mounted housings)
Power unit board (85 to 260 V AC, 20 to 55 V AC, 16 to 62 V DC)
Amplifier board
I/O board (COM module)
HistoROM / S-DAT (sensor data memory)
Display module
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Troubleshooting
9.6.1
Removing and installing printed circuit boards
Field housing: removing and installing printed circuit boards →
#
"
Endress+Hauser
54
Warning!
• Risk of electric shock!
Exposed components carry dangerous voltages. Make sure that the power supply is
switched off before you remove the cover of the electronics compartment.
• Risk of damaging electronic components (ESD protection). Static electricity can damage
electronic components or impair their operability. Use a workplace with a grounded
working surface purpose-built for electrostatically sensitive devices!
• If you cannot guarantee that the dielectric strength of the device is maintained in the
following steps, then an appropriate inspection must be carried out in accordance with the
manufacturer’s specifications.
• When connecting Ex-certified devices, see the notes and diagrams in the Ex-specific
supplement to these Operating Instructions.
Caution!
Use only original Endress+Hauser parts.
1.
Switch off power supply.
2.
Unscrew cover of the electronics compartment from the transmitter housing.
3.
Remove the local display (1) as follows:
– Press in the latches (1.1) at the side and remove the display module.
– Disconnect the ribbon cable (1.2) of the display module from the amplifier board.
4.
Remove the screws and remove the cover (2) from the electronics compartment.
5.
Remove the boards (4, 6): Insert a suitable tool into the hole (3) provided for the
purpose and pull the board clear of its holder.
6.
Remove amplifier board (5):
– Disconnect the plug of the electrode signal cable (5.1) including S-DAT (5.3) from the
board.
– Loosen the plug locking of the coil current cable (5.2) and gently disconnect the plug
from the board, i.e. without moving it to and fro.
– Insert a thin pin into the hole (3) provided for the purpose and pull the board clear of
its holder.
7.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
89
Troubleshooting
Promag 50
4
5
3
6
5.1
3
5.3
5.2
3
2
1.2
1
1.1
A0002657
Fig. 54:
1
1.1
1.2
2
3
4
5
5.1
5.2
5.3
6
90
Field housing: removing and installing printed circuit boards
Local display
Latch
Ribbon cable (display module)
Screws of electronics compartment cover
Aperture for installing/removing boards
Power supply board
Amplifier board
Electrode signal cable (sensor)
Coil current cable (sensor)
Histo-ROM / S-DAT (sensor data memory)
I/O board
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Troubleshooting
Wall-mount housing: removing and installing printed circuit boards →
#
"
Endress+Hauser
55
Warning!
• Risk of electric shock!
Exposed components carry dangerous voltages. Make sure that the power supply is
switched off before you remove the cover of the electronics compartment.
• Risk of damaging electronic components (ESD protection). Static electricity can damage
electronic components or impair their operability. Use a workplace with a grounded
working surface purpose-built for electrostatically sensitive devices!
• If you cannot guarantee that the dielectric strength of the device is maintained in the
following steps, then an appropriate inspection must be carried out in accordance with the
manufacturer’s specifications.
• When connecting Ex-certified devices, see the notes and diagrams in the Ex-specific
supplement to these Operating Instructions.
Caution!
Use only original Endress+Hauser parts.
1.
Switch off power supply.
2.
Remove the screws and open the hinged cover (1) of the housing. Remove screws of the
electronics module (2).
3.
Then push up electronics module and pull it as far as possible out of the wall-mounted
housing.
4.
Disconnect the following cable plugs from amplifier board (7):
– Electrode signal cable plug (7.1) including S-DAT (7.3).
– Plug of coil current cable (7.2). To do so, loosen the plug locking of the coil current
cable and gently disconnect the plug from the board, i.e. without moving it to and fro.
– Ribbon cable plug (3) of the display module.
5.
Remove the screws and remove the cover (4) from the electronics compartment.
6.
Remove the boards (6, 7, 8): Insert a suitable tool into the hole (5) provided for the
purpose and pull the board clear of its holder.
7.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
91
Troubleshooting
Promag 50
1
2
6
4
3
7
5
8
7.1
5
7.3
7.2
5
3
A0005409
Fig. 55:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
7.1
7.2
7.3
8
92
Wall-mount housing: removing and installing printed circuit boards
Housing cover
Electronics module
Ribbon cable (display module)
Cover of electronics compartment (3 screws)
Aperture for installing/removing boards
Power supply board
Amplifier board
Electrode signal cable (sensor)
Coil current cable (sensor)
Histo-ROM / S-DAT (sensor data memory)
I/O board
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Troubleshooting
9.6.2
#
Replacing the device fuse
Warning!
Risk of electric shock! Exposed components carry dangerous voltages. Make sure that the
power supply is switched off before you remove the cover of the electronics compartment.
The main fuse is on the power supply board (→ 56).
The procedure for replacing the fuse is as follows:
"
1.
Switch off power supply.
2.
Remove the power supply board: field housing →
3.
Remove cap (1) and replace the device fuse (2).
Use only fuses of the following type:
– Power supply 20 to 55 V AC / 16 to 62 V DC
2.0 A slow-blow / 250 V;
5.2 × 20 mm
– Power supply 85 to 260 V AC
0.8 A slow-blow / 250 V; 5.2 × 20 mm
– Ex-rated devices
see the Ex documentation.
4.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
89, wall-mount housing →
91
Caution!
Use only original Endress+Hauser parts.
2
1
a0001148
Fig. 56:
1
2
Endress+Hauser
Replacing the device fuse on the power supply board
Protective cap
Device fuse
93
Troubleshooting
Promag 50
9.6.3
Replacing the exchangeable electrode
The Promag W sensor (DN 350 to 2000 / 14 to 78") is available with exchangeable
measuring electrodes as an option. This design permits the measuring electrodes to be
replaced or cleaned under process conditions.
A
B
3
2
1
4
8
7
11
1
6
10
9
5
a0004447
Fig. 57:
Apparatus for replacing exchangeable measuring electrodes
View A = DN 1200 to 2000 (48 to 78")
View B = DN 350 to 1050 (14 to 42")
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
94
Allen screw
Handle
Electrode cable
Knurled nut (locknut)
Measuring electrode
Stop cock (ball valve)
Retaining cylinder
Locking pin (for handle)
Ball-valve housing
Seal (retaining cylinder)
Coil spring
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Troubleshooting
Removing the electrode
Installing the electrode
1
Loosen Allen screw (1) and remove the cover.
1
Insert new electrode (5) into retaining cylinder
(7) from below. Make sure that the seals at the
tip of the electrode are clean.
2
Remove electrode cable (3) secured to handle
(2).
2
Mount handle (2) on the electrode and insert
locking pin (8) to secure it in position.
"
Caution!
Make sure that coil spring (11) is inserted. This
is essential to ensure correct electrical contact
and correct measuring signals.
3
Loosen knurled nut (4) by hand.
This knurled nut acts as a locknut.
3
Pull the electrode back until the tip of the
electrode no longer protrudes from retaining
cylinder (7).
4
Remove electrode (5) by turning handle (2). The
electrode can now be pulled out of retaining
cylinder (7) as far as a defined stop.
4
Screw the retaining cylinder (7) onto ball-valve
housing (9) and tighten it by hand.
Seal (10) on the cylinder must be correctly
seated and clean.
#
Warning!
Risk of injury.
Under process conditions (pressure in the piping
system) the electrode can recoil suddenly against
its stop. Apply counter-pressure while releasing
the electrode.
5
Close stop cock (6) after pulling out the electrode
as far as it will go.
!
Note!
Make sure that the rubber hoses on retaining
cylinder (7) and stop cock (6) are of the same
color (red or blue).
5
Open stop cock (6) and turn handle (2) to screw
the electrode all the way into the retaining
cylinder.
#
Warning!
Do not subsequently open the stop cock, in order
to prevent fluid escaping.
6
Remove the electrode complete with retaining
cylinder (7).
6
Screw knurled nut (4) onto the retaining
cylinder. This firmly locates the electrode in
position.
7
Remove handle (2) from electrode (5) by
pressing out locking pin (8). Take care not to
lose coil spring (11).
7
Use the Allen screw to secure electrode cable (3)
to handle (2).
Remove the old electrode and insert the new
electrode.
Replacement electrodes can be ordered
separately from Endress+Hauser.
8
8
Endress+Hauser
"
Caution!
Make sure that the machine screw securing the
electrode cable is firmly tightened. This is
essential to ensure correct electrical contact and
correct measuring signals.
Reinstall the cover and tighten Allen screw (a).
95
Troubleshooting
Promag 50
9.7
"
Return
Caution!
Do not return a measuring device if you are not absolutely certain that all traces of hazardous
substances have been removed, e.g. substances which have penetrated crevices or diffused
through plastic.
Costs incurred for waste disposal and injury (burns, etc.) due to inadequate cleaning will be
charged to the owner-operator.
The following steps must be taken before returning a flow measuring device to
Endress+Hauser, e.g. for repair or calibration:
• Always enclose a duly completed "Declaration of contamination" form. Only then can
Endress+Hauser transport, examine and repair a returned device.
• Enclose special handling instructions if necessary, for example a safety data sheet as per
EC REACH Regulation No. 1907/2006.
• Remove all residues. Pay special attention to the grooves for seals and crevices which could
contain residues. This is particularly important if the substance is hazardous to health, e.g.
flammable, toxic, caustic, carcinogenic, etc.
!
Note!
You will find a preprinted "Declaration of contamination" form at the back of these Operating
Instructions.
9.8
Disposal
Observe the regulations applicable in your country!
9.9
Date
96
Software history
Software version
Changes to software
Operating
Instructions
01.2011
Amplifier:
V 2.04.XX
Introduction of new nominal diameters; calf
values to 2.5
71249447 / 15.14
11.2009
Amplifier:
V 2.03.XX
Introduction of Calf history
71106181 / 12.09
71105332 / 11.09
06.2009
Amplifier:
V 2.02.XX
Introduction of Promag L
71095684 / 06.09
03.2009
Amplifier:
V 2.02.XX
Introduction of Promag D
Introduction of new nominal diameter
71088677 / 03.09
11.2004
Amplifier:
1.06.01
Communication module:
1.04.00
Software update relevant only for production
50097089 / 10.03
10.2003
Amplifier:
1.06.00
Communication module:
1.03.00
Software expASMEon:
• Language groups
• Flow direction pulse output selectable
50097089 / 10.03
New functionalities:
• Second Totalizer
• Adjustable backlight (display)
• Operation hours counter
• Simulation function for pulse output
• Counter for access code
• Reset function (fault history)
• Up-/download with FieldTool
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Troubleshooting
Date
08.2003
Software version
Communication module:
1.02.01
Changes to software
Software expASMEon:
• New / revised functionalities
Operating
Instructions
50097089 / 08.03
New functionalities:
• Current span NAMUR NE 43
• Failsafe mode function
• Troubleshooting function
• System and process error messages
• Response of status output
08.2002
Amplifier:
1.04.00
Software expASMEon:
• New / revised functionalities
50097089 / 08.02
New functionalities:
• Current span NAMUR NE 43
• EPD (new mode)
• Failsafe mode function
• Acknowledge fault function
• Troubleshooting function
• System and process error messages
• Response of status output
!
Endress+Hauser
03.2002
Amplifier:
1.03.00
Software expASMEon:
• Suitability for custody transfer
measurement Promag 50/51
none
06.2001
Amplifier:
1.02.00
Communication module:
1.02.00
Software expASMEon:
• New functionalities:
50097089 / 06.01
09.2000
Amplifier:
1.01.01
Communication module:
1.01.00
Software expASMEon:
• Functional adaptations
none
08.2000
Amplifier:
1.01.00
Software expASMEon:
• Functional adaptations
none
04.2000
Amplifier:
1.00.00
Communication module:
1.00.00
Original software
50097089 / 04.00
New functionalities:
• General device functions
• "OED" software function
• "Pulse width" software function
Compatible with:
• FieldTool
• Commuwin II (version 2.05.03 and higher)
• HART Communicator DXR 275
(from OS 4.6) with Rev. 1, DD1
Note!
Uploads or downloads between the individual software versions are only possible with a
special service software.
97
Technical data
Promag 50
10
Technical data
10.1
Technical data at a glance
10.1.1
Application
→
4
10.1.2
Function and system design
Measuring principle
Electromagnetic flow measurement on the basis of Faraday’s Law.
Measuring system
→
6
10.1.3
Input
Measured variable
Flow velocity (proportional to induced voltage)
Measuring range
Typically v = 0.01 to 10 m/s (0.033 to 33 ft/s) with the specified accuracy
Operable flow range
Over 1000 : 1
Input signal
Status input (auxiliary input)
• Galvanically isolated
• U = 3 to 30 V DC
• Ri = 5 k
• Can be configured for: totalizer reset, positive zero return, error message reset.
10.1.4
Output
Output signal
Current output
• Galvanically isolated
• Active/passive can be selected:
– Active: 0/4 to 20 mA, RL < 700 (HART: RL 250 )
– Passive: 4 to 20 mA, supply voltage VS 18 to 30 V DC, Ri 150 )
• Time constant can be selected (0.01 to 100s)
• Full scale value adjustable
• Temperature coefficient: typ. 0.005% o.f.s./°C, resolution: 0.5 μA
o.f.s. = of full scale value
98
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Technical data
Pulse/frequency output
• Galvanically isolated
• Passive: 30 V DC / 250 mA
• Open collector
• Can be configured as:
– Pulse output
Pulse value and pulse polarity can be selected, max. pulse width adjustable (0.5 to 2000
ms)
– Frequency output
Full scale frequency 2 to 1000 Hz (fmax = 1.25 Hz), on/off ratio 1:1, pulse width max.
10 s
Signal on alarm
Current output
Failsafe mode can be selected (e.g. in accordance with NAMUR Recommendation NE 43)
Pulse/frequency output
Failsafe mode can be selected
Status output
"Not conductive" in the event of fault or power supply failure
Load
See "Output signal"
Switching output
Status output
• Galvanically isolated
• Max. 30 V DC/250 mA
• Open collector
• Can be configured for: error messages, empty pipe detection (EPD), flow direction, limit
values
Low flow cut off
Low flow cut off, switch-on point can be selected as required
Galvanic isolation
All circuits for inputs, outputs, and power supply are galvanically isolated from each other.
10.1.5
Power supply
Electrical connections
→
46
Supply voltage (power supply)
• 20 to 55 V AC, 45 to 65 Hz
• 85 to 260 V AC, 45 to 65 Hz
• 16 to 62 V DC
Endress+Hauser
99
Technical data
Promag 50
Cable entry
Power supply and signal cables (inputs/outputs):
• Cable entry M20 × 1.5 (8 to 12 mm/0.31 to 0.47 inch)
• Sensor cable entry for armored cables M20 × 1.5 (9.5 to 16 mm / 0.37 to 0.63 inch)
• Threads for cable entries ½" NPT, G ½"
Connecting cable for remote version:
• Cable entry M20 × 1.5 (8 to 12 mm/0.31 to 0.47 inch)
• Sensor cable entry for armored cables M20 × 1.5 (9.5 to 16 mm / 0.37 to 0.63 inch)
• Threads for cable entries ½" NPT, G ½"
Cable specifications
→
51
Power consumption
Power consumption
• AC: <15 VA (incl. sensor)
• DC: <15 W (incl. sensor)
Switch-on current
• max. 3 A (<5 ms) for 24 V DC
• max. 8.5 A (<5 ms) for 260 V AC
Power supply failure
• Lasting min. 1 cycle frequency:
• EEPROM saves measuring system data
• S-DAT: exchangeable data storage chip which stores the data of the sensor (nominal
diameter, serial number, calibration factor, zero point etc.)
Potential equalization
→
55
10.1.6
Performance characteristics
Reference operating conditions
To DIN EN 29104 and VDI/VDE 2641:
• Fluid temperature: +28 °C ± 2 K
• Ambient temperature: +22 °C ± 2 K
• Warm-up period: 30 minutes
Installation:
• Inlet run >10 × DN
• Outlet run > 5 × DN
• Sensor and transmitter grounded.
• The sensor is centered in the pipe.
100
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Technical data
Maximum measured error
• Current output: plus typically ± 5 μA
• Pulse output: ± 0.5% o.r. ± 1 mm/s
Option: ± 0.2% o.r. ± 2 mm/s (o.r. = of reading)
Fluctuations in the supply voltage do not have any effect within the specified range.
[%]
2.5
2.0
0.5 %
1.5
0.2 %
1.0
0.5
0
0
1
0
2
5
4
10
6
15
20
8
25
10
30
[m/s]
v
32 [ft/s]
A0005531
Fig. 58:
Max. measured error in % of reading
Repeatability
Max. ± 0.1% o.r. ± 0.5 mm/s (o.r. = of reading)
10.1.7
Installation
Installation instructions
Any orientation (vertical, horizontal), restrictions and installation instructions →
12
Inlet and outlet run
If possible, install the sensor upstream from fittings such as valves, T-pieces, elbows, etc. The
following inlet and outlet runs must be observed in order to meet accuracy specifications
(→ 15, → 12):
• Inlet run: 5 × DN
• Outlet run: 2 × DN
Adapters
→
16
Length of connecting cable
→
19
10.1.8
Environment
Ambient temperature range
• Transmitter: –20 to +60 °C (–4 to +140 °F)
!
Note!
At ambient temperatures below –20 (–4 °F) the readability of the display may be impaired.
• Sensor (Flange material carbon steel): –10 to +60 °C (+14 to +140 °F)
Endress+Hauser
101
Technical data
Promag 50
"
Caution!
• The permitted temperature range of the measuring tube lining may not be undershot or
overshot ( "Operating conditions: Process" "Medium temperature range").
• Install the device in a shady location. Avoid direct sunlight, particularly in warm climatic
regions.
• The transmitter must be mounted separate from the sensor if both the ambient and fluid
temperatures are high.
Storage temperature
The storage temperature corresponds to the operating temperature range of the measuring
transmitter and the appropriate measuring sensors.
"
Caution!
• The measuring device must be protected against direct sunlight during storage in order to
avoid unacceptably high surface temperatures.
• A storage location must be selected where moisture does not collect in the measuring
device. This will help prevent fungus and bacteria infestation which can damage the liner.
Degree of protection
• Standard: IP 67 (NEMA 4X) for transmitter and sensor
• Optional: IP 68 (NEMA 6P) for remote version of Promag E/L/P/W sensor.
Promag L only with stainless steel flanges.
Shock and vibration resistance
Acceleration up to 2 g following IEC 60068-2-6
(high-temperature version: no data available)
CIP cleaning
"
Caution!
The maximum fluid temperature permitted for the device may not be exceeded.
CIP cleaning is possible:
Promag E (100 °C / 212 °F), Promag H/P
CIP cleaning is not possible:
Promag D/L/W
SIP cleaning
"
Caution!
The maximum fluid temperature permitted for the device may not be exceeded.
SIP cleaning is possible:
Promag H
SIP cleaning is not possible:
Promag D/E/L/P/W
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
• As per IEC/EN 61326 and NAMUR Recommendation NE 21
• Emission: to limit value for industry EN 55011
102
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Technical data
10.1.9
Process
Medium temperature range
The permissible temperature depends on the lining of the measuring tube
Promag D
0 to +60 °C (+32 to +140 °F) for polyamide
Promag E
–10 to +110 °C (+14 to +230 °F) for PTFE,
Restrictions
see the following diagram
TA [°F]
140
100
[°C]
60
40
PTFE
20
0
0
-20
-40
-40
-40 -20
-40
0
0
20
40
60
100
80 100 120 140 160 180
200
300
[°C]
TF
360 [°F]
A0022937
Fig. 59:
Compact and remote version Promag E (TA = ambient temperature; TF = fluid temperature)
Promag H
Sensor:
• DN 2 to 25: –20 to +150 °C (–4 to +302 °F)
• DN 40 to 100: –20 to +150 °C (–4 to +302 °F)
Seals:
• EPDM: –20 to +150 °C (–4 to +302 °F)
• Silicone: –20 to +150 °C (–4 to +302 °F)
• Viton: –20 to +150 °C (–4 to +302 °F)
• Kalrez: –20 to +150 °C (–4 to +302 °F)
Promag L
• 0 to +80 °C (+32 to +176 °F) for hard rubber (DN 350 to 1200)
• –20 to +50 °C (–4 to +122 °F) for polyurethane (DN 50 to 1200)
• –20 to +90 °C (–4 to +194 °F) for PTFE (DN 50 to 300)
Promag P
Standard
• –40 to +130 °C (–40 to +266 °F) for PTFE (DN 15 to 600 / 1/2 to 24"),
Restrictions
see the following diagrams
• –20 to +130 °C (–4 to +266 °F) for PFA/HE (DN 25 to 200 / 1 to 8"),
Restrictions
see the following diagrams
• –20 to +150 °C (–4 to +302 °F) for PFA (DN 25 to 200 / 1 to 8"),
Restrictions
see the following diagrams
Endress+Hauser
103
Technical data
Promag 50
Optional
High-temperature version (HT): –20 to +180 °C (–4 to +356 °F) for PFA (DN 25 to 200 / 1
to 8")
TA [°F]
140
100
[°C]
60
HT
40
n
20
0
0
-20
-40
-40
PFA
m
PTFE
-40 -20
-40
0
20
0
40
60
80 100 120 140 160 180
100
200
300
[°C]
TF
360 [°F]
A0002660
Abb. 60:
Compact version Promag P (with PFA- or PTFE-lining)
TA = ambient temperature; TF = fluid temperature; HT = high-temperature version with insulation
m = light gray area temperature range from –10 to –40 °C (–14 to –40 °F) is valid for stainless steel version only
n = diagonal hatched area foam lining (HE) and degree of protection IP 68 = fluid temperature
max. 130°C / 266 °F
TA [°F]
140
100
[°C]
60
HT
40
n
20
0
0
PFA
-20
m
-40
PTFE
-40
-40 -20
-40
0
0
20
40
60
80 100 120 140 160 180
100
200
300
[°C]
TF
360 [°F]
a0002671
Abb. 61:
Remote version Promag P (with PFA- or PTFE-lining)
TA = ambient temperature; TF = fluid temperature; HT = high-temperature version with insulation
m = light gray area temperature range from –10 to –40 °C (–14 to –40 °F) is valid for stainless steel version only
n = diagonal hatched area foam lining (HE) and degree of protection IP68 = fluid temperature
max. 130°C / 266 °F
Promag W
• 0 to +80 °C (+32 to +176 °F) for hard rubber (DN 50 to 2000)
• –20 to +50 °C (–4 to +122 °F) for polyurethane (DN 25 to 1200)
104
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Technical data
Conductivity
The minimum conductivity is
!
5 μS/cm ( 20 μS/cm for demineralized water)
Note!
Note that in the case of the remote version, the requisite minimum conductivity is also
influenced by the length of the connecting cable → 19
Medium pressure range (nominal pressure)
Promag D
• EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501)
– PN 16
• ASME B 16.5
– Class 150
• JIS B2220
– 10K
Promag E
• EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501)
– PN 10 (DN 200 to 600 / 8 to 24")
– PN 16 (DN 65 to 600 / 3 to 24")
– PN 40 (DN 15 to 150 / ½ to 2")
• ASME B 16.5
– Class 150 (½ to 24")
• JIS B2220
– 10K (DN 50 to 300 / 2 to 12")
– 20K (DN 15 to 40 / ½ to 1½")
Promag H
The permissible nominal pressure depends on the process connection and the seal:
• 40 bar flange, weld nipple (with O-ring seal)
• 16 bar all other process connections
Promag L
• EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501)
– PN 6 (DN 350 to 1200 / 14 to 48")
– PN 10 (DN 50 to 1200 / 2 to 48")
– PN 16 (DN 50 to 150 / 2 to 6")
• EN 1092-1, lap joint flange, stampel plate
– PN 10 (DN 50 to 300 / 2 to 12")
• ASME B 16.5
– Class 150 (2 to 24")
• AWWA
– Class D (28 to 48")
• AS2129
– Table E (DN 350 to 1200 / 14 to 48")
• AS4087
– PN 16 (DN 350 to 1200 / 14 to 48")
Promag P
• EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501)
– PN 10 (DN 200 to 600 / 8 to 24")
– PN 16 (DN 65 to 600 / 3 to 24")
– PN 25 (DN 200 to 600 / 8 to 24")
– PN 40 (DN 25 to 150 / 1 to 6")
Endress+Hauser
105
Technical data
Promag 50
• ASME B 16.5
– Class 150 (1 to 24")
– Class 300 (1 to 6")
• JIS B2220
– 10K (DN 50 to 300 / 2 to 12")
– 20K (DN 25 to 300 / 1 to 12")
• AS 2129
– Table E (DN 25 / 1"), 50 / 2")
• AS 4087
– PN 16 (DN 50 / 2")
Promag W
• EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501)
– PN 6 (DN 350 to 2000 / 14 to 84")
– PN 10 (DN 200 to 2000 / 8 to 84")
– PN 16 (DN 65 to 2000 / 3 to 84")
– PN 25 (DN 200 to 1000 / 8 to 40")
– PN 40 (DN 25 to 150 / 1 to 6")
• ASME B 16.5
– Class 150 (1 to 24")
– Class 300 (1 to 6")
• AWWA
– Class D (28 to 78")
• JIS B2220
– 10K (DN 50 to 300 / 2 to 12")
– 20K (DN 25 to 300 / 1 to 12")
• AS 2129
– Table E (DN 80 / 3", 100 / 4", 150 to 1200 / 6 to 48")
• AS 4087
– PN 16 (DN 80 / 3", 100 / 4", 150 to 1200 / 6 to 48")
Pressure tightness
Promag D
Measuring tube: 0 mbar abs (0 psi abs) with a fluid temperature of
60 °C (140 °F)
Promag E (Measuring tube lining: PTFE)
Nominal diameter
Resistance of measuring tube lining to partial vacuum
Limit values for abs. pressure [mbar] ([psi]) at various fluid temperatures
25 °C
80 °C
77 °F
106
[mbar]
100 °C
176 °F
110 °C
212 °F
[psi]
[mbar]
230 °F
[mm]
[inch]
[psi]
[mbar]
[psi]
15
½"
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
1.45
25
1"
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
1.45
32
–
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
1.45
40
1 ½"
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
1.45
50
2"
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
1.45
65
–
0
0
*
*
40
0.58
130
1.89
80
3"
0
0
*
*
40
0.58
130
1.89
100
4"
0
0
*
*
135
1.96
170
2.47
125
–
135
1.96
*
*
240
3.48
385
5.58
150
6"
135
1.96
*
*
240
3.48
385
5.58
200
8"
200
2.90
*
*
290
4.21
410
5.95
250
10"
330
4.79
*
*
400
5.80
530
7.69
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Technical data
Nominal diameter
Resistance of measuring tube lining to partial vacuum
Limit values for abs. pressure [mbar] ([psi]) at various fluid temperatures
25 °C
80 °C
100 °C
110 °C
77 °F
176 °F
212 °F
230 °F
[mm]
[inch]
[mbar]
[psi]
[mbar]
[psi]
[mbar]
[psi]
300
12"
400
5.80
*
*
500
7.25
630
9.14
350
14"
470
6.82
*
*
600
8.70
730
10.59
400
16"
540
7.83
*
*
670
9.72
800
11.60
450
18"
500
20"
600
24"
Partial vacuum is impermissible!
* No value can be quoted.
Promag H (Measuring tube lining: PFA)
Nominal diameter
Resistance of measuring tube lining to partial vacuum
Limit values for abs. pressure [mbar] ([psi]) at various fluid temperatures
25 °C
80 °C
100 °C
130 °C
150 °C
180 °C
[mm]
[inch]
77 °F
176 °F
212 °F
266 °F
302 °F
356 °F
2 to 100
1/12 to 4"
0
0
0
0
0
0
Promag L (Measuring tube lining: Polyurethane, Hard rubber)
Nominal diameter
[mm]
Measuring
tube lining
Resistance of measuring tube lining to partial vacuum
Limit values for abs. pressure [mbar] ([psi]) at various fluid
temperatures
[inch]
25 °C
50 °C
80 °C
77 °F
122 °F
176 °F
50 to 1200
2 to 48"
Polyurethane
0
0
–
350 to 1200
14 to 48"
Hard rubber
0
0
0
Promag L (Measuring tube lining: PTFE)
Nominal diameter
Endress+Hauser
Resistance of measuring tube lining to partial vacuum
Limit values for abs. pressure [mbar] ([psi]) at various fluid temperatures
25 °C
90 °C
77 °F
194 °F
[mm]
[inch]
[mbar]
[psi]
[mbar]
[psi]
50
2"
0
0
0
0
65
–
0
0
40
0.58
80
3"
0
0
40
0.58
100
4"
0
0
135
1.96
125
–
135
1.96
240
3.48
150
6"
135
1.96
240
3.48
200
8"
200
2.90
290
4.21
250
10"
330
4.79
400
5.80
300
12"
400
5.80
500
7.25
107
Technical data
Promag 50
Promag P (Measuring tube lining: PFA)
Promag P
Nominal diameter
Resistance of measuring tube lining to partial vacuum
Limit values for abs. pressure [mbar] ([psi]) at various fluid temperatures
25 °C
80° C
100 °C
130 °C
150 °C
180 °C
[mm]
[inch]
77 °F
176° F
212 °F
266 °F
302 °F
356 °F
25
1"
0
0
0
0
0
0
32
-
0
0
0
0
0
0
40
1 ½"
0
0
0
0
0
0
50
2"
0
0
0
0
0
0
65
-
0
*
0
0
0
0
80
3"
0
*
0
0
0
0
100
4"
0
*
0
0
0
0
125
-
0
*
0
0
0
0
150
6"
0
*
0
0
0
0
200
8"
0
*
0
0
0
0
* No value can be quoted.
Promag P (Measuring tube lining: PTFE)
Nominal diameter Resistance of measuring tube lining to partial vacuum
Limit values for abs. pressure [mbar] ([psi]) at various fluid temperatures
25 °C
80 °C
100 °C
130 °C
150 °C
180 °C
77 °F
176 °F
212 °F
266 °F
302 °F
356 °F
–
[mm]
[inch]
[mbar]
[psi]
[mbar]
[psi]
[mbar]
[psi]
25
1"
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
1.45
–
32
–
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
1.45
–
–
40
1 ½"
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
1.45
–
–
50
2"
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
1.45
–
–
65
–
0
0
*
*
40
0.58
130
1.89
–
–
80
3"
0
0
*
*
40
0.58
130
1.89
–
–
100
4"
0
0
*
*
135
1.96
170
2.47
–
–
125
–
135
1.96
*
*
240
3.48
385
5.58
–
–
150
6"
135
1.96
*
*
240
3.48
385
5.58
–
–
200
8"
200
2.90
*
*
290
4.21
410
5.95
–
–
250
10"
330
4.79
*
*
400
5.80
530
7.69
–
–
300
12"
400
5.80
*
*
500
7.25
630
9.14
–
–
350
14"
470
6.82
*
*
600
8.70
730
10.59
–
–
400
16"
540
7.83
*
*
670
9.72
800
11.60
–
–
450
18"
500
20"
600
24"
Partial vacuum is impermissible!
* No value can be quoted.
Promag W
Nominal diameter
108
[mm]
[inch]
25 to 1200
1 to 40"
50 to 2000
2 to 78"
Measuring tube Resistance of measuring tube lining to partial vacuum
lining
Limit values for abs. pressure [mbar] ([psi]) at various fluid
temperatures
25 °C
50 °C
80 °C
100 °C
130 °C
150 °C
180 °C
77 °F
122 °F
176 °F
212 °F
266 °F
302 °F
356 °F
Polyurethane
0
0
–
–
–
–
–
Hard rubber
0
0
0
–
–
–
–
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Technical data
Limiting flow
→
17
Pressure loss
• No pressure loss if the sensor is installed in a pipe of the same nominal diameter
(Promag H: only DN 8 and larger).
• Pressure losses for configurations incorporating adapters according to DIN EN 545
(see "Adapters" → 16)
10.1.10 Mechanical construction
Design, dimensions
The dimensions and installation lengths of the sensor and transmitter can be found in the
"Technical Information" for the device in question. This document can be downloaded as a
PDF file from www.endress.com. A list of the "Technical Information" documents available is
provided in the "Documentation" section on → 124.
Weight (SI units)
Promag D
Weight data in kg
Nominal diameter
Compact version
Remote version (without cable)
[mm]
[inch]
25
1"
4.5
Sensor
2.5
Transmitter
6.0
40
1 ½"
5.1
3.1
6.0
50
2"
5.9
3.9
6.0
65
2 ½"
6.7
4.7
6.0
80
3"
7.7
5.7
6.0
100
4"
10.4
8.4
6.0
Transmitter Promag (compact version): 3.4 kg (Weight data valid without packaging material)
Endress+Hauser
109
Technical data
Promag 50
Promag E
Weight data in kg
Nominal
diameter
Compact version
EN (DIN)
PN 6
PN 10
PN 16
PN 40
ASME
JIS
Class 150
10K
[mm]
[inch]
15
½"
–
–
–
6.5
6.5
6.5
25
1"
–
–
–
7.3
7.3
7.3
32
–
–
–
–
8.0
–
7.3
40
1½"
–
–
–
9.4
9.4
8.3
50
2"
–
–
–
10.6
10.6
9.3
65
–
–
–
12.0
–
–
11.1
80
3"
–
–
14.0
–
14.0
12.5
100
4"
–
–
16.0
–
16.0
14.7
125
–
–
–
21.5
–
–
21.0
150
6"
–
–
25.5
–
25.5
24.5
200
8"
–
45.0
46.0
–
45.0
41.9
250
10"
–
65.0
70.0
–
75.0
69.4
300
12"
–
70.0
81.0
–
110.0
72.3
350
14"
77.4
88.4
99.4
–
137.4
–
400
16"
89.4
104.4
120.4
–
168.4
–
450
18"
99.4
112.4
133.4
–
191.4
–
500
20"
114.4
132.4
182.4
–
228.4
–
600
24"
155.4
162.4
260.4
–
302.4
–
• Transmitter (compact version): 1.8 kg
• Weight data without packaging material
Weight data in kg
Nominal
diameter
Remote version (without cable)
Sensor
Transmitter
ASME
JIS
[mm]
[inch]
PN 6
PN 10
EN (DIN)
PN 16
PN 40
Class 150
10K
15
½"
–
–
–
4.5
4.5
4.5
25
1"
–
–
–
5.3
5.3
5.3
32
–
–
–
–
6.0
–
5.3
40
1½"
–
–
–
7.4
7.4
6.3
50
2"
–
–
–
8.6
8.6
7.3
65
–
–
–
10.0
–
–
9.1
80
3"
–
–
12.0
–
12.0
10.5
100
4"
–
–
14.0
–
14.0
12.7
125
–
–
–
19.5
–
–
19.0
150
6"
–
–
23.5
–
23.5
22.5
200
8"
–
43.0
44.0
–
43.0
39.9
250
10"
–
63.0
68.0
–
73.0
67.4
300
12"
–
68.0
79.0
–
108.0
70.3
350
14"
73.1
84.1
95.1
–
133.1
400
16"
85.1
100.1
116.1
–
164.1
450
18"
95.1
108.1
129.1
–
187.1
500
20"
110.1
128.1
178.1
–
224.1
600
24"
158.1
158.1
256.1
–
298.1
Wall-mount housing
6.0
• Transmitter (remote version): 3.1 kg
• Weight data without packaging material
110
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Technical data
Promag H
Weight data in kg
Nominal diameter
Compact version
Remote version (without cable)
[mm]
[inch]
DIN
Sensor
Transmitter
2
1/12"
5.2
2
6.0
4
5/32"
5.2
2
6.0
8
5/16"
5.3
2
6.0
15
½"
5.4
1.9
6.0
25
1"
5.5
2.8
6.0
40
1 ½"
6.5
4.5
6.0
50
2"
9.0
7.0
6.0
65
2 ½"
9.5
7.5
6.0
80
3"
19.0
17.0
6.0
100
4"
18.5
16.5
6.0
Transmitter Promag (compact version): 3.4 kg
(Weight data valid for standard pressure ratings and without packaging material)
Promag L compact version (lap joint flanges / welded flanges DN > 350)
Weight data in kg
Nominal diameter
Compact version
(including transmitter)
[mm]
[inch]
50
2"
EN (DIN)
10.6
EN (DIN)
–
ASME / AWWA
10.6
AS
–
65
2 ½"
12.0
–
–
–
14.0
–
14.0
–
16.0
–
16.0
–
–
–
–
25.5
–
45
–
65
–
125
5"
21.5
150
6"
25.5
–
200
8"
45
–
250
10"
65
–
300
12"
70
–
350
14"
90
79
375
15"
–
–
400
16"
106
91
170
450
18"
114
101
193
500
20"
134
116
230
600
24"
157
157
304
262
700
28"
248
200
277
354
750
30"
–
–
800
32"
322
248
900
36"
402
316
1000
40"
475
366
42"
–
–
48"
724
537
1200
–
PN 16. Tabelle E
70
139
–
AWWA / Class D
PN 10
ASME / Class 150
4"
PN 6
3"
PN 16
80
100
101
107
122
135/145*
184
329
441
396
501
482
698
601
769
684
–
914
1227
Transmitter Promag (compact version): 3,4 kg
(Weight data valid without packaging material)
* DN 450 AS Tab E
Endress+Hauser
111
Technical data
Promag 50
Promag L remote version (lap joint flanges / welded flanges DN > 350)
Weight data in kg
Nominal diameter
Remote version
(sensor plus sensor housing without cable)
[mm]
[inch]
EN (DIN)
EN (DIN)
ASME / AWWA
AS
8.6
–
8.6
2 ½"
10.0
–
–
–
80
3"
12.0
–
12.0
–
100
4"
14.0
–
14.0
–
125
5"
19.5
–
–
–
150
6"
23.5
–
23.5
–
43
–
63
–
ASME / Class 150
2"
65
PN 16
50
–
43
–
63
–
300
12"
68
–
350
14"
87
76
375
15"
–
–
400
16"
103
88
167
450
18"
111
98
190
500
20"
131
113
227
600
24"
154
154
301
259
700
28"
–
198
275
352
750
30"
–
–
327
439
800
32"
320
246
394
499
900
36"
400
314
1000
40"
473
364
42"
–
–
1200
48"
722
535
136
–
–
PN 16, Tabelle E
108
AWWA / Class D
PN 6
8"
10"
PN 10
200
250
98
104
119
132/142*
181
480
696
599
767
682
–
912
1225
Transmitter Promag (remote version): 6 kg
(Weight data valid without packaging material)
*DN 450 AS Tab E
Promag L (lap joint flanges, stamped plate)
Weight data in kg
Nominal diameter
[mm]
Compact version
[inch]
Remote version (without cable)
EN (DIN)
Sensor EN (DIN)
Transmitter
7.2
5.2
6.0
2 ½"
8.0
6.0
6.0
80
3"
9.0
7.0
6.0
100
4"
11.5
125
5"
150
6"
15.0
19.0
PN 10
2"
65
PN 10
50
9.5
6.0
13.0
6.0
17.0
6.0
200
8"
37.5
35.5
6.0
250
10"
56.0
54.0
6.0
300
12"
57.0
55.0
6.0
Transmitter Promag (compact version): 3.4 kg
(Weight data valid for standard pressure ratings and without packaging material)
112
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Technical data
Promag P
Weight data in kg
Nominal
diameter
Compact version
Remote version (without cable)
Sensor
ASME/
AWWA
6.5
25
1"
7.3
7.3
7.3
32
1 ¼"
8.0
7.3
–
40
1 ½"
9.4
8.3
9.4
50
2"
10.6
9.3
10.6
65
2 ½"
12.0
80
3"
14.0
200
Transmitter
4.5
5.3
5.3
5.3
6.0
6.0
5.3
–
6.0
6.0
7.4
6.3
7.4
6.0
8.6
7.3
8.6
6.0
10.0
12.0
9.1
–
6.0
10.5
12.0
6.0
16.0
14.0
12.7
14.0
6.0
19.5
19.0
–
6.0
25.5
23.5
22.5
23.5
6.0
45
43
39.9
43
6.0
10K
–
14.0
14.4
14.7
16.0
21.0
6"
21.5
24.5
8"
45
41.9
250
10"
65
69.4
75
63
67.4
73
6.0
300
12"
70
72.3
110
68
70.3
108
6.0
350
14"
115
175
113
173
6.0
400
16"
135
205
133
203
6.0
450
18"
175
255
173
253
6.0
500
20"
175
285
173
283
6.0
405
233
403
6.0
600
24"
235
–
Class 150
150
ASME/
AWWA
4.5
11.1
PN 10
5"
JIS
4.5
12.5
Class 150
4"
125
PN 10
100
10K
6.5
PN 40
6.5
EN (DIN) /
AS*
PN 40
JIS
½"
PN 16
15
EN (DIN) /
AS*
PN 16
[mm] [inch]
Transmitter Promag (compact version): 3.4 kg
High-temperature version: + 1.5 kg
(Weight data valid for standard pressure ratings and without packaging material)
* Flanges according to AS are only available for DN 25 and 50.
Endress+Hauser
113
Technical data
Promag 50
Promag W
Weight data in kg
Nominal
diameter
Compact version
Remote version (without cable)
Sensor
EN (DIN) /
AS*
JIS
1"
7.3
7.3
32
1 ¼"
8.0
40
1 ½"
9.4
PN 40
25
ASME/
AWWA
EN (DIN) /
AS*
JIS
7.3
5.3
5.3
7.3
–
6.0
8.3
9.4
7.4
PN 40
[mm] [inch]
ASME/
AWWA
Transmitter
5.3
6.0
5.3
–
6.0
6.3
7.4
6.0
10.6
8.6
7.3
8.6
6.0
11.1
–
10.0
9.1
–
6.0
125
5"
150
6"
14.0
16.0
12.5
14.0
14.7
16.0
21.5
21.0
25.5
24.5
–
25.5
300
12"
70
72.3
350
14"
115
400
16"
135
450
18"
175
500
20"
175
285
600
24"
235
405
700
28"
355
–
30"
–
800
32"
435
900
36"
575
1000
40"
–
42"
1200
–
10.5
12.0
6.0
12.7
14.0
6.0
19.5
19.0
23.5
22.5
–
6.0
23.5
6.0
43
6.0
73
6.0
45
43
39.9
65
63
67.4
110
68
70.3
108
6.0
175
113
173
6.0
205
133
203
6.0
255
173
253
6.0
173
283
6.0
233
403
6.0
400
353
398
6.0
460
–
458
6.0
550
433
548
6.0
800
573
798
6.0
700
900
698
898
6.0
–
1100
–
1098
6.0
48"
850
1400
848
1398
6.0
54"
–
2200
–
2198
6.0
1400
–
1300
–
1298
–
60"
–
2700
–
PN 6
Class D
69.4
PN 10
41.9
65
PN 6
45
10"
Class D
8"
250
PN 10
200
12.0
14.0
Class 150
3"
4"
Class 150
80
100
10K
9.3
12.0
PN 16
10.6
2 ½"
10K
2"
65
PN 16
50
–
6.0
2698
6.0
1600
–
1700
–
1698
–
6.0
–
66"
–
3700
–
3698
6.0
1800
72"
2200
4100
2198
4098
6.0
–
78"
–
4600
–
4598
6.0
2000
–
2800
–
2798
–
6.0
Transmitter Promag (compact version): 3.4 kg
(Weight data valid for standard pressure ratings and without packaging material)
*Flanges according to AS are only available for DN 80, 100, 150 to 400, 500 and 600
114
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Technical data
Weight (US units)
Promag D
Weight data in lbs
Nominal diameter
[mm]
Compact version
Remote version (without cable)
[inch]
Sensor
Transmitter
25
1"
10
6
13
40
1 ½"
11
7
13
50
2"
13
9
13
80
3"
17
13
13
100
4"
23
19
13
Transmitter Promag (compact version): 7.5 lbs (Weight data valid without packaging material)
Promag E (ASME)
Weight data in lbs
Nominal
diameter
Compact version
Remote version (without cable)
Sensor
ASME
ASME
Transmitter
[mm]
[inch]
Class 150
Class 150
15
½"
14.3
9.92
11.7
25
1"
16.1
40
1½"
20.7
16.3
50
2"
23.4
19.0
80
3"
30.9
26.5
100
4"
35.3
30.9
150
6"
56.2
51.8
200
8"
99.2
94.8
250
10"
165.4
161.0
300
12"
242.6
238.1
350
14"
303.0
293.5
400
16"
371.3
361.8
450
18"
422.0
412.6
500
20"
503.6
494.1
600
24"
666.8
657.3
Wall-mount housing
13.2
• Transmitter: 4.0 lbs (compact version); 6.8 lbs (remote version)
• Weight data without packaging material
Promag H
Weight data in lbs
Nominal diameter
[mm]
[inch]
2
1/12"
4
5/32"
Compact version
Remote version (without cable)
Sensor
Transmitter
11
4
13
11
4
13
13
8
5/16"
12
4
15
½"
12
4
13
25
1"
12
6
13
40
1 ½"
14
10
13
50
2"
20
15
13
65
2 ½"
21
17
13
80
3"
42
37
13
100
4"
41
36
13
Transmitter Promag (compact version): 7.5 lbs
(Weight data valid for standard pressure ratings and without packaging material)
Endress+Hauser
115
Technical data
Promag 50
Promag L (ASME / AWWA: lap joint flanges / welded flanges DN > 700)
Weight data in lbs
Nominal diameter
[mm]
[inch]
Compact version
Remote version (without cable)
ASME /
AWWA
ASME /
AWWA
50
2"
23
19
65
2 ½"
–
–
4"
31
125
5"
150
6"
200
8"
250
10"
143
139
300
12"
243
238
350
14"
–
–
400
16"
–
–
450
18"
–
–
500
20"
–
–
600
24"
–
–
ASME / Class 150
3"
ASME / Class 150
80
100
35
–
56
99
26
31
–
52
95
611
606
725
721
800
32"
900
36"
1000
40"
1200
48"
42"
AWWA / Class D
28"
30"
AWWA / Class D
700
750
873
1063
1324
1508
2015
869
1058
1320
1504
2011
Transmitter Promag (compact version): 7,5 lbs
Transmitter Promag (remote version): 13 lbs
(Weight data valid without packaging material)
Promag P (ASME/AWWA)
Weight data in lbs
Nominal diameter
Compact version
Remote version (without cable)
[mm]
[inch]
Sensor
Transmitter
15
½"
14
10
13
25
1"
16
12
13
40
1 ½"
21
16
13
50
2"
23
19
13
31
26
13
4"
35
31
13
150
6"
56
52
13
200
8"
95
13
250
10"
161
13
300
12"
243
238
13
350
14"
386
381
13
400
16"
452
448
13
450
18"
562
558
13
500
20"
628
624
13
600
24"
893
889
13
99
165
Class 150
3"
Class 150
80
100
Transmitter Promag (compact version): 7.5 lbs
High-temperature version: 3.3 lbs
(Weight data valid for standard pressure ratings and without packaging material)
116
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Technical data
Promag W (ASME/AWWA)
Weight data in lbs
Nominal diameter
[mm]
Compact version
Remote version (without cable)
[inch]
Sensor
Transmitter
16
12
13
1 ½"
21
16
13
50
2"
23
19
13
80
3"
31
26
13
100
4"
35
31
13
150
6"
56
52
13
8"
250
10"
95
13
161
13
300
12"
350
14"
386
238
13
381
13
400
16"
450
18"
452
448
13
562
558
13
500
600
20"
628
624
13
24"
893
889
13
700
28"
882
878
13
–
30"
1014
1010
13
800
32"
1213
1208
13
900
36"
1764
1760
13
1000
40"
1985
1980
13
–
42"
2426
2421
13
1200
48"
3083
13
–
54"
4851
4847
13
–
60"
5954
5949
13
–
66"
8159
8154
13
1800
72"
9041
9036
13
–
78"
10143
10139
13
143
243
3087
Class D
200
Class D
99
Class 150
1"
40
Class 150
25
Transmitter Promag (compact version): 7.5 lbs
(Weight data valid for standard pressure ratings and without packaging material)
Material
Promag D
• Transmitter housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminum
• Sensor housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminum
• Measuring tube: polyamide, O-rings EPDM
(Drinking water approvals: WRAS BS 6920, ACS, NSF 61, KTW/W270)
• Electrodes: 1.4435 (316, 316L)
• Ground disks: 1.4301 (304)
Endress+Hauser
117
Technical data
Promag 50
Promag E
• Transmitter housing
– Compact housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminum
– Wall-mount housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminum
• Sensor housing
– DN 25 to 300 (1 to 12"): powder-coated die-cast aluminum
– DN 350 to 600 (14 to 24"): with protective lacquering
• Measuring tube
– DN 300 (12"): stainless steel 1.4301 (304) or 1.4306 (304L) (with Al/Zn protective
coating)
– DN 350 (14"): stainless steel 1.4301 (304) or 1.4306 (304L) (with protective
lacquering)
• Electrodes: 1.4435 (316, 316L), Alloy C22, Tantalum
• Flanges (with protective lacquering)
– EN 1092-1 (DIN2501): RSt37-2 (S235JRG2); Alloy C22; Fe 410W B
– ANSI: A105
– JIS: RSt37-2 (S235JRG2); HII
• Seals: to DIN EN 1514-1
• Ground disks: 1.4435 (316, 316L) or Alloy C22
Promag H
• Transmitter housing:
– Compact housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminum
or stainless steel field housing (1.4301 (316L))
– Wall-mounted housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminum
– Window material: glas or polycarbonate
• Sensor housing: stainless steel 1.4301 (304)
• Wall mounting kit: stainless steel 1.4301 (304)
• Measuring tube: stainless steel 1.4301 (304)
• Liner: PFA (USP class VI; FDA 21 CFR 177.1550: 3A)
• Electrodes:
– Standard: 1.4435 (316, 316L)
– Option: Alloy C22, Tantalum, Platinum
• Flange:
– All connections stainless-steel 1.4404 (316L)
– EN (DIN), ASME, JIS made of PVDF
– Adhesive fitting made of PVC
• Seals
– DN 2 to 25 (1/12 to 1"): O-ring (EPDM, Viton, Kalrez), gasket seal (EPDM*, Viton,
Silicone*)
– DN 40 to 100 (1½ to 4"): gasket seal (EPDM*, Silicone*)
* = USP class VI; FDA 21 CFR 177.2600: 3A
• Ground rings: 1.4435 (316, 316L) (optional: Tantalum, Alloy C22)
Promag L
• Transmitter housing:
– Compact housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminum
– Wall-mounted housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminum
• Sensor housing
– DN 50 to 300 (2 to 12"): powder-coated die-cast aluminum
– DN 350 to 1200 (14 to 84"): with protective lacquering
118
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Technical data
• Measuring tube:
– DN 300 (12"): stainless steel 1.4301 (304) or 1.4306 (304L)
– DN 350 (14"): stainless steel 202 or 304
• Electrodes: 1.4435 (316, 316L), Alloy C22
• Flange
– EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501): DN 300: 1.4306; 1.4307; 1.4301 (304); 1.0038 (S235JRG2)
– EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501): DN 350: A105; 1.0038 (S235JRG2)
– AWWA: A181/A105; 1.0425 (316L) (P265GH); 1.0044 (S275JR)
– AS 2129: A105; 1.0345 (P235GH); 1.0425 (316L) (P265GH); 1.0038 (S235JRG2);
FE 410 WB
– AS 4087: A105; 1.0425 (316L) (P265GH); 1.0044 (S275JR)
• Seals: to DIN EN 1514-1
• Ground disks: 1.4435 (316, 316L) or Alloy C22
Promag P
• Transmitter housing:
– Compact housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminum
– Wall-mounted housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminum
• Sensor housing
– DN 15 to 300 (½ to 12"): powder-coated die-cast aluminum
– DN 350 to 2000 (14 to 84"): with protective lacquering
• Measuring tube
– DN 300 (12"): stainless steel 1.4301 (304) or 1.4306 (304L); for flanges made of
carbon steel with Al/Zn protective coating
– DN 350 (14"): stainless steel 1.4301 (304) or 1.4306 (304L); for flanges made of
carbon steel with Al/Zn protective coating
• Electrodes: 1.4435 (316, 316L), Platinum, Alloy C22, Tantalum, Titanium
• Flange
– EN 1092-1 (DIN2501): 1.4571 (316L); RSt37-2 (S235JRG2); Alloy C22; FE 410W B
(DN 300 (12") with Al/Zn protective coating; DN 350 (14") with protective
lacquering)
– ASME: A105; F316L
(DN 300 (12") with Al/Zn protective coating; DN 350 (14") with protective
lacquering)
– AWWA: 1.0425
– JIS: RSt37-2 (S235JRG2); HII; 1.0425 (316L)
(DN 300 (12") with Al/Zn protective coating; DN 350 (14") with protective
lacquering)
– AS 2129
– DN 25 (1"): A105 or RSt37-2 (S235JRG2)
– DN 40 (1½"): A105 or St44-2 (S275JR)
– AS 4087: A105 or St44-2 (S275JR)
• Seals: to DIN EN 1514-1
• Ground disks: 1.4435 (316, 316L) or Alloy C22
Promag W
• Transmitter housing:
– Compact housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminum
– Wall-mounted housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminum
• Sensor housing
– DN 25 to 300 (1 to 12"): powder-coated die-cast aluminum
– DN 350 to 2000 (14 to 84"): with protective lacquering
Endress+Hauser
119
Technical data
Promag 50
• Measuring tube
– DN 300 (12"): stainless steel 1.4301 (304) or 1.4306 (304L)
(for flanges made of carbon steel with Al/Zn protective coating)
– DN 350 (14"): stainless steel 1.4301 (304) or 1.4306 (304)
(for flanges made of carbon steel with protective lacquering)
• Electrodes: 1.4435 (316, 316L) or Alloy C22, Tantalum
• Flange
– EN 1092-1 (DIN2501): 1.4571 (316L); RSt37-2 (S235JRG2); Alloy C22; FE 410 WB
(DN 300 (12") with Al/Zn protective coating; DN 350 (14") with protective
lacquering)
– ASME: A105; F316L
(DN 300 (12") with Al/Zn protective coating; DN 350 (14") with protective
lacquering)
– AWWA: 1.0425
– JIS: RSt37-2 (S235JRG2); HII; 1.0425 (316L)
(DN 300 (12") with Al/Zn protective coating; DN 350 (14") with protective
lacquering)
– AS 2129
– DN 150 to 300 (6 to 12"), DN 600 (24"): A105 or RSt37-2 (S235JRG2)
– DN 80 to 100 (3 to 4"), 350 to 500 (14 to 20"): A105 or St44-2 (S275JR)
– AS 4087: A105 or St44-2 (S275JR)
• Seals: to DIN EN 1514-1
• Ground disks: 1.4435 (316, 316L), Alloy C22, Titanium, Tantalum
Pressure-temperature ratings
The material load diagrams (pressure-temperature graphs) for the process connections are
to be found in the "Technical Information" documents of the device in question:
List of supplementary documentation → 124.
Fitted electrodes
Promag D
• 2 measuring electrodes for signal detection
Promag E/L/P/W
• 2 measuring electrodes for signal detection
• 1 EPD electrode for empty pipe detection
• 1 reference electrode for potential equalization
Promag H
• 2 measuring electrodes for signal detection
• 1 EPD electrode for empty pipe detection (apart from DN 2 to 15)
Process connections
Promag D
Wafer version
120
without process connections
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Technical data
Promag E
Flange connections:
• EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501)
– DN 300 (12") = form A
– DN 350 (14") = flat face
– DN 65 PN 16 and DN 600 PN 16 only as per EN 1092-1
• ASME
• JIS
Promag H
With O-ring:
• Weld nipple DIN (EN), ISO 1127, ODT/SMS
• Flange EN (DIN), ASME, JIS
• Flange made of PVDF EN (DIN), ASME, JIS
• External thread
• Internal thread
• Hose connection
• PVC adhesive fitting
With gasket seal:
• Weld nipple DIN 11850, ODT/SMS
• Clamp ISO 2852, DIN 32676, L14 AM7
• Threaded joint DIN 11851, DIN 11864-1, ISO 2853, SMS 1145
• Flange DIN 11864-2
Promag L
Flange connections:
• EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501)
– DN 300 = Form A
– DN 350 = Form B
• ASME
• AWWA
• AS
Promag P/W
Flange connections:
• EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501)
– DN 300 = form A
– DN 350 = flat face
– DN 65 PN 16 and DN 600 PN 16 only as per EN 1092-1
• ASME
• AWWA (only Promag W)
• JIS
• AS
Surface roughness
All data relate to parts in contact with fluid.
• Liner PFA: 0.4 μm (15 μin)
• Electrodes: 0.3 to 0.5 μm (12 to 20 μin)
• Process connection made of stainless-steel (Promag H):
Endress+Hauser
0.8 μm (31 μin)
121
Technical data
Promag 50
10.1.11 Human interface
Display elements
• Liquid crystal display: illuminated, two-line, 16 characters per line
• Custom configurations for presenting different measured-value and status variables
• 2 totalizers
!
Note!
At ambient temperatures below –20 (–4 °F) the readability of the display may be impaired.
Operating elements
• Local operation with three keys (
)
• "Quick Setup" menus for straightforward commissioning
Language groups
Language groups available for operation in different countries:
• Western Europe and America (WEA):
English, German, Spanish, Italian, French, Dutch and Portuguese
• Eastern Europe/Scandinavia (EES):
English, Russian, Polish, Norwegian, Finnish, Swedish and Czech
• Southeast Asia (SEA):
English, Japanese, Indonesian
!
Note!
You can change the language group via the operating program "FieldCare".
Remote operation
Operation via HART protocol and Fieldtool
10.1.12 Certificates and approvals
CE mark
The measuring system is in conformity with the statutory requirements of the EC Directives.
Endress+Hauser confirms successful testing of the device by affixing to it the CE mark.
C-tick mark
The measuring system meets the EMC requirements of the "Australian Communications
and Media Authority (ACMA)".
Ex approval
Information about currently available Ex versions (ATEX, FM, CSA, IECEx, NEPSI etc.) can be
supplied by your Endress+Hauser Sales Center on request. All explosion protection data are
given in a separate documentation which is available upon request.
Sanitary compatibility
Promag D/E/L/P/W
No applicable approvals or certification
Promag H
• 3A authorization and EHEDG-tested
• Seals: in conformity with FDA (except Kalrez seals)
122
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Technical data
Drinking water approval
Promag D/L/W
• WRAS BS 6920
• ACS
• NSF 61
• KTW/W270
Promag E/H/P
No drinking water approval
Pressure Equipment Directive
Promag D/L
No pressure measuring device approval
Promag E/H/P/W
The devices can be ordered with or without a PED approval. If a device with a PED approval
is required, this must be explicitly stated in the order. For devices with nominal diameters
less than or equal to DN 25 (1"), this is neither possible nor necessary.
• With the PED/G1/x (x = category) marking on the sensor nameplate, Endress+Hauser
confirms compliance with the "Essential Safety Requirements" specified in Annex I of the
Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.
• Devices bearing this marking (PED) are suitable for the following types of medium:
Media in Group 1 and 2 with a vapor pressure greater than, or smaller and equal to 0.5 bar
(7.3 psi)
• Devices not bearing this marking (PED) are designed and manufactured according to good
engineering practice. They meet the requirements of Art.3 Section 3 of the Pressure
Equipment Directive 97/23/EC. The range of application is indicated in tables 6 to 9 in
Annex II of the Pressure Equipment Directive.
Other standards and guidelines
• EN 60529
Degrees of protection by housing (IP code).
• EN 61010-1
Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory use
• IEC/EN 61326
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC requirements)
• ASME/ISA-S82.01
Safety Standard for Electrical and Electronic Test, Measuring, Controlling and related
Equipment - General Requirements. Pollution degree 2, Installation Category II.
• CAN/CSA-C22.2 (No. 1010.1-92)
Safety requirements for Electrical Equipment for Measurement and Control and
Laboratory Use. Pollution degree 2, Installation Category I.
• NAMUR NE 21
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) of industrial process and laboratory control
equipment.
• NAMUR NE 43
Standardization of the signal level for the breakdown information of digital transmitters
with analog output signal.
Endress+Hauser
123
Technical data
Promag 50
10.1.13 Ordering information
Detailed ordering information is available from the following sources:
• In the Product Configurator on the Endress+Hauser website: www.endress.com → Select
country → Instruments → Select device → Product page function: Configure this product
• From your Endress+Hauser Sales Center: www.endress.com/worldwide
!
Note!
Product Configurator - the tool for individual product configuration
• Up-to-the-minute configuration data
• Depending on the device: Direct input of measuring point-specific information such as
measuring range or operating language
• Automatic verification of exclusion criteria
• Automatic creation of the order code and its breakdown in PDF or Excel output format
• Ability to order directly in the Endress+Hauser Online Shop
10.1.14 Accessories
Various accessories, which can be ordered separately from Endress+Hauser, are available for
the transmitter and the sensor → 78.
Your Endress+Hauser service organization can provide detailed information on the specific
order codes on request.
10.1.15 Documentation
• Flow measuring technology (FA00005D/06)
• Technical Information Promag 50D (TI00082D/06)
• Technical Information Promag 50E (TI01161D/06)
• Technical Information Promag 50L (TI00097D/06)
• Technical Information Promag 50/53H (TI00048D/06)
• Technical Information Promag 50/53P (TI00047D/06)
• Technical Information Promag 50/53W (TI00046D/06)
• Description of Device Functions Promag 50 HART (BA00049D/06)
• Supplementary documentation on Ex-ratings: ATEX, FM, CSA, etc.
124
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Index
A
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Ambient temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Applicator (selection and configuration software) . . . . 80
Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 122
C
Cable entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Cable specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Calibration factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–8
CE mark. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
CE mark (Declaration of Conformity) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Centering sleeve
Promag D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 122
CIP cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Cleaning (exterior cleaning). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Code entry (function matrix) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Commissioning
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Two current outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Commissioning Quick Setup menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Commubox FXA 195 (electrical connection) . . . . . . 55, 79
Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Conductivity of fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Connecting cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Connection
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
HART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Remote version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
C-tick mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Current output
Configuration (active/passive). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
D
Declaration of Conformity (CE mark) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58, 102
Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Device description files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Device variable via HART protocol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Display
Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 122
Turning the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Drinking water approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Druckgerätezulassung. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
E
Electrical connection
Commubox FXA 191 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
HART handheld terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Electrical connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Electrodes
EPD electrode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
EMC (electromagnetic compatibility) . . . . . . . . . . . 51, 102
Empty-pipe/full-pipe adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Endress+Hauser
Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Error message types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Error messages
Process error (application error) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
System errors (device errors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Europäische Druckgeräterichtlinie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Ex approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Exterior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
F
Field Xpert SFX100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64, 80
Fieldcheck (tester and simulator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Fitted electrodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Flow rate/limits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Function matrix
Brief operating instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Fuse, replacing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
FXA193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
FXA195 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
G
Galvanic isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Gewicht. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Ground cable
Promag E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Promag L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Promag P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Promag W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Grounding rings
Promag H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
H
HART
Command classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Communicator DXR 375. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Device description files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Device status / Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Write protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Hazardous substances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
High-temperature version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
HOME position (operating mode). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
I
Incoming acceptance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Inlet/outlet run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Installation
Promag D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Promag E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Promag H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Promag L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Promag P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Promag W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Installation conditions
Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
125
Promag 50
Down pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EPD electrode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foundations, supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inlet/outlet run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation of pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mounting location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Orientation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Partially filled pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the wall-mount housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13
14
16
15
12
12
14
13
15
43
L
Language groups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Local display
See Display
Low flow cut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
M
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Maximum measured error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Measured variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Measuring principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Measuring range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Measuring system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Mechanical construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Medium pressure range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Medium temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Mounting bolts
Promag D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Mounting the sensor
See Installing the sensor
N
Nameplate specifications
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Nominal diameter and flow rate
Promag W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
O
Operable flow range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 122
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Device description files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Operating programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Operational safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Order code
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Ordering code
Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
P
Performance characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
126
Pig (cleaning). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Post-installation
Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Potential equalization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Power supply failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Pressure Equipment Directive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Pressure loss
Adapters (reducers, expanders) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Pressure tightness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Pressure-temperature ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Process connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Process error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Process errors (definition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Programming mode
Disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Promag D
Centering sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Mounting bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Tightening torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Promag D mounting kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Promag E
Ground cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Tightening torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Promag H
Cleaning with pigs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Grounding ring (DN 2 to 25, 1/12" to 1") . . . . . . . . . . 27
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Weld nipple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Promag L
Ground cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Tightening torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Promag P
Ground cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
High-temperature version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Tightening torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Promag W
Ground cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Tightening torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Q
Quick Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
R
Reference operating conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Registered trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Remote operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Remote version
Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Repeatability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Replacing
Exchangeable electrode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Response to errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Returning devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Types of error (system and process errors) . . . . . . . . . . . 63
V
Vibration resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Vibrations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
W
Wall-mount housing, installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
S
Safety icons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Sanitary compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
S-DAT (HistoROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Promag D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Promag E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Promag H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Promag L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Promag P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Promag W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Serial number
Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–8
Transmitter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Service interface FXA 193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Shock resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Signal on alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
SIP cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Software
Amplifier display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Standards, guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Supply voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Surface roughness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Switching on (measuring device). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
System error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
System errors (definition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
T
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Temperature
Ambient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Medium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Tightening torques
Promag D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Promag E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Promag L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Promag P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Promag W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Transmitter
Electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Installing the wall-mount housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Turning the field housing (aluminum) . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Turning the field housing (stainless steel) . . . . . . . . 41
Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Endress+Hauser
127
www.addresses.endress.com
Description of Device Functions
Proline Promag 50
Electromagnetic Flow Measuring System
6
BA049D/06/en/11.09
71105948
Valid as of version:
V 2.03.XX (Device software)
Device functions Proline Promag 50
2
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Contents
Contents
1
Function matrix Promag 50 . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
21
Factory settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
1.1
1.2
The function matrix: layout and use . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Illustration of the function matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
21.1
21.2
SI units (not for USA and Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
US units (only for USA and Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
2
Group MEASURING VALUES . . . . . . . . . . 7
22
Index of key words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
3
Group SYSTEM UNITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
4
Group QUICK SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
5
Group OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
6
Group USER INTERFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
7
Group TOTALIZER 1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
8
Group HANDLING TOTALIZER . . . . . . 18
9
Group CURRENT OUTPUT . . . . . . . . . . . 19
10
Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT 23
11
Group STATUS OUTPUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
11.1
11.2
Information on the response of the status output . . 37
Switching response of the status output . . . . . . . . . 38
12
Group STATUS INPUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
13
Group COMMUNICATION . . . . . . . . . . . 42
14
Group PROCESS PARAMETER . . . . . . . . 43
15
Group SYSTEM PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . 49
16
Group SENSOR DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
17
Group SUPERVISION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
18
Group SIMULATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . 56
19
Group SENSOR VERSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
20
Group AMPLIFIER VERSION . . . . . . . . . 57
Endress+Hauser
3
Contents
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Registered trademarks
HART®
Registered trademark of the HART Communication Foundation, Austin, USA
HistoROM™, S-DAT®, FieldCare®
Registered trademarks of Endress+Hauser Flowtec AG, Reinach, CH
4
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
1 Function matrix Promag 50
1
Function matrix Promag 50
1.1
The function matrix: layout and use
The function matrix is a two-level construct: the groups form one level and the groups' functions
the other.
The groups are the highest-level grouping of the operating options for the measuring device.
A number of functions is assigned to each group.
You select a group in order to access the individual functions for operating and parameterizing the
measuring device.
An overview of all the groups available is provided in the table of contents on Page 3 and in the
graphical representation of the function matrix on Page 6.
An overview of all the functions available is provided on Page 6, complete with page references to
the detailed function descriptions.
The descriptions of the individual functions start on Page 7.
Example of how to parameterize a function (in this case changing the language for the UI):
1.
2.
3.
4.
Enter into the function matrix (F-key).
Select the OPERATION group.
Select the LANGUAGE function, change the setting from ENGLISH to DEUTSCH with OS
and save with F (all text on the display now appears in German).
Exit the function matrix (ESC > 3 seconds).
Esc
+
-
E
p
Esc
m
–
E
>3s
Esc
+
–
+
o
E
E
E
E
E
Esc
–
n
+
+
–
E
E
E
E
A0001142
Endress+Hauser
5
SENSOR TYPE
(P. 57)
SW REV. AMPL.
(P. 57)
SERIAL NUMBER
(P. 57)
DEVICE SOFTWARE
(P. 57)
AMPLIFIER VERS.
(P. 57)
SIM. MEAS. VARIAB.
(P. 56)
SIM. FAILS. MODE
(P. 56)
SENSOR VERSION
(P. 57)
PREV. SYS. COND.
(P. 54)
CURR. SYS. COND.
(P. 54)
SIMULAT. SYSTEM
(P. 56)
K-FACTOR
(P. 52)
CALIBRATION DATE
(P. 52)
SUPERVISION
(P. 54)
MEASURING MODE
(P. 49)
INSTALL. DIRECT.
(P. 49)
SENSOR DATA
(P. 52)
ON-VALUE
(P. 43)
ASSIGN LF CUT OFF
(P. 43)
SYSTEM PARAM.
(P. 49)
TAG DESCR.
(P. 42)
TAG NAME
(P. 42)
PROCESS PARAM.
(P. 43)
ACTIVE LEVEL
(P. 40)
ASSIGN STATUS
(P. 40)
COMMUNICATION
(P. 42)
ON-VALUE
(P. 34)
ASSIGN STATUS
(P. 34)
STATUS INPUT
(P. 40)
ASSIGN PULSE
(P. 28)
VALUE SIM. FREQ.
(P. 28)
STATUS OUTPUT
(P. 34)
ASSIGN FREQ.
(P. 23)
OPERATION MODE
(P. 23)
PULSE/FREQ. OUTP.
(P. 23)
CURRENT SPAN
(P. 20)
ASSIGN CURRENT
OUTP. (P. 19)
CURRENT OUTPUT
(P. 19)
FAILSAFE MODE
(P. 18)
RESET ALL TOTAL.
(P. 18)
▼
▼
▼
▼
▼
▼
▼
▼
LANGUAGE GROUP
(P. 57)
HW REV. SENS.
(P. 57)
VAL.SIM.MEAS.VAR.
(P. 56)
ASSIGN SYS. ERR.
(P. 54)
ZERO POINT
(P. 52)
POS. ZERO RETURN
(P. 50)
OFF-VALUE
(P. 43)
BUS ADDRESS
(P. 42)
MIN. PULSE WIDTH
(P. 40)
OFF-VALUE
(P. 35)
PULSE VALUE
(P. 29)
END VALUE FREQ.
(P. 23)
VALUE 20 mA
(P. 21)
OVERFLOW
(P. 16)
100% VALUE
(P. 13)
PRIVATE CODE
(P. 12)
UNIT LENGTH
(P. 9)
I/O MODULE TYPE
(P. 57)
SW REV. NO. S-DAT
(P. 57)
ERROR CATEG.
(P. 54)
NOM. DIAMETER
(P. 52)
SYSTEM DAMPING
(P. 51)
EMPTY PIPE DET.
(P. 44)
HART PROTOCOL
(P. 42)
SIM. STATUS INP.
(P. 40)
TIME CONSTANT
(P. 35)
PULSE WIDTH
(P. 29)
VALUE-f HIGH
(P. 24)
TIME CONSTANT
(P. 21)
UNIT TOTALIZER
(P. 16)
FORMAT
(P. 14)
STATUS ACCESS
(P. 12)
FORMAT DATE/TIME
(P. 9)
SW REV. I/O MOD.
(P. 57)
ASSIGN PROC. ERR.
(P. 54)
MEAS. PERIOD
(P. 53)
INTEGRAT. TIME
(P. 51)
EPD/OED ADJ.
(P. 46)
MANUFACT. ID
(P. 42)
VALUE SIM. STATUS
(P. 41)
ACTUAL STATUS
(P. 35)
OUTPUT SIGNAL
(P. 30)
OUTPUT SIGNAL
(P. 25)
FAILSAFE MODE
(P. 21)
TOTALIZER MODE
(P. 17)
DISPL. DAMPING
(P. 14)
ACCESS CODE
COUNTER (P. 12)
ERROR CATEG.
(P. 55)
OVERVLTG TIME
(P. 53)
EPD/OED RES.TIME
(P. 47)
DEVICE ID
(P. 42)
SIM. SWITCH POINT
(P. 35)
FAILSAFE MODE
(P. 32)
TIME CONSTANT
(P. 27)
ACTUAL CURRENT
(P. 21)
RESET TOTALIZ.
(P. 17)
CONTRAST LCD
(P. 14)
ALARM DELAY
(P. 55)
EPD ELECTRODE
(P. 53)
ECC
(P. 47)
DEVICE REVISION
(P. 42)
VAL. SIM. SWIT. PT.
(P. 36)
SIMULATION PULSE
(P. 32)
FAILSAFE MODE
(P. 27)
SIMUL. CURRENT
(P. 22)
BACKLIGHT
(P. 15)
SYSTEM RESET
(P. 55)
POLARITY ECC
(P. 53)
ECC DURATION
(P. 47)
VALUE SIM. PULSE
(P. 33)
FAILSAFE VALUE
(P. 27)
VALUE SIM.
CURRENT (P. 22)
DISPLAY TEST
(P. 15)
OPERAT. HRS.
(P. 55)
ECC RECOVERY TIME
(P. 48)
ACTUAL FREQ.
(P. 27)
ECC CLEAN. CYCL.
(P. 48)
SIMUL. FREQ.
(P. 28)
1.2
▼
HANDLING TOTALIZ.
(P. 18)
TOTALIZER 1/2
(P. 16)
SUM
(P. 16)
USER INTERFACE
(P. 13)
ASSIGN TOTALIZER
(P. 16)
OPERATION
(P. 11)
QUICK SETUP
COMMISSION (P. 10)
UNIT VOLUME
(P. 8)
ASSIGN LINE 2
(P. 13)
QUICK SETUP
(P. 10)
UNIT VOL. FLOW
(P. 8)
ASSIGN LINE 1
(P. 13)
SYSTEM UNITS
(P. 8)
VOLUME FLOW
(P. 7)
ACCESS CODE
(P. 12)
MEASURING VALUES
(P. 7)
Functions →
▼
▼
▼
6
LANGUAGE
(P. 11)
▼
▼
▼
▼
▼
▼
▼
Function groups
1 Function matrix Promag 50
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Illustration of the function matrix
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
2
2 Group MEASURING VALUES
Group MEASURING VALUES
Function description MEASURING VALUES
!
Note!
• The engineering unit of the measured variable displayed here can be set in the SYSTEM UNITS group, (see Page 8).
• If the fluid in the pipe flows backwards, a negative sign prefixes the flow reading on the display.
VOLUME FLOW
The volume flow currently measured appears on the display.
User interface:
5-digit floating-point number, including unit and sign
(e.g. 5.5445 dm3/min; 1.4359 m3/h; –731.63 gal/d; etc.)
Endress+Hauser
7
3 Group SYSTEM UNITS
Device functions Proline Promag 50
3
Group SYSTEM UNITS
Function description SYSTEM UNITS
Use this function group to select the unit for the measured variable.
UNIT VOLUME FLOW
Use this function to select the unit for displaying the volume flow.
The unit you select here is also valid for:
• Current output
• Frequency output
• Switch points (limit value for volume flow, flow direction)
• Low flow
Options:
Metric:
Cubic centimeter → cm3/s; cm3/min; cm3/h; cm3/day
Cubic decimeter → dm3/s; dm3/min; dm3/h; dm3/day
Cubic meter → m3/s; m3/min; m3/h; m3/day
Milliliter → ml/s; ml/min; ml/h; ml/day
Liter → l/s; l/min; l/h; l/day
Hectoliter → hl/s; hl/min; hl/h; hl/day
Megaliter → Ml/s; Ml/min; Ml/h; Ml/day
US:
Cubic centimeter → cc/s; cc/min; cc/h; cc/day
Acre foot → af/s; af/min; af/h; af/day
Cubic foot → ft3/s; ft3/min; ft3/h; ft3/day
Fluid ounce → oz f/s; oz f/min; oz f/h; oz f/day
Gallon → gal/s; gal/min; gal/h; gal/day
Kilo gallon → Kgal/s; Kgal/min; Kgal/h; Kgal/day
Million gallon → Mgal/s; Mgal/min; Mgal/h; Mgal/day
Barrel (normal fluids: 31.5 gal/bbl) → bbl/s; bbl/min; bbl/h; bbl/day
Barrel (beer: 31.0 gal/bbl) → bbl/s; bbl/min; bbl/h; bbl/day
Barrel (petrochemicals: 42.0 gal/bbl) → bbl/s; bbl/min; bbl/h; bbl/day
Barrel (filling tanks: 55.0 gal/bbl) → bbl/s; bbl/min; bbl/h; bbl/day
Imperial:
Gallon → gal/s; gal/min; gal/h; gal/day
Mega gallon → Mgal/s; Mgal/min; Mgal/h; Mgal/day
Barrel (beer: 36.0 gal/bbl) → bbl/s; bbl/min; bbl/h; bbl/day
Barrel (petrochemicals: 34.97 gal/bbl) → bbl/s; bbl/min; bbl/h; bbl/day
Factory setting:
Depends on nominal diameter and country (see Page 58 ff.).
UNIT VOLUME
Use this function to select the unit for displaying the volume.
The unit you select here is also valid for:
• Pulse weighting (e.g. m3/p)
Options:
Metric → cm3; dm3; m3; ml; l; hl; Ml Mega
US → cc; af; ft3; oz f; gal; Kgal; Mgal; bbl (normal fluids); bbl (beer);
bbl (petrochemicals) → bbl (filling tanks)
Imperial → gal; Mgal; bbl (beer); bbl (petrochemicals)
Factory setting:
Depends on nominal diameter and country (see Page 58 ff.).
!
Note!
The unit of the totalizers is independent of your choice here. The unit for each totalizer is
selected separately for the totalizer in question.
8
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
3 Group SYSTEM UNITS
Function description SYSTEM UNITS
UNIT LENGTH
Use this function to select the unit for displaying the length of the nominal diameter.
The unit you select here is also valid for:
• Nominal diameter of sensor (see function NOMINAL DIAMETER on Page 48)
Options:
MILLIMETER
INCH
Factory setting:
MILLIMETER (SI units: not for USA and Canada)
INCH (US units: only for USA and Canada)
FORMAT DATE/TIME
Use this function to select the format for the date and the time.
The unit you select here is also valid for:
Displaying the current calibration date (function CALIBRATION DATE on Seite 52)
Options:
DD.MM.YY 24H
MM/DD/YY 12H A/P
DD.MM.YY 12H A/P
MM/DD/YY 24H
Factory setting:
DD.MM.YY 24H (SI units)
MM/DD/YY 12H A/P (US units)
Endress+Hauser
9
4 Group QUICK SETUP
Device functions Proline Promag 50
4
Group QUICK SETUP
Function description QUICK SETUP
QUICK SETUP
COMMISSION
Use this function to start the Quick Setup menu for commissioning.
Options:
YES
NO
Factory setting:
NO
!
Note!
The display returns to the QUICK SETUP COMMISSION cell if you press the ESC key combination
during interrogation.
XXX.XXX.XX
E
Esc
-
+
E
++
Quick Setup
QS
Commission
E+
HOME-POSITION
Language
Defaults
Unit
Volume flow
Measuring
Mode
Current Output
Freq.-/ Pulse Output
Quit
Operation
Mode
Frequency
Pulse
Assign
Current
Assign
Frequency
Assign
Pulse
Current
Span
End Value
Freq.
Pulse
Value
Value
20 mA
Value
f max
Pulse
Width
Time
Constant
Output
Signal
Output
Signal
Failsafe
Mode
Time
Constant
Failsafe
Mode
Failsafe
Mode
Automatic parameterization
of the display
Quit Quick Setup
a0005413-en
10
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
5
5 Group OPERATION
Group OPERATION
Function description OPERATION
LANGUAGE
Use this function to select the language for all texts, parameters and messages shown on
the local display.
!
Note!
The displayed options depend on the available language group shown in the LANGUAGE
GROUP function.
Options:
Language group WEST EU / USA:
ENGLISH
DEUTSCH
FRANCAIS
ESPANOL
ITALIANO
NEDERLANDS
PORTUGUESE
Language group EAST EU / SCAND:
ENGLISH
NORSK
SVENSKA
SUOMI
POLISH
RUSSIAN
CZECH
Language group ASIA:
ENGLISH
BAHASA INDONESIA
JAPANESE (Silbenschrift)
Factory setting:
Country-dependent (see Page 58 ff.)
!
Note!
• If you press the OS keys simultaneously at startup, the language defaults to
"ENGLISH".
• You can change the language group via the configuration program FieldCare. Please
do not hesitate to contact your Endress+Hauser sales office if you have any questions.
Endress+Hauser
11
5 Group OPERATION
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Function description OPERATION
ACCESS CODE
All data of the measuring system are protected against inadvertent change. Programming
is disabled and the settings cannot be changed until a code is entered in this function. If
you press the OS keys in any function, the measuring system automatically goes to this
function and the prompt to enter the code appears on the display (when programming is
disabled).
You can enable programming by entering your personal code,
(factory setting = 50, see function PRIVATE CODE on Page 12)
User input:
max. 4-digit number: 0...9999
!
Note!
• The programming levels are disabled if you do not press a key within 60 seconds
following automatic return to the HOME position.
• You can also disable programming in this function by entering any number (other than
the defined private code).
• The Endress+Hauser service organization can be of assistance if you mislay your
personal code.
PRIVATE CODE
Use this function to enter a personal code number for enabling programming.
User input:
0...9999 (max. 4-digit number)
Factory setting:
50
!
Note!
• Programming is always enabled with the code "0".
• Programming has to be enabled before this code can be changed.
When programming is disabled this function is not available, thus preventing others
from accessing your personal code.
STATUS ACCESS
Use this function to check the access status for the function matrix.
User interface:
ACCESS CUSTOMER (parameterization possible)
LOCKED (parameterization disabled)
ACCESS CODE
COUNTER
Displays how often the customer code, service code or the digit "0" (code-free) has been
entered to gain access to the function matrix.
Display:
max. 7-digit number: 0...9999999
Factory setting:
0
12
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
6
6 Group USER INTERFACE
Group USER INTERFACE
Function description USER INTERFACE
ASSIGN LINE 1
Use this function to define which display value is assigned to the main line (top line of
the local display) for display during normal measuring operation.
Options:
OFF
VOLUME FLOW
VOLUME FLOW IN %
TOTALIZER 1
TOTALIZER 2
Factory setting:
VOLUME FLOW
ASSIGN LINE 2
Use this function to define which display value is assigned to the additional line
(bottom line of the local display) for display during normal measuring operation.
Options:
OFF
VOLUME FLOW
VOLUME FLOW IN %
VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
TOTALIZER 1
TAG NAME
OPERATING/SYSTEM CONDITION
FLOW DIRECTION
TOTALIZER 2
Factory setting:
TOTALIZER 1
100% VALUE
!
Note!
This function is only available if VOLUME FLOW IN % or VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH
IN % was selected in the function ASSIGN LINE 1 or ASSIGN LINE 2.
Use this function to define the flow value to be shown on the display as the 100% value.
User input:
5-digit floating-point number
Factory setting:
Depends on nominal diameter and country (see Page 58 ff.).
Endress+Hauser
13
6 Group USER INTERFACE
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Function description USER INTERFACE
FORMAT
Use this function to define the maximum number of places after the decimal point
displayed for the reading in the main line.
Options:
XXXXX. – XXXX.X – XXX.XX – XX.XXX – X.XXXX
Factory setting:
X.XXXX
!
Note!
• Note that this setting only affects the reading as it appears on the display, it has no
influence on the accuracy of the system's calculations.
• The places after the decimal point as computed by the measuring device cannot
always be displayed, depending on this setting and the engineering unit. In such
instances an arrow appears on the display between the measuring value and the engineering unit (e.g. 1.2 → l/h), indicating that the measuring system is computing with
more decimal places than can be shown on the display.
DISPLAY DAMPING
Use this function to enter a time constant defining how the display reacts to severely
fluctuating flow variables, either very quickly (enter a low time constant) or with damping (enter a high time constant).
User input:
0...100 seconds
Factory setting:
3s
!
Note!
Setting the time constant to zero seconds switches off damping.
CONTRAST LCD
Use this function to optimize display contrast to suit local operating conditions.
User input:
10...100%
Factory setting:
50%
14
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
6 Group USER INTERFACE
Function description USER INTERFACE
BACKLIGHT
Use this function to optimize the backlight to suit local operating conditions.
User input:
0...100%
!
Note!
Entering the value "0" means that the backlight is "switched off". The display then no
longer emits any light, i.e. the display texts can no longer be read in the dark.
Factory setting:
50%
DISPLAY TEST
Use this function to test the operability of the local display and its pixels.
Options:
OFF
ON
Factory setting:
OFF
Test sequence:
1. Start the test by selecting ON.
2. All pixels of the main line and additional line are darkened for at least 0.75 seconds.
3. The main line and additional line show an "8" in each field for at least 0.75 seconds.
4. The main line and additional line show a "0" in each field for at least 0.75 seconds.
5. The main line and additional line show nothing (blank display) for at least 0.75
seconds.
When the test completes the local display returns to its initial state and the setting
changes to OFF.
Endress+Hauser
15
7 Group TOTALIZER 1/2
Device functions Proline Promag 50
7
Group TOTALIZER 1/2
Function description TOTALIZER 1/2
ASSIGN TOTALIZER
Use this function to assign a measured variable (volume flow) to the totalizer.
Options:
OFF
VOLUME FLOW
Factory setting:
VOLUME FLOW
!
Note!
The totalizer is reset to "0" as soon as the selection is changed.
SUM
Use this function to view the total for the totalizer measured variable aggregated since
measuring commenced. The value can be positive or negative.
User interface:
max. 7-digit floating-point number, including sign and unit (e.g. 896,845.7 dm3)
!
Note!
The totalizer response to faults is defined in the FAILSAFE MODE function
(see Page 18).
OVERFLOW
Use this function to view the overflow for the totalizer aggregated since measuring
commenced.
Total flow quantity is represented by a floating decimal point number consisting of max.
7 digits. You can use this function to view higher numerical values (>9 999 999) as overflows. The effective quantity is thus the total of OVERFLOW plus the value returned by
the SUM function.
Example:
Reading for 2 overflows: 2 E7 kg (= 2 000 000 dm3)
The value returned by the SUM function = 896,845.7 dm3
Effective total quantity = 2,896,845.7 dm3
Display shows:
Integer with exponent, including sign and unit, e.g. 2 E7 dm3
UNIT TOTALIZER
Use this function to define the unit for the totalizer.
Options:
Metric → cm3; dm3; m3; ml; l; hl; Ml Mega
US → cc; af; ft3; oz f; gal; Kgal; Mgal; bbl (normal fluids); bbl (beer);
bbl (petrochemicals); bbl (filling tanks)
Imperial → gal; Mgal; bbl (beer); bbl (petrochemicals)
Factory setting:
Depends on nominal diameter and country (see Page 58 ff.).
16
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
7 Group TOTALIZER 1/2
Function description TOTALIZER 1/2
TOTALIZER MODE
Use this function to define how the flow components are to be totalised.
Options:
BALANCE
Positive and negative flow components. The positive and negative flow components are
balanced. In other words, net flow in the flow direction is registered.
FORWARD
Positive flow components only
REVERSE
Negative flow components only
Factory setting:
Totalizer 1 = BALANCE
Totalizer 2 = FORWARD
RESET TOTALIZER
Use this function to reset the sum and the overflow of the totalizer to "zero" (= RESET).
Options:
NO
YES
Factory setting:
NO
!
Note!
If the device is equipped with a status input and if it is appropriately configured, totalizer
resetting can also be triggered by a pulse.
Endress+Hauser
17
8 Group HANDLING TOTALIZER
8
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Group HANDLING TOTALIZER
Function description HANDLING TOTALIZER
RESET ALL
TOTALIZERS
Use this function to reset the totals (including all overflows) of the totalizers (1...2) to
"zero".
Options:
NO
YES
Factory setting:
NO
!
Note!
If the device has a status input and if it is appropriately configured, a reset for the totalizer
(1...2) can also be triggered by a pulse (see the ASSIGN STATUS INPUT function on
Page 31).
FAILSAFE MODE
Use this function to define the totalizer response in case of fault.
Options:
STOP
The totalizer is paused until the fault is rectified.
ACTUAL VALUE
The totalizer continues to count on the basis of the current flow measuring value. The
fault is ignored.
HOLD VALUE
The totalizer continues to count the flow that is based on the last valid flow measuring
value (before the fault occurred).
Factory setting:
STOP
18
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
9
9 Group CURRENT OUTPUT
Group CURRENT OUTPUT
Function description CURRENT OUTPUT
ASSIGN CURRENT OUTPUT
Use this function to assign a measured variable to the current output.
Options:
OFF
VOLUME FLOW
Factory setting:
VOLUME FLOW
!
Note!
If you select OFF, the only function shown in this group is the function
(ASSIGN CURRENT OUTPUT).
Endress+Hauser
19
9 Group CURRENT OUTPUT
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Function description CURRENT OUTPUT
CURRENT SPAN
Use this function to define the current span. The selection specifies the operational range
and the lower and upper signal on alarm. For the current output the option HART can be
defined additionally.
Options:
0–20 mA
4–20 mA
4–20 mA HART
4–20 mA NAMUR
4–20 mA HART NAMUR
4–20 mA US
4–20 mA HART US
0–20 mA (25 mA)
4–20 mA (25 mA)
4–20 mA (25 mA) HART
Factory setting:
4–20 mA HART NAMUR
Current span, operational range and signal on alarm level
2
1
3
I[mA]
1
2
3
0-20 mA
a
0 - 20.5 mA
0
22
4-20 mA
4 - 20.5 mA
2
22
4-20 mA HART
4 - 20.5 mA
2
22
4-20 mA NAMUR
3.8 - 20.5 mA
3.5
22.6
4-20 mA HART NAMUR
3.8 - 20.5 mA
3.5
22.6
4-20 mA US
3.9 - 20.8 mA
3.75
22.6
4-20 mA HART US
3.9 - 20.8 mA
3.75
22.6
0-20 mA (25 mA)
0 - 24 mA
0
25
4-20 mA (25 mA)
4 - 24 mA
2
25
4-20 mA (25 mA) HART
4 - 24 mA
2
25
A0001222
a = Current span
1 = Operational range (measuring information)
2 = Lower signal on alarm level
3 = Upper signal on alarm level
!
Note!
• When switching the hardware from an active (factory setting) to a passive output
signal select a current span of 4–20 mA.
• If the measured value exceeds the measuring range a notice message is generated
(#351...354, current span).
• In case of a fault the behaviour of the current output is according to the selected
option in the function FAILSAFE MODE (see Page 21). Change the error category in
the function ASSIGN SYSTEM ERROR (see Page 54) to generate a fault message
instead of a notice message.
20
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
9 Group CURRENT OUTPUT
Function description CURRENT OUTPUT
VALUE 20 mA
Use this function to assign the 20 mA current a full scale value.
Positive and negative values are permissible. The required measuring range is defined by
defining the VALUE 20 mA.
In the SYMMETRY measuring mode, (see Page 45), the value assigned applies to both
flow directions; in the STANDARD measuring mode it applies only to the flow direction
selected.
User input:
5-digit floating-point number, with sign
Factory setting:
Depends on nominal diameter and country (see Page 58 ff.).
!
Note!
• The appropriate unit is taken from the group SYSTEM UNITS, (see Page 8).
• The value for 0 or 4 mA always corresponds to the zero flow (0 [unit]). This value is
fixed and cannot be edited.
TIME CONSTANT
Use this function to enter a time constant defining how the current output signal reacts
to severely fluctuating measured variables, either very quickly (enter a low time constant)
or with damping (enter a high time constant).
User input:
fixed-point number 0.01...100.00 s
Factory setting:
3.00 s
FAILSAFE MODE
For safety reasons it is advisable to ensure that the current output assumes a predefined
state in the event of a fault. The setting you select here affects only the current output.
The failsafe mode of other outputs and the totalizers is defined in the corresponding
function groups.
Options:
MIN. CURRENT
The current output adopts the value of the lower signal on alarm level (as defined in the
function CURRENT SPAN).
MAX. CURRENT
The current output adopts the value of the upper signal on alarm level (as defined in the
function CURRENT SPAN).
HOLD VALUE (not recommended)
Measuring value output is based on the last measuring value saved before the error
occurred .
ACTUAL VALUE
Measured value output is based on the current flow measurement.
The fault is ignored .
Factory setting:
MIN. CURRENT
ACTUAL CURRENT
Use this function to view the computed actual value of the output current.
User interface:
0.00...25.00 mA
Endress+Hauser
21
9 Group CURRENT OUTPUT
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Function description CURRENT OUTPUT
SIMULATION CURRENT
Use this function to activate simulation of the current output.
Options:
OFF
ON
Factory setting:
OFF
!
Note!
• The "SIMULATION CURRENT OUTPUT" notice message indicates that simulation is
active.
• The measuring device continues to measure while simulation is in progress,
i.e. the current measuring values are output correctly via the other outputs.
"
Caution!
The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
VALUE SIMULATION
CURRENT
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the function SIMULATION CURRENT is active
(= ON).
Use this function to define a selectable value (e.g. 12 mA) to be output at the current
output. This value is used to test downstream devices and the measuring device itself.
User input:
Floating-point number: 0.00...25.00 mA
Factory setting:
0.00 mA
"
Caution!
The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
22
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
10
10 Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
Function description PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
This group is not available unless the measuring device is equipped with a pulse/frequency output.
OPERATION MODE
Use this function to configure the output as a pulse output or frequency output. The
functions available in this function group vary, depending on which option you select
here.
Options:
PULSE
FREQUENCY
Factory setting:
PULSE
ASSIGN FREQUENCY
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the FREQUENCY setting was selected in the
function OPERATION MODE.
Use this function to assign a measured variable to the frequency output.
Options:
OFF
VOLUME FLOW
Factory setting:
VOLUME FLOW
!
Note!
If you select OFF, the only functions shown in this function group are the functions
ASSIGN FREQUENCY and OPERATION MODE.
END VALUE FREQ.
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the FREQUENCY setting was selected in the
function OPERATION MODE.
Use this function to define a full scale frequency for the frequency output.
You define the associated measured value of the measuring range in the function
VALUE-f HIGH on Page 24.
User input:
4-digit fixed-point number 2...1250 Hz
Factory setting:
1000 Hz
Example:
• VALUE-f HIGH = 1000 l/h, end frequency = 1000 Hz: i.e. at a flow of
1000 l/h, a frequency of 1000 Hz is output.
• VALUE-f HIGH = 3600 l/h, end frequency = 1000 Hz: i.e. at a flow of
3600 l/h, a frequency of 1000 Hz is output.
!
Note!
• In the FREQUENCY operating mode the output signal is symmetrical
(on/off ratio = 1:1). At low frequencies the pulse duration is limited to a maximum of
2 seconds, i.e. the on/off ratio is no longer symmetrical.
• The initial frequency is always 0 Hz. This value is fixed and cannot be edited.
Endress+Hauser
23
10 Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Function description PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
VALUE-f HIGH
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the FREQUENCY setting was selected in the
function OPERATION MODE.
Use this function to assign a value to the end value frequency.
Positive and negative values are permissible. The required measuring range is defined by
defining the VALUE-f HIGH. In the SYMMETRY measuring mode, (see Page 45), the
value assigned applies to both flow directions; in the STANDARD measuring mode it
applies only to the flow direction selected.
User input:
5-digit floating-point number
Factory setting:
Depends on nominal diameter and country, [value] / [dm3...m3 or US-gal...US-Mgal]
corresponds to the factory setting for the final value (see Page 58 ff.)
.
Freq.
125
100
0
➀
➁
Q
A0001279
➀ = Value-f min.
➁ = Value-f high
!
Note!
• The appropriate unit is taken from the group SYSTEM UNITS, (see Page 8).
• The value-f min. for the initial frequency always corresponds to the zero flow
(0 [unit]). This value is fixed and cannot be edited.
24
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
10 Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
Function description PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
OUTPUT SIGNAL
!
Note!
Function is not available unless the FREQUENCY setting was selected in the
OPERATION MODE function.
For selecting the output configuration of the frequency output.
Options:
PASSIVE - POSITIVE
PASSIVE - NEGATIVE
Factory setting: PASSIVE - POSITIVE
Explanation
• PASSIVE = power is supplied to the frequency output by means of an external power
supply.
Configuring the output signal level (POSITIVE or NEGATIVE) determines the quiescent
behaviour (at zero flow) of the frequency output.
The internal transistor is activated as follows:
• If POSITIVE is selected, the internal transistor is activated with a positive signal level.
• If NEGATIVE is selected, the internal transistor is activated with a negative signal
level (0 V).
!
Note!
With the passive output configuration, the output signal levels of the frequency output
depend on the external circuit (see examples).
Example for passive output circuit (PASSIVE)
If PASSIVE is selected, the frequency output is configured as an open collector.
m
1 5 7 8 3
+
n
=
Umax = 30 V DC
-
A0001225
m = Open collector
n = External power supply
!
Note!
For continuous currents up to 25 mA (Imax = 250 mA / 20 ms).
Example for output configuration PASSIVE-POSITIVE:
Output configuration with an external pull-up resistance.
In the quiescent state (at zero flow), the output signal level at the terminals is 0 V.
+ Umax = 30 V DC
n
U (V)
U (V)
m
o
p
t
m = Open collector
n = Pull-up resistance
o = Transistor activation in "POSITIVE" quiescent state (at zero flow)
p = Output signal level in quiescent state (at zero flow)
t
A0004687
In the operating status (flow present), the output signal level changes from 0 V to a positive voltage level.
U (V)
t
A0001975
(continued on next page)
Endress+Hauser
25
10 Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Function description PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
OUTPUT SIGNAL
(continued)
Example for output configuration PASSIVE-POSITIVE:
Output configuration with an external pull-down resistance.
In the quiescent state (at zero flow), a positive voltage level is measured via the
pull-down resistance.
+ Umax = 30 V DC
U (V)
U (V)
m
o
t
p
n
t
A0004689
m = Open collector
n = Pull-down resistance
o = Transistor activation in "POSITIVE" quiescent state (at zero flow)
p = Output signal level in quiescent state (at zero flow)
In the operating status (flow present), the output signal level changes from a positive
voltage level to 0 V.
U (V)
t
A0001981
Example for output configuration PASSIVE-NEGATIVE:
Output configuration with an external pull-up resistance.
In the quiescent state (at zero flow), the output signal level at the terminals is at a positive voltage level.
+ Umax = 30 V DC
n
U (V)
U (V)
m
o
p
t
m = Open collector
n = Pull-up resistance
o = Transistor activation in "NEGATIVE" quiescent state (at zero flow)
p = Output signal level in quiescent state (at zero flow)
t
A0004690
In the operating status (flow present), the output signal level changes from a positive
voltage level to 0 V.
U (V)
t
A0001981
26
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
10 Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
Function description PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
TIME CONSTANT
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the FREQUENCY setting was selected in the
function OPERATION MODE.
Use this function to enter a time constant defining how the frequency output signal
reacts to severely fluctuating measured variables, either very quickly (enter a low time
constant) or with damping (enter a high time constant).
User input:
Floating-point number 0.00...100.00 s
Factory setting:
0.00 s
FAILSAFE MODE
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the FREQUENCY setting was selected in the
function OPERATION MODE.
For safety reasons it is advisable to ensure that the frequency output assumes a predefined state in the event of a fault. Use this function to define this state. The setting you
select here affects only the frequency output. It has no effect on other outputs and the
display (e.g. totalizers).
Options:
FALLBACK VALUE
Output is 0 Hz.
FAILSAFE LEVEL
Output is the frequency specified in the FAILSAFE VALUE function.
HOLD VALUE
Measuring value output is based on the last measuring value saved before the error
occurred.
ACTUAL VALUE
Measuring value output is based on the current flow measurement.
The fault is ignored.
Factory setting:
FALLBACK VALUE
FAILSAFE VALUE
!
Note!
This function is not available unless FREQUENCY was selected in the OPERATION
MODE function and FAILSAFE LEVEL was selected in the function FAILSAFE MODE.
Use this function to define the frequency that the measuring device should output in the
event of a fault.
User input:
max. 4-digit number: 0...1250 Hz
Factory setting:
1250 Hz
ACTUAL FREQUENCY
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the FREQUENCY setting was selected in the
function OPERATION MODE.
Use this function to view the computed value of the output frequency.
User interface:
0...1250 Hz
Endress+Hauser
27
10 Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Function description PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
SIMULATION
FREQUENCY
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the FREQUENCY setting was selected in the
function OPERATION MODE.
Use this function to activate simulation of the frequency output.
Options:
OFF
ON
Factory setting:
OFF
!
Note!
• The "SIMULATION FREQUENCY OUTPUT" notice message indicates that simulation
is active.
• The measuring device continues to measure while simulation is in progress, i.e. the
current measuring values are output correctly via the other outputs.
"
Caution!
The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
VALUE SIMULATION
FREQUENCY
!
Note!
This function is not available unless FREQUENCY was selected in the OPERATION
MODE function and the function VALUE SIMULATION FREQUENCY is active (= ON).
Use this function to define a selectable frequency value (e.g. 500 Hz) to be output at the
frequency output. This value is used to test downstream devices and the measuring
device itself.
User input:
0...1250 Hz
Factory setting:
0 Hz
"
Caution!
The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
ASSIGN PULSE
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the PULSE setting was selected in the OPERATION
MODE function.
Use this function to assign a measured variable to the pulse output.
Options:
OFF
VOLUME FLOW
Factory setting:
VOLUME FLOW
!
Note!
If you select OFF, the only functions shown in this function group are the functions
ASSIGN PULSE and OPERATION MODE.
28
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
10 Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
Function description PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
PULSE VALUE
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the PULSE setting was selected in the OPERATION
MODE function.
Use this function to define the flow at which a pulse is triggered.
These pulses can be totalled by an external totalizer and in this way the total flow since
measuring commenced can be registered.
User input:
5-digit floating-point number, [unit]
Factory setting:
Depends on nominal diameter and country (see Page 58 ff.).
!
Note!
The appropriate unit is taken from the group SYSTEM UNITS (see Page 8).
PULSE WIDTH
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the PULSE setting was selected in the OPERATION
MODE function.
Use this function to enter the maximum pulse width of the output pulses.
User input:
0.5...2000 ms
Factory setting:
100 ms
Pulse output is always with the pulse width (B) entered in this function. The intervals
(P) between the individual pulses are automatically configured. However, they must at
least correspond to the pulse width (B = P).
transistor
transistor
B< P
B
conducting
B= P
B
conducting
nonconducting
nonconducting
P
t
P
t
A0001233-en
B = Pulse width entered (the illustration applies to positive pulses)
P= Intervals between the individual pulses
!
Note!
When entering the pulse width, select a value that can still be processed by an external
totalizer (e.g. mechanical totalizer, PLC, etc.).
"
Caution!
If the pulse number or frequency resulting from the pulse value entered, (see function
PULSE VALUE on Page 27), and from the current flowis too large to maintain the pulse
width selected (interval P is smaller than the pulse width B entered), a system error message (pulse memory) is generated after buffering/balancing time.
Endress+Hauser
29
10 Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Function description PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
OUTPUT SIGNAL
!
Note!
Function is not available unless the PULSE setting was selected in the OPERATION
MODE function.
For selecting the output configuration of the pulse output.
Options:
PASSIVE - POSITIVE
PASSIVE - NEGATIVE
Factory setting: PASSIVE - POSITIVE
Explanation
• PASSIVE = power is supplied to the pulse output by means of an external power
supply.
Configuring the output signal level (POSITIVE or NEGATIVE) determines the quiescent
behaviour (at zero flow) of the pulse output.
The internal transistor is activated as follows:
• If POSITIVE is selected, the internal transistor is activated with a positive signal level.
• If NEGATIVE is selected, the internal transistor is activated with a negative signal
level (0 V).
!
Note!
With the passive output configuration, the output signal levels of the pulse output
depend on the external circuit (see examples).
Example for passive output circuit (PASSIVE)
If PASSIVE is selected, the pulse output is configured as an open collector.
m
1 5 7 8 3
+
n
=
Umax = 30 V DC
-
A0001225
➀ = Open Collector
➁ = External power supply
!
Note!
For continuous currents up to 25 mA (Imax = 250 mA / 20 ms).
Example for output configuration PASSIVE-POSITIVE:
Output configuration with an external pull-up resistance.
In the quiescent state (at zero flow), the output signal level at the terminals is 0 V.
+ Umax = 30 V DC
n
U (V)
U (V)
m
o
p
t
➀ = Open Collector
➁ = Pull-Up-Resistance
➂ = Transistor activation in "POSITIVE" quiescent state (at zero flow)
➃ = Output signal level in quiescent state (at zero flow)
t
A0004687
In the operating status (flow present), the output signal level changes from 0 V to a
positive voltage level.
U (V)
t
A0001975
(continued on next page)
30
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
10 Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
Function description PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
OUTPUT SIGNAL
(continued)
Example for output configuration PASSIVE-POSITIVE:
Output configuration with an external pull-down resistance. In the quiescent state (at
zero flow), a positive voltage level is measured via the pull-down resistance.
+ Umax = 30 V DC
U (V)
U (V)
m
o
t
p
n
t
A0004689
➀ = Open Collector
➁ = Pull-Down-Resistance
➂ = Transistor activation in "POSITIVE" quiescent state (at zero flow)
➃ = Output signal level in quiescent state (at zero flow)
In the operating status (flow present), the output signal level changes from a positive
voltage level to 0 V.
U (V)
t
A0001981
Example for output configuration PASSIVE-NEGATIVE:
Output configuration with an external pull-up resistance. In the quiescent state (at zero
flow), the output signal level at the terminals is at a positive voltage level.
+ Umax = 30 V DC
n
U (V)
U (V)
m
o
p
t
➀ = Open Collector
➁ = Pull-Up-Resistance
➂ = Transistor activation in "NEGATIVE" quiescent state (at zero flow)
➃ = Output signal level in quiescent state (at zero flow)
t
A0004690
In the operating status (flow present), the output signal level changes from a positive
voltage level to 0 V.
U (V)
t
A0001981
Endress+Hauser
31
10 Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Function description PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
FAILSAFE MODE
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the PULSE setting was selected in the function
OPERATION MODE.
For safety reasons it is advisable to ensure that the pulse output assumes a predefined
state in the event of a fault. Use this function to define this state. The setting you select
here affects only the pulse output. It has no effect on other outputs and the display
(e.g. totalizers).
Options:
FALLBACK VALUE
Output is 0 pulse.
ACTUAL VALUE
Measuring value output is based on the current flow measurement. The fault is ignored.
Factory setting:
FALLBACK VALUE
SIMULATION PULSE
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the PULSE option was selected in the OPERATION
MODE function.
Use this function to activate simulation of the pulse output.
Options:
OFF
COUNTDOWN
The pulses specified in the VALUE SIMULATION PULSE function are output.
CONTINUOUSLY
Pulses are continuously output with the pulse width specified in the PULSE WIDTH
function. Simulation is started once the CONTINUOUSLY option is confirmed with the
F key.
!
Note!
Simulation is started by confirming the CONTINUOUSLY option with the F key.
The simulation can be switched off again via the SIMULATION PULSE function.
Factory setting:
OFF
!
Note!
• The notice message #631 "SIM. PULSE" indicates that simulation is active.
• The on/off ratio is 1:1 for both types of simulation.
• The measuring device continues to measure while simulation is in progress, i.e. the
current measured values are output correctly via the other outputs.
"
Caution!
The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
32
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
10 Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
Function description PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
VALUE SIMULATION
PULSE
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the COUNTDOWN option was selected in the
SIMULATION PULSE function.
Use this function to specify the number of pulses (e.g. 50) which are output during the
simulation. This value is used to test downstream devices and the measuring device
itself. The pulses are output with the pulse width specified in the PULSE WIDTH function. The on/off ratio is 1:1.
Simulation is started once the specified value is confirmed with the F key. The display
remains at "0" if the specified pulses have been output.
User input:
0...10000
Factory setting:
0
!
Note!
Simulation is started by confirming the simulation value with the F key.
The simulation can be switched off again via the SIMULATION PULSE function.
"
Caution!
The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
Endress+Hauser
33
11 Group STATUS OUTPUT
Device functions Proline Promag 50
11
Group STATUS OUTPUT
Function description STATUS OUTPUT
This group is not available unless the measuring device is equipped with a status output.
ASSIGN STATUS
OUTPUT
Use this function to assign a switching function to the status output.
Options:
OFF
ON (operation)
FAULT MESSAGE
NOTICE MESSAGE
FAULT MESSAGE or NOTICE MESSAGE
EPD or OED (Empty Pipe Detection / Open Electrode Detection, only if active)
FLOW DIRECTION
VOLUME FLOW LIMIT VALUE
Factory setting:
FAULT MESSAGE
!
Note!
• The behaviour of the status output is a normally closed behaviour, in other words the
output is closed (transistor conductive) when normal, error-free measuring is in
progress.
• It is very important to read and comply with the information on the switching characteristics of the status output, (see Page 34).
• If you select OFF, the only function shown in this function group is the function
ASSIGN STATUS OUTPUT.
ON-VALUE
!
Note!
This function is not available unless LIMIT VALUE or FLOW DIRECTION was selected
in the function ASSIGN STATUS OUTPUT.
Use this function to assign a value to the switch-on point (status output pulls up). The
value can be equal to, greater than or less than the switch-off point. Positive and negative
values are permissible.
User input:
5-digit floating-point number, [unit]
Factory setting:
0 [unit]
!
Note!
• The appropriate unit is taken from the group SYSTEM UNITS, (see Page 8).
• Only the switch-on point is available for flow direction output (no switch-off point). If
you enter a value not equal to the zero flow (e.g. 5 ), the difference between the zero
flow and the value entered corresponds to half the switchover hysteresis.
34
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
11 Group STATUS OUTPUT
Function description STATUS OUTPUT
OFF-VALUE
!
Note!
This function is not available unless LIMIT VALUE was selected in the function ASSIGN
STATUS OUTPUT.
Use this function to assign a value to the switch-off point (status output drops out). The
value can be equal to, greater than or less than the switch-on point. Positive and negative
values are permissible.
User input:
5-digit floating-point number, [unit]
Factory setting:
0 [unit]
!
Note!
• The appropriate unit is taken from the group SYSTEM UNITS, (see Page 8).
• If SYMMETRY is selected in the function MEASURING MODE (Page 45) and values
with different signs are entered for the switch-on and switch-off points, the notice
message "INPUT RANGE EXCEEDED" appears.
TIME CONSTANT
Use this function to enter a time constant defining how the measuring signal reacts to
severely fluctuating measured variables, either very quickly (enter a low time constant)
or with damping (enter a high time constant).
The purpose of damping, therefore, is to prevent the status output changing state continuously in response to fluctuations in flow.
User input:
fixed-point number 0.00...100.00 s
Factory setting:
0.00 s
ACTUAL STATUS
OUTPUT
Use this function to check the current status of the status output.
User interface:
NOT CONDUCTIVE
CONDUCTIVE
SIMULATION SWITCH
POINT
Use this function to activate simulation of the status output.
Options:
OFF
ON
Factory setting:
OFF
!
Note!
• The "SIMULATION STATUS OUTPUT" message indicates that simulation is active.
• The measuring device continues to measure while simulation is in progress, i.e. the
current measuring values are output correctly via the other outputs.
"
Caution!
The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
Endress+Hauser
35
11 Group STATUS OUTPUT
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Function description STATUS OUTPUT
VALUE SIMULATION
SWITCH POINT
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the function SIMULATION SWITCH POINT is
active (= ON).
Use this function to define the switching response of the status output during the simulation. This value is used to test downstream devices and the measuring device itself.
Options:
NOT CONDUCTIVE
CONDUCTIVE
Factory setting:
NOT CONDUCTIVE
"
Caution!
The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
36
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
11.1
11 Group STATUS OUTPUT
Information on the response of the status output
General
If you have configured the status output for "LIMIT VALUE" or "FLOW DIRECTION", you can
configure the requisite switch points in the functions ON-VALUE and OFF-VALUE. When the
measured variable in question reaches these predefined values, the status output switches as shown
in the illustrations below.
Status output configured for limit value
The status output switches as soon as the measured variable undershoots or overshoots a defined
switch point. Application: Monitoring flow or process-related boundary conditions.
Measured variable
A
m
B
n
C
n
m
m
o
o
n
o
t
A = Maximum safety → ➀ SWITCH-OFF POINT > ➁ SWITCH-ON POINT
B = Maximum safety → ➀ SWITCH-OFF POINT < ➁ SWITCH-ON POINT
C = Maximum safety → ➀ SWITCH-OFF POINT = ➁ SWITCH-ON POINT (this configuration is to avoid)
➂ = Status output switched off (not conductive)
A0001235
Status output configured for flow direction
The value entered in the function SWITCH-ON POINT defines the switch point for the positive and
negative directions of flow. If, for example, the switch point entered is = 1 m3/h, the status output
switches off at –1 m3/h (not conductive) and switches on again at +1 m3/h (conductive).
Set the switch point to 0 if your process calls for direct switchover (no switching hysteresis). If low
flow cut off is used, it is advisable to set hysteresis to a value greater than or equal to the low flow
rate.
Switch-off point / Switch-on point
-Q
-1
0
+1
Q
a
b
A0001236
a = Status output conductive
b = Status output not conductive
Endress+Hauser
37
11 Group STATUS OUTPUT
Device functions Proline Promag 50
11.2
Switching response of the status output
Function
ON (operation)
Open collector response
(transistor)
Status
System in measuring mode
XXX.XXX.XX
conductive
Esc
+
-
E
A0001052
System not in measuring mode
(power supply failed)
XXX.XXX.XX
not
conductive
Esc
+
-
A0001237
E
A0001291
Fault message
A0001238
System OK
XXX.XXX.XX
conductive
Esc
+
-
E
A0001052
(System or process error)
Fault → Error response of
outputs/Inputs and totalizer
XXX.XXX.XX
not
conductive
Esc
+
-
A0001237
E
A0001291
Notice message
A0001238
System OK
XXX.XXX.XX
conductive
Esc
+
-
E
A0001052
(System or process error)
Fault → Continuation of
measuring
XXX.XXX.XX
not
conductive
Esc
+
-
A0001237
E
A0001291
Fault message
or
notice message
A0001238
System OK
XXX.XXX.XX
conductive
Esc
+
-
E
A0001052
(System or process error)
Fault → Response to error
or
Note → Continuation of
measuring
XXX.XXX.XX
Esc
-
+
E
A0001237
not
conductive
A0001291
Empty pipe detection (EPD) /
A0001238
Measuring tube full
conductive
Open electrode
detection (OED)
A0001292
Measuring tube partially filled /
empty measuring tube
not
conductive
A0001293
38
A0001237
A0001238
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
11 Group STATUS OUTPUT
Function
Flow
direction
Open collector response
(transistor)
Status
Forward
conductive
A0001241
A0001237
Reverse
not
conductive
A0001242
Limit value
Volume flow
A0001238
Limit value not overshot or
undershot
conductive
A0001243
Limit value overshot or
undershot
not
conductive
A0001244
Endress+Hauser
A0001237
A0001238
39
12 Group STATUS INPUT
Device functions Proline Promag 50
12
Group STATUS INPUT
Function description STATUS INPUT
This group is not available unless the measuring device is equipped with a status input.
ASSIGN STATUS INPUT
Use this function to assign a switching function to the status input.
Options:
OFF
RESET TOTALIZER 1
POSITIVE ZERO RETURN
RESET TOTALIZER 2
RESET ALL TOTALIZERS
Factory setting:
OFF
!
Note!
Positive zero return is active as long as the active level is available at the status input
(continuous signal). All other assignments react to a change in level (pulse) at the status
input.
ACTIVE LEVEL
Use this function to define whether the assigned switch function, (see function ASSIGN
STATUS INPUT) is released or sustained when the level is present (HIGH) or not present
(LOW).
Options:
HIGH
LOW
Factory setting:
HIGH
MINIMUM PULSE
WIDTH
Use this function to define a minimum pulse width which the input pulse must achieve
in order to trigger the selected switching function.
User input:
20...100 ms
Factory setting:
50 ms
SIMULATION STATUS
INPUT
Use this function to activate simulation of the status input, i.e. to trigger the function
assigned to the status input, (see function ASSIGN STATUS INPUT on Page 31).
Options:
OFF
ON
Factory setting:
OFF
!
Note!
• The "SIMULATION STATUS INPUT" notice message indicates that simulation is
active.
• The measuring device continues to measure while simulation is in progress, i.e. the
current measuring values are output correctly via the outputs.
"
Caution!
The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
40
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
12 Group STATUS INPUT
Function description STATUS INPUT
VALUE SIMULATION
STATUS INPUT
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the function SIMULATION STATUS INPUT is active
(= ON).
Use this function to select the level to be simulated at the status input.
Options:
HIGH
LOW
Factory setting:
LOW
"
Caution!
The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
Endress+Hauser
41
13 Group COMMUNICATION
Device functions Proline Promag 50
13
Group COMMUNICATION
Function description COMMUNICATION
TAG NAME
Use this function to enter a tag name for the measuring device. You can edit and read this
tag name at the local display or via the HART protocol.
User input:
max. 8-character text, permitted characters are: A–Z, 0–9, +, –, punctuation marks
Factory setting:
"_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _" (no text)
TAG DESCRIPTION
Use this function to enter a tag description for the measuring device. You can edit and
read this tag description at the local display or via the HART protocol.
User input:
max. 16-character text, permitted characters are: A–Z, 0–9, +, –, punctuation marks
Factory setting:
"_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _" (No text)
BUS ADDRESS
Use this function to define the address for the exchange of data with the HART protocol.
User input:
0...15
Factory setting:
0
!
Note!
Addresses 1...15: a constant 4 mA current is applied.
HART PROTOCOL
Use this function to display if the HART protocol is active.
User interface:
OFF = HART protocol not active
ON = HART protocol active
!
Note!
The HART protocol is activated by selecting 4–20 mA HART or 4–20 mA (25 mA) HART
in the function CURRENT SPAN (see Page 20).
MANUFACTURER ID
Use this function to view the manufacturer.
User interface:
– Endress+Hauser
– 17 (≅ 11 hex) for Endress+Hauser
DEVICE ID
Use this function to view the device ID in hexadecimal numerical format.
User interface:
41 (≅ 65 dez) for Promag 50
DEVICE REVISION
Use this function to view the device-specific revision of the HART command interface.
User interface:
E.g.: 5
42
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
14
14 Group PROCESS PARAMETER
Group PROCESS PARAMETER
Function description PROCESS PARAMETER
ASSIGN LOW FLOW CUT
OFF
Use this function to assign the switch point for low flow cut off.
Options:
OFF
VOLUME FLOW
Factory setting:
VOLUME FLOW
ON-VALUE LOW FLOW
CUT OFF
Use this function to enter the switch-on point for low flow cut off.
Low flow cut off is active if the value entered is not equal to 0. The sign of the flow value
is highlighted on the display to indicate that low flow cut off is active.
User input:
5-digit floating-point number, [unit]
Factory setting:
Depends on nominal diameter and country (see Page 58 ff.).
!
Note!
The appropriate unit is taken from the group SYSTEM UNITS (see Page 8).
OFF-VALUE LOW FLOW
CUT OFF
Use this function to enter the switch-off point for low flow cut off.
Enter the switch-off point as a positive hysteresis value from the switch-on point.
User input:
Integer 0...100%
Factory setting:
50%
Q
n
m
b
H
a
t
A0003882
m = switch-on point , n = switch-off point
a = Low flow cut off is switched on
b = Low flow cut off is switched off (a + a ⋅ H)
H = Hysteresis value: 0 to 100%
■ = Low flow cut off active
Q = Flow
Endress+Hauser
43
14 Group PROCESS PARAMETER
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Function description PROCESS PARAMETER
EMPTY PIPE
DETECTION (EPD)
Flow cannot be measured correctly unless the measuring tube is full. This status can be
monitored at all times with the Empty Pipe Detection function. Use this function to
activate Empty Pipe Detection (EPD) or Open Electrode Detection (OED).
• EPD = Empty Pipe Detection (with the help of an EPD electrode)
• OED = Open Electrode Detection (empty pipe detection with the help of the measuring electrodes, if the sensor is not equipped with an EPD electrode or the orientation
is not suitable for using EPD).
Options:
OFF – ON SPECIAL – OED – ON STANDARD
OFF (neither EPD nor OED are active)
ON SPECIAL (only for DN <400):
Switching on the Empty Pipe Detection (EPD) for devices in remote version (transmitter
and sensor are installed separately).
OED:
Switching on the Open Electrode Detection (OED).
ON STANDARD:
Switching on the Empty Pipe Detection (EPD) for:
– Devices in compact version (transmitter and sensor form a single mechanical unit).
– Applications where a facing and coating of the fluid on the measuring tube line and
measuring electrode accrues.
Factory setting:
OFF
!
Note!
• The options ON STANDARD and ON SPECIAL are not available unless the sensor is
equipped with an EPD electrode.
• The default setting for the EPD/OED functions when the device is delivered is OFF.
The functions must be activated as required.
• The devices are calibrated at the factory with water (approx. 500 µS/cm). If the conductivity of certain fluids deviates from this reference, empty pipe/full pipe adjustment
must be performed again on site (see function EPD/OED ADJUSTMENT on page 46).
• The adjustment coefficients must be valid before you can switch on the EPD or OED.
If these coefficients are not available, the function EPD/OED ADJUSTMENT is displayed (see Page 44).
• If there are problems with the adjustment, the following error messages appear on the
screen:
– ADJUSTMENT FULL = EMPTY:
The adjustment values for empty pipe and full pipe are identical. In such instances,
empty pipe adjustment/full pipe adjustment must be carried out again.
– ADJUSTMENT NOT OK:
Adjustment is not possible as the fluid conductivity values are outside the permitted
range.
(continued on next page)
44
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
14 Group PROCESS PARAMETER
Function description PROCESS PARAMETER
EMPTY PIPE
DETECTION (EPD)
(continued)
Notes on empty pipe detection (EPD and OED)
• Flow cannot be measured correctly unless the measuring pipe is completely full. This
status can be monitored at all times by means of the EPD/OED.
• An empty or partially filled pipe is a process error. A default factory setting defines that
a fault message is issued and that this process error has an effect on the outputs.
• The EPD/OED process error can be output via the configurable status output.
• Use the function ASSIGN PROCESS ERROR to define whether a notice or fault message should be triggered (see Page 54).
• A plausibility check of the adjustment values will only be executed by activating the
empty pipe detection. If an empty or full pipe adjustment is performed during the
empty pipe detection is active, the empty pipe detection has to be de- and again activated, after finishing the adjustment, to start the plausibility check.
Response to partially filled pipes
If the EPD/OED is switched on and responds to a partially filled or empty pipe, the fault
message "EMPTY PIPE" appears on the display. If the pipe is partially empty and the
EPD/OED is not switched on, the response can vary in identically configured systems:
• Flow reading fluctuates
• Zero flow
• Excessively high flow values
Notes on Open Electrode Detection (OED)
Open Electrode Detection (OED) functions like the Empty Pipe Detection (EPD).
In contrast to the EPD where the measuring device must be equipped with a separate
(optional) electrode, the OED detects partial filling by means of the two measuring electrodes which are present as standard (fluid no longer covers the measuring electrodes).
Open electrode detection can also be used if:
• the sensor is not installed in the optimal position for using EPD (optimal = installed
horizontally).
• the sensor is not equipped with an additional (optional) EPD electrode.
!
Note!
• Cable connection length:
When mounting a remote version, please observe the maximum permissible cable
length of 15 metres in order to keep the OED function.
• OED empty pipe adjustment:
To achieve the best results for the open electrode detection, it is important to have the
electrodes surface as dry as possible (no liquid film) while the empty-pipe adjustment
is being made.
Even during normal operation, the OED function is only secured if there is no longer
any liquid film present on the electrodes when the measuring pipe is empty.
Endress+Hauser
45
14 Group PROCESS PARAMETER
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Function description PROCESS PARAMETER
EPD/OED ADJUSTMENT
Use this function to activate the EPD/OED adjustment for an empty or full measuring
tube.
!
Note!
A detailed description and other helpful hints for the empty-pipe/full-pipe adjustment
procedure can be found on Page 44.
Options:
OFF
FULL PIPE ADJUST
EMPTY PIPE ADJUST
OED FULL ADJUST
OED EMPTY ADJUST
Factory setting:
OFF
Procedure for EPD or OED empty-pipe / full-pipe adjustment
1. Empty the piping. In case of an EPD adjustment, the wall of the measuring tube
should be wetted with fluid for the adjustment procedure but this is not the case with
an OED adjustment!
2. Start empty-pipe adjustment: Select "EMPTY PIPE ADJUST" or "OED EMPTY
ADJUST" and press F to confirm.
3. After empty-pipe adjustment, fill the piping with fluid.
4. Start full-pipe adjustment: Select "FULL PIPE ADJUST" or "OED FULL ADJUST" and
press F to confirm.
5. Having completed the adjustment, select the setting "OFF" and exit the function by
pressing F .
6. Now select the "EMPTY PIPE DETECTION" function. Switch on Empty Pipe
Detection by selecting the following settings:
– EPD → Select ON STANDARD or ON SPECIAL and press F to confirm.
– OED → Select OED and confirm with F .
"
Caution!
The adjustment coefficients must be valid before you can activate the EPD/OED function. If adjustment is incorrect the following messages might appear on the display:
– FULL = EMPTY
The adjustment values for empty pipe and full pipe are identical. In cases of this nature
you must repeat empty-pipe or full-pipe adjustment again!
– ADJUSTMENT NOT OK
Adjustment is not possible because the fluid’s conductivity is out of range.
46
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
14 Group PROCESS PARAMETER
Function description PROCESS PARAMETER
EPD/OED RESPONSE
TIME
!
Note!
This function is not available unless ON STANDARD, ON SPECIAL or OED was selected
in the EMPTY PIPE DETECTION function.
Use this function to enter the time span for which the criteria for an "empty" pipe have to
be satisfied without interruption before a notice message or fault message is generated.
The setting defined here is used by the active empty pipe detection (EPD) or open electrode detection (OED).
User input:
fixed-point number 1.0...100 s
Factory setting:
1.0 s
!
Note!
OED detection time:
The recognition of open electrodes is, in contrast to the empty pipe detection (EPD), very
slow reacting (delay at least 25 seconds) and is only activated after an aditional delay
from the programmed response time!
We recommend in most applications to use the empty pipe detection (EPD) which is an
optimal solution for detecting partly filled measuring tubes.
ECC
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the measuring device is equipped with the optional
electrode cleaning function (ECC).
Use this function to activate cyclical electrode cleaning.
Options:
OFF
ON
Factory setting:
ON (only if the optional electrode cleaning function ECC is available)
Notes on electrode cleaning (ECC)
Conductive deposits on the electrodes and on the walls of the measuring tube (e.g. magnetite) can falsify measurement values. The Electrode Cleaning Circuitry (ECC) was
developed to prevent such conductive deposits accreting in the vicinity of the electrodes.
ECC functions as described above for all available electrode materials except tantalum. If
tantalum is used as the electrode material, the ECC protects the electrode surface only
against oxidation.
"
Caution!
If the ECC is switched off for a prolonged period in applications with conductive deposits, a layer forms inside the measuring tube and this can falsify measurement values. If
the layer is allowed to accrete beyond a certain level, it might no longer be possible to
remove it by switching on the ECC. If this happens the measuring tube must be cleaned
and the layer removed.
ECC DURATION
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the measuring device is equipped with the optional
electrode cleaning function (ECC).
Use this function to specify the electrode cleaning duration.
User input:
fixed-point number 0.01...30.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s
Endress+Hauser
47
14 Group PROCESS PARAMETER
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Function description PROCESS PARAMETER
ECC RECOVERY TIME
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the measuring device is equipped with the optional
electrode cleaning function (ECC).
Use this function to specify the recovery time for which the last flow value measured
prior to cleaning is retained. A recovery time is necessary as the signal outputs can fluctuate after electrode cleaning on account of electrochemical interference voltages.
User input:
max. 3-digit number: 1... 600 s
Factory setting:
5s
"
Caution!
The last value measured prior to cleaning is output for the duration of the recovery time
(max. 600 s). This in turn means that the measuring system does not register changes in
flow, e.g. stoppage, during this time span.
ECC CLEANING CYCLE
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the measuring device is equipped with the optional
electrode cleaning function (ECC).
Use this function to specify the cleaning cycle for electrode cleaning.
User input:
Integer: 30...10080 min
Factory setting:
40 min
48
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
15
15 Group SYSTEM PARAMETERS
Group SYSTEM PARAMETERS
Function description SYSTEM PARAMETERS
INSTALLATION
DIRECTION SENSOR
Use this function to reverse the sign of the flow quantity, if necessary.
Options:
NORMAL (flow as indicated by the arrow)
INVERSE (flow opposite to direction indicated by the arrow)
Factory setting:
NORMAL
!
Note!
Ascertain the actual direction of fluid flow with reference to the direction indicated by
the arrow on the sensor (nameplate).
MEASURING MODE
Use this function to select the measuring mode for all outputs.
Options:
STANDARD
SYMMETRY
Factory setting:
STANDARD
The responses of the individual outputs in each of the measuring modes are described in
detail on the following pages:
Current output and frequency output
STANDARD
Only the flow components for the selected flow direction are totalled, (positive or negative full scale value ➁ = flow direction). Flow components in the opposite direction are
not taken into account (suppression).
Example for current output:
mA
20
4
0
Q
➀
➁
A0001248
SYMMETRY
The output signals of the current and frequency outputs are independent of the direction
of flow (absolute amount of the measured variable).
The "VALUE 20 mA" or "VALUE-f HIGH" ➂ (e.g. backflow) corresponds to the mirrored
VALUE 20 mA or VALUE-f HIGH ➁ (e.g. flow).
Positive and negative flow components are taken into account.
Example for current output:
mA
20
4
0
➂
Q
➀
➁
A0001249
!
Note!
The direction of flow can be output via the configurable status output.
(continued on next page)
Endress+Hauser
49
15 Group SYSTEM PARAMETERS
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Function description SYSTEM PARAMETERS
MEASURING MODE
(continued)
Pulse output
STANDARD
Only positive flow components are totalled. Negative components are not taken into
account.
SYMMETRY
Positive and negative flow components are taken into account.
!
Note!
The direction of flow can be output via the configurable status output.
Status output
!
Note!
The information is only applicable if LIMIT VALUE was selected in the function ASSIGN
STATUS OUTPUT.
STANDARD
The status output signal switches at the defined switch points.
SYMMETRY
The status output signal switches at the defined switch points, irrespective of the sign. In
other words, if you define a switch point with a positive sign, the status output signal
switches as soon as the value is reached in the negative direction (negative sign), (see
illustration).
Example for the SYMMETRY measuring mode:
Switch-on point: Q = 4
Switch-off point: Q = 10
➀ = Status output switched on (conductive)
➁ = Status output switched off (not conductive)
Q
10
4
0
t
-4
- 10
➀
➁
➀
➁
➀
A0001247
POSITIVE ZERO RETURN
Use this function to interrupt evaluation of measured variables.
This is necessary when a piping system is being cleaned, for example.
This setting acts on all function and outputs of the measuring device.
Options:
OFF
ON → Signal output is set to the "ZERO FLOW" value.
Factory setting:
OFF
50
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
15 Group SYSTEM PARAMETERS
Function description SYSTEM PARAMETERS
SYSTEM DAMPING
Use this function to set the filter depth of the digital filter.
This reduces the sensitivity of the measuring signal to interference peaks (e.g. high solids
content, gas bubbles in the fluid, etc.). The system reaction time decreases with an
increasing filter setting.
User input:
0...15
Factory setting:
9
!
Note!
The system damping acts on all functions and outputs of the measuring device.
INTEGRATION TIME
Use this function to set the integration time.
Under normal circumstances it is not necessary to change the factory settings.
User input:
3.3...65 ms
Factory setting:
20 ms at 50 Hz → mains frequency (e.g. Europe)
16.7 ms at 60 Hz → mains frequency (e.g. USA)
"
Caution!
The integration time must not be selected with a greater value than the measuring period
(see Page 53).
!
Note!
The integration time defines the duration of internal totaling of the induced voltage in the
fluid (measured by the measuring electrode), i.e. the time in which the measuring device
records the true flow (afterwards the magnetic field for the next integration is created
from the opposite pole).
Endress+Hauser
51
16 Group SENSOR DATA
Device functions Proline Promag 50
16
Group SENSOR DATA
Function description SENSOR DATA
All sensor data (calibration factors, zero point and nominal diameter etc.) are set at the factory and saved on the S-DAT
sensor memory chip.
"
Caution!
Under normal circumstances you should not change the following parameter settings, because changes affect numerous
functions of the entire measuring facility in general and the accuracy of the measuring system in particular. For this
reason, the functions described below cannot be changed even when you enter your personal code.
Contact the Endress+Hauser service organization if you have any questions about these functions.
CALIBRATION DATE
Use this function to view the current calibration date and time for the sensor.
User interface:
Calibration date and time
Factory setting:
Calibration date and time of the current calibration.
!
Note!
The calibration date and time format is defined in the FORMAT DATE TIME function,
→ Page 9.
K-FACTOR
Use this function to display the current calibration factor for the sensor. The calibration
factor is determined and set at the factory.
User interface:
5-digit fixed-point number: 0.5000...2.0000
Factory setting:
Depends on nominal diameter and calibration
!
Note!
This value is also provided on the sensor nameplate.
ZERO POINT
This function shows the current zero-point correction value for the sensor.
Zero-point correction is determined and set at the factory.
User interface:
max. 4-digit number: –1000...+1000
Factory setting:
Depends on nominal diameter and calibration
!
Note!
This value is also provided on the sensor nameplate.
NOMINAL DIAMETER
This function shows the nominal diameter for the sensor. The nominal diameter depends
on the size of the sensor and is set at the factory.
User interface:
2...2000 mm or 1/12...78"
Factory setting:
Depends on the size of the sensor
!
Note!
This value is also provided on the sensor nameplate.
52
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
16 Group SENSOR DATA
Function description SENSOR DATA
MEASURING PERIOD
Use this function to set the time for a full measuring period.
The duration of the measuring period is calculated from the rise time of the magnetic
field, the brief recovery time, the integration time (which can be set) and the empty pipe
detection time.
User input:
0.0...1000 ms
Factory setting:
Depends on nominal diameter
!
Note!
The system checks the time entered and sets the measuring period which is actually used
internally to a plausible value. If you enter 0 ms, the system automatically computes the
shortest time.
OVERVOLTAGE TIME
Use this function to specify the time in which overvoltage is applied to the coil circuit in
order to build up the magnetic field as fast as possible.
The overvoltage time is adjusted automatically while measuring is in progress. The
overvoltage time depends on the sensor type and the nominal diameter and is set at the
factory.
User interface:
4-digit floating-point number: 0.0...100.0 ms
Factory setting:
Depends on nominal diameter
EPD ELECTRODE
Use this function to check whether the sensor is equipped with an EPD electrode.
User interface:
YES
NO
Factory setting:
YES → Electrode fitted as standard
POLARITY ECC
Use this function to display the actual current polarity for optional electrode cleaning
(ECC). Electrode cleaning uses either a positive or negative current, depending on the
electrode material.
The measuring device automatically selects the correct polarity on the basis of the
electrode-material data stored in the S-DAT.
User interface:
POSITIVE → for electrodes made of: 1.4435, Hastelloy C, platinum, titanium
NEGATIVE → for electrodes made of: tantalum
"
Caution!
If the incorrect current is applied to the electrodes, the electrode material is destroyed.
Endress+Hauser
53
17 Group SUPERVISION
Device functions Proline Promag 50
17
Group SUPERVISION
Function description SUPERVISION
CURRENT SYSTEM
CONDITION
Use this function to check the present system status.
User interface:
"SYSTEM OK" or the fault / notice message with the highest priority.
PREVIOUS SYSTEM
CONDITIONS
Use this function to view the fifteen most recent fault and notice messages since
measuring last started.
User interface:
The last 15 fault/notice messages appear on the display
ASSIGN SYSTEM ERROR
Use this function to view all system errors and the associated error categories (fault
message or notice message). By selecting a certain system error, its error category can be
changed in the subsequent function ERROR CATEGORY.
Options:
CANCEL
List of system errors
!
Note!
• You can exit this function as follows: select "CANCEL" and confirm with F.
• A list of possible system errors is provided in the Operating Instructions Promag 50,
BA 046D/06/en
ERROR CATEGORY
!
Note!
This function is only available if a system error has been selected in the function ASSIGN
SYSTEM ERROR.
Use this function to define whether a system error triggers a notice message or a fault
message. If you select FAULT MESSAGES, all outputs respond to an error in accordance
with their defined error response patterns.
Options:
NOTICE MESSAGES (display only)
FAULT MESSAGES (outputs and display)
!
Note!
Press the F key twice to call up the ASSIGN SYSTEM ERROR function.
ASSIGN PROCESS
ERROR
Use this function to view all process errors and the associated error categories (fault message or notice message). By selecting an individual process error, its error category can be
changed in the subsequent function ERROR CATEGORY.
Options:
CANCEL
List of process errors
!
Note!
• You can exit this function as follows: select "CANCEL" and confirm with F.
• A list of possible process errors is provided in the Operating Instructions Promag 50,
BA 046D/06/en
54
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
17 Group SUPERVISION
Function description SUPERVISION
ERROR CATEGORY
!
Note!
This function is only available if a process error has been selected in the function ASSIGN
PROCESS ERROR.
Use this function to define whether a process error triggers a notice message or a fault
message. If you select FAULT MESSAGES, all outputs respond to an error in accordance
with their defined error response patterns.
Options:
NOTICE MESSAGES (display only)
FAULT MESSAGES (outputs and display)
!
Note!
Press the F key twice to call up the ASSIGN PROCESS ERROR function.
ALARM DELAY
Use this function to define a time span in which the criteria for an error have to be
satisfied without interruption before an error or notice message is generated.
Depending on the setting and the type of error, this suppression acts on:
• Display
• Status output
• Current output
• Frequency output
User input:
0...100 s (in steps of one second)
Factory setting:
0s
"
Caution!
If this function is activated error and notice messages are delayed by the time corresponding to the setting before being forwarded to the higher-order controller (process controller, etc.). It is therefore imperative to check in advance in order to make sure whether a
delay of this nature could affect the safety requirements of the process.
If error and notice messages cannot be suppressed, a value of 0 seconds must be entered
here.
SYSTEM RESET
Use this function to perform a reset of the measuring system.
Options:
NO
RESTART SYSTEM (restart without interrupting power supply)
Factory setting:
NO
OPERATION HOURS
The hours of operation of the device appear on the display.
Display:
Depends on the number of hours of operation elapsed:
Hours of operation < 10 hours → display format = 0:00:00 (hr:min:sec)
Hours of operation 10...10,000 hours → display format = 0000:00 (hr:min)
Hours of operation > 10,000 hours → display format = 000000 (hr)
PERMANENT STORAGE
This function indicates whether permanent storage of all parameters in the EEPROM has
been switched on or off.
Display:
0 = OFF
1 = ON
Factory setting:
ON
Endress+Hauser
55
18 Group SIMULATION SYSTEM
18
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Group SIMULATION SYSTEM
Function description SIMULATION SYSTEM
SIMULATION FAILSAFE
MODE
Use this function to set all inputs, outputs and the totalizer to their defined failsafe
modes, in order to check whether they respond correctly. During this time, the words
"SIMULATION FAILSAFE MODE" appear on the display.
Options:
ON
OFF
Factory setting:
OFF
SIMULATION
MEASURED VARIABLE
Use this function to set all inputs, outputs and the totalizer to their defined flow-response
modes, in order to check whether they respond correctly. During this time, the words
"SIMULATION MEASURAND" appear on the display.
Options:
OFF
VOLUME FLOW
Factory setting:
OFF
"
Caution!
• The measuring device cannot be used for measuring while this simulation is in
progress.
• The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
VALUE SIMULATION
MEASURED VARIABLE
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the SIMULATION MEASURED VARIABLE function
is active (= VOLUME FLOW).
Use this function to specify a selectable value (e.g. 12 m 3/s).
This value is used to test downstream devices and the measuring device itself.
User input:
5-digit floating-point number, [unit]
Factory setting:
0 [unit]
"
Caution!
The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
!
Note!
The appropriate unit is taken from the group SYSTEM UNITS, (see Page 8)
56
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
19
19 Group SENSOR VERSION
Group SENSOR VERSION
Function description SENSOR VERSION
SERIAL NUMBER
Use this function to view the serial number of the sensor.
SENSOR TYPE
Use this function to view the sensor type.
HARDWARE REVISION
NUMBER SENSOR
Use this function to view the hardware revision number of the sensor.
SOFTWARE REVISION
NUMBER
S-DAT
Use this function to view the software revision number of the software used to create the
content of the S-DAT
20
Group AMPLIFIER VERSION
Function description AMPLIFIER VERSION
DEVICE SOFTWARE
Displays the current device software version.
SOFTWARE
REVISION NUMBER
AMPLIFIER
Use this function to view the software revision number of the amplifier.
LANGUAGE GROUP
Use this function to view the language group.
The following language groups can be ordered: WEST EU / USA, EAST EU / SCAND.,
ASIA.
Display:
available language group
!
Note!
• The language options of the available language group are displayed in the LANGUAGE
function.
• You can change the language group via the configuration software FieldCare. Please
do not hesitate to contact your Endress+Hauser sales office if you have any questions.
Endress+Hauser
I/O MODULE TYPE
Use this function to view the configuration of the I/O module complete with terminal
numbers.
SOFTWARE
REVISION NUMBER
I/O MODULE
Use this function to view the software revision number of the I/O module.
57
21 Factory settings
Device functions Proline Promag 50
21
Factory settings
21.1
SI units (not for USA and Canada)
Low flow, full scale value, pulse value, totalizer
Nominal diameter
[mm]
(approx. v = 0.04 m/s)
Full scale value
Pulse value
(approx. v = 2.5 m/s)
(approx. 2 pulses/s at v =
2.5 m/s)
Totalizer
2
1
/12"
0.01
dm3/min
0.5
dm3/min
0.005
dm3
dm3
4
5
/32"
0.05
dm3/min
2
dm3/min
0.025
dm3
dm3
8
5
/16"
0.1
dm /min
8
dm /min
0.10
dm
3
dm3
15
1
0.5
dm3/min
25
dm3/min
0.20
dm3
dm3
3
dm3
/2"
3
3
3
3
25
1"
1
dm /min
75
dm /min
0.50
dm
32
1 1/4"
2
dm3/min
125
dm3/min
1.00
dm3
dm3
1.50
dm
3
dm3
3
dm3
40
1
1 /2"
3
3
dm /min
3
200
3
dm /min
3
50
2"
5
dm /min
300
dm /min
2.50
dm
65
2 1/2"
8
dm3/min
500
dm3/min
5.00
dm3
dm3
3
dm3
3
3
80
3"
12
dm /min
750
dm /min
5.00
dm
100
4"
20
dm3/min
1200
dm3/min
10.00
dm3
dm3
1850
dm3/min
15.00
dm3
dm3
125
5"
30
dm3/min
150
6"
2.5
m3/h
150
m3/h
0.025
m3
m3
300
m3/h
0.05
m3
m3
500
m3/h
0.05
m3
m3
m3
200
8"
5.0
m3/h
250
10"
7.5
m3/h
10
m3/h
750
m3/h
0.10
m3
1000
m3/h
0.10
m3
m3
300
12"
350
14"
15
m3/h
400
16"
20
m3/h
1200
m3/h
0.15
m3
m3
1500
m3/h
0.25
m3
m3
450
18"
25
m3/h
500
20"
30
m3/h
2000
m3/h
0.25
m3
m3
2500
m3/h
0.30
m3
m3
600
24"
40
m3/h
700
28"
50
m3/h
3500
m3/h
0.50
m3
m3
4000
m3/h
0.50
m3
m3
–
30"
60
m3/h
800
32"
75
m3/h
4500
m3/h
0.75
m3
m3
6000
m3/h
0.75
m3
m3
7000
m3/h
1.00
m3
m3
m3
900
36"
100
m3/h
1000
40"
125
m3/h
125
m3/h
8000
m3/h
1.00
m3
10000
m3/h
1.50
m3
m3
–
42"
1200
48"
150
m3/h
–
54"
200
m3/h
13000
m3/h
1.50
m3
m3
14000
m3/h
2.00
m3
m3
1400
–
225
m3/h
–
60"
250
m3/h
16000
m3/h
2.00
m3
m3
18000
m3/h
2.50
m3
m3
1600
–
300
m3/h
–
66"
325
m3/h
20500
m3/h
2.50
m3
m3
23000
m3/h
3.00
m3
m3
28500
m3/h
3.50
m3
m3
28500
m3/h
3.50
m3
m3
1800
72"
350
m3/h
–
78"
450
m3/h
450
m3/h
2000
58
[inch]
Low flow
–
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
21 Factory settings
Language
Country
Language
Australia
English
Austria
Deutsch
Belgium
English
Czech Republic
Czech
Denmark
English
England
English
Finland
Suomi
France
Francais
Germany
Deutsch
Hong Kong
English
Hungary
English
India
English
Indonesia
Bahasa Indonesia
Instruments International
English
Italy
Italiano
Japan
Japanese
Malaysia
English
Netherlands
Nederlands
Norway
Norsk
Poland
Polish
Portugal
Portuguese
Russia
Russian
Singapore
English
South Africa
English
Spain
Espanol
Sweden
Svenska
Switzerland
Deutsch
Thailand
English
Length
Unit
Length
Endress+Hauser
mm
59
21 Factory settings
Device functions Proline Promag 50
21.2
US units (only for USA and Canada)
Low flow, full scale value, pulse value, totalizer
Nominal diameter
[inch]
[mm]
Low flow
Full scale value
Pulse value
Totalizer
(approx. v = 0.04 m/s)
(approx. v = 2.5 m/s)
(approx. 2 pulses/s
at v = 2.5 m/s)
1
2
0.002
gal/min
0.1
gal/min
0.001
gal
5
4
0.008
gal/min
0.5
gal/min
0.005
gal
gal
5
8
0.025
gal/min
2
gal/min
0.02
gal
gal
/ 2"
15
0.10
gal/min
6
gal/min
0.05
gal
gal
1"
25
0.25
gal/min
18
gal/min
0.20
gal
gal
1
1 / 4"
32
0.50
gal/min
30
gal/min
0.20
gal
gal
1 1/2"
40
0.75
gal/min
50
gal/min
0.50
gal
gal
2"
50
1.25
gal/min
75
gal/min
0.50
gal
gal
2 1/2"
65
2.0
gal/min
130
gal/min
1
gal
gal
/12"
/32"
/16"
1
gal
3"
80
2.5
gal/min
200
gal/min
2
gal
gal
4"
100
4.0
gal/min
300
gal/min
2
gal
gal
5"
125
7.0
gal/min
450
gal/min
5
gal
gal
6"
150
12
gal/min
600
gal/min
5
gal
gal
8"
200
15
gal/min
1200
gal/min
10
gal
gal
10"
250
30
gal/min
1500
gal/min
15
gal
gal
12"
300
45
gal/min
2400
gal/min
25
gal
gal
14"
350
60
gal/min
3600
gal/min
30
gal
gal
16"
400
60
gal/min
4800
gal/min
50
gal
gal
18"
450
90
gal/min
6000
gal/min
50
gal
gal
20"
500
120
gal/min
7500
gal/min
75
gal
gal
24"
600
180
gal/min
10500
gal/min
100
gal
gal
28"
700
210
gal/min
13500
gal/min
125
gal
gal
30"
–
270
gal/min
16500
gal/min
150
gal
gal
32"
800
300
gal/min
19500
gal/min
200
gal
gal
36"
900
360
gal/min
24000
gal/min
225
gal
gal
40"
1000
480
gal/min
30000
gal/min
250
gal
gal
42"
–
600
gal/min
33000
gal/min
250
gal
gal
48"
1200
600
gal/min
42000
gal/min
400
gal
gal
54"
–
1.3
Mgal/d
75
Mgal/d
0.0005
Mgal
Mgal
–
1400
1.3
Mgal/d
85
Mgal/d
0.0005
Mgal
Mgal
60"
–
1.3
Mgal/d
95
Mgal/d
0.0005
Mgal
Mgal
–
1600
1.7
Mgal/d
110
Mgal/d
0.0008
Mgal
Mgal
66"
–
2.2
Mgal/d
120
Mgal/d
0.0008
Mgal
Mgal
72"
1800
2.6
Mgal/d
140
Mgal/d
0.0008
Mgal
Mgal
78"
–
3.0
Mgal/d
175
Mgal/d
0.001
Mgal
Mgal
–
2000
3.0
Mgal/d
175
Mgal/d
0.001
Mgal
Mgal
Language, length
Unit
60
Language
English
Length
inch
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
22
22 Index of key words
Index of key words
Numerics
100% Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
A
Access code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Active level (status input) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Actual
Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarm delay (notice or fault messages) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assign
Current output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display line 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display line 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low flow cut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Process error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pulse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12
40
21
27
35
55
19
13
13
23
43
54
28
40
34
54
16
B
Bus address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
C
Code
Access code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Counter (Unlocking) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Private code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commissioning Quick Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contrast LCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12
12
12
10
14
20
D
Device ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Device Revision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Device software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display
Backlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contrast LCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Damping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
42
42
57
Endress+Hauser
47
44
23
55
54
F
Factory settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Failsafe mode
Current output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Frequency output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Pulse output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Flow damping (system damping) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Format (display) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Frequency (High value) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Function matrix
Layout and use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
G
Group
Amplifier version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Current output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Handling totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Measuring values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Process parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Pulse/frequency output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Quick Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Sensor data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Sensor version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Simulation system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Status input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Status output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Supervision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
System parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
System units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
User interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
H
15
14
14
14
15
E
ECC (electrode cleaning) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recovery time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Empty Pipe Detection (EPD/OED)
EPD electrode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EPD/OED adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Response time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switching on/off EPD/OED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
End value frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Error category
Process error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
47
48
47
53
48
53
46
44
Hardware revision number (sensor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
HART Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
I
I/O module type (input/output type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Installation direction sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Integration time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
K
K-Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
L
Language
Factory settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59, 60
Language group (display) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
61
22 Index of key words
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Low flow cut off
Off value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
On value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
M
Manufacturer ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measuring mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measuring period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimum pulse width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
42
49
53
40
N
Nominal diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
O
OED (Open electrode detection)
see Empty Pipe Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off value
Low flow cut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On value
Low flow cut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation mode (pulse/frequency output) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output signal
Frequency output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25,
Pulse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30,
Overflow (totalizer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overvoltage time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
44
43
35
43
34
55
23
26
31
16
53
P
Permanent storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Polarity ECC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Positive zero return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Previous system conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pulse value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pulse width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
55
53
50
54
29
29
Q
Quick Setup commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
R
Reset
All totalizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
S
Sensor
Installation direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
K-Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measuring period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overvoltage time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sensor type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Zero point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Simulation
Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Failsafe mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
62
49
52
53
53
57
57
52
22
56
28
Measured variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pulses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switch point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software revision number
Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Device Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
S-DAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status output
Flow direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switching response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storage
permanent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sum (totalizer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System
Current conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Damping (flow damping) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Previous conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
56
32
40
35
57
57
57
57
12
37
37
37
38
55
16
54
51
55
54
55
T
Tag
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time constant
Current output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frequency output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Failsafe mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reset all totalizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unit selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
42
42
15
21
27
35
16
16
18
17
16
17
18
16
U
Unit
Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Volume flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
V
Value
20 mA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
f high . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Failsafe level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Value simulation
Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measured variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pulse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
21
24
27
22
28
56
33
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
22 Index of key words
Status input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Switch point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Volume flow (display) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Z
Zero point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Endress+Hauser
63
22 Index of key words
64
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Endress+Hauser
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Endress+Hauser
22 Index of key words
65
22 Index of key words
66
Device functions Proline Promag 50
Endress+Hauser
Device Functions Proline Promag 50
Endress+Hauser
67
www.endress.com/worldwide
BA049D/06/en/11.09
71105948
FM+SGML6.0
Technical Information
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Electromagnetic Flow Measuring System
Flow measurement of liquids in chemical or process applications
Application
Electromagnetic flowmeter for bidirectional
measurement of liquids with a minimum
conductivity of ≥ 5 μS/cm:
•
•
•
•
Acid, alkalis
Paints
Pastes
Water, wastewater etc.
•
•
•
•
Flow measurement up to 9600 m³/h (42268 gal/min)
Fluid temperature up to +180 °C (356 °F)
Process pressures up to 40 bar (580 psi)
Lengths in accordance with DVGW/ISO
Application-specific lining materials:
• PTFE
• PFA
Approvals for hazardous area:
• ATEX
• IECEx
• FM
• CSA
• NEPSI
• TIIS
TI047D/06/en/11.09
71106271
Connection to process control system:
• HART
• PROFIBUS DP/PA
• FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• MODBUS RS485
Your benefits
Promag measuring devices offer you cost-effective flow
measurement with a high degree of accuracy for a wide
range of process conditions.
The uniform Proline transmitter concept comprises:
• Modular device and operating concept resulting in a
higher degree of efficiency
• Software options for batching, electrode cleaning and
for measuring pulsating flow
• High degree of reliability and measuring stability
• Uniform operating concept
The tried-and-tested Promag sensors offer:
• No pressure loss
• Not sensitive to vibrations
• Simple installation and commissioning
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Table of contents
Function and system design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Mechanical construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Measuring principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Measuring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Design, dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measuring tube specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Material load diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fitted electrodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Process connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Surface roughness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Measured variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Measuring ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Operable flow range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Input signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Output signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Signal on alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Low flow cutoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Galvanic isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Switching output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Electrical connection, measuring unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Electrical connection, terminal assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Electrical connection, remote version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Supply voltage (power supply) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Cable entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Remote version cable specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Power supply failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Potential equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
25
36
37
38
38
40
40
40
Human interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Display elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Language groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41
41
41
41
Certificates and approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
CE mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C-tick mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure measuring device approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ex approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other standards and guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FOUNDATION Fieldbus certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MODBUS RS485 certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PROFIBUS DP/PA certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
Ordering information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Performance characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Reference operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Maximum measured error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Repeatability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Registered trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Operating conditions: Installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Installation instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Inlet and outlet run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Length of connecting cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Operating conditions: Environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Ambient temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Shock and vibration resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Operating conditions: Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Medium temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Conductivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Medium pressure range (nominal pressure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Pressure tightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Limiting flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Function and system design
Measuring principle
Following Faraday's law of magnetic induction, a voltage is induced in a conductor moving through a magnetic
field.
In the electromagnetic measuring principle, the flowing medium is the moving conductor.
The voltage induced is proportional to the flow velocity and is supplied to the amplifier by means
of two measuring electrodes. The flow volume is calculated by means of the pipe cross-sectional area.
The DC magnetic field is created through a switched direct current of alternating polarity.
Ue
I
V
B
I
L
A0003191
Ue = B · L · v
Q=A·v
Ue
B
L
v
Q
A
I
Measuring system
Induced voltage
Magnetic induction (magnetic field)
Electrode spacing
Flow velocity
Volume flow
Pipe cross-section
Current strength
The measuring system consists of a transmitter and a sensor.
Two versions are available:
• Compact version: Transmitter and sensor form a mechanical unit.
• Remote version: Sensor is mounted separate from the transmitter.
Transmitter:
• Promag 50 (user interface with push buttons for operation, two-line display, illuminated)
• Promag 53 ("Touch Control" without opening the housing, four-line display, unilluminated)
Sensor:
• Promag P (DN 15 to 600 / ½ to 24")
Endress+Hauser
3
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Input
Measured variable
Flow velocity (proportional to induced voltage)
Measuring ranges
Measuring ranges for liquids
Typically v = 0.01 to 10 m/s (0.03 to 33 ft/s) with the specified accuracy
Operable flow range
Over 1000 : 1
Input signal
Status input (auxiliary input)
• U = 3 to 30 V DC, Ri = 5 kΩ, galvanically isolated
• Configurable for: totalizer(s) reset, measured value suppression, error-message reset
Status input (auxiliary input) with PROFIBUS DP and MODBUS RS485
• U = 3 to 30 V DC, Ri = 3 kΩ, galvanically isolated
• Switching level: 3 to 30 V DC, independent of polarity
• Configurable for: totalizer(s) reset, measured value suppression, error-message reset,
batching start/stop (optional), batch totalizer reset (optional)
Current input (only Promag 53)
• active/passive selectable, galvanically isolated, full scale value selectable, resolution: 3 μA,
temperature coefficient: typ. 0.005% o.r./°C (o.r. = of reading)
• active: 4 to 20 mA, Ri ≤ 150 Ω, max. 24 V DC, short-circuit-proof
• passive: 0/4 to 20 mA, Ri < 150 Ω, max. 30 V DC
Output
Output signal
Promag 50
Current output
active/passive selectable, galvanically isolated, time constant selectable (0.01 to 100 s),
full scale value selectable, temperature coefficient: typ. 0.005% o.r./°C (o.r. = of reading), resolution: 0.5 μA
• active: 0/4 to 20 mA, RL < 700 Ω (HART: RL ≥ 250 Ω)
• passive: 4 to 20 mA, operating voltage VS : 18 to 30 V DC, Ri ≥ 150 Ω
Pulse/frequency output
passive, open collector, 30 V DC, 250 mA, galvanically isolated
• Frequency output: full scale frequency 2 to 1000 Hz (fmax = 1250 Hz), on/off ratio 1:1, pulse width max. 10s
• Pulse output: pulse value and pulse polarity selectable, max. pulse width configurable (0.5 to 2000 ms)
PROFIBUS DP interface
• Transmission technology (Physical Layer): RS485 in accordance with ANSI/TIA/EIA-485-A: 1998,
galvanically isolated
• Profil version 3.0
• Data transmission rate: 9,6 kBaud to 12 MBaud
• Automatic data transmission rate recognition
• Function blocks: 1 × analog Input, 1 × totalizer
• Output data: volume flow, totalizer
• Input data: positive zero return (ON/OFF), totalizer control, value for local display
• Cyclic data transmission compatible with previous model Promag 33
• Bus address adjustable via miniature switches or local display (optional) at the measuring device
PROFIBUS PA interface
• Transmission technology (Physical Layer): IEC 61158-2 (MBP), galvanically isolated
• Profil version 3.0
• Current consumption: 11 mA
• Permissible supply voltage: 9 to 32 V
• Bus connection with integrated reverse polarity protection
• Error current FDE (Fault Disconnection Electronic): 0 mA
• Function blocks: 1 × analog input, 2 × totalizer
• Output data: volume flow, totalizer
• Input data: positive zero return (ON/OFF), control totalizer, value for local display
• Cyclic data transmission compatible with previous model Promag 33
• Bus address adjustable via miniature switches or local display (optional) at the measuring device
4
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Promag 53
Current output
active/passive selectable, galvanically isolated, time constant selectable (0.01 to 100 s),
full scale value selectable, temperature coefficient: typ. 0.005% o.r./°C (o.r. = of reading), resolution: 0.5 μA
• active: 0/4 to 20 mA, RL < 700 Ω (HART: RL ≥ 250 Ω)
• passive: 4 to 20 mA, operating voltage VS : 18 to 30 V DC, Ri ≥ 150 Ω
Pulse/frequency output
active/passive selectable, galvanically isolated (Ex i version: only passive)
• active: 24 V DC, 25 mA (max. 250 mA during 20 ms), RL > 100 Ω
• passive: open collector, 30 V DC, 250 mA
• Frequency output: full scale frequency 2 to 10000 Hz (fmax = 12500 Hz), EEx-ia: 2 to 5000 Hz;
on/off ratio 1:1, pulse width max. 10 s
• Pulse output: pulse value and pulse polarity selectable, max. pulse width configurable (0.05 to 2000 ms)
PROFIBUS DP interface
• Transmission technology (Physical Layer): RS485 in accordance with ANSI/TIA/EIA-485-A: 1998,
galvanically isolated
• Profil version 3.0
• Data transmission rate: 9,6 kBaud to 12 MBaud
• Automatic data transmission rate recognition
• Function blocks: 2 × analog Input, 3 × totalizer
• Output data: volume flow, calculated mass flow, totalizer 1 to 3
• Input data: positive zero return (ON/OFF), totalizer control, value for local display
• Cyclic data transmission compatible with previous model Promag 33
• Bus address adjustable via miniature switches or local display (optional) at the measuring device
• Available output combination → ä 8
PROFIBUS PA interface
• Transmission technology (Physical Layer): IEC 61158-2 (MBP), galvanically isolated
• Profil version 3.0
• Current consumption: 11 mA
• Permissible supply voltage: 9 to 32 V
• Bus connection with integrated reverse polarity protection
• Error current FDE (Fault Disconnection Electronic): 0 mA
• Function blocks: 2 × analog input, 3 × totalizer
• Output data: volume flow, calculated mass flow, totalizer 1 to 3
• Input data: positive zero return (ON/OFF), totalizer control, value for local display
• Cyclic data transmission compatible with previous model Promag 33
• Bus address adjustable via miniature switches or local display (optional) at the measuring device
MODBUS RS485 interface
• Transmission technology (Physical Layer): RS485 in accordance with ANSI/TIA/EIA-485-A: 1998,
galvanically isolated
• MODBUS device type: Slave
• Adress range: 1 to 247
• Bus address adjustable via miniature switches or local display (optional) at the measuring device
• Supported MODBUS function codes: 03, 04, 06, 08, 16, 23
• Broadcast: supported with the function codes 06, 16, 23
• Übertragungsmodus: RTU oder ASCII
• Supported baudrate: 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200 Baud
• Response time:
– Direct data access = typically 25 to 50 ms
– Auto-scan buffer (data range) = typically 3 to 5 ms
• Available output combination → ä 8
Endress+Hauser
5
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface
• FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
• Transmission technology (Physical Layer): IEC 61158-2 (MBP), galvanically isolated
• ITK version 5.01
• Current consumption: 12 mA
• Error current FDE (Fault Disconnection Electronic): 0 mA
• Bus connection with integrated reverse polarity protection
• Function blocks:
– 5 × Analog Input (execution time: 18 ms each)
– 1 × PID (25 ms)
– 1 × Digital Output (18 ms)
– 1 × Signal Characterizer (20 ms)
– 1 × Input Selector (20 ms)
– 1 × Arithmetic (20 ms)
– 1 × Integrator (18 ms)
• Output data: volume flow, calculated mass flow, temperature, totalizer 1 to 3
• Input data: positive zero return (ON/OFF), reset totalizer
• Link Master (LM) functionality is supported
Current output → failure response selectable (e.g. in accordance with NAMUR recommendation NE 43)
Pulse/frequency output → failure response selectable
Status output (Promag 50) → non-conductive by fault or power supply failure
Relay output (Promag 53) → de-energized by fault or power supply failure
Signal on alarm
•
•
•
•
Load
see "Output signal"
Low flow cutoff
Switch points for low flow cutoff are selectable.
Galvanic isolation
All circuits for inputs, outputs and power supply are galvanically isolated from each other.
Switching output
Status output (Promag 50, Promag 53)
Open collector, max. 30 V DC / 250 mA, galvanically isolated.
Configurable for: error messages, Empty Pipe Detection (EPD), flow direction, limit values.
Relay outputs (Promag 53)
Normally closed (NC or break) or normally open (NO or make) contacts available
(default: relay 1 = NO, relay 2 = NC), max. 30 V / 0,5 A AC ; 60 V / 0,1 A DC, galvanically isolated.
Configurable for: error messages, Empty Pipe Detection (EPD), flow direction, limit values, batching contacts.
6
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Power supply
Electrical connection,
measuring unit
A
C
B
d
d
g
b
g
b
a
a
a
b d/(g) (d)
PROFIBUS PA*
FOUNDATION Fieldbus*
HART*
f
– 27
+ 26
– 25
+ 24
– 23
+ 22
– 21
+ 20
N (L-) 2
L1 (L+)1
d
e
c
PA(–)/FF(–)
PA(+)/FF(+)
–
+
f
–
+
–
+
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
N (L-) 2
L1 (L+) 1
b
N (L-) 2
L1 (L+) 1
e
c
b
PROFIBUS DP**
MODBUS RS485**
PROFIBUS DP*
A (RxD/TxD-N) 27
B (RxD/TxD-P) 26
– 25
+ 24
f
– 23
+ 22
– 21
+ 20
d
d
e
g
c
A (RxD/TxD-N)
B (RxD/TxD-P)
–
+
f
–
+
–
+
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
N (L-) 2
L1 (L+) 1
b
d
e
g
c
b
A0002441
Connecting the transmitter, cable cross-section max. 2.5 mm2 (14 AWG)
A
B
C
View A (field housing)
View B (stainless steel field housing)
View C (wall-mount housing)
*)
**)
a
b
fixed communication boards
flexible communication boards
Connection compartment cover
Cable for power supply: 85 to 260 V AC / 20 to 55 V AC / 16 to 62 V DC
- Terminal No. 1: L1 for AC, L+ for DC
- Terminal No. 2: N for AC, L– for DC
Ground terminal for protective conductor
Signal cable: see "Electrical connection, terminal assignment" → ä 8
Fieldbus cable:
- Terminal No. 26: DP (B) / PA + / FF + / MODBUS RS485 (B) / (PA, FF: with polarity protection)
- Terminal No. 27: DP (A) / PA – / FF – / MODBUS RS485 (A) / (PA, FF: with polarity protection)
Ground terminal for signal cable shield / Fieldbus cable / RS485 line
Service adapter for connecting service interface FXA193 (Fieldcheck, FieldCare)
Signal cable: see "Electrical connection, terminal assignment" → ä 8
Cable for external termination (only for PROFIBUS DP with fixed assignment communication board):
- Terminal No. 24: +5 V
- Terminal No. 25: DGND
c
d
e
f
g
Endress+Hauser
7
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Electrical connection,
terminal assignment
Terminal assignment, Promag 50
Order variant
Terminal No. (inputs/outputs)
20 (+) / 21 (–)
22 (+) / 23 (–)
24 (+) / 25 (–)
26 (+) / 27 (–)
50***-***********W
–
–
–
Current output HART
50***-***********A
–
–
Frequency output
Current output HART
50***-***********D
Status input
Status output
Frequency output
Current output HART
50***-***********H
–
–
–
PROFIBUS PA
50***-***********J
–
–
+5 V (external
termination)
PROFIBUS DP
50***-***********S
–
–
Frequency output,
Ex i, passive
Current output, Ex i,
passive, HART
50***-***********T
–
–
Frequency output,
Ex i, passive
Current output, Ex i,
passive, HART
Ground terminal → ä 7
Terminal assignment, Promag 53
The inputs and outputs on the communication board can be either permanently assigned or variable, depending
on the version ordered (see table). Replacements for modules which are defective or which have to be replaced
can be ordered as accessories.
Order variant
Terminal No. (inputs/outputs)
20 (+) / 21 (–)
22 (+) / 23 (–)
24 (+) / 25 (–)
26 (+) / 27 (–)
Fixed communication boards (fixed assignment)
53***-***********A
–
–
Frequency output
Current output HART
53***-***********B
Relay output 2
Relay output 1
Frequency output
Current output HART
53***-***********F
–
–
–
PROFIBUS PA, Ex i
53***-***********G
–
–
–
FOUNDATION Fieldbus, Ex i
53***-***********H
–
–
–
PROFIBUS PA
53***-***********J
–
–
–
PROFIBUS DP
53***-***********K
–
–
–
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
53***-***********Q
–
–
Status input
MODBUS RS485
53***-***********S
–
–
Frequency output, Ex i
Current output, Ex i,
passive, HART
53***-***********T
–
–
Frequency output, Ex i
Current output, Ex i,
passive, HART
53***-***********C
Relay output 2
Relay output 1
Frequency output
Current output HART
53***-***********D
Status input
Relay output
Frequency output
Current output HART
Flexible communication boards
53***-***********L
Status input
Relay output 2
Relay output 1
Current output HART
53***-***********M
Status input
Frequency output
Frequency output
Current output HART
53***-***********N
Current output
Frequency output
Status input
MODBUS RS485
53***-***********P
Current output
Frequency output
Status input
PROFIBUS DP
53***-***********V
Relay output 2
Relay output 1
Status input
PROFIBUS DP
53***-***********2
Relay output
Current output
Frequency output
Current output HART
53***-***********4
Current input
Relay output
Frequency output
Current output HART
53***-***********5
Status input
Current input
Frequency output
Current output HART
53***-***********7
Relay output 2
Relay output 1
Status input
MODBUS RS485
Ground terminal → ä 7
8
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Electrical connection,
remote version
8
4 37 36
S
GND
7
E
5
E2
6
d
S2
S1
E1
c
42 41
a
d
5
7
4 37
GND
n.c.
E1
b
n.c.
E2
n.c.
42 41
E
c
A0011722
Connecting the remote version
a
Wall-mount housing connection compartment
b
Sensor connection housing cover
c
Signal cable
d
Coil current cable
n.c. Not connected, insulated cable shields
Terminal no. and cable colors: 6/5 = brown; 7/8 = white; 4 = green; 36/37 = yellow
Supply voltage (power supply)
• 85 to 260 V AC, 45 to 65 Hz
• 20 to 55 V AC, 45 to 65 Hz
• 16 to 62 V DC
PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• Non-Ex: 9 to 32 V DC
• Ex i: 9 to 24 V DC
• Ex d: 9 to 32 V DC
Cable entry
Power supply and signal cables (inputs/ outputs):
• Cable entry M20 × 1.5 (8 to 12 mm / 0.31 to 0.47")
• Sensor cable entry for armoured cables M20 × 1.5 (9.5 to 16 mm / 0.37 to 0.63")
• Thread for cable entries, ½" NPT, G ½"
Connecting cable for remote version:
• Cable entry M20 × 1.5 (8 to 12 mm / 0.31 to 0.47")
• Sensor cable entry for armoured cables M20 × 1.5 (9.5 to 16 mm / 0.37 to 0.63")
• Thread for cable entries, ½" NPT, G ½"
Remote version cable
specifications
Coil cable
• 2 × 0.75 mm2 (18 AWG) PVC cable with common, braided copper shield (∅ ∼ 7 mm / 0.28")
• Conductor resistance: ≤ 37 Ω/km (≤ 0.011 Ω/ft)
• Capacitance core/core, shield grounded: ≤ 120 pF/m (≤ 37 pF/ft)
• Operating temperature: –20 to +80 °C (–68 to +176 °F)
• Cable cross-section: max. 2.5 mm2 (14 AWG)
• Test voltage for cable insulation: ≤ 1433 AC r.m.s. 50/60 Hz or ≥ 2026 V DC
Signal cable
• 3 × 0.38 mm2 (20 AWG) PVC cable with common, braided copper shield (∅ ∼ 7 mm / 0.28") and individual
shielded cores
• With empty pipe detection (EPD): 4 × 0.38 mm2 (20 AWG) PVC cable with common,
braided copper shield (∅ ∼ 7 mm / 0.28") and individual shielded cores
• Conductor resistance: ≤ 50 Ω/km (≤ 0.015 Ω/ft)
• Capacitance core/shield: ≤ 420 pF/m (≤ 128 pF/ft)
• Operating temperature: –20 to +80 °C (–68 to +176 °F)
• Cable cross-section: max. 2.5 mm2 (14 AWG)
Endress+Hauser
9
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
a
b
A0003194
a
b
Signal cable
Coil current cable
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Core
Core insulation
Core shield
Core jacket
Core reinforcement
Cable shield
Outer jacket
Operation in zones of severe electrical interference
The measuring device complies with the general safety requirements in accordance with EN 61010 and
the EMC requirements of IEC/EN 61326 and NAMUR recommendation NE 21.
"
Power consumption
Caution!
Grounding is by means of the ground terminals provided for the purpose inside the connection housing.
Ensure that the stripped and twisted lengths of cable shield to the ground terminal are as short as possible.
• AC: < 15 VA (incl. sensor)
• DC: < 15 W (incl. sensor)
Switch-on current:
• Max. 3 A (< 5 ms) for 260 V AC
• Max. 13.5 A (< 50 ms) for 24 V DC
Power supply failure
10
Lasting min. ½ cycle frequency: EEPROM saves measuring system data
• EEPROM or T-DAT (Promag 53 only) retain the measuring system data in the event of a power supply failure
• S-DAT: exchangeable data storage chip which stores the data of the sensor (nominal diameter, serial number,
calibration factor, zero point etc.)
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Potential equalization
#
Warning!
The measuring system must be included in the potential equalization.
Perfect measurement is only ensured when the fluid and the sensor have the same electrical potential. This is
ensured by the reference electrode integrated in the sensor as standard.
The following should also be taken into consideration for potential equalization:
• Internal grounding concepts in the company
• Operating conditions, such as the material/ grounding of the pipes (see table)
Standard situation
Operating conditions
Potential equalization
When using the measuring device in a:
• Metal, grounded pipe
Potential equalization takes place via the ground terminal of the
transmitter.
!
Note!
When installing in metal pipes, we recommend you connect the
ground terminal of the transmitter housing with the piping.
A0011892
Via the ground terminal of the transmitter
Special situations
Operating conditions
Potential equalization
When using the measuring device in a:
• Metal pipe that is not grounded
This connection method also applies in situations where:
• Customary potential equalization cannot be ensured.
• Excessively high equalizing currents can be expected.
Both sensor flanges are connected to the pipe flange by means of
a ground cable (copper wire, at least 6 mm² / 0.0093 in²) and
grounded. Connect the transmitter or sensor connection
housing, as applicable, to ground potential by means of the
ground terminal provided for the purpose.
• DN ≤ 300 (12"): the ground cable is mounted directly on the
conductive flange coating with the flange screws.
• DN ≥ 350 (14"): the ground cable is mounted directly on the
transportation metal support.
DN ! 300
DN " 350
!
Note!
The ground cable for flange-to-flange connections can be
ordered separately as an accessory from Endress+Hauser.
A0011893
Via the ground terminal of the transmitter and the
flanges of the pipe
When using the measuring device in a:
• Plastic pipe
• Pipe with insulating lining
This connection method also applies in situations where:
• Customary potential equalization cannot be ensured.
• Excessively high equalizing currents can be expected.
Potential equalization takes place using additional ground disks,
which are connected to the ground terminal via a ground cable
(copper wire, at least 6 mm² / 0.0093 in²). When installing the
ground disks, please comply with the enclosed Installation
Instructions.
Endress+Hauser
A0011895
Via the ground terminal of the transmitter and the
optionally available ground disks
11
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Operating conditions
Potential equalization
When using the measuring device in a:
• Pipe with a cathodic protection unit
The device is installed potential-free in the pipe.
Only the two flanges of the pipe are connected with a ground
cable (copper wire, at least 6 mm² / 0.0093 in²). Here, the
ground cable is mounted directly on the conductive flange
coating with flange screws.
Note the following when installing:
• The applicable regulations regarding potential-free installation
must be observed.
• There should be no electrically conductive connection
between the pipe and the device.
• The mounting material must withstand the applicable
torques.
12
A0011896
Potential equalization and cathodic protection
1
2
Power supply isolation transformer
Electrically isolated
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Performance characteristics
Reference operating
conditions
As per DIN EN 29104 and VDI/VDE 2641:
• Fluid temperature: +28 °C ± 2 K (+82 °F ± 2 K)
• Ambient temperature: +22 °C ±2 K (+72 °F ± 2 K)
• Warm-up period: 30 minutes
Installation conditions:
• Inlet run > 10 × DN
• Outlet run > 5 × DN
• Sensor and transmitter grounded.
• The sensor is centered in the pipe.
Maximum measured error
Promag 50:
• Current output: also typically ± 5 μA
• Pulse output: ±0.5% o.r. ± 1 mm/s (±0.5% o.r. ± 0.04 in/s)
optional: ±0.2% o.r. ± 2 mm/s (±0.2% o.r. ± 0.08 in/s) (o.r. = of reading)
Promag 53:
• Current output: also typically ± 5 μA
• Pulse output: ±0.2% o.r. ± 2 mm/s (±0.2% o.r. ± 0.08 in/s) (o.r. = of reading)
Fluctuations in the supply voltage do not have any effect within the specified range.
[%]
2.5
2.0
0.5 %
1.5
0.2 %
1.0
0.5
0
0
0
1
2
5
4
10
6
15
20
8
25
10
30
32
[m/s]
v
[ft] A0005531
Max. measured error in % of reading
Repeatability
Endress+Hauser
Max. ±0.1% o.r. ± 0.5 mm/s (±0.1% o.r. ± 0.02 in/s) (o.r. = of reading)
13
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Operating conditions: Installations
Installation instructions
Mounting location
Entrained air or gas bubble formation in the measuring tube can result in an increase in measuring errors.
Avoid the following installation locations in the pipe:
• Highest point of a pipeline. Risk of air accumulating!
• Directly upstream from a free pipe outlet in a vertical pipeline.
h " 2 x DN
A0011899
Mounting location
Installation of pumps
Sensors may not be installed on the pump suction side. This precaution is to avoid low pressure and the
consequent risk of damage to the lining of the measuring tube. Information on the pressure tightness of the
measuring tube lining → ä 22, Section "Pressure tightness".
Pulsation dampers may be needed when using piston pumps, piston diaphragm pumps or hose pumps.
Information on the shock and vibration resistance of the measuring system → ä 20, Section "Shock and
vibration resistance".
A0011900
Installation of pumps
14
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Partially filled pipes
Partially filled pipes with gradients necessitate a drain-type configuration.
The empty pipe detection function (EPD) provides additional security in detecting empty or partially filled
pipes.
"
Caution!
Risk of solids accumulating. Do not install the sensor at the lowest point in the drain. It is advisable to install a
cleaning valve.
" 2 x DN
" 5 x DN
A0011901
Installation with partially filled pipes
Down pipes
Install a siphon or a vent valve downstream of the sensor in down pipes h ≥ 5 m (16.4 ft). This precaution is
to avoid low pressure and the consequent risk of damage to the lining of the measuring tube. This measure also
prevents the liquid current stopping in the pipe which could cause air locks. Information on the pressure
tightness of the measuring tube lining → ä 22, Section "Pressure tightness".
1
h
2
A0011902
Installation measures for vertical pipes
1
2
h
Endress+Hauser
Vent valve
Pipe siphon
Length of the down pipe
15
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Orientation
An optimum orientation helps avoid gas and air accumulations and deposits in the measuring tube. However,
the measuring device also offers the additional function of empty pipe detection (EPD) for detecting partially
filled measuring tubes or if outgassing fluids or fluctuating operating pressures are present.
Vertical orientation
This is the ideal orientation for self-emptying piping systems and for use in conjunction with empty pipe
detection.
A0011903
Vertical orientation
Horizontal orientation
The measuring electrode axis should be horizontal. This prevents brief insulation of the two measuring
electrodes by entrained air bubbles.
"
Caution!
Empty pipe detection only works correctly with horizontal orientation if the transmitter housing is facing
upwards. Otherwise there is no guarantee that empty pipe detection will respond if the measuring tube is only
partially filled or empty.
A
1
2
2
A
3
A0011904
Horizontal orientation
1
2
3
16
EPD electrode for empty pipe detection
Measuring electrodes for signal detection
Reference electrode for potential equalization
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Vibrations
Secure the piping and the sensor if vibration is severe.
"
Caution!
If vibrations are too severe, we recommend the sensor and transmitter be mounted separately. Information on
the permitted shock and vibration resistance → ä 20, Section "Shock and vibration resistance".
L
A0011906
Measures to prevent vibration of the measuring device
L > 10 m (33 ft)
"
Foundations, supports
If the nominal diameter is DN ≥ 350, mount the transmitter on a foundation of adequate load-bearing strength.
Caution!
Do not allow the casing to take the weight of the sensor. This would buckle the casing and damage the internal
magnetic coils.
A0003209
Endress+Hauser
17
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Inlet and outlet run
If possible, install the sensor well clear of assemblies such as valves, T-pieces, elbows etc.
Note the following inlet and outlet runs to comply with measuring accuracy specifications:
• Inlet run: ≥ 5 × DN
• Outlet run: ≥ 2 × DN
" 5 x DN
" 2 x DN
A0011905
Inlet and outlet run
Adapters
Suitable adapters to DIN EN 545 (double-flange reducers) can be used to install the sensor in larger-diameter
pipes. The resultant increase in the rate of flow improves measuring accuracy with very slow-moving fluids.
The nomogram shown here can be used to calculate the pressure loss caused by reducers and expanders.
!
Note!
The nomogram only applies to liquids of viscosity similar to water.
1.
Calculate the ratio of the diameters d/D.
2.
From the nomogram read off the pressure loss as a function of flow velocity (downstream from the
reduction) and the d/D ratio.
[mbar] 100
8 m/s
7 m/s
6 m/s
10
5 m/s
4 m/s
max. 8°
3 m/s
d
D
2 m/s
1
1 m/s
d/D
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
A0011907
Pressure loss due to adapters
18
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Length of connecting cable
When mounting the remote version, please note the following to achieve correct measuring results:
• Fix cable run or lay in armored conduit. Cable movements can falsify the measuring signal especially in the
case of low fluid conductivities.
• Route the cable well clear of electrical machines and switching elements.
• If necessary, ensure potential equalization between sensor and transmitter.
• The permitted cable length Lmax is determined by the fluid conductivity. A minimum conductivity of
20 μS/cm is required for measuring demineralized water.
• When the empty pipe detection function is switched on (EPD),
the maximum connecting cable length is 10 m (33 ft).
[µS/cm]
200
100
L max
5
[m]
10
100
L max
200
[ft]
0
200
400
600
A0010734
Permitted length of connecting cable for remote version
Area marked in gray = permitted range; Lmax = length of connecting cable in [m] ([ft]); fluid conductivity in [μS/cm]
Endress+Hauser
19
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Operating conditions: Environment
Ambient temperature range
!
Transmitter
• Standard: –20 to +60 °C (–4 to +140 °F)
• Optional: –40 to +60 °C (–40 to +140 °F)
Note!
At ambient temperatures below –20 °C (–4 °F)the readability of the display may be impaired.
Sensor
• Flange material carbon steel: –10 to +60 °C (+14 to +140 °F)
• Flange material stainless steel: –40 to +60 °C (–40 to +140 °F)
"
Caution!
The permitted temperature range of the measuring tube lining may not be undershot or overshot
→ ä 21, Section "Medium temperature range".
Please note the following points:
• Install the device in a shady location. Avoid direct sunlight, particularly in warm climatic regions.
• The transmitter must be mounted separate from the sensor if both the ambient and fluid temperatures are
high.
Storage temperature
The storage temperature corresponds to the operating temperature range of the measuring transmitter and the
appropriate measuring sensors.
"
Caution!
• The measuring device must be protected against direct sunlight during storage in order to avoid unacceptably
high surface temperatures.
• A storage location must be selected where moisture does not collect in the measuring device. This will help
prevent fungus and bacteria infestation which can damage the liner.
• Do not remove the protective plates or caps on the process connections until the device is ready to install.
Degree of protection
• Standard: IP 67 (NEMA 4X) for transmitter and sensor.
• Optional: IP 68 (NEMA 6P) for sensor for remote version.
• For information regarding applications where the device is buried directly in the soil or is installed in a
flooded wastewater basin please contact your local Endress+Hauser Sales Center.
Shock and vibration resistance
Acceleration up to 2 g following IEC 600 68-2-6
Electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC)
• As per IEC/EN 61326 and NAMUR recommendation NE 21.
20
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Operating conditions: Process
Medium temperature range
The permitted temperature depends on the lining of the measuring tube:
• PTFE: –40 to +130 °C (–40 to +266 °F) (DN 15 to 600 / ½ to 24"), restrictions → see diagrams
• PFA: –20 to +180 °C (–4 to +356 °F) (DN 25 to 200 / 1 to 8"), restrictions → see diagrams
TA [°F]
140
100
[°C]
60
HT
40
n
20
0
0
PFA
-20
m
-40
PTFE
-40
-40 -20
-40
0
20
0
40
60
100
80 100 120 140 160 180
200
300
[°C]
TF
360 [°F]
A0002660
Compact version (with PFA or PTFE lining)
TA = Ambient temperature, TF = Fluid temperature, HT = High temperature version with insulatio
➀ Gray shaded area → temperature range from –10 to –40 °C (–14 to –40 °F) applies only to stainless steel flanges
n HE + IP 68 to 130 °C (266 °F) only
TA [°F]
140
100
[°C]
60
HT
40
n
20
0
0
PFA
-20
m
-40
PTFE
-40
-40 -20
-40
0
0
20
40
100
60
80 100 120 140 160 180
200
300
[°C]
TF
360 [°F]
A0002671
Remote version (with PFA or PTFE lining)
TA = Ambient temperature, TF = Fluid temperature, HT = High temperature version with insulatio
➀ Gray shaded area → temperature range from –10 to –40 °C (–14 to –40 °F) applies only to stainless steel flanges
n HE + IP 68 to 130 °C (266 °F) only
Endress+Hauser
21
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Conductivity
!
The minimum conductivity is:
• ≥ 5 μS/cm for fluids generally
• ≥ 20 μS/cm for demineralized water
Note!
In the remote version, the necessary minimum conductivity also depends on the cable length
(→ ä 19, Section "Length of connecting cable").
Medium pressure range
(nominal pressure)
• EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501)
– PN 10 (DN 200 to 600 / 8 to 24")
– PN 16 (DN 65 to 600 / 3 to 24")
– PN 25 (DN 200 to 600 / 8 to 24")
– PN 40 (DN 15 to 150 / ½ to 6")
• ANSI B 16.5
– Class 150 (DN ½ to 24")
– Class 300 (DN ½ to 6")
• JIS B2220
– 10 K (DN 50 to 300 / 2 to 12")
– 20 K (DN 15 to 300 / ½ to 12")
• AS 2129
– Table E (DN 25, 50 / 1", 2")
• AS 4087
– PN 16 (DN 50 / 2")
Pressure tightness
Measuring tube lining: PTFE
Nominal diameter
Limit values for abs. pressure [mbar] ([psi]) at fluid temperatures:
25 °C (77 °F)
80 °C (176 °F)
100 °C (212 °F)
130 °C (266 °F)
[mm]
[inch]
[mbar]
[psi]
[mbar]
[psi]
[mbar]
[psi]
[mbar]
[psi]
15
½"
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
1.45
25
1"
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
1.45
32
–
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
1.45
40
1½"
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
1.45
50
2"
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
1.45
65
–
0
0
*
*
40
0.58
130
1.89
80
3"
0
0
*
*
40
0.58
130
1.89
100
4"
0
0
*
*
135
1.96
170
2.47
125
–
135
1.96
*
*
240
3.48
385
5.58
150
6"
135
1.96
*
*
240
3.48
385
5.58
200
8"
200
2.90
*
*
290
4.21
410
5.95
250
10"
330
4.79
*
*
400
5.80
530
7.69
300
12"
400
5.80
*
*
500
7.25
630
9.14
350
14"
470
6.82
*
*
600
8.70
730
10.6
400
16"
540
7.83
*
*
670
9.72
800
11.6
450
18"
500
20"
600
24"
Partial vacuum is impermissible!
* No value can be specified.
22
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Measuring tube lining: PFA
Nominal diameter
Limit values for abs. pressure [mbar] ([psi]) at fluid temperatures:
25 °C (77 °F)
80 °C (176 °F)
100 to 180 °C (212 to 356 °F)
[mm]
[inch]
[mbar]
[psi]
[mbar]
[psi]
[mbar]
[psi]
25
1"
0
0
0
0
0
0
32
–
0
0
0
0
0
0
40
1½"
0
0
0
0
0
0
50
2"
0
0
0
0
0
0
65
–
0
0
*
*
0
0
80
3"
0
0
*
*
0
0
100
4"
0
0
*
*
0
0
125
–
0
0
*
*
0
0
150
6"
0
0
*
*
0
0
200
8"
0
0
*
*
0
0
* No value can be specified.
Limiting flow
The diameter of the pipe and the flow rate determine the nominal diameter of the sensor.
The optimum flow velocity is between 2 to 3 m/s (6.5 to 9.8 ft/s). The velocity of flow (v), moreover, has to
be matched to the physical properties of the fluid:
• v < 2 m/s (6.5 ft/s): for abrasive fluids such as potter's clay, lime milk, ore slurry etc.
• v > 2 m/s (6.5 ft/s): for fluids causing build-up such as wastewater sludges etc.
Flow characteristic values (SI units)
Diameter
Endress+Hauser
Recommended flow rate
Min./max. full scale value
(v ~ 0.3 or 10 m/s)
Factory settings
Pulse value
(~ 2 pulses/s)
Low flow cut off
(v ~ 0.04 m/s)
25 dm3/min
0.20 dm3
0.50 dm3/min
9 to 300 dm3/min
75 dm3/min
0.50 dm3
1.00 dm3/min
–
15 to 500 dm3/min
125 dm3/min
1.00 dm3
2.00 dm3/min
40
1½"
25 to 700 dm3/min
200 dm3/min
1.50 dm3
3.00 dm3/min
50
2"
35 to 1100 dm3/min
300 dm3/min
2.50 dm3
5.00 dm3/min
65
–
60 to 2000 dm3/min
500 dm3/min
5.00 dm3
8.00 dm3/min
80
3"
90 to 3000 dm3/min
750 dm3/min
5.00 dm3
12.0 dm3/min
100
4"
145 to 4700 dm3/min
1200 dm3/min
10.0 dm3
20.0 dm3/min
125
–
220 to 7500 dm3/min
1850 dm3/min
15.0 dm3
30.0 dm3/min
150
6"
20 to 600 m3/h
150 m3/h
0.03 m3
2.50 m3/h
200
8"
35 to 1100 m3/h
300 m3/h
0.05 m3
5.00 m3/h
250
10"
55 to 1700 m3/h
500 m3/h
0.05 m3
7.50 m3/h
300
12"
80 to 2400 m3/h
750 m3/h
0.10 m3
10.0 m3/h
350
14"
110 to 3300 m3/h
1000 m3/h
0.10 m3
15.0 m3/h
400
16"
140 to 4200 m3/h
1200 m3/h
0.15 m3
20.0 m3/h
450
18"
180 to 5400 m3/h
1500 m3/h
0.25 m3
25.0 m3/h
500
20"
220 to 6600 m3/h
2000 m3/h
0.25 m3
30.0 m3/h
600
24"
310 to 9600 m3/h
2500 m3/h
0.30 m3
40.0 m3/h
[mm]
[inch]
15
½"
4 to 100 dm3/min
25
1"
32
Full scale value, current output
(v ~ 2.5 m/s)
23
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Flow characteristic values (US units)
Diameter
Pressure loss
24
Recommended flow rate
Min./max. full scale value
(v ~ 0.3 or 10 m/s)
Factory settings
Full scale value, current output
(v ~ 2.5 m/s)
Pulse value
(~ 2 pulses/s)
Low flow cut off
(v ~ 0.04 m/s)
[inch]
[mm]
½"
25
1.0 to 26 gal/min
6 gal/min
0.10 gal
0.15 gal/min
1"
25
2.5 to 80 gal/min
18 gal/min
0.20 gal
0.25 gal/min
1½"
40
7 to 190 gal/min
50 gal/min
0.50 gal
0.75 gal/min
2"
50
10 to 300 gal/min
75 gal/min
0.50 gal
1.25 gal/min
3"
80
24 to 800 gal/min
200 gal/min
2.00 gal
2.50 gal/min
4"
100
40 to 1250 gal/min
300 gal/min
2.00 gal
4.00 gal/min
6"
150
90 to 2650 gal/min
600 gal/min
5.00 gal
12.0 gal/min
8"
200
155 to 4850 gal/min
1200 gal/min
10.0 gal
15.0 gal/min
10"
250
250 to 7500 gal/min
1500 gal/min
15.0 gal
30.0 gal/min
12"
300
350 to 10600 gal/min
2400 gal/min
25.0 gal
45.0 gal/min
14"
350
500 to 15000 gal/min
3600 gal/min
30.0 gal
60.0 gal/min
16"
400
600 to 19000 gal/min
4800 gal/min
50.0 gal
60.0 gal/min
18"
450
800 to 24000 gal/min
6000 gal/min
50.0 gal
90.0 gal/min
20"
500
1000 to 30000 gal/min
7500 gal/min
75.0 gal
120.0 gal/min
24"
600
1400 to 44000 gal/min
10500 gal/min
100.0 gal
180.0 gal/min
• No pressure loss if the sensor is installed in a pipe with the same nominal diameter.
• Pressure losses for configurations incorporating adapters according to DIN EN 545
(→ ä 18, Section "Adapters").
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Mechanical construction
Transmitter remote version, wall-mount housing (non Ex-zone and II3G/Zone 2)
D
Design, dimensions
Esc
+
E
C
B
-
F
G
E
H
J
K
J
S
R
O
T
P
Q
L
M
S
N
A
P
A0001150
Dimensions (SI units)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
215
250
90.5
159.5
135
90
45
> 50
81
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
53
95
53
102
81.5
11.5
192
8 × M5
20
All dimensions in [mm]
Dimensions (US units)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
8.46
9.84
3.56
6.27
5.31
3.54
1.77
> 1.97
3.18
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
2.08
3.74
2.08
4.01
3.20
0.45
7.55
8 × M5
0.79
All dimensions in [inch]
Endress+Hauser
25
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Transmitter remote version, connection housing (II2GD/Zone 1)
A
A*
C
B
B*
D
e r Sp annu
ht unt
ng
Nic
öffnen
+
E
E
ove r tight wh
ep c
Ke ircuit s a re aliv ile
c
e
Esc
-
uvrir l’a
pas o t e pparei
l
sou s nsion
K
F
J
L
M
Ne
Non-intrinsically safe
circuits Ip40 protected
Boucles de courant
sans sécurité intrinsèque
protégées par Ip40
p cover tight w
Kee ircuits are ali hile
ve
c
Nicht-eigensichere
Stromkreise durch
IP40-Abdeckung geschützt
G
H
A0002128
Dimensions (SI units)
A
A*
B
B*
C
D
E
ØF
G
H
J
K
L
M
265
242
240
217
206
186
178
8.6
(M8)
100
130
100
144
170
355
All dimensions in [mm]
Dimensions (US units)
A
A*
B
B*
C
D
E
ØF
G
H
J
K
L
M
10.4
9.53
9.45
8.54
8.11
7.32
7.01
0.34
(M8)
3.94
5.12
3.94
5.67
6.69
14.0
All dimensions in [inch]
26
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
There is a separate mounting kit for the wall-mounted housing. It can be ordered from Endress+Hauser as an
accessory. The following installation variants are possible:
• Panel-mounted installation
• Pipe mounting
Installation in control panel
210 (8.27)
+0.5 (+0.019)
–0.5 (–0.019)
245 (9.65)
mm (inch)
+0.5 (+0.019)
–0.5 (–0.019)
~110 (~4.33)
A0001131
Pipe mounting
Ø 20…70
(Ø 0.79…2.75)
~155 (~ 6.1)
mm (inch)
A0001132
Endress+Hauser
27
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Compact version DN ≤ 300 (12")
A
B
A*
Esc
-
E
G
E
F
+
D
C
H
K
L
A0005423
E1
110
(4.33)
D1
High temperature version DN ≤ 300 (12")
mm (inch)
A0005529
Measurement D1, E1 = Measurement D, E of the standard compact version plus 110 mm (4.33")
28
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Dimensions (SI units)
L 1)
DN
EN (DIN) / JIS / AS
A
A*
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
K
2)
15
200
341
257
84
94
120
25
200
341
257
84
94
120
32
200
341
257
84
94
120
40
200
341
257
84
94
120
50
200
341
257
84
94
120
65
200
391
282
109
94
180
80
200
391
282
109
94
180
100
250
391
282
109
94
180
125
250
472
322
150
140
260
150
300
472
322
150
140
260
200
350
527
347
180
156
324
250
450
577
372
205
166
400
300
500
627
397
230
166
460
E
F
G
H
K
227
207
187
168
160
1)
The length is regardless of the pressure rating selected. Fitting length to DVGW.
Only DN 25 and DN 50 are available for flanges according to AS.
All dimensions in [mm]
2)
Dimensions (US units)
DN
L 1)
A
A*
B
C
D
ANSI
½"
7.87
13.4
10.1
3.31
3.70
4.72
1"
7.87
13.4
10.1
3.31
3.70
4.72
1½"
7.87
13.4
10.1
3.31
3.70
4.72
2"
7.87
13.4
10.1
3.31
3.70
4.72
3"
7.87
15.4
11.1
4.29
3.70
7.09
8.94
8.15
7.36
6.61
6.30
4"
9.84
15.4
11.1
4.29
3.70
7.09
6"
11.8
18.6
12.7
5.91
5.51
10.2
8"
13.8
20.8
13.7
7.09
6.14
12.8
10"
17.7
22.7
14.7
8.07
6.54
15.8
12"
19.7
24.7
15.6
9.06
6.54
18.1
1)
The length is regardless of the pressure rating selected. Fitting length to DVGW.
All dimensions in [inch]
Endress+Hauser
29
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
A
B
A*
C
D
Compact version DN ≥ 350 (14")
Esc
+
E
G
E
F
-
J
H
L
A0005424
Dimensions (SI units)
DN
L 1)
A
A*
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
EN (DIN)
350
550
738.5
456.5
282.0
564
276
400
600
790.5
482.5
308.0
616
276
450
650
840.5
507.5
333.0
666
292
500
650
891.5
533.0
358.5
717
292
600
780
995.5
585.0
410.5
821
402
E
F
G
H
J
227
207
187
168
160
1)
The length is regardless of the pressure rating selected. Fitting length to DVGW.
All dimensions in [mm]
Dimensions (US units)
DN
L 1)
A
A*
B
C
D
ANSI
14"
21.7
29.1
18.0
11.1
22.2
10.9
16"
23.6
31.1
19.0
12.1
24.3
10.9
18"
25.6
33.1
20.0
13.1
26.2
11.5
20"
25.6
35.1
21.0
14.1
28.2
11.5
24"
30.7
39.2
23.0
16.2
32.3
15.8
8.94
8.15
7.36
6.61
6.30
1)
The length is regardless of the pressure rating selected. Fitting length to DVGW.
All dimensions in [inch]
30
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Sensor, remote version DN ≤ 300 (12")
A
B
G
E
F
D
C
J
H
L
A0012462
E1
D1
110
(4.33)
High temperature version DN ≤ 300 (12")
mm (inch)
A0005570
Measurement D1, E1 = Measurement D, E of the standard remote version plus 110 mm (4.33")
Endress+Hauser
31
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Dimensions (SI units)
L 1)
DN
EN (DIN) / JIS / AS
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2)
15
200
286
202
84
120
94
25
200
286
202
84
120
94
32
200
286
202
84
120
94
40
200
286
202
84
120
94
50
200
286
202
84
120
94
65
200
336
227
109
180
94
80
200
336
227
109
180
94
100
250
336
227
109
180
94
125
250
417
267
150
260
140
150
300
417
267
150
260
140
200
350
472
292
180
324
156
250
450
522
317
205
400
166
300
500
572
342
230
460
166
E
F
G
H
J
129
163
143
102
1)
The length is regardless of the pressure rating selected. Fitting length to DVGW.
Only DN 25 and DN 50 are available for flanges according to AS.
All dimensions in [mm]
2)
Dimensions (US units)
DN
L 1)
A
B
C
D
ANSI
½"
7.87
11.3
7.95
3.31
4.72
3.70
1"
7.87
11.3
7.95
3.31
4.72
3.70
1½"
7.87
11.3
7.95
3.31
4.72
3.70
2"
7.87
11.3
7.95
3.31
4.72
3.70
3"
7.87
13.2
8.94
4.29
7.09
3.70
5.08
6.42
5.63
4.02
4"
9.84
13.2
8.94
4.29
7.09
3.70
6"
11.8
16.4
10.5
5.91
10.2
5.51
8"
13.8
18.6
11.5
7.08
12.8
6.14
10"
17.7
20.6
12.5
8.07
15.8
6.54
12"
19.7
22.5
13.5
9.06
18.1
6.54
1)
The length is regardless of the pressure rating selected. Fitting length to DVGW.
All dimensions in [inch]
32
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Sensor, remote version DN ≥ 350 (14")
A
B
G
E
F
D
C
J
L
H
A0003220
Dimensions (SI units)
DN
L 1)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
EN (DIN)
350
550
683.5
401.5
282.0
564
276
400
600
735.5
427.5
308.0
616
276
450
650
785.5
452.5
333.0
666
292
500
650
836.5
478.0
358.5
717
292
600
780
940.5
530.0
410.5
821
402
E
F
G
H
J
129
163
143
102
1)
The length is regardless of the pressure rating selected. Fitting length to DVGW.
All dimensions in [mm]
Dimensions (US units)
DN
L 1)
A
B
C
D
ANSI
14"
21.7
26.9
15.8
11.1
22.2
10.9
16"
23.6
29.0
16.8
12.1
24.3
10.9
18"
25.6
30.9
17.8
13.1
26.2
11.5
20"
25.6
32.9
18.8
14.1
28.2
11.5
24"
30.7
37.0
20.9
16.2
32.3
15.8
5.08
6.42
5.63
4.02
1)
The length is regardless of the pressure rating selected. Fitting length to DVGW.
All dimensions in [inch]
Endress+Hauser
33
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Ground disk for flange connections
DN ≤ 300 (12")
DN ≥ 350 (14")
ØE
D
D
ØE
ØB
ØB
Ø
Ø
ØC
A
A
ØC
t
t
A0003221
Dimensions (SI units)
DN 1)
EN (DIN) / JIS / AS
A
2)
B
C
D
E
t
PTFE, PFA
15
16
43
61.5
73
25
26
62
77.5
87.5
32
35
80
87.5
94.5
40
41
82
101
103
50
52
101
115.5
108
65
68
121
131.5
118
80
80
131
154.5
135
100
104
156
186.5
153
125
130
187
206.5
160
150
158
217
256
184
200
206
267
288
205
250
6.5
260
328
359
240
3)
312
375
413
273
300 4)
310
375
404
268
350
3)
343
433
479
365
400
3)
393
480
542
395
450 3)
439
538
583
417
500
3)
493
592
650
460
600
3)
593
693
766
522
300
2
9.0
1) Ground
disks at DN 15 to 250 (½ to 10") can be used for all flange standards/pressure ratings.
Only DN 25 and DN 50 are available for flanges according to AS.
3)
PN 10/16
4) PN 25, JIS 10K/20K
All dimensions in [mm]
2)
34
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Dimensions (US units)
DN 1)
A
ANSI
PTFE, PFA
½"
B
C
D
0.63
1.69
2.42
2.87
1"
1.02
2.44
3.05
3.44
1½"
1.61
3.23
3.98
4.06
2"
2.05
3.98
4.55
4.25
3"
3.15
5.16
6.08
5.31
4"
4.09
6.14
7.34
6.02
6"
6.22
8.54
10.08
7.24
8"
8.11
10.5
11.3
8.07
10"
10.2
12.9
14.1
9.45
12"
12.3
14.8
16.3
10.8
14"
13.5
17.1
18.9
14.4
16"
15.45
18.9
21.3
15.6
18"
17.3
21.2
23.0
16.4
20"
19.4
23.3
25.6
18.1
24"
23.4
27.3
30.1
20.6
E
t
0.26
0.08
0.35
1) Ground
disks can be used for all flange standards/pressure ratings.
All dimensions in [inch]
Endress+Hauser
35
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Weight
Weight in SI units
Weight data in kg
Nominal
diameter
[mm]
Compact version
Remote version (without cable)
Sensor
[inch] EN (DIN) /
AS 1)
JIS
ANSI
EN (DIN) /
AS 1)
Transmitter
JIS
ANSI
4.5
4.5
25
1"
7.3
7.3
7.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
32
–
8.0
7.3
–
6.0
5.3
–
40
1½"
9.4
8.3
9.4
7.4
6.3
7.4
50
2"
10.6
9.3
10.6
8.6
7.3
8.6
65
–
12.0
11.1
–
10.0
9.1
–
80
3"
14.0
12.5
14.0
12.0
10.5
12.0
100
4"
16.0
14.7
16.0
14.0
12.7
14.0
125
–
21.5
21.0
–
19.5
19.0
150
6"
25.5
24.5
25.5
23.5
22.5
200
8"
45
41.9
45
43
39.9
43
250
10"
65
69.4
75
63
67.4
73
300
12"
70
72.3
110
68
70.3
108
350
14"
115
175
113
173
400
16"
135
205
133
203
450
18"
175
255
173
253
500
20"
175
285
173
283
600
24"
235
405
233
403
1)
PN 16
PN 10
PN 16
PN 10
Class 150
4.5
10K
6.5
PN 40
6.5
Class 150
6.5
10K
½"
PN 40
15
Wall-mount housing
–
6.0
23.5
For flanges to AS, only DN 25 and 50 are available.
• Transmitter (compact version): 3.4 kg, high temperature version: +1.5 kg
• Weight data valid for standard pressure ratings and without packaging material.
36
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Weight in US units (only ANSI)
Weight data in lbs
Nominal diameter
Compact version
Remote version (without cable)
Transmitter
ANSI
Wall-mount housing
[inch]
15
½"
14.3
9.92
25
1"
16.1
11.7
40
1½"
20.7
16.3
50
2"
23.4
19.0
80
3"
30.9
26.5
100
4"
35.3
30.9
150
6"
56.2
51.8
200
8"
250
10"
300
12"
242.6
238.1
350
14"
385.9
381.5
400
16"
452.0
447.6
450
18"
562.3
557.9
500
20"
628.4
624.0
600
24"
893.0
888.6
Class 150
[mm]
Class 150
ANSI
Sensor
99.2
165.4
94.8
13.2
161.0
• Transmitter (compact version): 7.50 lbs, high temperature version: +3.31 lbs
• Weight data valid for standard pressure ratings and without packaging material.
Measuring tube specifications
Diameter
Pressure rating
EN (DIN)
Endress+Hauser
AS 2129
AS 4087
Internal diameter
ANSI
[mm]
[inch]
[bar]
15
½"
PN 40
–
–
Cl.150
25
1"
PN 40
Table E
–
32
–
PN 40
–
40
1½"
PN 40
50
2"
65
JIS
[lbs]
PFA
PTFE
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
20K
–
–
15
0.59
Cl.150
20K
23
0.91
26
1.02
–
–
20K
32
1.26
35
1.38
–
–
Cl.150
20K
36
1.42
41
1.61
PN 40
Table E
PN 16
Cl.150
10K
48
1.89
52
2.05
–
PN 16
–
–
–
10K
63
2.48
67
2.64
80
3"
PN 16
–
–
Cl.150
10K
75
2.95
80
3.15
100
4"
PN 16
–
–
Cl.150
10K
101
3.98
104
4.09
125
–
PN 16
–
–
–
10K
126
4.96
129
5.08
150
6"
PN 16
–
–
Cl.150
10K
154
6.06
156
6.14
200
8"
PN 10
–
–
Cl.150
10K
201
7.91
202
7.95
250
10"
PN 10
–
–
Cl.150
10K
–
–
256
10.1
300
12"
PN 10
–
–
Cl.150
10K
–
–
306
12.0
350
14"
PN 10
–
–
Cl.150
–
–
–
337
13.3
400
16"
PN 10
–
–
Cl.150
–
–
–
387
15.2
450
18"
PN 10
–
–
Cl.150
–
–
–
432
17.0
500
20"
PN 10
–
–
Cl.150
–
–
–
487
19.2
600
24"
PN 10
–
–
Cl.150
–
–
23
593
23.3
37
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Material
• Transmitter housing
– Compact housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminum
– Wall-mount housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminum
• Sensor housing
– DN 25 to 300 (1 to 12"): powder-coated die-cast aluminum
– DN 350 to 600 (14 to 24"): with protective lacquering
• Measuring tube
– DN ≤ 300 (12"): stainless steel 1.4301 or 1.4306/304L;
(for flanges made of carbon steel with Al/Zn protective coating)
– DN ≥ 350 (14"): stainless steel 1.4301 or 1.4306/304L;
(for flanges made of carbon steel with protective lacquering)
• Electrodes: 1.4435, Platinum, Alloy C-22, Tantalum, Titanium
• Flanges
– EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501): 1.4571/316L; RSt37-2 (S235JRG2); C22; FE 410W B
(DN ≤ 300 (12"): with Al/Zn protective coating; DN ≥ 350 (14") with protective lacquering)
– ANSI: A105; F316L
(DN ≤ 300 (12"): with Al/Zn protective coating; DN ≥ 350 (14") with protective lacquering)
– AWWA: 1.0425
– JIS: RSt37-2 (S235JRG2); HII; 1.0425/316L
(DN ≤ 300 (12"): with Al/Zn protective coating; DN ≥ 350 (14") with protective lacquering)
– AS 2129
– DN 25 (1"): A105 or RSt37-2 (S235JRG2)
– DN 40 (1 ½"): A105 or St44-2 (S275JR)
– AS 4087: A105 or St44-2 (S275JR)
• Seals: to DIN EN 1514-1
• Ground disks: 1.4435/316L or Alloy C-22
Material load diagram
"
Caution!
The following diagrams contain material load diagrams (reference curves) for flange materials with regard to
the medium temperature. However, the maximum medium temperatures permitted always depend on the
lining material of the sensor and/or the sealing material (→ ä 21).
Flange connection to EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501)
Material: RSt37-2 (S235JRG2) / C22 / Fe 410W B
[psi]
600
[bar]
500
35
40
PN 40
30
400
25
300
20
200
15
10
100
0
5
PN 25
PN 16
PN 10
PN 6
0
-60 -40 -20
-40
0
0
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 [°C]
100
200
300
360 [°F]
A0005594
38
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Flange connection to EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501)
Material: 316L / 1.4571
[psi]
600
500
400
[bar]
40
30
25
300
20
200
15
10
100
0
PN 40
35
5
PN 25
PN 16
PN 10
PN 6
0
-60 -40 -20
-40
0
0
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 [°C]
100
200
300
360 [°F]
A0005304
Flange connection to ANSI B16.5
Material: A 105
[psi] [bar]
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
60
50
Class 300
40
30
20
Class 150
10
0
-40 -20
-40
0
0
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 [°C]
100
200
300
360 [°F]
A0003226
Flange connection to ANSI B16.5
Material: F316L
[psi] [bar]
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
60
50
40
Class 300
30
20
10
Class 150
0
-40 -20
-40
0
0
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 [°C]
100
200
300
360 [°F]
A0005307
Endress+Hauser
39
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Flange connection to JIS B2220
Material: RSt37-2 (S235JRG2) / HII / 1.0425 / 316L
[psi] [bar]
30
400
300
20K
20
200
10K
10
100
0
0
-40 -20
-40
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 [°C]
0
0
100
200
300
360 [°F]
A0003228
Flange connection to AS 2129 Table E or AS 4087 PN 16
Material: A105 / RSt37-2 (S235JRG2) / St44-2 (S275JR)
[psi] [bar]
300
20
200
15
PN 16
Table E
10
100
0
5
0
-40 -20
-40
0
0
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 [°C]
100
200
300
[°F]
A0005595
Fitted electrodes
Measuring electrodes, reference electrodes and empty pipe detection electrodes:
• Standard available with 1.4435, Alloy C-22, tantalum, platinum/rhodium 80/20, titanium
• Optional: measuring electrodes made of platinum/rhodium 80/20
Process connections
Flange connection:
• EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501), DN ≤ 300 (12") form A, DN ≥ 350 (14") form B
(Dimensions to DIN 2501, DN 65 PN 16 and DN 600 (24") PN 16 exclusively to EN 1092-1)
• ANSI B16.5
• JIS B2220
• AS 2129 Table E
• AS 4087 PN 16
Surface roughness
• PFA liner: ≤ 0.4 μm (15.7 μin)
• Elektroden
– 1.4435, Alloy C-22, titanium: ≤ 0.3 to 0.5 μm (≤ 11.8 to 19.7 μin)
– Tantal, Platin/Rhodium: ≤ 0.3 to 0.5 μm (≤ 11.8 to 19.7 μin)
(All data refer to parts in contact with medium)
40
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Human interface
Display elements
• Liquid crystal display: backlit, two lines (Promag 50) or four lines (Promag 53) with 16 characters per line
• Custom configurations for presenting different measured-value and status variables
• Totalizer
– Promag 50: 2 totalizers
– Promag 53: 3 totalizers
Operating elements
Unified operation concept for both types of transmitter:
Promag 50:
• Local operation via three keys (S, O, F)
• Quick Setup menus for straightforward commissioning
Promag 53:
• Local operation via three keys (S, O, F)
• Application-specific Quick Setup menus for straightforward commissioning
Language groups
Language groups available for operation in different countries:
Promag 50, Promag 53:
• Western Europe and America (WEA):
English, German, Spanish, Italian, French, Dutch, Portuguese
• Eastern Europe and Scandinavia (EES):
English, Russian, Polish, Norwegian, Finnish, Swedish, Czech
• South and east Asia (SEA):
English, Japanese, Indonesian
Promag 53:
• China (CN):
English, Chinese
You can change the language group via the operating program "FieldCare".
Remote operation
Endress+Hauser
• Promag 50: Remote control via HART, PROFIBUS DP/PA
• Promag 53: Remote control via HART, PROFIBUS DP/PA, MODBUS RS485, FOUNDATION Fieldbus
41
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Certificates and approvals
CE mark
The measuring system is in conformity with the statutory requirements of the EC Directives.
Endress+Hauser confirms successful testing of the device by affixing to it the CE mark.
C-tick mark
The measuring system meets the EMC requirements of the "Australian Communications and Media Authority
(ACMA)".
Pressure measuring device
approval
Measuring devices with a nominal diameter smaller than or equal to DN 25 correspond to Article 3(3)
of the EC Directive 97/23/EC (Pressure Equipment Directive) and have been designed and manufactured
according to good engineering practice. Where necessary (depending on the medium and process pressure),
there are additional optional approvals to Category II/III for larger nominal diameters.
Ex approval
Information about currently available Ex versions (ATEX, IECEx, FM, CSA, NEPSI) can be supplied by your
Endress+Hauser Sales Center on request. All explosion protection data are given in a separate documentation
which is available upon request.
Other standards and
guidelines
• EN 60529
Degrees of protection by housing (IP code)
• EN 61010
Protection Measures for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control, Regulation and Laboratory
Procedures.
• IEC/EN 61326
“Emission in accordance with requirements for Class A”.
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC requirements)
• NAMUR NE 21:
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) of industrial process and laboratory control equipment.
• NAMUR NE 43:
Standardization of the signal level for the breakdown information of digital transmitters with analog output
signal.
• NAMUR NE 53:
Software of field devices and signal-processing devices with digital electronics.
• ANSI/ISA-S82.01
Safety Standard for Electrical and Electronic Test, Measuring, Controlling and related Equipment - General
Requirements Pollution degree 2, Installation Category II.
• CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 1010.1-92
Safety requirements for Electrical Equipment for Measurement and Control and Laboratory Use.
Pollution degree 2, Installation Category II
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
certification
The flow device has successfully passed all the test procedures carried out and is certified and registered by the
Fieldbus Foundation. The device thus meets all the requirements of the following specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
Certified to FOUNDATION Fieldbus Specification
The device meets all the specifications of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1.
Interoperability Test Kit (ITK), revision status 5.01 (device certification number: on request)
The device can also be operated with certified devices of other manufacturers
Physical Layer Conformance Test of the Fieldbus Foundation
MODBUS RS485 certification
The measuring device meets all the requirements of the MODBUS/TCP conformity test and has the “MODBUS/TCP Conformance Test Policy, Version 2.0”. The measuring device has successfully passed all the test
procedures carried out and is certified by the “MODBUS/TCP Conformance Test Laboratory” of the University
of Michigan.
PROFIBUS DP/PA
certification
The flow device has successfully passed all the test procedures carried out and is certified and registered by the
PNO (PROFIBUS User Organisation). The device thus meets all the requirements of the following
specifications:
• Certified to PROFIBUS PA, profile version 3.0 (device certification number: on request)
• The device can also be operated with certified devices of other manufacturers (interoperability)
42
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 50P, 53P
Ordering information
Your Endress+Hauser service organization can provide detailed ordering information and information on the
order codes on request.
Accessories
Various accessories, which can be ordered separately from Endress+Hauser, are available for the transmitter
and the sensor. Your Endress+Hauser service organization can provide detailed information on the order codes
in question.
Documentation
• Flow Measurement (FA005D/06)
• Operating Instructions Promag Promag 50 (BA046D/06 and BA049D/06)
• Operating Instructions Promag Promag 50 PROFIBUS PA (BA055D/06 and BA056D/06)
• Operating Instructions Promag Promag 53 (BA047D/06 and BA048D/06)
• Operating Instructions Promag Promag 53 FOUNDATION Fieldbus (BA051D/06 and BA052D/06)
• Operating Instructions Promag Promag 53 MODBUS RS485 (BA117D/06 and BA118D/06)
• Operating Instructions Promag Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA (BA053D/06 and BA054D/06)
• Supplementary documentation on Ex-ratings: ATEX, IECEx, FM, CSA, NEPSI
Registered trademarks
HART®
Registered trademark of the HART Communication Foundation, Austin, USA
PROFIBUS®
Registered trademark of the PROFIBUS Nutzerorganisation e.V., Karlsruhe, D
FOUNDATION™ Fieldbus
Registered trademark of the Fieldbus Foundation, Austin, USA
MODBUS®
Registered trademark of the MODBUS Organisation
HistoROM™, S-DAT®, T-DAT™, F-CHIP®, FieldCare®, Fieldcheck®, FieldXpert™, Applicator®
Registered or registration-pending trademarks of Endress+Hauser Flowtec AG, Reinach, CH
Endress+Hauser
43
Instruments International
Endress+Hauser
Instruments International AG
Kaegenstrasse 2
4153 Reinach
Switzerland
Tel. +41 61 715 81 00
Fax +41 61 715 25 00
www.endress.com
info@ii.endress.com
TI047D/06/en/11.09
71106271
FM+SGML6.0 ProMoDo
BA00046D/06/EN/15.14
71249447
Products
Solutions
Valid as of version
V 2.04.XX (device software)
Operating Instructions
Proline Promag 50
HART
Electromagnetic flowmeter
6
Services
Products
Solutions
Services
Promag 50
Table of contents
1
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
9
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
Designated use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Installation, commissioning and operation . . . . . . 4
Operational safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Notes on safety conventions and icons . . . . . . . . . 5
2
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.1
2.2
2.3
Device designation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Certificates and approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Registered trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6
9.7
9.8
9.9
Troubleshooting instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
System error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Process error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Process errors without messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Response of outputs to errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Software history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
10
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
3
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
Incoming acceptance, transport and storage . . .
Installation conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Post-installation check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
Connecting the remote version . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the measuring unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Potential equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Post-connection check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
Display and operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brief operating instructions on the
function matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Displaying error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6
Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
Function check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switching on the measuring device . . . . . . . . . .
Quick Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data storage device (HistoROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
7.1
7.2
Exterior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
8
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
Device-specific accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measuring principle-specific accessories . . . . . .
Communication-specific accessories . . . . . . . . .
Service-specific accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Endress+Hauser
10
12
20
45
10.1 Technical data at a glance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
46
52
55
58
59
60
61
63
64
72
72
73
74
75
76
78
78
79
80
3
Safety instructions
Promag 50
1
Safety instructions
1.1
Designated use
The measuring device described in this Operating Manual is to be used only for measuring
the flow rate of conductive fluids in closed pipes.
A minimum conductivity of 20 μS/cm is required for measuring demineralized water. Most
liquids can be measured as of a minimum conductivity of 5 μS/cm.
Examples:
• Acids, alkalis
• Drinking water, wastewater, sewage sludge
• Milk, beer, wine, mineral water, etc.
Resulting from incorrect use or from use other than that designated the operational safety
of the measuring devices can be suspended. The manufacturer accepts no liability for
damages being produced from this.
1.2
Installation, commissioning and operation
Please note the following:
• Installation, connection to the electricity supply, commissioning and maintenance of the
device must be carried out by trained, qualified specialists authorized to perform such work
by the facility's owner-operator. The specialist must have read and understood this
Operating Manual and must follow the instructions it contains.
• The device must be operated by persons authorized and trained by the facility's owneroperator. Strict compliance with the instructions in the Operating Manual is mandatory.
• With regard to special fluids, including fluids used for cleaning, Endress+Hauser will be
happy to assist in clarifying the corrosion-resistant properties of wetted materials.
However, minor changes in temperature, concentration or in the degree of contamination
in the process may result in variations in corrosion resistance. For this reason,
Endress+Hauser does not accept any responsibility with regard to the corrosion resistance
of wetted materials in a specific application.
The user is responsible for the choice of suitable wetted materials in the process.
• If welding work is performed on the piping system, do not ground the welding appliance
through the Promag flowmeter.
• The installer must ensure that the measuring system is correctly wired in accordance with
the wiring diagrams. The transmitter must be grounded apart from when special
protective measures are taken (e.g. galvanically isolated SELV or PELV power supply)
• Invariably, local regulations governing the opening and repair of electrical devices apply.
1.3
Operational safety
Please note the following:
• Measuring systems for use in hazardous environments are accompanied by separate Ex
documentation, which is an integral part of this Operating Manual. Strict compliance with
the installation instructions and ratings as stated in this supplementary documentation is
mandatory. The symbol on the front of this Ex documentation indicates the approval and
the certification body (e.g. 0 Europe, 2 USA, 1 Canada).
• The measuring device complies with the general safety requirements in accordance with
EN 61010-1, the EMC requirements of IEC/EN 61326 and NAMUR Recommendations
NE 21 and NE 43.
• Depending on the application, the seals of the process connections of the Promag H sensor
require periodic replacement.
4
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Safety instructions
• When hot fluid passes through the measuring tube, the surface temperature of the
housing increases. In the case of the sensor, in particular, users should expect
temperatures that can be close to the fluid temperature. If the temperature of the fluid is
high, implement sufficient measures to prevent burning or scalding.
• The manufacturer reserves the right to modify technical data without prior notice. Your
Endress+Hauser distributor will supply you with current information and updates to these
Operating Instructions.
1.4
Return
• Do not return a measuring device if you are not absolutely certain that all traces of
hazardous substances have been removed, e.g. substances which have penetrated crevices
or diffused through plastic.
• Costs incurred for waste disposal and injury (burns, etc.) due to inadequate cleaning will
be charged to the owner-operator.
1.5
Notes on safety conventions and icons
The devices are designed to meet state-of-the-art safety requirements, have been tested,
and left the factory in a condition in which they are safe to operate. The devices comply with
the applicable standards and regulations in accordance with EN 61010-1 "Safety
requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory use".
The devices can, however, be a source of danger if used incorrectly or for anything other than
the designated use. Consequently, always pay particular attention to the safety instructions
indicated in this Operating Manual by the following icons:
#
"
!
Endress+Hauser
Warning!
"Warning" indicates an action or procedure which, if not performed correctly, can result in
injury or a safety hazard. Comply strictly with the instructions and proceed with care.
Caution!
"Caution" indicates an action or procedure which, if not performed correctly, can result in
incorrect operation or destruction of the device. Comply strictly with the instructions.
Note!
"Note" indicates an action or procedure which, if not performed correctly, can have an indirect
effect on operation or trigger an unexpected response on the part of the device.
5
Identification
Promag 50
2
Identification
2.1
Device designation
The flow measuring system consists of the following components:
• Promag 50 transmitter
• Promag D/E/H/L/P/W sensor
In the compact version, the transmitter and sensor form a single mechanical unit; in the
remote version they are installed separately.
2.1.1
Nameplate of the transmitter
8
9
Promag 50
1
Order Code:
Ser.No.:
TAG No.:
2
3
4
50PXX-XXXXXXXXXXXX
12345678901
ABCDEFGHJKLMNPQRST
IP67 / NEMA/Type 4X
20-55VAC/16-62VDC
15VA/W 50-60Hz
EPD / MSÜ
ECC
I-OUT (HART), f-OUT
STATUS-IN
5
6
i
-20°C (-4°F) <Tamb<+60°C (+140°F)
7
N12895
A0005412
Fig. 1:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
6
Nameplate specifications for the "Promag 50" transmitter (example)
Ordering code/serial number: See the specifications on the order confirmation for the meanings of the individual letters and
digits.
Power supply, frequency, power consumption
Additional information:
EPD/MSÜ: with Empty Pipe Detection
ECC: with electrode cleaning
Outputs available:
I-OUT (HART): with current output (HART)
f-OUT (HART): with frequency output
STATUS-IN: with status input (power supply)
Reserved for information on special products
Observe device documentation
Reserved for additional information on device version (approvals, certificates)
Permitted ambient temperature range
Degree of protection
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Identification
2.1.2
Nameplate of the sensor
1
2
3
4
5
PROMAG P
Order Code: 50PXX-XXXXXXXXXXXX
Ser.No.:
12345678901 RY
ABCDEFGHJKLMNPQRST
TAG No.:
2007
1.0000/0000
DN100 DIN/EN PN40 pnom =PS= 40bar
–10°C...150°C/+14°F...300°F
TM:
Materials: PFA
Electrodes: 1.4435/316L
0.2% CAL
10
EPD/MSÜ, R/B
11
-20°C (-4°F)<Tamb<+60°C (+140°F)
IP67
NEMA/Type4X
12
K-factor:
6
7
8
i
9
N12895
13
A0004374
Fig. 2:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Endress+Hauser
Nameplate specifications for the "Promag" sensor (example)
Ordering code/serial number: See the specifications on the order confirmation for the meanings of the individual letters and
digits.
Calibration factor with zero point
Nominal diameter / Pressure rating
Fluid temperature range
Materials: lining/measuring electrodes
Reserved for information on special products
Permitted ambient temperature range
Observe device documentation
Reserved for additional information on device version (approvals, certificates)
Calibration tolerance
Additional information (examples):
– EPD/MSÜ: with Empty Pipe Detection electrode
– R/B: with reference electrode
Degree of protection
Flow direction
7
Identification
Promag 50
Nameplate, connections
fmax = 1kHz
Active: 24VDC/25mA (max. 250mA/20ms)
Passive: 30VDC, 250mA
2
L1/L+
Supply /
Versorgung /
Tension d'alimentation
Active: 0/4...20mA, RL max. = 700 Ohm
Passive: 4...20mA, max. 30VDC
(HART: RL.min. = 250 OHM)
5
1
12345678912
N/LPE
A
I-OUT (HART)
P
f-OUT
Passive: 30VDC, 250mA
X
STATUS-OUT
3...30VDC, Ri = 5kOhm
X
STATUS-IN
6
7
8
9
Ex-works / ab-Werk / réglages usine
Device SW: XX.XX.XX (WEA)
Communication: XXXXXXXXXX
Drivers: ID xxxx (HEX)
Date: DD.MMM.YYYY
3
26(+) / 27(-)
4
Ser.No.:
2
24(+) / 25(-)
1
active
passive
normally open contact
normally closed contact
20(+) / 21(-)
A:
P:
NO:
NC:
See operating manual
Betriebsanleitung beachten
Observer manuel d'instruction
22(+) / 23(-)
2.1.3
Update 1
Update 2
319475-00XX
10
A0000963
Fig. 3:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2.2
Nameplate specifications for transmitter (example)
Serial number
Possible configuration of current output
Possible configuration of relay contacts
Terminal assignment, cable for power supply: 85 to 260 V AC, 20 to 55 V AC, 16 to 62 V DC
Terminal No. 1: L1 for AC, L+ for DC
Terminal No. 2: N for AC, L– for DC
Signals present at inputs and outputs, possible configuration and terminal assignment (20 to 27),
see also "Electrical values of inputs/outputs"
Version of device software currently installed
Installed communication type, e.g.: HART, PROFIBUS PA, etc.
Information on current communication software (Device Revision and Device Description), e.g.:
Dev. 01 / DD 01 for HART
Date of installation
Current updates to data specified in points 6 to 9
Certificates and approvals
The devices are designed to meet state-of-the-art safety requirements in accordance with
sound engineering practice. They have been tested and left the factory in a condition in
which they are safe to operate.
The devices comply with the applicable standards and regulations in accordance with EN
61010-1 "Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control and
laboratory use" and with the EMC requirements of IEC/EN 61326/A1.
The measuring system described in this Operating Manual is therefore in conformity with
the statutory requirements of the EC Directives. Endress+Hauser confirms successful testing
of the device by affixing to it the CE mark.
The measuring system meets the EMC requirements of the "Australian Communications and
Media Authority (ACMA)".
8
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Identification
2.3
Registered trademarks
KALREZ® and VITON®
Registered trademarks of E.I. Du Pont de Nemours & Co., Wilmington, USA
TRI-CLAMP®
Registered trademark of Ladish & Co., Inc., Kenosha, USA
HART®
Registered trademark of the HART Communication Foundation, Austin, USA
HistoROM™, S-DAT®, Field Xpert™, FieldCare®, Fieldcheck®, Applicator®
Registered or registration-pending trademarks of Endress+Hauser Flowtec AG, Reinach, CH
Endress+Hauser
9
Installation
Promag 50
3
Installation
3.1
Incoming acceptance, transport and storage
3.1.1
Incoming acceptance
On receipt of the goods, check the following:
• Check the packaging and the contents for damage.
• Check the shipment, make sure nothing is missing and that the scope of supply matches
your order.
3.1.2
Transport
The following instructions apply to unpacking and to transporting the device to its final
location:
• Transport the devices in the containers in which they are delivered.
• Do not remove the protective plates or caps on the process connections until you are ready
to install the device. This is particularly important in the case of sensors with PTFE linings.
Special notes on flanged devices
"
Caution!
• The wooden covers mounted on the flanges from the factory protect the linings on the
flanges during storage and transportation. In case of Promag L they are additionally used
to hold the lap joint flanges in place. Do not remove these covers until immediately before
the device in the pipe.
• Do not lift flanged devices by the transmitter housing, or the connection housing in the
case of the remote version.
Transporting flanged devices DN
300 (12")
Use webbing slings slung round the two process connections. Do not use chains, as they
could damage the housing.
#
Warning!
Risk of injury if the measuring device slips. The center of gravity of the assembled measuring
device might be higher than the points around which the slings are slung.
At all times, therefore, make sure that the device does not unexpectedly turn around its axis
or slip.
a0004294
Fig. 4:
10
Transporting sensors with DN
300 (12")
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
Transporting flangeddevices DN > 300 (12")
Use only the metal eyes on the flanges for transporting the device, lifting it and positioning
the sensor in the piping.
"
Caution!
Do not attempt to lift the sensor with the tines of a fork-lift truck beneath the metal casing.
This would buckle the casing and damage the internal magnetic coils.
a0004295
Fig. 5:
3.1.3
Transporting sensors with DN > 300 (12")
Storage
Please note the following:
• Pack the measuring device in such a way as to protect it reliably against impact for storage
(and transportation). The original packaging provides optimum protection.
• The storage temperature corresponds to the operating temperature range of the
measuring transmitter and the appropriate measuring sensors → 101.
• Do not remove the protective plates or caps on the process connections until you are ready
to install the device. This is particularly important in the case of sensors with PTFE linings.
• The measuring device must be protected against direct sunlight during storage in order to
avoid unacceptably high surface temperatures.
• Choose a storage location where moisture does not collect in the measuring device. This
will help prevent fungus and bacteria infestation which can damage the liner.
Endress+Hauser
11
Installation
Promag 50
3.2
Installation conditions
3.2.1
Dimensions
The dimensions and installation lengths of the sensor and transmitter can be found in the
"Technical Information" for the device in question. This document can be downloaded as a
PDF file from www.endress.com. A list of the "Technical Information" documents available is
provided in the "Documentation" section on → 124.
3.2.2
Mounting location
Entrained air or gas bubble formation in the measuring tube can result in an increase in
measuring errors.
Avoid the following locations:
• Highest point of a pipeline. Risk of air accumulating!
• Directly upstream from a free pipe outlet in a vertical pipeline.
h ! 2 x DN
A0008154
Fig. 6:
Mounting location
Installation of pumps
Do not install the sensor on the intake side of a pump. This precaution is to avoid low
pressure and the consequent risk of damage to the lining of the measuring tube. Information
on the lining's resistance to partial vacuum can be found on → 106.
It might be necessary to install pulse dampers in systems incorporating reciprocating,
diaphragm or peristaltic pumps. Information on the measuring system's resistance to
vibration and shock can be found on → 102.
A0003203
Fig. 7:
12
Installation of pumps
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
Partially filled pipes
Partially filled pipes with gradients necessitate a drain-type configuration.
The Empty Pipe Detection function (EPD → 75) offers additional protection by detecting
empty or partially filled pipes.
"
Caution!
Risk of solids accumulating. Do not install the sensor at the lowest point in the drain. It is
advisable to install a cleaning valve.
!
!
2 x DN
5 x DN
A0008155
Fig. 8:
Installation in a partially filled pipe
Down pipes
Install a siphon or a vent valve downstream of the sensor in down pipes whose length
h 5 m (16.4 ft). This precaution is to avoid low pressure and the consequent risk of damage
to the lining of the measuring tube.
This measure also prevents the system losing prime, which could cause air pockets.
Information on the lining's resistance to partial vacuum can be found on → 106.
1
h
2
A0008157
Fig. 9:
1
2
h
Endress+Hauser
Measures for installation in a down pipe
Vent valve
Pipe siphon
Length of down pipe
13
Installation
Promag 50
3.2.3
Orientation
An optimum orientation position helps avoid gas and air accumulations and deposits in the
measuring tube. However, Promag offers the additional Empty Pipe Detection (EPD)
function to ensure the detection of partially filled measuring tubes, e.g. in the case of
degassing fluids or varying process pressure:
• Electrode Cleaning Circuit (ECC) for applications with accretive fluids, e.g. electrically
conductive deposits ( "Description of Device Functions" manual).
• Empty Pipe Detection (EPD) ensures the detection of partially filled measuring tubes, e.g.
in the case of degassing fluids (→ 75)
• Exchangeable Measuring Electrodes for abrasive fluids (→ 94)
Vertical orientation
This is the ideal orientation for self-emptying piping systems and for use in conjunction with
Empty Pipe Detection.
A0008158
Fig. 10:
Vertical orientation
Horizontal orientation
The measuring electrode plane should be horizontal. This prevents brief insulation of the
two measuring electrodes by entrained air bubbles.
"
Caution!
Empty Pipe Detection functions correctly only when the measuring device is installed
horizontally and the transmitter housing is facing upward (→ 10). Otherwise there is no
guarantee that Empty Pipe Detection will respond if the measuring tube is only partially
filled or empty.
A
1
2
2
A
3
A0003207
Fig. 11:
1
2
3
14
Horizontal orientation
EPD electrode for the detection of empty pipes (not with Promag D and Promag H (DN 2 to 15 / 1/12 to ½"))
Measuring electrodes for signal detection
Reference electrode for the potential equalization (not with Promag D and H)
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
Inlet and outlet run
If possible, install the sensor upstream from fittings such as valves, T-pieces, elbows, etc. The
following inlet and outlet runs must be observed in order to meet accuracy specifications:
• Inlet run: 5 × DN
• Outlet run: 2 × DN
! 5 " DN
! 2 " DN
A0003210
Fig. 12:
3.2.4
Inlet and outlet runs
Vibrations
Secure the piping and the sensor if vibration is severe.
"
Caution!
If vibrations are too severe, we recommend the sensor and transmitter be mounted
separately. Information on resistance to vibration and shock can be found on → 102.
L
A0003208
Fig. 13:
Endress+Hauser
Measures to prevent vibration of the device (L > 10 m (32.8 ft))
15
Installation
Promag 50
3.2.5
Foundations, supports
If the nominal diameter is DN
load-bearing strength.
"
350 (14"), mount the sensor on a foundation of adequate
Caution!
Risk of damage.
Do not support the weight of the sensor on the metal casing: the casing would buckle and
damage the internal magnetic coils.
A0003209
Fig. 14:
3.2.6
Correct support for large nominal diameters (DN
350 / 14")
Adapters
Suitable adapters to DIN EN 545 (double-flange reducers) can be used to install the sensor
in larger-diameter pipes.
The resultant increase in the rate of flow improves measuring accuracy with very slowmoving fluids. The nomogram shown here can be used to calculate the pressure loss caused
by reducers and expanders.
!
Note!
The nomogram only applies to liquids of viscosity similar to water.
1.
Calculate the ratio of the diameters d/D.
2.
From the nomogram read off the pressure loss as a function of flow velocity
(downstream from the reduction) and the d/D ratio.
[mbar] 100
8 m/s
7 m/s
6 m/s
10
5 m/s
4 m/s
max. 8°
3 m/s
d
D
2 m/s
1
1 m/s
d/D
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
A0011907
Fig. 15:
16
Pressure loss due to adapters
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
3.2.7
Nominal diameter and flow rate
The diameter of the pipe and the flow rate determine the nominal diameter of the sensor.
The optimum velocity of flow is between 2 and 3 m/s (6.5 to 9.8 ft/s).
The velocity of flow (v), moreover, has to be matched to the physical properties of the fluid:
• v < 2 m/s (v < 6.5 ft/s): for abrasive fluids
• v > 2 m/s (v > 6.5 ft/s): for fluids producing buildup
!
Note!
Flow velocity can be increased, if necessary, by reducing the nominal diameter of the sensor
(→ 16).
Recommended flow (SI units)
Nominal
diameter
Promag D
[mm]
Promag H
Min./max. full scale value (v
Promag L
Promag W
0.3 or 10 m/s) in [dm³/min]
2
–
–
0.06 to 1.8
–
–
4
–
–
0.25 to 7
–
–
8
–
–
1 to 30
–
–
15
–
4 to 100
4 to 100
–
–
25
9 to 300
9 to 300
9 to 300
–
9 to 300
32
–
15 to 500
–
–
15 to 500
40
25 to 700
25 to 700
25 to 700
–
25 to 700
50
35 to 1100
35 to 1100
35 to 1100
35 to 1100
35 to 1100
65
60 to 2000
60 to 2000
60 to 2000
60 to 2000
60 to 2000
80
90 to 3000
90 to 3000
90 to 3000
90 to 3000
90 to 3000
100
145 to 4700
145 to 4700
145 to 4700
145 to 4700
145 to 4700
125
–
220 to 7500
–
220 to 7500
220 to 7500
[mm]
Endress+Hauser
Promag E/P
Min./max. full scale value (v
0.3 or 10 m/s) in [m³/h]
150
–
20 to 600
–
20 to 600
20 to 600
200
–
35 to 1100
–
35 to 1100
35 to 1100
250
–
55 to 1700
–
55 to 1700
55 to 1700
300
–
80 to 2400
–
80 to 2400
80 to 2400
350
–
110 to 3300
–
110 to 3300
110 to 3300
375
–
–
–
140 to 4200
140 to 4200
400
–
140 to 4200
–
140 to 4200
140 to 4200
450
–
180 to 5400
–
180 to 5400
180 to 5400
500
–
220 to 6600
–
220 to 6600
220 to 6600
600
–
310 to 9600
–
310 to 9600
310 to 9600
700
–
–
–
420 to 13500
420 to 13500
750
–
–
–
480 to 15200
480 to 15200
800
–
–
–
550 to 18000
550 to 18000
900
–
–
–
690 to 22500
690 to 22500
1000
–
–
–
850 to 28000
850 to 28000
1050
–
–
–
950 to 40000
950 to 40000
1200
–
–
–
1250 to 40000
1250 to 40000
1400
–
–
–
–
1700 to 55000
1600
–
–
–
–
2200 to 70000
1800
–
–
–
–
2800 to 90000
2000
–
–
–
–
3400 to 110000
17
Installation
Promag 50
Recommended flow (US units)
Nominal
diameter
Promag D
[inch]
Promag H
Min./max. full scale value (v
Promag L
Promag W
0.3 or 10 m/s) in [gal/min]
1 / "
–
–
0.015 to 0.5
–
–
/ "
–
–
0.07 to 2
–
–
/ "
–
–
0.25 to 8
–
–
/"
–
1.0 to 27
1.0 to 27
–
–
1"
2.5 to 80
2.5 to 80
2.5 to 80
–
2.5 to 80
1 /"
–
4 to 130
–
–
4 to 130
1 /"
7 to 190
7 to 190
7 to 190
7 to 190
7 to 190
2"
10 to 300
10 to 300
10 to 300
10 to 300
10 to 300
2 /"
16 to 500
16 to 500
16 to 500
16 to 500
16 to 500
3"
24 to 800
24 to 800
24 to 800
24 to 800
24 to 800
4"
40 to 1250
40 to 1250
40 to 1250
40 to 1250
40 to 1250
5"
–
60 to 1950
–
60 to 1950
60 to 1950
6"
–
90 to 2650
–
90 to 2650
90 to 2650
8"
–
155 to 4850
–
155 to 4850
155 to 4850
10"
–
250 to 7500
–
250 to 7500
250 to 7500
12"
–
350 to 10600
–
350 to 10600
350 to 10600
14"
–
500 to 15000
–
500 to 15000
500 to 15000
15"
–
–
–
600 to 19000
600 to 19000
16"
–
600 to 19000
–
600 to 19000
600 to 19000
18"
–
800 to 24000
–
800 to 24000
800 to 24000
20"
–
1000 to 30000
–
1000 to 30000
1000 to 30000
24"
–
1400 to 44000
–
1400 to 44000
1400 to 44000
28"
–
–
–
1900 to 60000
1900 to 60000
30"
–
–
–
2150 to 67000
2150 to 67000
32"
–
–
–
2450 to 80000
2450 to 80000
36"
–
–
–
3100 to 100000
3100 to 100000
40"
–
–
–
3800 to 125000
3800 to 125000
42"
–
–
–
4200 to 135000
4200 to 135000
48"
–
–
–
5500 to 175000
5500 to 175000
[inch]
18
Promag E/P
Min./max. full scale value (v
0.3 or 10 m/s) in [Mgal/d]
54"
–
–
–
–
9 to 300
60"
–
–
–
–
12 to 380
66"
–
–
–
–
14 to 500
72"
–
–
–
–
16 to 570
78"
–
–
–
–
18 to 650
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
3.2.8
Length of connecting cable
In order to ensure measuring accuracy, comply with the following instructions when
installing the remote version:
• Fix cable run or lay in armored conduit. Cable movements can falsify the measuring signal
especially in the case of low fluid conductivities.
• Route the cable well clear of electrical machines and switching elements.
• Ensure potential equalization between sensor and transmitter, if necessary.
• The permitted connecting cable length Lmax is determined by the fluid conductivity (→
16). A minimum conductivity of 20 μS/cm is required for measuring demineralized water.
Most liquids can be measured as of a minimum conductivity of 5 μS/cm.
• The maximum connecting cable length is 10 m (32.8 ft) when empty pipe detection
(EPD → 75) is switched on.
[µS/cm]
200
100
Lmax
5
[m]
10
100
Lmax
200
[ft]
0
200
400
600
A0010734
Fig. 16:
Permissible cable length for the remote version
Area shaded gray = permitted range
Lmax = connecting cable length in [m]
Fluid conductivity in [μS/cm]
Endress+Hauser
19
Installation
Promag 50
3.3
Installation instructions
3.3.1
Installing the Promag D sensor
The sensor is installed between the pipe flanges with a mounting kit. The device is centered
using recesses on the sensor (→ 21).
!
"
Note!
A mounting kit consisting of mounting bolts, seals, nuts and washers can be ordered
separately (→ 78). Centering sleeves are provided with the device if they are required for
the installation.
Caution!
When installing the transmitter in the pipe, observe the necessary torques (→
22).
5
1
2
3
4
a0010776
Fig. 17:
1
2
3
4
5
Mounting the sensor
Nut
Washer
Mounting bolt
Centering sleeve
Seal
Seals
When installing the sensor, make sure that the seals used do not project into the pipe crosssection.
"
!
20
Caution!
Risk of short circuit! Do not use electrically conductive sealing compounds such as graphite!
An electrically conductive layer could form on the inside of the measuring tube and shortcircuit the measuring signal.
Note!
Use seals with a hardness rating of 70° Shore.
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
Arrangement of the mounting bolts and centering sleeves
The device is centered using recesses on the sensor. The arrangement of the mounting bolts
and the use of the centering sleeves supplied depend on the nominal diameter, the flange
standard und the pitch circle diameter.
Process connection
EN (DIN)
ASME
JIS
DN 25 to 40
(1 to 1 ½")
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A0010896
A0010824
A0010896
A0010825
A0010825
DN 50 (2")
1
1
1
1
A0010897
DN 65 (–)
3
3
2
2
3
3
–––––––––––––––––
3
3
2
2
3
3
A0012170
A0012171
DN 80 (3")
1
1
1
1
1
1
A0010898
DN 100 (4")
1
A0010827
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A0012168
A0010826
1
A0012168
A0012169
1 = Mounting bolts with centering sleeves
2 = EN (DIN) flanges: 4-hole with centering sleeves
3 = EN (DIN) flanges: 8-hole without centering sleeves
Endress+Hauser
21
Installation
Promag 50
Screw tightening torques (Promag D)
Please note the following:
• The tightening torques listed below are for lubricated threads only.
• Always tighten the screws uniformly and in diagonally opposite sequence.
• Overtightening the screws will deform the sealing faces or damage the seals.
• The tightening torques listed below apply only to pipes not subjected to tensile stress.
The tightening torques apply to situations where an EPDM soft material flat seal (e.g. 70
Shore) is used.
Tightening torques, mounting bolts and centering sleeves for EN (DIN) PN 16
Nominal
diameter
Mounting bolts
Centering sleeve
length
Tightening torque [Nm]
with a process flange with a
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
smooth seal face
raised face
25
4 × M12 × 145
54
19
19
40
4 × M16 × 170
68
33
33
50
4 × M16 × 185
82
41
41
65
4 × M16 × 200
92
44
44
65
8 × M16 × 200
–
29
29
80
8 × M16 × 225
116
36
36
100
8 × M16 × 260
147
40
40
EN (DIN) flanges: 4-hole with centering sleeves
EN (DIN) flanges: 8-hole without centering sleeves
A centering sleeve is not required. The device is centered directly via the sensor housing.
Tightening torques, mounting bolts and centering sleeves for JIS 10K
Nominal
diameter
Mounting bolts
Centering sleeve
length
Tightening torque [Nm]
with a process flange with a
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
smooth seal face
raised face
25
4 × M16 × 170
54
24
24
40
4 × M16 × 170
68
32
25
50
4 × M16 × 185
–*
38
30
65
4 × M16 × 200
–*
42
42
80
8 × M16 × 225
–*
36
28
100
8 × M16 × 260
–*
39
37
* A centering sleeve is not required. The device is centered directly via the sensor housing.
Tightening torques, mounting bolts and centering sleeves for ASME Class 150
Nominal
Centering sleeve
Tightening torque [lbf · ft]
Mounting bolts
diameter
length
with a process flange with a
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
smooth seal face
raised face
1"
4 × UNC 1/2" × 5.70"
–*
14
7
1 ½"
4 × UNC 1/2" × 6.50"
–*
21
14
2"
4 × UNC 5/8" × 7.50"
–*
30
27
3"
4 × UNC 5/8" × 9.25"
–*
31
31
4"
8 × UNC 5/8" × 10,4"
5,79
28
28
* A centering sleeve is not required. The device is centered directly via the sensor housing.
22
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
3.3.2
"
!
Installing the Promag E sensor
Caution!
• The protective covers mounted on the two sensor flanges guard the PTFE, which is turned
over the flanges. Consequently, do not remove these covers until immediately before the
sensor is installed in the pipe.
• The covers must remain in place while the device is in storage.
• Make sure that the lining is not damaged or removed from the flanges.
Note!
Bolts, nuts, seals, etc. are not included in the scope of supply and must be supplied by the
customer.
The sensor is designed for installation between the two piping flanges.
• Observe in any case the necessary screw tightening torques on → 24
• If grounding disks are used, follow the mounting instructions which will be enclosed with
the shipment
a0004296
Fig. 18:
Installing the Promag E sensor
Seals
Comply with the following instructions when installing seals:
• PFA or PTFE lining No seals are required!
• For DIN flanges, use only seals according to EN 1514-1.
• Make sure that the seals do not protrude into the piping cross-section.
"
Caution!
Risk of short circuit! Do not use electrically conductive sealing compounds such as graphite!
An electrically conductive layer could form on the inside of the measuring tube and shortcircuit the measuring signal.
Ground cable
• If necessary, special ground cables for potential equalization can be ordered as an
accessory (→ 78).
• Information on potential equalization and detailed mounting instructions for the use of
ground cables can be found on → 55
Endress+Hauser
23
Installation
Promag 50
Tightening torques for threaded fasteners (Promag E)
Please note the following:
• The tightening torques listed below are for lubricated threads only.
• Always tighten the screws uniformly and in diagonally opposite sequence.
• Overtightening the screws will deform the sealing faces or damage the seals.
• The tightening torques listed below apply only to pipes not subjected to tensile stress.
Tightening torques for:
• EN (DIN) → 24
• ASME → 25
• JIS → 25
Promag E tightening torques for EN (DIN)
Nominal diameter
[mm]
EN (DIN)
Pressure rating [bar]
Threaded
fasteners
Max. tightening torque
[Nm]
15
PN 40
4 × M 12
11
25
PN 40
4 × M 12
26
32
PN 40
4 × M 16
41
40
PN 40
4 × M 16
52
50
PN 40
4 × M 16
65
65 *
PN 16
8 × M 16
43
80
PN 16
8 × M 16
53
100
PN 16
8 × M 16
57
125
PN 16
8 × M 16
75
150
PN 16
8 × M 20
99
200
PN 10
8 × M 20
141
200
PN 16
12 × M 20
94
250
PN 10
12 × M 20
110
250
PN 16
12 × M 24
131
300
PN 10
12 × M 20
125
300
PN 16
12 × M 24
179
350
PN 6
12 × M 20
200
350
PN 10
16 × M 20
188
350
PN 16
16 × M 24
254
400
PN 6
16 × M 20
166
400
PN 10
16 × M 24
260
400
PN 16
16 × M 27
330
450
PN 6
16 × M 20
202
450
PN 10
20 × M 24
235
450
PN 16
20 × M 27
300
500
PN 6
20 × M 20
176
500
PN 10
20 × M 24
265
500
PN 16
20 × M 30
448
600
PN 6
20 × M 24
242
600
PN 10
20 × M 27
345
600 *
PN 16
20 × M 33
658
* Designed acc. to EN 1092-1 (not to DIN 2501)
24
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
Promag E tightening torques for ASME
Nominal diameter
ASME
Max. tightening torque
PTFE
[mm]
[inch]
Pressure rating
[lbs]
Threaded fasteners
[Nm]
15
½"
Class 150
4 × ½"
6
4
25
1"
Class 150
4 × ½"
11
8
40
1 ½"
Class 150
4 × ½"
24
18
50
2"
Class 150
4 × 5/8"
47
35
58
[lbf · ft]
80
3"
Class 150
4 × 5/8"
79
100
4"
Class 150
8 × 5/8"
56
41
150
6"
Class 150
8 × ¾"
106
78
200
8"
Class 150
8 × ¾"
143
105
250
10"
Class 150
12 × 7/8"
135
100
300
12"
Class 150
12 × 7/8"
178
131
350
14"
Class 150
12 × 1"
260
192
400
16"
Class 150
16 × 1"
246
181
450
18"
Class 150
16 × 1 1/8"
371
274
500
20"
Class 150
20 × 1 1/8"
341
252
600
24"
Class 150
20 × 1 ¼"
477
352
Promag E tightening torques for JIS
Endress+Hauser
Nominal diameter
JIS
[mm]
Pressure rating
Threaded fasteners
Max. tightening torque [Nm]
PTFE
15
20K
4 × M 12
16
25
20K
4 × M 16
32
32
20K
4 × M 16
38
40
20K
4 × M 16
41
50
10K
4 × M 16
54
65
10K
4 × M 16
74
80
10K
8 × M 16
38
100
10K
8 × M 16
47
125
10K
8 × M 20
80
150
10K
8 × M 20
99
200
10K
12 × M 20
82
250
10K
12 × M 22
133
300
10K
16 × M 22
99
25
Installation
Promag 50
3.3.3
Installing the Promag H sensor
The sensor is supplied to order, with or without pre-installed process connections. Preinstalled process connections are secured to the sensor with 4 or 6 hex-head threaded
fasteners.
"
Caution!
The sensor might require support or additional attachments, depending on the application
and the length of the piping run. When plastic process connections are used, the sensor must
be additionally supported mechanically. A wall-mounting kit can be ordered separately from
Endress+Hauser as an accessory (→ 78).
A
C
B
a0004301
Abb. 19:
Promag H process connections (DN 2 to 25 / 1/12 to 1", DN 40 to 100 / 1½ to 4")
A = DN 2 to 25 / 1/12 to 1": process connections with O-ring
– welding flanges (DIN EN ISO 1127, ODT / SMS),
– flange (EN (DIN), ASME, JIS ), flange PVDF (EN (DIN), ASME, JIS )
– external and internal thread, hose connection, PVC adhesive fitting
B = DN 2 to 25 / 1/12 to 1": process connections with aseptic gasket vseal
– weld nipples (DIN 11850, ODT/SMS)
– Clamp (ISO 2852, DIN 32676, L14 AM7)
– coupling (DIN 11851, DIN 11864-1, SMS 1145)
– flange DIN 11864-2
C = DN 40 to 100 / 1½ to 4": process connections with aseptic gasket seal
– weld nipples (DIN 11850, ODT/SMS)
– Clamp (ISO 2852, DIN 32676, L14 AM7)
– coupling (DIN 11851, DIN 11864-1, ISO 2853, SMS 1145)
– flange DIN 11864-2
Seals
When installing the process connections, make sure that the seals are clean and correctly
centered.
"
26
Caution!
• With metal process connections, you must fully tighten the screws. The process
connection forms a metallic connection with the sensor, which ensures a defined
compression of the seal.
• With plastic process connections, note the max. torques for lubricated threads (7 Nm /
5.2 lbf ft). With plastic flanges, always use seals between connection and counter flange.
• The seals must be replaced periodically, depending on the application, particularly in the
case of gasket seals (aseptic version)!
The period between changes depends on the frequency of cleaning cycles, the cleaning
temperature and the fluid temperature. Replacement seals can be ordered as accessories
→ 78.
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
Usage and assembly of ground rings (DN 2 to 25 / 1/12 to 1")
In case the process connections are made of plastic (e.g. flanges or adhesive fittings), the
potential between the sensor and the fluid must be equalized using additional ground rings.
If the ground rings are not installed this can affect the accuracy of the measurements or
cause the destruction of the sensor through the electrochemical erosion of the electrodes.
"
Caution!
• Depending on the option ordered, plastic disks may be installed at the process connections
instead of ground rings. These plastic disks serve only as spacers and have no potential
equalization function. In addition, they provide a sealing function at the interface between
the sensor and process connection. For this reason, with process connections without
ground rings, these plastic disks/seals must not be removed, or must always be installed.
• Ground rings can be ordered separately from Endress+Hauser as accessories (→ 78).
When placing the order, make certain that the ground ring is compatible with the material
used for the electrodes. Otherwise, there is a risk that the electrodes may be destroyed by
electrochemical corrosion! Information about the materials can be found on → 117.
• Ground rings, including the seals, are mounted within the process connections.
Therefore, the fitting length is not affected.
1.
Loosen the four or six hexagonal headed bolts (1) and remove the process connection
from the sensor (4).
2.
Remove the plastic disk (3), including the two O-ring seals (2).
3.
Place one seal (2) in the groove of the process connection.
4.
Place the metal ground ring (3) on the process connection.
5.
Now place the second seal (2) in the groove of the ground ring.
6.
Finally, mount the process connection on the sensor again.
With plastic process connections, note the max. torques for lubricated threads
(7 Nm / 5.2 lbf ft).
1
4
2
3
2
a0002651
Fig. 20:
Installing ground rings with Promag H (DN 2 to 25 / 1/12 to 1")
1 = Hexagonal-headed bolt (process connection)
2 = O-ring seals
3 = Ground ring or plastic disk (spacer)
4 = Sensor
Endress+Hauser
27
Installation
Promag 50
Welding the transmitter into the piping (weld nipples)
"
!
Caution!
Risk of destroying the measuring electronics. Make sure that the welding machine is not
grounded via the sensor or the transmitter.
1.
Tack-weld the sensor into the pipe. A suitable welding jig can be ordered separately as
an accessory (→ 78).
2.
Loosen the screws on the process connection flange and remove the sensor, complete
with the seal, from the pipe.
3.
Weld the process connection to the pipe.
4.
Reinstall the sensor in the pipe. Make sure that everything is clean and that the seal is
correctly seated.
Note!
• If thin-walled foodstuffs pipes are not welded correctly, the heat could damage the
installed seal. It is therefore advisable to remove the sensor and the seal prior to welding.
• The pipe has to be spread approximately 8 mm to permit disassembly.
Cleaning with pigs
If pigs are used for cleaning, it is essential to take the inside diameters of the measuring tube
and process connection into account. All the dimensions and lengths of the sensor and
transmitter are provided in the separate documentation "Technical Documentation" →
124.
28
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
3.3.4
Installing the Promag L sensor
"
Caution!
• The protective covers mounted on the two sensor flanges (DN 50 to 300 / 2 to 12") are
used to hold the lap joint flanges in place and to protect the PTFE liner during
transportation. Consequently, do not remove these covers until immediately before the
sensor is installed in the pipe.
• The covers must remain in place while the device is in storage.
• Make sure that the lining is not damaged or removed from the flanges.
!
Note!
Bolts, nuts, seals, etc. are not included in the scope of supply and must be supplied by the
customer.
The sensor is designed for installation between the two piping flanges.
• Observe in any case the necessary screw tightening torques on → 30
• If grounding disks are used, follow the mounting instructions which will be enclosed with
the shipment
• To comply with the device specification, a concentrical installation in the measuring
section is required
a0004296
Fig. 21:
Installing the Promag L sensor
Seals
Comply with the following instructions when installing seals:
• Hard rubber lining
additional seals are always necessary.
• Polyurethane lining
no seals are required.
• PTFE lining
no seals are required.
• For DIN flanges, use only seals according to EN 1514-1.
• Make sure that the seals do not protrude into the piping cross-section.
"
Caution!
Risk of short circuit!
Do not use electrically conductive sealing compounds such as graphite! An electrically
conductive layer could form on the inside of the measuring tube and short-circuit the
measuring signal.
Ground cable
• If necessary, special ground cables for potential equalization can be ordered as an
accessory (→ 78).
• Information on potential equalization and detailed mounting instructions for the use of
ground cables can be found on → 57.
Endress+Hauser
29
Installation
Promag 50
Screw tightening torques (Promag L)
Please note the following:
• The tightening torques listed below are for lubricated threads only.
• Always tighten the screws uniformly and in diagonally opposite sequence.
• Overtightening the screws will deform the sealing faces or damage the seals.
• The tightening torques listed below apply only to pipes not subjected to tensile stress.
Promag L tightening torques for EN (DIN)
Nominal diameter
[mm]
EN (DIN)
Max. tightening torque
Pressure rating
[bar]
Threaded fasteners
Hard rubber
Polyurethane
PTFE
[Nm]
[Nm]
[Nm]
50
PN 10/16
4 × M 16
-
15
40
65*
PN 10/16
8 × M 16
-
10
22
80
PN 10/16
8 × M 16
-
15
30
100
PN 10/16
8 × M 16
-
20
42
125
PN 10/16
8 × M 16
-
30
55
150
PN 10/16
8 × M 20
-
50
90
200
PN 10
8 × M 20
-
65
130
250
PN 10
12 × M 20
-
50
90
300
PN 10
12 × M 20
-
55
100
350
PN 6
12 × M 20
111
120
-
350
PN 10
16 × M 20
112
118
-
400
PN 6
16 × M 20
90
98
-
400
PN 10
16 × M 24
151
167
-
450
PN 6
16 × M 20
112
126
-
450
PN 10
20 × M 24
153
133
-
500
PN 6
20 × M 20
119
123
-
500
PN 10
20 × M 24
155
171
-
600
PN 6
20 × M 24
139
147
-
600
PN 10
20 × M 27
206
219
-
700
PN 6
24 × M 24
148
139
-
700
PN 10
24 × M 27
246
246
-
800
PN 6
24 × M 27
206
182
-
800
PN 10
24 × M 30
331
316
-
900
PN 6
24 × M 27
230
637
-
900
PN 10
28 × M 30
316
307
-
1000
PN 6
28 × M 27
218
208
-
1000
PN 10
28 × M 33
402
405
-
1200
PN 6
32 × M 30
319
299
-
1200
PN 10
32 × M 36
564
568
-
* Designed acc. to EN 1092-1 (not to DIN 2501)
Promag L tightening torques for ASME
Nominal diameter
ASME
Threaded
fasteners
Pressure rating
30
Max. tightening torque
Hard rubber
[mm]
[inch]
[lbs]
[Nm]
50
2"
Class 150
4 × 5/8"
80
3"
Class 150
100
4"
150
200
Polyurethane
PTFE
[lbf · ft]
[Nm]
[lbf · ft]
[Nm]
[lbf · ft]
-
-
15
11
40
29
4 × 5/8"
-
-
25
18
65
48
Class 150
8 × 5/8"
-
-
20
15
44
32
6"
Class 150
8 × ¾"
-
-
45
33
90
66
8"
Class 150
8 × ¾"
-
-
65
48
125
92
250
10"
Class 150
12 × 7/8"
-
-
55
41
100
74
300
12"
Class 150
12 × 7/8"
-
-
68
56
115
85
350
14"
Class 150
12 × 1"
135
100
158
117
-
-
400
16"
Class 150
16 × 1"
128
94
150
111
-
-
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
Nominal diameter
ASME
Threaded
fasteners
Pressure rating
Max. tightening torque
Hard rubber
[mm]
[inch]
[lbs]
[Nm]
450
18"
Class 150
16 × 1 1/8"
500
20"
Class 150
600
24"
Class 150
Polyurethane
PTFE
[lbf · ft]
[Nm]
[lbf · ft]
[Nm]
[lbf · ft]
204
150
234
173
-
-
20 × 1 1/8"
183
135
217
160
-
-
20 × 1 ¼"
268
198
307
226
-
-
Promag L tightening torques for AWWA
Nominal diameter
AWWA
Threaded
fasteners
Pressure rating
[mm]
[inch]
700
28"
Class D
750
30"
800
Max. tightening torque
Hartgummi
Polyurethane
PTFE
[Nm]
[lbf · ft]
[Nm]
[lbf · ft]
[Nm]
[lbf · ft]
28 × 1 ¼"
247
182
292
215
-
-
Class D
28 × 1 ¼"
287
212
302
223
-
-
32"
Class D
28 × 1 ½"
394
291
422
311
-
-
900
36"
Class D
32 × 1 ½"
419
309
430
317
-
-
1000
40"
Class D
36 × 1 ½"
420
310
477
352
-
-
1050
42"
Class D
36 × 1 ½"
528
389
518
382
-
-
1200
48"
Class D
44 × 1 ½"
552
407
531
392
-
-
Promag L tightening torques for AS 2129
Nominal diameter
AS 2129
Threaded
fasteners
Pressure rating
[mm]
Max. tightening torque
Hard rubber
Polyurethane
PTFE
[Nm]
[Nm]
[Nm]
350
Table E
12 × M 24
203
-
-
400
Table E
12 × M 24
226
-
-
450
Table E
16 × M 24
226
-
-
500
Table E
16 × M 24
271
-
-
600
Table E
16 × M 30
439
-
-
700
Table E
20 × M 30
355
-
-
750
Table E
20 × M 30
559
-
-
800
Table E
20 × M 30
631
-
-
900
Table E
24 × M 30
627
-
-
1000
Table E
24 × M 30
634
-
-
1200
Table E
32 × M 30
727
-
-
Promag L tightening torques for AS 4087
Nominal diameter
AS 4087
Threaded
fasteners
Pressure rating
[mm]
Endress+Hauser
Max. tightening torque
Hard rubber
Polyurethane
PTFE
[Nm]
[Nm]
[Nm]
350
PN 16
12 × M 24
203
-
-
375
PN 16
12 × M 24
137
-
-
400
PN 16
12 × M 24
226
-
-
450
PN 16
12 × M 24
301
-
-
500
PN 16
16 × M 24
271
-
-
600
PN 16
16 × M 27
393
-
-
700
PN 16
20 × M 27
330
-
-
750
PN 16
20 × M 30
529
-
-
800
PN 16
20 × M 33
631
-
-
900
PN 16
24 × M 33
627
-
-
1000
PN 16
24 × M 33
595
-
-
1200
PN 16
32 × M 33
703
-
-
31
Installation
Promag 50
3.3.5
"
!
Installing the Promag P sensor
Caution!
• The protective covers mounted on the two sensor flanges guard the PTFE, which is turned
over the flanges. Consequently, do not remove these covers until immediately before the
sensor is installed in the pipe.
• The covers must remain in place while the device is in storage.
• Make sure that the lining is not damaged or removed from the flanges.
Note!
Bolts, nuts, seals, etc. are not included in the scope of supply and must be supplied by the
customer.
The sensor is designed for installation between the two piping flanges.
• Observe in any case the necessary screw tightening torques on → 33
• If grounding disks are used, follow the mounting instructions which will be enclosed with
the shipment
a0004296
Fig. 22:
Installing the Promag P sensor
Seals
Comply with the following instructions when installing seals:
• PFA or PTFE lining No seals are required!
• For DIN flanges, use only seals according to EN 1514-1.
• Make sure that the seals do not protrude into the piping cross-section.
"
Caution!
Risk of short circuit! Do not use electrically conductive sealing compounds such as graphite!
An electrically conductive layer could form on the inside of the measuring tube and shortcircuit the measuring signal.
Ground cable
• If necessary, special ground cables for potential equalization can be ordered as an
accessory (→ 78).
• Information on potential equalization and detailed mounting instructions for the use of
ground cables can be found on → 55
32
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
Installing the high-temperature version (with PFA lining)
The high-temperature version has a housing support for the thermal separation of sensor
and transmitter. The high-temperature version is always used for applications in which high
ambient temperatures are encountered in conjunction with high fluid temperatures. The
high-temperature version is obligatory if the fluid temperature exceeds +150 °C.
!
Note!
You will find information on permissible temperature ranges on →
103
Insulation
Pipes generally have to be insulated if they carry very hot fluids, in order to avoid energy
losses and to prevent accidental contact with pipes at temperatures that could cause injury.
Guidelines regulating the insulation of pipes have to be taken into account.
"
Caution!
Risk of measuring electronics overheating. The housing support dissipates heat and its
entire surface area must remain uncovered. Make sure that the sensor insulation does not
extend past the top of the two sensor shells.
max.
Esc
-
+
E
A0004300
Fig. 23:
Promag P (high-temperature version): Insulating the pipe
Tightening torques for threaded fasteners (Promag P)
Please note the following:
• The tightening torques listed below are for lubricated threads only.
• Always tighten the screws uniformly and in diagonally opposite sequence.
• Overtightening the screws will deform the sealing faces or damage the seals.
• The tightening torques listed below apply only to pipes not subjected to tensile stress.
Tightening torques for:
• EN (DIN) → 34
• ASME → 34
• JIS → 35
• AS 2129 → 35
• AS 4087 → 35
Endress+Hauser
33
Installation
Promag 50
Promag P tightening torques for EN (DIN)
Nominal diameter
EN (DIN)
[mm]
Pressure rating [bar]
Threaded
fasteners
Max. tightening torque [Nm]
15
PN 40
4 × M 12
11
–
25
PN 40
4 × M 12
26
20
32
PN 40
4 × M 16
41
35
40
PN 40
4 × M 16
52
47
50
PN 40
4 × M 16
65
59
65 *
PN 16
8 × M 16
43
40
65
PN 40
8 × M 16
43
40
80
PN 16
8 × M 16
53
48
80
PN 40
8 × M 16
53
48
100
PN 16
8 × M 16
57
51
100
PN 40
8 × M 20
78
70
125
PN 16
8 × M 16
75
67
125
PN 40
8 × M 24
111
99
150
PN 16
8 × M 20
99
85
150
PN 40
8 × M 24
136
120
200
PN 10
8 × M 20
141
101
200
PN 16
12 × M 20
94
67
200
PN 25
12 × M 24
138
105
250
PN 10
12 × M 20
110
–
250
PN 16
12 × M 24
131
–
250
PN 25
12 × M 27
200
–
300
PN 10
12 × M 20
125
–
300
PN 16
12 × M 24
179
–
300
PN 25
16 × M 27
204
–
350
PN 10
16 × M 20
188
–
350
PN 16
16 × M 24
254
–
350
PN 25
16 × M 30
380
–
400
PN 10
16 × M 24
260
–
400
PN 16
16 × M 27
330
–
400
PN 25
16 × M 33
488
–
450
PN 10
20 × M 24
235
–
450
PN 16
20 × M 27
300
–
450
PN 25
20 × M 33
385
–
500
PN 10
20 × M 24
265
–
500
PN 16
20 × M 30
448
–
500
PN 25
20 × M 33
533
–
600
PN 10
20 × M 27
345
–
600 *
PN 16
20 × M 33
658
–
600
PN 25
20 × M 36
731
–
PTFE
PFA
* Designed acc. to EN 1092-1 (not to DIN 2501)
Promag P tightening torques for ASME
Nominal diameter
34
ASME
Max. tightening torque
PTFE
PFA
[mm]
[inch]
Pressure
rating [lbs]
Threaded
fasteners
[Nm]
[lbf · ft]
[Nm]
15
½"
Class 150
4 × ½"
6
4
–
[lbf · ft]
15
½"
Class 300
4 × ½"
6
4
–
–
–
25
1"
Class 150
4 × ½"
11
8
10
7
25
1"
Class 300
4 × 5/8"
14
10
12
9
40
1 ½"
Class 150
4 × ½"
24
18
21
15
40
1 ½"
Class 300
4 × ¾"
34
25
31
23
50
2"
Class 150
4 × 5/8"
47
35
44
32
50
2"
Class 300
8 × 5/8"
23
17
22
16
80
3"
Class 150
4 × 5/8"
79
58
67
49
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
Nominal diameter
ASME
Max. tightening torque
PTFE
PFA
[mm]
[inch]
Pressure
rating [lbs]
Threaded
fasteners
[Nm]
[lbf · ft]
[Nm]
80
3"
Class 300
8 × ¾"
47
35
42
31
100
4"
Class 150
8 × 5/8"
56
41
50
37
100
4"
Class 300
8 × ¾"
67
49
59
44
150
6"
Class 150
8 × ¾"
106
78
86
63
150
6"
Class 300
12 × ¾"
73
54
67
49
[lbf · ft]
200
8"
Class 150
8 × ¾"
143
105
109
80
250
10"
Class 150
12 × 7/8"
135
100
–
–
300
12"
Class 150
12 × 7/8"
178
131
–
–
350
14"
Class 150
12 × 1"
260
192
–
–
400
16"
Class 150
16 × 1"
246
181
–
–
450
18"
Class 150
16 × 1 1/8"
371
274
–
–
500
20"
Class 150
20 × 1 1/8"
341
252
–
–
600
24"
Class 150
20 × 1 ¼"
477
352
–
–
Promag P tightening torques for JIS
Nominal diameter
JIS
[mm]
Pressure rating
Threaded fasteners
Max. tightening torque [Nm]
PTFE
PFA
25
10K
4 × M 16
32
27
25
20K
4 × M 16
32
27
32
10K
4 × M 16
38
–
32
20K
4 × M 16
38
–
40
10K
4 × M 16
41
37
40
20K
4 × M 16
41
37
50
10K
4 × M 16
54
46
50
20K
8 × M 16
27
23
65
10K
4 × M 16
74
63
65
20K
8 × M 16
37
31
80
10K
8 × M 16
38
32
80
20K
8 × M 20
57
46
100
10K
8 × M 16
47
38
100
20K
8 × M 20
75
58
125
10K
8 × M 20
80
66
125
20K
8 × M 22
121
103
150
10K
8 × M 20
99
81
150
20K
12 × M 22
108
72
200
10K
12 × M 20
82
54
200
20K
12 × M 22
121
88
250
10K
12 × M 22
133
–
250
20K
12 × M 24
212
–
300
10K
16 × M 22
99
–
300
20K
16 × M 24
183
–
Promag P tightening torques for AS 2129
Nominal diameter
[mm]
AS 2129
Pressure rating
Threaded
fasteners
Max. tightening torque [Nm]
PTFE
25
Table E
4 × M 12
21
50
Table E
4 × M 16
42
Promag P tightening torques for AS 4087
Endress+Hauser
Nominal diameter
[mm]
AS 4087
Pressure rating
Threaded
fasteners
Max. tightening torque [Nm]
PTFE
50
PN 16
4 × M 16
42
35
Installation
Promag 50
3.3.6
!
Installing the Promag W sensor
Note!
Bolts, nuts, seals, etc. are not included in the scope of supply and must be supplied by the
customer.
The sensor is designed for installation between the two piping flanges.
• Observe in any case the necessary screw tightening torques on → 36
• If grounding disks are used, follow the mounting instructions which will be enclosed with
the shipment
a0004296
Fig. 24:
Installing the Promag W sensor
Seals
Comply with the following instructions when installing seals:
• Hard rubber lining
additional seals are always necessary.
• Polyurethane lining
no seals are required.
• For DIN flanges, use only seals according to EN 1514-1.
• Make sure that the seals do not protrude into the piping cross-section.
"
Caution!
Risk of short circuit!
Do not use electrically conductive sealing compounds such as graphite! An electrically
conductive layer could form on the inside of the measuring tube and short-circuit the
measuring signal.
Ground cable
• If necessary, special ground cables for potential equalization can be ordered as an
accessory (→ 78).
• Information on potential equalization and detailed mounting instructions for the use of
ground cables can be found on → 57
Screw tightening torques (Promag W)
Please note the following:
• The tightening torques listed below are for lubricated threads only.
• Always tighten the screws uniformly and in diagonally opposite sequence.
• Overtightening the screws will deform the sealing faces or damage the seals.
• The tightening torques listed below apply only to pipes not subjected to tensile stress.
36
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
Tightening torques for:
• EN (DIN)→ 37
• JIS→ 39
• ASME→ 38
• AWWA → 39
• AS 2129 → 40
• AS 4087 → 40
Promag W tightening torques for EN (DIN)
Endress+Hauser
Nominal
diameter
EN (DIN)
[mm]
25
Max. tightening torque [Nm]
Pressure rating [bar]
Threaded
fasteners
Hard rubber
Polyurethane
PN 40
4 × M 12
-
15
32
PN 40
4 × M 16
-
24
40
PN 40
4 × M 16
-
31
50
PN 40
4 × M 16
48
40
65*
PN 16
8 × M 16
32
27
65
PN 40
8 × M 16
32
27
80
PN 16
8 × M 16
40
34
80
PN 40
8 × M 16
40
34
100
PN 16
8 × M 16
43
36
100
PN 40
8 × M 20
59
50
125
PN 16
8 × M 16
56
48
125
PN 40
8 × M 24
83
71
150
PN 16
8 × M 20
74
63
150
PN 40
8 × M 24
104
88
200
PN 10
8 × M 20
106
91
200
PN 16
12 × M 20
70
61
200
PN 25
12 × M 24
104
92
250
PN 10
12 × M 20
82
71
250
PN 16
12 × M 24
98
85
250
PN 25
12 × M 27
150
134
300
PN 10
12 × M 20
94
81
300
PN 16
12 × M 24
134
118
300
PN 25
16 × M 27
153
138
350
PN 6
12 × M 20
111
120
350
PN 10
16 × M 20
112
118
350
PN 16
16 × M 24
152
165
350
PN 25
16 × M 30
227
252
400
PN 6
16 × M 20
90
98
400
PN 10
16 × M 24
151
167
400
PN 16
16 × M 27
193
215
400
PN 25
16 × M 33
289
326
450
PN 6
16 × M 20
112
126
450
PN 10
20 × M 24
153
133
450
PN 16
20 × M 27
198
196
450
PN 25
20 × M 33
256
253
500
PN 6
20 × M 20
119
123
500
PN 10
20 × M 24
155
171
500
PN 16
20 × M 30
275
300
500
PN 25
20 × M 33
317
360
600
PN 6
20 × M 24
139
147
600
PN 10
20 × M 27
206
219
600 *
PN 16
20 × M 33
415
443
600
PN 25
20 × M 36
431
516
700
PN 6
24 × M 24
148
139
700
PN 10
24 × M 27
246
246
700
PN 16
24 × M 33
278
318
37
Installation
Promag 50
Nominal
diameter
EN (DIN)
[mm]
700
Max. tightening torque [Nm]
Pressure rating [bar]
Threaded
fasteners
Hard rubber
PN 25
24 × M 39
449
507
800
PN 6
24 × M 27
206
182
800
PN 10
24 × M 30
331
316
800
PN 16
24 × M 36
369
385
800
PN 25
24 × M 45
664
721
900
PN 6
24 × M 27
230
637
900
PN 10
28 × M 30
316
307
900
PN 16
28 × M 36
353
398
900
PN 25
28 × M 45
690
716
1000
PN 6
28 × M 27
218
208
1000
PN 10
28 × M 33
402
405
1000
PN 16
28 × M 39
502
518
1000
PN 25
28 × M 52
970
971
1200
PN 6
32 × M 30
319
299
1200
PN 10
32 × M 36
564
568
1200
PN 16
32 × M 45
701
753
1400
PN 6
36 × M 33
430
398
1400
PN 10
36 × M 39
654
618
1400
PN 16
36 × M 45
729
762
1600
PN 6
40 × M 33
440
417
1600
PN 10
40 × M 45
946
893
1600
PN 16
40 × M 52
1007
1100
1800
PN 6
44 × M 36
547
521
1800
PN 10
44 × M 45
961
895
1800
PN 16
44 × M 52
1108
1003
2000
PN 6
48 × M 39
629
605
2000
PN 10
48 × M 45
1047
1092
2000
PN 16
48 × M 56
1324
1261
Polyurethane
* Designed acc. to EN 1092-1 (not to DIN 2501)
Promag W tightening torques for ASME
Nominal
diameter
38
ASME
Max. tightening torque
Hard rubber
Polyurethane
[mm]
[inch]
Pressure rating
[lbs]
Threaded
fasteners
[Nm]
[lbf · ft]
[Nm]
25
1"
Class 150
4 × ½"
-
-
7
5
25
1"
Class 300
4 × 5/8"
-
-
8
6
40
1 ½"
Class 150
4 × ½"
-
-
10
7
40
1 ½"
Class 300
4 × ¾"
-
-
15
11
50
2"
Class 150
4 × 5/8"
35
26
22
16
50
2"
Class 300
8 × 5/8"
18
13
11
8
80
3"
Class 150
4 × 5/8"
60
44
43
32
[lbf · ft]
80
3"
Class 300
8 × ¾"
38
28
26
19
100
4"
Class 150
8 × 5/8"
42
31
31
23
100
4"
Class 300
8 × ¾"
58
43
40
30
150
6"
Class 150
8 × ¾"
79
58
59
44
150
6"
Class 300
12 × ¾"
70
52
51
38
200
8"
Class 150
8 × ¾"
107
79
80
59
250
10"
Class 150
12 × 7/8"
101
74
75
55
300
12"
Class 150
12 × 7/8"
133
98
103
76
350
14"
Class 150
12 × 1"
135
100
158
117
400
16"
Class 150
16 × 1"
128
94
150
111
450
18"
Class 150
16 × 1 1/8"
204
150
234
173
500
20"
Class 150
20 × 1 1/8"
183
135
217
160
600
24"
Class 150
20 × 1 ¼"
268
198
307
226
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
Promag W tightening torques for JIS
Nominal diameter
JIS
[mm]
Pressure rating
Threaded
fasteners
Hard rubber
Max. tightening torque [Nm]
Polyurethane
25
10K
4 × M 16
-
19
25
20K
4 × M 16
-
19
32
10K
4 × M 16
-
22
32
20K
4 × M 16
-
22
40
10K
4 × M 16
-
24
40
20K
4 × M 16
-
24
50
10K
4 × M 16
40
33
50
20K
8 × M 16
20
17
65
10K
4 × M 16
55
45
65
20K
8 × M 16
28
23
80
10K
8 × M 16
29
23
80
20K
8 × M 20
42
35
100
10K
8 × M 16
35
29
100
20K
8 × M 20
56
48
125
10K
8 × M 20
60
51
125
20K
8 × M 22
91
79
150
10K
8 × M 20
75
63
150
20K
12 × M 22
81
72
200
10K
12 × M 20
61
52
200
20K
12 × M 22
91
80
250
10K
12 × M 22
100
87
250
20K
12 × M 24
159
144
300
10K
16 × M 22
74
63
300
20K
16 × M 24
138
124
Promag W tightening torques for AWWA
Nominal diameter
Endress+Hauser
AWWA
Max. tightening torque
Hard rubber
Polyurethane
[mm]
[inch]
Pressure
rating
Threaded
fasteners
[Nm]
[lbf · ft]
[Nm]
700
28"
Class D
28 × 1 ¼"
247
182
292
[lbf · ft]
215
750
30"
Class D
28 × 1 ¼"
287
212
302
223
800
32"
Class D
28 × 1 ½"
394
291
422
311
900
36"
Class D
32 × 1 ½"
419
309
430
317
1000
40"
Class D
36 × 1 ½"
420
310
477
352
1050
42"
Class D
36 × 1 ½"
528
389
518
382
1200
48"
Class D
44 × 1 ½"
552
407
531
392
1350
54"
Class D
44 × 1 ¾"
730
538
633
467
1500
60"
Class D
52 × 1 ¾"
758
559
832
614
1650
66"
Class D
52 × 1 ¾"
946
698
955
704
1800
72"
Class D
60 × 1 ¾"
975
719
1087
802
2000
78"
Class D
64 × 2"
853
629
786
580
39
Installation
Promag 50
Promag W tightening torques for AS 2129
Nominal diameter
[mm]
AS 2129
Pressure rating
Threaded
fasteners
Max. tightening torque [Nm]
Hard rubber
50
Table E
4 × M 16
32
80
Table E
4 × M 16
49
100
Table E
8 × M 16
38
150
Table E
8 × M 20
64
200
Table E
8 × M 20
96
250
Table E
12 × M 20
98
300
Table E
12 × M 24
123
350
Table E
12 × M 24
203
400
Table E
12 × M 24
226
450
Table E
16 × M 24
226
500
Table E
16 × M 24
271
600
Table E
16 × M 30
439
700
Table E
20 × M 30
355
750
Table E
20 × M 30
559
800
Table E
20 × M 30
631
900
Table E
24 × M 30
627
1000
Table E
24 × M 30
634
1200
Table E
32 × M 30
727
Threaded
fasteners
Max. tightening torque [Nm]
Hard rubber
Promag W tightening torques for AS 4087
40
Nominal diameter
[mm]
AS 4087
Pressure rating
50
Table E
4 × M 16
32
80
PN 16
4 × M 16
49
100
PN 16
4 × M 16
76
150
PN 16
8 × M 20
52
200
PN 16
8 × M 20
77
250
PN 16
8 × M 20
147
300
PN 16
12 × M 24
103
350
PN 16
12 × M 24
203
375
PN 16
12 × M 24
137
400
PN 16
12 × M 24
226
450
PN 16
12 × M 24
301
500
PN 16
16 × M 24
271
600
PN 16
16 × M 27
393
700
PN 16
20 × M 27
330
750
PN 16
20 × M 30
529
800
PN 16
20 × M 33
631
900
PN 16
24 × M 33
627
1000
PN 16
24 × M 33
595
1200
PN 16
32 × M 33
703
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
3.3.7
Turning the transmitter housing
Turning the aluminum field housing
#
Warning!
The turning mechanism in devices with Ex d/de or FM/CSA Cl. I Div. 1 classification is not
the same as that described here. The procedure for turning these housings is described in the
Ex-specific documentation.
1.
Loosen the two securing screws.
2.
Turn the bayonet catch as far as it will go.
3.
Carefully lift the transmitter housing:
– Promag D: approx. 10 mm (0.39 inch) above the securing screws
– Promag E/H/L/P/W: to the stop
4.
Turn the transmitter housing to the desired position:
– Promag D: max. 180° clockwise or max. 180° counterclockwise
– Promag E/H/L/P/W: max. 280° clockwise or max. 20° counterclockwise
5.
Lower the housing into position and re-engage the bayonet catch.
6.
Retighten the two securing screws.
4
2
5
1
3
6
a0004302
Fig. 25:
Turning the transmitter housing (aluminum field housing)
Turning the stainless-steel field housing
1.
Loosen the two securing screws.
2.
Carefully lift the transmitter housing as far as it will go.
3.
Turn the transmitter housing to the desired position (max. 2 × 90° in either direction).
4.
Lower the housing into position.
5.
Retighten the two securing screws.
! 180°
c
! 180°
d
a
b
e
a0004303
Fig. 26:
Endress+Hauser
Turning the transmitter housing (stainless-steel field housing)
41
Installation
Promag 50
3.3.8
Turning the onsite display
1.
Unscrew the cover of the electronics compartment from the transmitter housing.
2.
Press the side latches on the display module and remove it from the electronics
compartment cover plate.
3.
Turn the display to the desired position (max. 4 × 45° in both directions) and reset it
onto the cover plate of the electronics compartment.
4.
Screw the cover of the electronics compartment firmly back onto the transmitter
housing.
4 x 45°
a0003236
Fig. 27:
42
Turning the local display (field housing)
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
3.3.9
Installing the wall-mount housing
There are various ways of installing the wall-mount transmitter housing:
• Direct wall mounting
• Installation in control panel (with separate mounting kit, accessories) →
• Pipe mounting (with separate mounting kit, accessories) → 44
"
44
Caution!
• Make sure that the ambient temperature does not exceed the permissible range at the
mounting location, –20 to +60 °C (–4 to +140 °F), optional –40 to +60 °C (–40 to +140 °F).
Install the device at a shady location. Avoid direct sunlight.
• Always install the wall-mount housing in such a way that the cable entries are pointing
down.
Direct wall mounting
1.
Drill the holes as illustrated in the graphic.
2.
Remove the cover of the connection compartment (a).
3.
Push the two securing screws (b) through the appropriate bores (c) in the housing.
– Securing screws (M6): max. Ø 6.5 mm (0.26")
– Screw head: max. Ø 10.5 mm (0.41")
4.
Secure the transmitter housing to the wall as indicated.
5.
Screw the cover of the connection compartment (a) firmly onto the housing.
b
81.5 (3.2)
35 (1.38)
c
a
90 (3.54)
192 (7.56)
a0001130
Fig. 28:
Endress+Hauser
Mounted directly on the wall
43
Installation
Promag 50
Panel-mounted installation
1.
Prepare the opening in the panel as illustrated in the graphic.
2.
Slide the housing into the opening in the panel from the front.
3.
Screw the fasteners onto the wall-mount housing.
4.
Place the threaded rods in the fasteners and screw them down until
the housing is seated tightly against the panel. Afterwards, tighten the locking nuts.
Additional support is not necessary.
+0.5 (+0.019)
–0.5 (–0.019)
210 (8.27)
+0.5 (+0.019)
–0.5 (–0.019)
245 (9.65)
~110 (~4.33)
a0001131
Fig. 29:
Panel installation (wall-mount housing)
Pipe mounting
The assembly should be performed by following the instructions in the graphic.
"
Caution!
If the device is mounted to a warm pipe, make certain that the housing temperature does not
exceed +60 °C (+140 °F), which is the maximum permissible temperature.
Ø 20…70
(Ø 0.79…2.75)
~155 (~ 6.1)
a0001132
Fig. 30:
44
Pipe mounting (wall-mount housing)
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Installation
3.4
Post-installation check
Perform the following checks after installing the measuring device in the pipe:
Endress+Hauser
Device condition and specifications
Notes
Is the device damaged (visual inspection)?
-
Does the device correspond to specifications at the measuring point, including
process temperature and pressure, ambient temperature, minimum fluid
conductivity, measuring range, etc.?
→
Installation
Notes
Does the arrow on the sensor nameplate match the actual direction of flow
through the pipe?
-
Is the position of the measuring electrode plane correct?
→
14
Is the position of the empty pipe detection electrode correct?
→
14
Were all screws tightened to the specified torques when the sensor was
installed?
Promag D →
Promag E →
Promag L →
Promag P →
Promag W →
Were the correct seals used (type, material, installation)?
Promag D → 20
Promag E → 23
Promag H → 26
Promag L→ 29
Promag P → 32
Promag W → 36
103
22
24
30
33
36
Are the measuring point number and labeling correct (visual inspection)?
-
Process environment / process conditions
Notes
Were the inlet and outlet runs respected?
Inlet run 5 × DN
Outlet run 2 × DN
Is the measuring device protected against moisture and direct sunlight?
-
Is the sensor adequately protected against vibration (attachment, support)?
Acceleration up to 2 g by
analogy with IEC 600 68-2-8
45
Wiring
Promag 50
4
#
!
Wiring
Warning!
When connecting Ex-certified devices, see the notes and diagrams in the Ex-specific
supplement to these Operating Instructions.
Please do not hesitate to contact your Endress+Hauser representative if you have any
questions.
Note!
The device does not have an internal circuit breaker. For this reason, assign the device a
switch or power-breaker switch capable of disconnecting the power supply line from the
mains.
4.1
Connecting the remote version
4.1.1
Connecting Promag D/E/H/L/P/W
#
Warning!
• Risk of electric shock! Switch off the power supply before opening the device. Do not install
or wire the device while it is connected to the power supply. Failure to comply with this
precaution can result in irreparable damage to the electronics.
• Risk of electric shock! Connect the protective conductor to the ground terminal on the
housing before the power supply is applied.
"
Caution!
• Only sensors and transmitters with the same serial number can be connected to one
another. Communication problems can occur if the devices are not connected in this way.
• Risk of damaging the coil driver. Always switch off the power supply before connecting or
disconnecting the coil cable.
Procedure
1.
Transmitter: Remove the cover from the connection compartment (a).
2.
Sensor: Remove the cover from the connection housing (b).
3.
Feed the signal cable (c) and the coil cable (d) through the appropriate cable entries.
"
Caution!
Route the connecting cables securely (see "Connecting cable length" →
19).
4.
Terminate the signal and coil current cable as indicated in the table:
Promag D/E/L/P/W
Refer to the table → 49
Promag H
Refer to the "Cable termination" table → 50
5.
Establish the wiring between the sensor and the transmitter.
The electrical wiring diagram that applies to your device can be found:
‣ In the corresponding graphic:
→ 31 (Promag D) → 32 (Promag E/L/P/W); → 33 (Promag H)
‣ In the cover of the sensor and transmitter
!
Note!
The cable shields of the Promag H sensor are grounded by means of the strain relief
terminals (see also the "Cable termination" table → 50)
"
Caution!
Insulate the shields of cables that are not connected to eliminate the risk of shortcircuits with neighboring cable shields inside the connection housing.
46
6.
Transmitter: Screw the cover on the connection compartment (a).
7.
Sensor: Secure the cover on the connection housing (b).
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Wiring
Promag D
7
8
4 37 36
42 41
42 41
S
5
GND
E2
S2
6
d
E
S1
E1
c
a
d
5
7
4 37
GND
b
E1
n.c.
E2
n.c.
E
c
A0010882
Fig. 31:
a
b
c
d
n.c.
Connecting the remote version of Promag D
Wall-mount housing connection compartment
Cover of the sensor connection housing
Signal cable
Coil current cable
Not connected, insulated cable shields
Wire colors/Terminal No.:
5/6 = braun, 7/8 = white, 4 = green, 37/36 = yellow
Promag E/L/P/W
8
4 37 36
S
GND
7
E
5
E2
6
d
S2
S1
E1
c
42 41
a
d
5
7
4 37
GND
n.c.
E1
b
n.c.
E2
n.c.
42 41
E
c
A0011722
Fig. 32:
a
b
c
d
n.c.
Connecting the remote version of Promag E/L/P/W
Wall-mount housing connection compartment
Cover of the sensor connection housing
Signal cable
Coil current cable
Not connected, insulated cable shields
Wire colors/Terminal No.:
5/6 = braun, 7/8 = white, 4 = green, 37/36 = yellow
Endress+Hauser
47
Wiring
Promag 50
Promag H
d
S1
E1
E2
S2
GND
E
S
c
6 5 7 8 4 37 36
42 41
a
c
d
n.c.
5 7 4 37
n.c.
2
1
42 41
E1
E2
GND
E
b
n.c.
A0011747
Fig. 33:
a
b
c
d
n.c.
Connecting the remote version of Promag H
Wall-mount housing connection compartment
Cover of the sensor connection housing
Signal cable
Coil current cable
Not connected, insulated cable shields
Wire colors/Terminal No.:
5/6 = braun, 7/8 = white, 4 = green, 37/36 = yellow
48
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Wiring
Cable termination for the remote version
Promag D/E/L/P/W
Terminate the signal and coil current cables as shown in the figure below (Detail A).
Ferrules must be provided on the fine-wire cores (Detail B: m = red ferrules, 1.0 mm; n = white ferrules,
* Stripping only for reinforced cables
0.5 mm).
"
Caution!
When fitting the connectors, pay attention to the following points:
• Signal cable Make sure that the ferrules do not touch the wire shield on the sensor side.
Minimum distance = 1 mm (exception "GND" = green cable)
• Coil current cable Insulate one core of the three-core wire at the level of the core reinforcement; you only require two cores for the connection.
TRANSMITTER
Signal cable
Coil current cable
mm (inch)
100 (3.94)*
mm (inch)
90 (3.54)*
80 (3.15)
17 (0.67)
8 (0.31)
70 (2.76)
50 (1.97)
8 (0.31)
50 (1.97)
10 (0.39)
A
A
m
m
n
m
n
m
n
m
m
GND
n
m
B
B
A0002688
A0002687
SENSOR
Signal cable
Coil current cable
20 (0.79)*
170 (6.69)*
80 (3.15)
17 (0.67)
50 (1.97)
8 (0.31)
20 (0.79)*
mm (inch)
160 (6.30)*
mm (inch)
70 (2.76)
50 (1.97)
10 (0.39)
A
8 (0.31)
A
m
m
n
!1 (0.04)
m
n
GND
B
n
B
m
A0002646
Endress+Hauser
m
A0002650
49
Wiring
Promag 50
Cable termination for the remote version
Promag H
Terminate the signal and coil current cables as shown in the figure below (Detail A).
Ferrules must be provided on the fine-wire cores (Detail B: m = red ferrules, 1.0 mm; n = white ferrules,
0.5 mm).
"
Caution!
When fitting the connectors, pay attention to the following points:
• Signal cable Make sure that the ferrules do not touch the wire shield on the sensor side.
Minimum distance = 1 mm (exception "GND" = green cable).
• Coil current cable Insulate one core of the three-core wire at the level of the core reinforcement; you only require two cores for the connection.
• On the sensor side, reverse both cable shields approx. 15 mm over the outer jacket. The strain relief ensures an electrical connection with the
connection housing.
TRANSMITTER
Signal cable
Coil current cable
mm (inch)
80 (3.15)
17 (0.67)
70 (2.76)
mm (inch)
50 (1.97)
50 (1.97)
8 (0.31)
10 (0.39)
8 (0.31)
A
A
m
m
n
m
n
m
n
m
m
m
GND
n
B
B
A0002684
A0002686
SENSOR
Signal cable
Coil current cable
80 (3.15)
70 (2.76)
15 (0.59)
17 (0.67)
8 (0.31)
15 (0.59)
40 (1.57)
8 (0.31)
A
A
! 1 (0.04)
n
m
n
GND
m
n
B
m
B
mm (inch)
A0002647
50
mm (inch)
A0002648
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Wiring
4.1.2
Cable specifications
Signal cable
• 3 × 0.38 mm² PVC cable with common, braided copper shield (
7 mm) and individually
shielded cores
• With Empty Pipe Detection (EPD): 4 × 0.38 mm² PVC cable with common, braided copper
shield (
7 mm) and individually shielded cores
• Conductor resistance: 50 km
• Capacitance: core/shield: 420 pF/m
• Permanent operating temperature: –20 to +80 °C
• Cable cross-section: max. 2.5 mm²
Coil cable
• 2 × 0.75 mm² PVC cable with common, braided copper shield (
7 mm)
• Conductor resistance: 37 km
• Capacitance: core/core, shield grounded: 120 pF/m
• Operating temperature: –20 to +80 °C
• Cable cross-section: max. 2.5 mm²
• Test voltage for cable insulation: 1433 V AC r.m.s. 50/60 Hz or 2026 V DC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
a
b
A0003194
Fig. 34:
Cable cross-section
a
b
Signal cable
Coil current cable
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Core
Core insulation
Core shield
Core jacket
Core reinforcement
Cable shield
Outer jacket
Reinforced connecting cables
As an option, Endress+Hauser can also deliver reinforced connecting cables with an
additional, reinforcing metal braid. Reinforced connecting cables should be used when
laying the cable directly in the ground, if there is a risk of damage from rodents or if using
the measuring device below IP 68 degree of protection.
Operation in zones of severe electrical interference:
The measuring device complies with the general safety requirements in accordance with
EN 61010 and the EMC requirements of IEC/EN 61326.
"
Endress+Hauser
Caution!
Grounding is by means of the ground terminals provided for the purpose inside the
connection housing. Ensure that the stripped and twisted lengths of cable shield to the
ground terminal are as short as possible.
51
Wiring
Promag 50
#
4.2
Connecting the measuring unit
4.2.1
Connecting the transmitter
Warning!
• Risk of electric shock! Switch off the power supply before opening the device. Do not install
or wire the device while it is energized. Failure to comply with this precaution can result in
irreparable damage to the electronics.
• Risk of electric shock! Connect the protective conductor to the ground terminal on the
housing before the power supply is applied (not necessary if the power supply is
galvanically isolated).
• Compare the specifications on the nameplate with the local voltage supply and frequency.
Also comply with national regulations governing the installation of electrical equipment.
1.
Remove the cover of the connection compartment (f) from the transmitter housing.
2.
Feed the power supply cable (a) and the signal cable (b) through the appropriate cable
entries.
Perform the wiring:
– Wiring diagram (aluminum housing) → 35
– Wiring diagram (stainless steel housing) → 36
– Wiring diagram (wall-mount housing) → 37
– Terminal assignment → 54
3.
4.
Screw the cover of the connection compartment (f) firmly onto the transmitter housing.
f
e
b
a
g
– 27
+ 26
– 25
+ 24
– 23
+ 22
– 21
+ 20
N (L-) 2
L1 (L+) 1
b
d
c
a
a0004582
Fig. 35:
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
52
Connecting the transmitter (aluminum field housing). Cable cross-section: max. 2.5 mm
Cable for power supply: 85 to 260 V AC, 20 to 55 V AC, 16 to 62 V DC
Terminal No. 1: L1 for AC, L+ for DC
Terminal No. 2: N for AC, L- for DC
Signal cable: Terminals Nos. 20–27 → 54
Ground terminal for protective ground
Ground terminal for signal cable shield
Service connector for connecting service interface FXA193 (Fieldcheck, FieldCare)
Cover of the connection compartment
Securing clamp
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Wiring
– 27
+ 26
– 25
+ 24
– 23
+ 22
– 21
+ 20
e
b
a
b
d
c
N (L-) 2
L1 (L+) 1
f
a
a0004584
Fig. 36:
a
b
c
d
e
f
Connecting the transmitter (stainless steel field housing); cable cross-section: max. 2.5 mm
Cable for power supply: 85 to 260 V AC, 20 to 55 V AC, 16 to 62 V DC
Terminal No. 1: L1 for AC, L+ for DC
Terminal No. 2: N for AC, L- for DC
Signal cable: Terminals Nos. 20–27 → 54
Ground terminal for protective ground
Ground terminal for signal cable shield
Service connector for connecting service interface FXA193 (Fieldcheck, FieldCare)
Cover of the connection compartment
N (L-)
L1 (L+)
1
+ – + – + – + –
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
2
e
f
a
b
a
c
b
d
a0001135
Fig. 37:
a
b
c
d
e
f
Endress+Hauser
Connecting the transmitter (wall-mount housing); cable cross-section: max. 2.5 mm
Cable for power supply: 85 to 260 V AC, 20 to 55 V AC, 16 to 62 V DC
Terminal No. 1: L1 for AC, L+ for DC
Terminal No. 2: N for AC, L- for DC
Signal cable: Terminals Nos. 20–27 → 54
Ground terminal for protective ground
Ground terminal for signal cable shield
Service connector for connecting service interface FXA193 (Fieldcheck, FieldCare)
Cover of the connection compartment
53
Wiring
Promag 50
4.2.2
Terminal assignment
Terminal No. (inputs / outputs)
Order version
20 (+) / 21 (–)
22 (+) / 23 (–)
24 (+) / 25 (–)
26 (+) / 27 (–)
50***-***********W
-
-
-
Current output
HART
50***-***********A
-
-
Frequency output
Current output
HART
Status input
Status output
Frequency output
Current output
HART
50***-***********S
-
-
Frequency output
Ex i
Current output, Ex i,
active, HART
50***-***********T
-
-
Frequency output
Ex i
Current output, Ex i,
passive, HART
50***-***********D
!
Note!
Functional values of the inputs and outputs →
4.2.3
98
HART connection
Users have the following connection options at their disposal:
• Direct connection to transmitter by means of terminals 26(+) and 27 ( )
• Connection by means of the 4 to 20 mA circuit.
!
Note!
• The measuring loop's minimum load must be at least 250
• After commissioning, make the following settings:
• CURRENT SPAN function "4–20 mA HART"
• Switch HART write protection on or off → 65
.
Connection of the HART handheld communicator
See also the documentation issued by the HART Communication Foundation, and in
particular HCF LIT 20: "HART, a technical summary".
! 250 Ω
-27
+26
2
4
3
1
a0004586
Fig. 38:
1
2
3
4
54
Electrical connection of HART handheld Field Xpert SFX100
HART handheld Field Xpert SFX100
Auxiliary energy
Shielding
Other devices or PLC with passive input
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Wiring
Connection of a PC with an operating software
In order to connect a PC with operating software (e.g. "FieldCare"), a HART modem
(e.g. "Commubox FXA195") is needed.
! 250 Ω
–27
+26
2
4
3
1
5
a0004592
Fig. 39:
1
2
3
4
5
Electrical connection of a PC with operating software
PC with operating software
Auxiliary energy
Shielding
Other devices or PLC with passive input
HART modem, e.g. Commubox FXA195
4.3
#
Potential equalization
Warning!
The measuring system must be included in the potential equalization.
Perfect measurement is only ensured when the fluid and the sensor have the same electrical
potential. This is ensured by the reference electrode integrated in the sensor as standard.
The following should also be taken into consideration for potential equalization:
• Internal grounding concepts in the company
• Operating conditions, such as the material/grounding of the pipes (see Table)
4.3.1
Potential equalization for Promag D
• No reference electrode is integrated!
For the two ground disks of the sensor an electrical connection to the fluid is always
ensured.
• Exampels for connections → 56
4.3.2
Potential equalization for Promag E/L/P/W
• Reference electrode integrated in the sensor as standard
• Exampels for connections → 57
4.3.3
Potential equalization for Promag H
No reference electrode is integrated!
For the metal process connections of the sensor an electrical connection to the fluid is always
ensured.
"
Endress+Hauser
Caution!
If using process connections made of a synthetic material, ground rings have to be used to
ensure that potential is equalized (→ 27). The necessary ground rings can be ordered
separately from Endress+Hauser as accessories (→ 78).
55
Wiring
Promag 50
4.3.4
Exampels for potential equalization connections for Promag D
Standard case
Operating conditions
Potential equalization
When using the measuring device in a:
• Metal, grounded pipe
• Plastic pipe
• Pipe with insulating lining
Potential equalization takes place via the ground terminal
of the transmitter (standard situation).
!
Note!
When installing in metal pipes, we recommend you connect
the ground terminal of the transmitter housing with the
piping.
a00012172
Fig. 40:
Via the ground terminal of the transmitter
Special cases
Operating conditions
Potential equalization
When using the measuring device in a:
• Metal pipe that is not grounded
This connection method also applies in situations where:
• Customary potential equalization cannot be ensured
• Excessively high equalizing currents can be expected
Potential equalization takes place via the ground terminal
of the transmitter and the two pipe flanges.
Here, the ground cable (copper wire, 6 mm² / 0.0093 in ) is
mounted directly on the conductive flange coating with
flange screws.
a00012173
Fig. 41:
When using the measuring device in a:
• Pipe with a cathodic protection unit
1
The device is installed potential-free in the pipe.
Only the two flanges of the pipe are connected with a
ground cable (copper wire, 6 mm² (0.0093 in )). Here, the
ground cable is mounted directly on the conductive flange
coating with flange screws.
Note the following when installing:
• The applicable regulations regarding potential-free
installation must be observed.
• There should be no electrically conductive connection
between the pipe and the device.
• The mounting material must withstand the applicable
torques.
56
Via the ground terminal of the transmitter
and the flanges of the pipe .
2
2
a00012174
Fig. 42:
1
2
Potential equalization and cathodic
protection
Power supply isolation transformer
Electrically isolated
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Wiring
4.3.5
Exampels for potential equalization connections for
Promag E/L/P/W
Standard case
Operating conditions
Potential equalization
When using the measuring device in a:
• Metal, grounded pipe
Potential equalization takes place via the ground terminal
of the transmitter (standard situation).
!
Note!
When installing in metal pipes, we recommend you connect
the ground terminal of the transmitter housing with the
piping.
A0011892
Fig. 43:
Via the ground terminal of the transmitter
Special cases
Operating conditions
Potential equalization
When using the measuring device in a:
• Metal pipe that is not grounded
This connection method also applies in situations where:
• Customary potential equalization cannot be ensured
• Excessively high equalizing currents can be expected
Both sensor flanges are connected to the pipe flange by
means of a ground cable (copper wire, 6 mm² / 0.0093 in )
and grounded. Connect the transmitter or sensor
connection housing, as applicable, to ground potential by
means of the ground terminal provided for the purpose.
DN ! 300
Ground cable installation depends on the nominal
diameter:
• DN 300 (12"): The ground cable is mounted directly on
the conductive flange coating with the flange screws.
• DN 350 (14"): The ground cable is mounted directly on
the metal transport bracket.
!
Note!
The ground cable for flange-to-flange connections can be
ordered separately as an accessory from Endress+Hauser.
DN " 350
A0011893
Fig. 44:
Via the ground terminal of the transmitter
and the flanges of the pipe
Fig. 45:
Via the ground terminal of the transmitter
When using the measuring device in a:
• Plastic pipe
• Pipe with insulating lining
This connection method also applies in situations where:
• Customary potential equalization cannot be ensured
• Excessively high equalizing currents can be expected
Potential equalization takes place using additional ground
disks, which are connected to the ground terminal via a
ground cable (copper wire, min. 6 mm² / 0.0093 in ). When
installing the ground disks, please comply with the enclosed
Installation Instructions.
Endress+Hauser
A0011895
57
Wiring
Promag 50
Operating conditions
Potential equalization
When using the measuring device in a:
• Pipe with a cathodic protection unit
1
The device is installed potential-free in the pipe.
Only the two flanges of the pipe are connected with a
ground cable (copper wire, 6 mm² / 0.0093 in ). Here, the
ground cable is mounted directly on the conductive flange
coating with flange screws.
Note the following when installing:
• The applicable regulations regarding potential-free
installation must be observed.
• There should be no electrically conductive connection
between the pipe and the device.
• The mounting material must withstand the applicable
torques.
4.4
2
2
A0011896
Fig. 46:
1
2
Potential equalization and cathodic
protection
Power supply isolation transformer
Electrically isolated
Degree of protection
The devices meet all the requirements of IP 67 degree of protection.
Compliance with the following points is mandatory following installation in the field or
servicing in order to ensure that IP 67 protection is maintained:
• The housing seals must be clean and undamaged when inserted into their grooves. The
seals must be dried, cleaned or replaced if necessary.
• All threaded fasteners and screw covers must be firmly tightened.
• The cables used for connection must be of the specified outside diameter → 51.
• Firmly tighten the cable entries.
• The cables must loop down before they enter the cable entries ("water trap"). This
arrangement prevents moisture penetrating the entry. Always install the measuring
device in such a way that the cable entries do not point up.
• Remove all unused cable entries and insert plugs instead.
• Do not remove the grommet from the cable entry.
a
b
a0001914
Fig. 47:
"
!
58
Installation instructions, cable entries
Caution!
Do not loosen the threaded fasteners of the sensor housing, as otherwise the degree of
protection guaranteed by Endress+Hauser no longer applies.
Note!
The Promag E/L/P/W sensors can be supplied with IP 68 rating (permanent immersion in
water to a depth of 3 meters (10 ft)). In this case the transmitter must be installed remote
from the sensor.
The Promag L sensors with IP 68 rating are only available with stainless steel flanges.
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Wiring
4.5
Post-connection check
Perform the following checks after completing electrical installation of the measuring
device:
Endress+Hauser
Device condition and specifications
Notes
Are cables or the device damaged (visual inspection)?
-
Electrical connection
Notes
Does the supply voltage match the specifications on the nameplate?
• 85 to 250 V AC (50 to 60 Hz)
• 20 to 28 V AC (50 to 60 Hz)
11 to 40 V DC
Do the cables used comply with the necessary specifications?
→
Do the cables have adequate strain relief?
-
51
Is the cable type route completely isolated?
Without loops and crossovers?
-
Are the power-supply and signal cables correctly connected?
See the wiring diagram inside the
cover of the terminal compartment
Only remote version:
Is the flow sensor connected to the matching transmitter electronics?
Check serial number on nameplates of
sensor and connected transmitter.
Only remote version:
Is the connecting cable between sensor and transmitter connected
correctly?
→
Are all screw terminals firmly tightened?
-
Have the measures for grounding/potential equalization been correctly
implemented?
→
55
Are all cable entries installed, firmly tightened and correctly sealed?
Cables looped as "water traps"?
→
58
Are all housing covers installed and firmly tightened?
-
46
59
Operation
Promag 50
5
Operation
5.1
Display and operating elements
The local display enables you to read all important parameters directly at the measuring
point and configure the device.
The display area consists of two lines; this is where measured values are displayed, and/or
status variables (direction of flow, partially filled pipe, bar graph, etc.). You can change the
assignment of display lines to variables at will in order to customize the display to suit your
needs and preferences ( "Description of Device Functions" manual).
1
+48.25 xx/yy
+3702.6 x
Esc
+
-
2
E
3
A0001141
Fig. 48:
Display and operating elements
1
Liquid crystal display
The two-line liquid-crystal display shows measured values, dialog texts, error messages and information messages. The
display as it appears when normal measuring is in progress is known as the HOME position (operating mode).
– Upper display line: Shows primary measured values, e.g. volume flow in [ml/min] or in [%].
– Lower display line: Shows supplementary measured variables and status variables, e.g. totalizer reading in [m3], bar graph,
measuring point designation
2
Plus/minus keys
– Enter numerical values, select parameters
– Select different function groups within the function matrix
Press the +/- keys simultaneously to trigger the following functions:
HOME position
– Exit the function matrix step by step
– Press and hold down +/- keys for longer than 3 seconds
Return directly to HOME position
– Cancel data entry
3
60
Enter key
Entry into the function matrix
– HOME position
– Save the numerical values you input or settings you change
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Operation
5.2
!
Brief operating instructions on the function matrix
Note!
• See the general notes on → 62.
• Detailed description of all the functions
"Description of Device Functions" manual
The function matrix comprises two levels, namely the function groups and the functions of
the function groups.
The groups are the highest-level grouping of the control options for the device. A number of
functions is assigned to each group. You select a group in order to access the individual
functions for operating and configuring the device.
1.
HOME position
Enter the function matrix
2.
Select a function group (e.g. OPERATION)
3.
Select a function (e.g. LANGUAGE)
Change parameter/enter numerical values:
P select or enter enable code, parameters, numerical values
F save your entries
4.
Exit the function matrix:
– Press and hold down Esc key (X) for longer than 3 seconds HOME position
– Repeatedly press Esc key (X) return step by step to HOME position
F
Esc
+
-
E
p
Esc
m
–
E
>3s
Esc
+
–
+
o
E
E
E
E
E
Esc
–
n
+
+
–
E
E
E
E
A0001142
Fig. 49:
Endress+Hauser
Selecting functions and configuring parameters (function matrix)
61
Operation
Promag 50
5.2.1
General notes
The Quick Setup menu (→ 72) is adequate for commissioning in most instances. Complex
measuring operations on the other hand necessitate additional functions that you can
configure as necessary and customize to suit your process parameters. The function matrix,
therefore, comprises a multiplicity of additional functions which, for the sake of clarity, are
arranged in a number of function groups.
Comply with the following instructions when configuring functions:
• You select functions as described on → 61.
• You can switch off certain functions (OFF). If you do so, related functions in other function
groups will no longer be displayed.
• Certain functions prompt you to confirm your data entries.
Press P to select "SURE [ YES ]" and press F again to confirm. This saves your setting or
starts a function, as applicable.
• Return to the HOME position is automatic if no key is pressed for 5 minutes.
!
"
Note!
• The transmitter continues to measure while data entry is in progress, i.e. the current
measured values are output via the signal outputs in the normal way.
• If the power supply fails, all preset and configured values remain safely stored in the
EEPROM.
Caution!
All functions are described in detail, including the function matrix itself, in the "Description
of Device Functions" manual, which is a separate part of these Operating Instructions.
5.2.2
Enabling the programming mode
The function matrix can be disabled. Disabling the function matrix rules out the possibility
of inadvertent changes to device functions, numerical values or factory settings. A numerical
code (factory setting = 50) has to be entered before settings can be changed.
If you use a code number of your choice, you exclude the possibility of unauthorized persons
accessing data (
see the "Description of Device Functions" manual).
Comply with the following instructions when entering codes:
• If programming is disabled and the P operating elements are pressed in any function, a
prompt for the code automatically appears on the display.
• If "0" is specified as the customer's code, programming is always enabled.
• The Endress+Hauser service organization can be of assistance if you mislay your personal
code.
"
Caution!
Changing certain parameters such as all sensor characteristics, for example, influences
numerous functions of the entire measuring system, particularly measuring accuracy.
There is no need to change these parameters under normal circumstances and consequently,
they are protected by a special code known only to the Endress+Hauser service organization.
Please contact Endress+Hauser if you have any questions.
5.2.3
Disabling the programming mode
Programming is disabled if you do not press the operating elements within 60 seconds
following automatic return to the HOME position.
You can also disable programming in the "ACCESS CODE" function by entering any number
(other than the customer's code).
62
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Operation
5.3
Displaying error messages
5.3.1
Type of error
Errors which occur during commissioning or measuring operation are displayed
immediately. If two or more system or process errors occur, the error with the highest
priority is the one shown on the display.
The measuring system distinguishes between two types of error:
• System errors → 82:
This group comprises all device errors, e.g. communication errors, hardware faults, etc.
• Process errors → 84:
This group comprises all application errors, e.g. empty pipe, etc.
P
1
XXXXXXXXXX
#000 00:00:05
2
4
5
3
A0000991
Fig. 50:
1
2
3
4
5
Error messages on the display (example)
Error type:
– P = process error
– S = system error
Error message type:
– $ = fault message
– ! = notice message
Error designation: e.g. EMPTY PIPE = measuring tube is only partly filled or completely empty
Error number: e.g. #401
Duration of most recent error occurrence (in hours, minutes and seconds)
5.3.2
Error message types
Users have the option of weighting certain errors differently, in other words having them
classed as "Fault messages" or "Notice messages". You can define messages in this way with
the aid of the function matrix ( "Description of Device Functions" manual).
Serious system errors, e.g. module defects, are always identified and classed as "fault
messages" by the measuring device.
Notice message (!)
• Displayed as
Exclamation mark (!), error type (S: system error, P: process error)
• The error in question has no effect on the outputs of the measuring device.
Fault message ($)
• Displayed as
Lightning flash ( $), error type (S: system error, P: process error).
• The error in question has a direct effect on the outputs.
The response of the individual outputs (failsafe mode) can be defined in the function
matrix using the "FAILSAFE MODE" function ( "Description of Device Functions" manual).
!
Endress+Hauser
Note!
For security reasons, error messages should be output via the status output.
63
Operation
Promag 50
5.4
Communication
In addition to local operation, the measuring device can be configured and measured values
can be obtained by means of the HART protocol. Digital communication takes place using the
4–20 mA current output HART → 54.
The HART protocol allows the transfer of measuring and device data between the HART
master and the field devices for configuration and diagnostics purposes.
The HART master, e.g. a handheld terminal or PC-based operating programs (such as
FieldCare), require device description (DD) files which are used to access all the information
in a HART device. Information is exclusively transferred using so-called "commands". There
are three different command classes:
• Universal commands:
All HART device support and use universal commands.
The following functionalities are linked to them:
– Identify HART devices
– Reading digital measured values (volume flow, totalizer, etc.)
• Common practice commands:
Common practice commands offer functions which are supported and can be executed by
most but not all field devices.
• Device-specific commands:
These commands allow access to device-specific functions which are not HART standard.
Such commands access individual field device information, amongst other things, such as
empty/full pipe calibration values, low flow cutoff settings, etc.
!
Note!
The device has access to all three command classes. A list of all the "Universal commands"
and "Common practice commands" is provided on → 66.
5.4.1
Operating options
For the complete operation of the measuring device, including device-specific commands,
there are DD files available to the user to provide the following operating aids and programs:
Field Xpert HART Communicator
Selecting device functions with a HART Communicator is a process involving a number of
menu levels and a special HART function matrix.
The HART manual in the carrying case of the HART Communicator contains more detailed
information on the device.
Operating program "FieldCare"
FieldCare is Endress+Hauser’s FDT-based plant Asset Management Tool and allows the
configuration and diagnosis of intelligent field devices. By using status information, you also
have a simple but effective tool for monitoring devices. The Proline flow measuring devices
are accessed via a service interface or via the service interface FXA193.
Operating program "SIMATIC PDM" (Siemens)
SIMATIC PDM is a standardized, manufacturer-independent tool for the operation,
configuration,
maintenance and diagnosis of intelligent field devices.
Operating program "AMS" (Emerson Process Management)
AMS (Asset Management Solutions): program for operating and configuring devices.
64
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Operation
5.4.2
Current device description files
The following table illustrates the suitable device description file for the operating tool in
question and then indicates where these can be obtained.
HART protocol:
!
Valid for device software:
2.04.XX
Function DEVICE SOFTWARE
Device data HART
Manufacturer ID:
Device ID:
11hex (ENDRESS+HAUSER)
41hex
Function MANUFACTURER ID
Function DEVICE ID
HART version data:
Device Revision 6/ DD Revision 1
Software release:
01.2011
Operating program:
Sources for obtaining device descriptions:
Handheld Field Xpert SFX100
Use update function of handheld terminal
FieldCare / DTM
• www.endress.com Download
• CD-ROM (Endress+Hauser order number 56004088)
• DVD (Endress+Hauser order number 70100690)
AMS
www.endress.com
Download
SIMATIC PDM
www.endress.com
Download
Tester/simulator:
Sources for obtaining device descriptions:
Fieldcheck
Update by means of FieldCare with the flow device FXA193/291 DTM in
the Fieldflash module
Note!
The "Fieldcheck" tester/simulator is used for testing flowmeters in the field. When used in
conjunction with the "FieldCare" software package, test results can be imported into a
database, printed out and used for official certification. Contact your Endress+Hauser
representative for more information.
5.4.3
Device variables
The following device variables are available using the HART protocol:
Code (decimal)
Device variable
0
OFF (not assigned)
1
Volume flow
250
Totalizer 1
251
Totalizer 2
At the factory, the process variables are assigned to the following device variables:
• Primary process variable (PV) Volume flow
• Second process variable (SV) Totalizer 1
• Third process variable (TV) not assigned
• Fourth process variable (FV) not assigned
!
Note!
You can set or change the assignment of device variables to process variables using
Command 51.
5.4.4
Switching HART write protection on/off
The HART write protection can be switched on and off using the HART WRITE PROTECT
device function ( "Description of Device Functions" manual).
Endress+Hauser
65
Operation
Promag 50
5.4.5
Universal and common practice HART commands
The following table contains all the universal commands supported by the device.
Command No.
HART command / Access type
Command data
(numeric data in decimal form)
Response data
(numeric data in decimal form)
none
Device identification delivers information on the device
and the manufacturer. It cannot be changed.
Universal commands
0
Read unique device identifier
Access type = read
The response consists of a 12 byte device ID:
– Byte 0: fixed value 254
– Byte 1: Manufacturer ID, 17 = E+H
– Byte 2: Device type ID, 65 = Promag 50
– Byte 3: Number of preambles
– Byte 4: Universal commands rev. no.
– Byte 5: Device-specific commands rev. no.
– Byte 6: Software revision
– Byte 7: Hardware revision
– Byte 8: Additional device information
– Bytes 9-11: Device identification
1
Read primary process variable
Access type = read
none
– Byte 0: HART unit code of the primary process variable
– Bytes 1-4: Primary process variable
Factory setting:
Primary process variable = Volume flow
!
Note!
• Manufacturer-specific units are represented using the
HART unit code "240".
• You can change the assignment of device variables to
process variables using Command 51.
2
none
Read the primary process
variable as current in mA and
percentage of the set measuring
range
Access type = read
– Bytes 0-3: actual current of the primary process
variable in mA
– Bytes 4-7: % value of the set measuring range
Factory setting:
Primary process variable = Volume flow
!
Note!
You can change the assignment of device variables to
process variables using Command 51.
3
Read the primary process
variable as current in mA and
four dynamic process variables
Access type = read
none
24 bytes are sent as a response:
– Bytes 0-3: primary process variable current in mA
– Byte 4: HART unit code of the primary process variable
– Bytes 5-8: Primary process variable
– Byte 9: HART unit code of the second process variable
– Bytes 10-13: Second process variable
– Byte 14: HART unit code of the third process variable
– Bytes 15-18: Third process variable
– Byte 19: HART unit code of the fourth process variable
– Bytes 20-23: Fourth process variable
Factory setting:
• Primary process variable = Volume flow
• Second process variable = Totalizer 1
• Third process variable = OFF (not assigned)
• Fourth process variable = OFF (not assigned)
!
Note!
• Manufacturer-specific units are represented using the
HART unit code "240".
• You can change the assignment of device variables to
process variables using Command 51.
6
Set HART shortform address
Access type = write
Byte 0: desired address (0 to 15)
Factory setting: 0
Byte 0: active address
!
Note!
With an address >0 (multidrop mode), the current
output of the primary process variable is set to 4
mA.
66
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Operation
Command No.
HART command / Access type
Command data
(numeric data in decimal form)
Response data
(numeric data in decimal form)
11
Read unique device
identification using the TAG
(measuring point designation)
Access type = read
Bytes 0-5: TAG
Device identification delivers information on the device
and the manufacturer. It cannot be changed.
Read user message
Access type = read
none
Read TAG, descriptor and date
Access type = read
none
12
13
The response consists of a 12 byte device ID if the given
TAG agrees with the one saved in the device:
– Byte 0: fixed value 254
– Byte 1: Manufacturer ID, 17 = E+H
– Byte 2: Device type ID, 65 = Promag 50
– Byte 3: Number of preambles
– Byte 4: Universal commands rev. no.
– Byte 5: Device-specific commands rev. no.
– Byte 6: Software revision
– Byte 7: Hardware revision
– Byte 8: Additional device information
– Bytes 9-11: Device identification
Bytes 0-24: User message
!
Note!
You can write the user message using Command 17.
– Bytes 0-5: TAG
– Bytes 6-17: descriptor
– Bytes 18-20: Date
!
Note!
You can write the TAG, descriptor and date using
Command 18.
14
Read sensor information on
primary process variable
none
– Bytes 0-2: Sensor serial number
– Byte 3: HART unit code of sensor limits and measuring
range of the primary process variable
– Bytes 4-7: Upper sensor limit
– Bytes 8-11: Lower sensor limit
– Bytes 12-15: Minimum span
!
Note!
• The data relate to the primary process variable
(= volume flow).
• Manufacturer-specific units are represented using the
HART unit code "240".
15
Read output information of
primary process variable
Access type = read
none
– Byte 0: Alarm selection ID
– Byte 1: Transfer function ID
– Byte 2: HART unit code for the set measuring range of
the primary process variable
– Bytes 3-6: upper range, value for 20 mA
– Bytes 7-10: lower range, value for 4 mA
– Bytes 11-14: Damping constant in [s]
– Byte 15: Write protection ID
– Byte 16: OEM dealer ID, 17 = E+H
Factory setting: Primary process variable = Volume flow
!
Note!
• Manufacturer-specific units are represented using the
HART unit code "240".
• You can change the assignment of device variables to
process variables using Command 51.
16
Read the device production
number
Access type = read
none
Bytes 0-2: Production number
17
Write user message
Access = write
You can save any 32-character long text in the
device under this parameter:
Bytes 0-23: Desired user message
Displays the current user message in the device:
Bytes 0-23: Current user message in the device
18
Write TAG, descriptor and date With this parameter, you can store an 8 character
Access = write
TAG, a 16 character descriptor and a date:
– Bytes 0-5: TAG
– Bytes 6-17: descriptor
– Bytes 18-20: Date
19
Write the device production
number
Access = write
Endress+Hauser
Bytes 0-2: Production number
Displays the current information in the device:
– Bytes 0-5: TAG
– Bytes 6-17: descriptor
– Bytes 18-20: Date
Bytes 0-2: Production number
67
Operation
Promag 50
The following table contains all the common practice commands supported by the
device.
Command No.
HART command / Access type
Command data
(numeric data in decimal form)
Response data
(numeric data in decimal form)
Write damping value for
primary process variable
Access = write
Bytes 0-3: Damping value of the primary process
variable "volume flow" in seconds
Displays the current damping value in the device:
Bytes 0-3: Damping value in seconds
Write measuring range of
primary process variable
Access = write
Write the desired measuring range:
– Byte 0: HART unit code of the primary process
variable
– Bytes 1-4: upper range, value for 20 mA
– Bytes 5-8: lower range, value for 4 mA
Common practice commands
34
35
Factory setting:
Primary process variable = Current output
damping
Factory setting:
Primary process variable = Volume flow
!
Note!
• The start of the measuring range (4 mA) must
correspond to the zero flow.
• If the HART unit code is not the correct one for
the process variable, the device will continue
with the last valid unit.
38
40
The currently set measuring range is displayed as a
response:
– Byte 0: HART unit code for the set measuring range of
the primary process variable
– Bytes 1-4: upper range, value for 20 mA
– Bytes 5-8: lower range, value for 4 mA
!
Note!
• Manufacturer-specific units are represented using the
HART unit code "240".
• You can change the assignment of device variables to
process variables using Command 51.
Device status reset
(configuration changed)
Access = write
none
none
Simulate input current of
primary process variable
Access = write
Simulation of the desired output current of the
The momentary output current of the primary process
primary process variable. An entry value of 0 exits variable is displayed as a response:
the simulation mode:
Bytes 0-3: Output current in mA
Bytes 0-3: Output current in mA
!
Note!
It is also possible to execute this HART command when
write protection is activated (= ON)!
Factory setting:
Primary process variable = Volume flow
!
Note!
You can set the assignment of device variables to
process variables using Command 51.
42
Perform master reset
Access = write
none
none
44
Write unit of primary process
variable
Access = write
Set unit of primary process variable. Only units
which are suitable for the process variable are
transferred to the device:
Byte 0: HART unit code
The current unit code of the primary process variable is
displayed as a response: Byte 0: HART unit code
Factory setting:
Primary process variable = Volume flow
!
Note!
Manufacturer-specific units are represented using the
HART unit code "240".
!
Note!
• If the written HART unit code is not the correct
one for the process variable, the device will
continue with the last valid unit.
• If you change the unit of the primary process
variable, this has a direct impact on the system
units.
48
68
Read additional device status
Access = read
none
The device status is displayed in extended form as the
response: Coding: see table → 70
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Operation
Command No.
HART command / Access type
Command data
(numeric data in decimal form)
Response data
(numeric data in decimal form)
50
none
Display of the current variable assignment of the process
variables:
– Byte 0: Device variable code to the primary process
variable
– Byte 1: Device variable code to the second process
variable
– Byte 2: Device variable code to the third process
variable
– Byte 3: Device variable code to the fourth process
variable
Read assignment of the device
variables to the four process
variables
Access = read
Factory setting:
• Primary process variable: Code 1 for volume flow
• Second process variable: Code 250 for totalizer
• Third process variable: Code 0 for OFF (not assigned)
• Fourth process variable: Code 0 for OFF (not assigned)
51
Write assignment of the device Setting of the device variables to the four process
variables:
variables to the four process
– Byte 0: Device variable code to the primary
variables
process variable
Access = write
– Byte 1: Device variable code to the second
process variable
– Byte 2: Device variable code to the third process
variable
– Byte 3: Device variable code to the fourth
process variable
The variable assignment of the process variables is
displayed as a response:
– Byte 0: Device variable code to the primary process
variable
– Byte 1: Device variable code to the second process
variable
– Byte 2: Device variable code to the third process
variable
– Byte 3: Device variable code to the fourth process
variable
Factory setting:
• Primary process variable: Volume flow
• Second process variable: Totalizer 1
• Third process variable: OFF (not assigned)
• Fourth process variable: OFF (not assigned)
53
Write device variable unit
Access = write
This command sets the unit of the given device
variables. Only those units which suit the device
variable are transferred:
– Byte 0: Device variable code
– Byte 1: HART unit code
Code of the supported device variables: See
information → 65
The current unit of the device variables is displayed in
the device as a response:
– Byte 0: Device variable code
– Byte 1: HART unit code
!
Note!
Manufacturer-specific units are represented using the
HART unit code "240".
!
Note!
• If the written unit is not the correct one for the
device variable, the device will continue with
the last valid unit.
• If you change the unit of the device variable,
this has a direct impact on the system units.
59
Write number of preambles in
response message
Access = write
Endress+Hauser
This parameter sets the number of preambles
which are inserted in the response messages:
Byte 0: Number of preambles (4 to 20)
The current number of preambles is displayed in the
response telegram: Byte 0: Number of preambles
69
Operation
Promag 50
5.4.6
Device status and error messages
You can read the extended device status, in this case, current error messages, via Command
"48". The command delivers information which is partly coded in bits (see table below).
!
Note!
• You can find a detailed explanation of the device status and error messages and their
elimination on → 70
• Bits and bytes not listed are not assigned.
Byte
0
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
70
Bit
Error No.
Short error description
0
001
Serious device error
1
011
Measuring amplifier has faulty EEPROM
2
012
Error when accessing data of the measuring amplifier EEPROM
1
031
S-DAT: defective or missing
2
032
S-DAT: Error accessing saved values
5
051
I/O and the amplifier are not compatible.
3
111
Totalizer checksum error
4
121
I/O board and amplifier not compatible.
3
251
Internal communication fault on the amplifier board.
4
261
No data reception between amplifier and I/O board
0
321
Coil current of the sensor is outside the tolerance.
7
339
0
340
Flow buffer:
The temporarily buffered flow portions (measuring mode for pulsating flow)
could not be cleared or output within 60 seconds.
1
341
2
342
3
343
4
344
5
345
6
346
7
347
0
348
1
349
2
350
3
351
4
352
5
353
6
354
7
355
0
356
1
357
2
358
Frequency buffer:
The temporarily buffered flow portions (measuring mode for pulsating flow)
could not be cleared or output within 60 seconds.
Pulse buffer:
The temporarily buffered flow portions (measuring mode for pulsating flow)
could not be cleared or output within 60 seconds.
Current output:
Flow is out of range.
Frequency output:
Flow is out of range.
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Operation
Byte
8
10
Bit
Error No.
3
359
4
360
5
361
6
362
7
401
Measuring tube partially filled or empty
2
461
EPD calibration not possible because the fluid's conductivity is either too low or
too high.
4
463
The EPD calibration values for empty pipe and full pipe are identical, and
therefore incorrect.
1
474
Maximum flow value entered is overshot
7
501
Amplifier software version is loaded. Currently no other commands are possible.
0
502
Upload/download of device files. Currently no other commands are possible.
3
601
Positive zero return active
7
611
Simulation current output active
0
612
1
613
2
614
3
621
4
622
5
623
6
624
7
631
0
632
1
633
2
634
3
641
4
642
5
643
6
644
7
671
0
672
1
673
2
674
3
691
Simulation of response to error (outputs) active
4
692
Simulation of volume flow active
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Endress+Hauser
Short error description
Pulse output:
Flow is out of range.
Simulation frequency output active
Simulation pulse output active
Simulation status output active
Simulation of the status input active
71
Commissioning
Promag 50
6
Commissioning
6.1
Function check
Make sure that all final checks have been completed before you start up your measuring
point:
• Checklist for "Post-installation check" → 45
• Checklist for "Post-connection check" → 59
6.2
Switching on the measuring device
Once the connection checks have been successfully completed, it is time to switch on the
power supply. The device is now operational. The measuring device performs a number of
post switch-on self-tests. As this procedure progresses the following sequence of messages
appears on the local display:
PROMAG 50
STARTUP. . .
Start-up message
▾
DEVICE SOFTWARE
V XX.XX.XX
Current software version
▾
SYSTEM OK
OPERATION
Beginning of normal measuring mode
▾
Normal measuring mode commences as soon as start-up completes.
Various measured-value and/or status variables (HOME position) appear on the display.
!
72
Note!
If start-up fails, an error message indicating the cause is displayed.
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Commissioning
6.3
Quick Setup
In the case of measuring devices without a local display, the individual parameters and
functions must be configured via the operating program, e.g. FieldCare.
If the measuring device is equipped with a local display, all the important device parameters
for standard operation, as well as additional functions, can be configured quickly and easily
by means of the following Quick Setup menu.
6.3.1
"Commissioning" Quick Setup menu
This Quick Setup menu guides you systematically through the setup procedure for all the
major device functions that have to be configured for standard measuring operation.
XXX.XXX.XX
E
Esc
-
+
E
++
Quick Setup
QS
Commission
E+
HOME-POSITION
Language
Defaults
Unit
Volume flow
Measuring
Mode
Current Output
Freq.-/ Pulse Output
Quit
Operation
Mode
Frequency
Pulse
Assign
Current
Assign
Frequency
Assign
Pulse
Current
Span
End Value
Freq.
Pulse
Value
Value
20 mA
Value
f max
Pulse
Width
Time
Constant
Output
Signal
Output
Signal
Failsafe
Mode
Time
Constant
Failsafe
Mode
Failsafe
Mode
Automatic parameterization
of the display
Quit Quick Setup
A0005413-EN
Fig. 51:
Endress+Hauser
"QUICK SETUP COMMISSIONING" menu for the rapid configuration of important device functions
73
Commissioning
Promag 50
6.4
Configuration
6.4.1
Current output: active/passive
The current output is configured as "active" or "passive" by means of various jumpers on the I/
O board.
#
Warning!
Risk of electric shock! Exposed components carry dangerous voltages. Make sure that the
power supply is switched off before you remove the cover of the electronics compartment.
1.
Switch off power supply.
2.
Remove the I/O board →
3.
Position the jumper →
89
52
"
Caution!
Risk of destroying the measuring device. Set the jumpers exactly as shown in the
graphic. Pay strict attention to the position of the jumpers as indicated in the graphic.
4.
Installation of the I/O board is the reverse of the removal procedure.
1
2
A0001044
Fig. 52:
1
2
74
Configuring current outputs using jumpers (I/O board)
Active current output (factory setting)
Passive current output
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Commissioning
6.5
Adjustment
6.5.1
Empty-pipe/full-pipe adjustment
Flow cannot be measured correctly unless the measuring tube is completely full.
This status can be permanently monitored using the Empty Pipe Detection:
• EPD = Empty Pipe Detection (with the help of an EPD electrode)
• OED = Open Electrode Detection (Empty Pipe Detection with the help of the measuring
electrodes, if the sensor is not equipped with an EPD electrode or the orientation is not
suitable for using EPD).
"
Caution!
Detailed information on the empty-pipe/full-pipe adjustment procedure can be found in the
"Description of Device Functions" manual:
• EPD/OED ADJUSTMENT (carrying out the adjustment).
• EPD (switching on and off EPD/OED).
• EPD RESPONSE TIME (input of the response time for EPD/OED).
!
Note!
• The EPD function is not available unless the sensor is fitted with an EPD electrode.
• The devices are already calibrated at the factory with water (approx. 500 μS/cm).
If the fluid conductivity differs from this reference, empty-pipe/full-pipe adjustment has
to be performed again on site.
• The default setting for EPD when the devices are delivered is OFF; the function has to be
activated if required.
• The EPD process error can be output by means of the configurable relay output.
Performing empty-pipe and full-pipe adjustment (EPD)
1.
Select the appropriate function in the function matrix:
HOME → → → PROCESS PARAMETER → → → EPD ADJUSTMENT
2.
Empty the piping:
– The wall of the measuring tube should still be wet with fluid during EPD empty pipe
adjustment
– The wall of the measuring tube/the measuring electrodes should no longer be wet
with fluid during OED empty pipe adjustment
3.
Start empty-pipe adjustment: Select "EMPTY PIPE ADJUST" or "OED EMPTY ADJUST" and
press to confirm.
4.
After empty-pipe adjustment, fill the piping with fluid.
5.
Start full-pipe adjustment: Select "FULL PIPE ADJUST" or "OED FULL ADJUST" and press
to confirm.
6.
Having completed the adjustment, select the setting "OFF" and exit the function by
pressing .
7.
Switch on empty pipe detection in the EPD function:
– EPD empty pipe adjustment: Select ON STANDARD or ON SPECIAL and press
confirm
– OED empty pipe adjustment: Select OED and confirm with .
to
"
Caution!
The adjustment coefficients must be valid before you can activate the EPD function. If
adjustment is incorrect the following messages might appear on the display:
– FULL = EMPTY
The adjustment values for empty pipe and full pipe are identical. In cases of this
nature you must repeat empty-pipe or full-pipe adjustment!
– ADJUSTMENT NOT OK
Adjustment is not possible because the fluid’s conductivity is out of range.
Endress+Hauser
75
Commissioning
Promag 50
6.6
Data storage device (HistoROM)
At Endress+Hauser, the term HistoROM refers to various types of data storage modules on
which process and measuring device data are stored. It is possible to plug these modules into
other devices to copy device configurations from one device to another, for example.
6.6.1
HistoROM/S-DAT (sensor-DAT)
The S-DAT is an exchangeable data storage device in which all sensor relevant parameters
are stored, i.e., diameter, serial number, calibration factor, zero point.
76
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Maintenance
7
Maintenance
No special maintenance work is required.
7.1
Exterior cleaning
When cleaning the exterior of measuring devices, always use cleaning agents that do not
attack the surface of the housing and the seals.
7.2
Seals
The seals of the Promag H sensor must be replaced periodically, particularly in the case of
gasket seals (aseptic version).
The period between changes depends on the frequency of cleaning cycles, the cleaning
temperature and the fluid temperature.
Replacement seals (accessories) →
Endress+Hauser
78.
77
Accessories
Promag 50
8
Accessories
Various accessories, which can be ordered separately from Endress+Hauser, are available for
the transmitter and the sensor. Your Endress+Hauser service organization can provide
detailed information on the specific order codes on request.
8.1
Device-specific accessories
Accessory
Description
Proline Promag 50
transmitter
Transmitter for replacement or storage. Use the order code to 50XXX – XXXXX******
define the following specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
8.2
Order code
Approvals
Degree of protection/version
Cable for remote version
Cable entry
Display/power supply/operation
Software
Outputs/inputs
Measuring principle-specific accessories
Accessory
Description
Order code
Mounting set for
Mounting set for the transmitter (remote version). Suitable for: DK5WM – *
Promag 50 transmitter • Wall mounting
• Pipe mounting
• Panel-mounted installation
Mounting set for aluminum field housing. Suitable for:
• Pipe mounting
Wall-mounting kit for
Promag H
Wall-mounting kit for the Promag H sensor.
DK5HM – **
Cable for remote version Coil and signal cables, various lengths.
DK5CA – **
Mounting kit for
•
Promag D, wafer version •
•
•
DKD** – **
Mounting bolts
Nuts incl. washers
Flange seals
Centering sleeves (if required for the flange)
Set of seals for
Promag D
Set of seals consisting of two flange seals.
DK5DD – ***
Mounting kit for
Promag H
• 2 process connections
• Threaded fasteners
• Seals
DKH** – ****
Set of seals for
Promag H
For regular replacement of the seals of the Promag H sensor.
DK5HS – ***
Welding jig for
Promag H
Weld nipple as process connection:
welding jig for installation in pipe.
DK5HW – ***
Adapter connection for Adapter connections for installing a Promag 10 H instead of a DK5HA – *****
Promag A, H
Promag 30/33 A or Promag 30/33 H DN 25.
78
Ground rings for
Promag H
Ground rings for potential equalization.
DK5HR – ***
Ground cable for
Promag E/L/P/W
Ground cable for potential equalization.
DK5GC – ***
Ground disk for
Promag E/L/P/W
Ground disk for potential equalization.
DK5GD – * * ***
Process display
RIA45
Multifunctional 1-channel display unit:
• Universal input
• Transmitter power supply
• Limit relay
• Analog output
RIA45 – ******
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Accessories
Accessory
Description
Order code
Process display
RIA251
Digital display device for looping into the 4 to 20 mA current
loop.
RIA251 – **
Field display unit
RIA16
Digital field display device for looping into the 4 to 20 mA
current loop.
RIA16 – ***
Application Manager
RMM621
RMM621 – **********
Electronic recording, display, balancing, control, saving and
event and alarm monitoring of analog and digital input signals.
Values and conditions determined are output by means of
analog and digital output signals. Remote transmission of
alarms, input values and calculated values using a PSTN or
GSM modem.
8.3
Endress+Hauser
Communication-specific accessories
Accessory
Description
Order code
HART Communicator
Field Xpert SFX 100
Handheld terminal for remote configuration and for obtaining SFX100 – *******
measured values via the HART current output (4 to 20 mA)
and FOUNDATION Fieldbus.
Contact your Endress+Hauser representative for more
information.
Fieldgate FXA320
Gateway for remote interrogation of HART sensors and
actuators via Web browser:
• 2-channel analog input (4 to 20 mA)
• 4 binary inputs with event counter function and frequency
measurement
• Communication via modem, Ethernet or GSM
• Visualization via Internet/Intranet in Web browser and/or
WAP cellular phone
• Limit value monitoring with alarm by e-mail or SMS
• Synchronized time stamping of all measured values.
FXA320 – *****
Fieldgate FXA520
Gateway for remote interrogation of HART sensors and
actuators via Web browser:
• Web server for remote monitoring of up to 30 measuring
points
• Intrinsically safe version [EEx ia]IIC for applications in
hazardous areas
• Communication via modem, Ethernet or GSM
• Visualization via Internet/Intranet in Web browser and/or
WAP cellular phone
• Limit value monitoring with alarm by e-mail or SMS
• Synchronized time stamping of all measured values
• Remote diagnosis and remote configuration of connected
HART devices
FXA520 – ****
FXA195
FXA195 – *
The Commubox FXA195 connects intrinsically safe Smart
transmitters with HART protocol to the USB port of a personal
computer. This makes the remote operation of the transmitters
possible with the aid of configuration programs (e.g.
FieldCare).
Power is supplied to the Commubox by means of the USB port
79
Accessories
Promag 50
8.4
Service-specific accessories
Accessory
Description
Order code
Applicator
Software for selecting and planning flowmeters. The
Applicator software can be downloaded from the Internet or
ordered on CD-ROM for installation on a local PC.
Contact your Endress+Hauser representative for more
information.
DXA80 – *
Fieldcheck
50098801
Tester/simulator for testing flowmeters in the field. When
used in conjunction with the "FieldCare" software package, test
results can be imported into a database, printed out and used
for official certification.
Contact your Endress+Hauser representative for more
information.
FieldCare
FieldCare is Endress+Hauser's FDT-based asset management
tool. It can configure all intelligent field units in your system
and helps you manage them. By using status information, it is
also a simple but effective way of checking their status and
condition.
See the product page on
the Endress+Hauser
Web site:
www.endress.com
Memograph M graphic The Memograph M graphic display recorder provides
RSG40 – ************
display recorder
information on all the relevant process variables. Measured
values are recorded correctly, limit values are monitored and
measuring points analyzed. The data are stored in the 256 MB
internal memory and also on a DSD card or USB stick.
Memograph M boasts a modular design, intuitive operation
and a comprehensive security concept. The ReadWin® 2000 PC
software is part of the standard package and is used for
configuring, visualizing and archiving the data captured.
The mathematics channels which are optionally available
enable continuous monitoring of specific power consumption,
boiler efficiency and other parameters which are important for
efficient energy management.
FXA193
80
Service interface from the device to the PC for operation via
FieldCare.
FXA193 – *
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Troubleshooting
9
Troubleshooting
9.1
Troubleshooting instructions
Always start troubleshooting with the checklist below if faults occur after start-up or during
operation. The routine takes you directly to the cause of the problem and the appropriate
remedial measures.
Check the display
No display visible and no
output signals present.
1. Check the supply voltage
terminals 1, 2
2. Check the power line fuse → 93
85 to 260 V AC: 0.8 A slow-blow / 250 V
20 to 55 V AC / 16 to 62 V DC: 2 A slow-blow / 250 V
3. Measuring electronics defective
order spare parts →
88
No display visible, but
1. Check whether the ribbon-cable connector of the display module is correctly
output signals are present.
plugged into the amplifier board → 89
2. Display module defective
order spare parts →
3. Measuring electronics defective
Display texts are in a
foreign language.
88
order spare parts →
88
Switch off power supply. Press and hold down both the OS buttons and switch on the
measuring device. The display text will appear in English (default) and is displayed at
maximum contrast.
Measured value indicated, Electronics board defective
but no signal at the current
or pulse output.
order spare parts →
88
Error messages on display
Errors which occur during commissioning or measuring operation are displayed immediately.
Error messages consist of a variety of icons: the meanings of these icons are as follows (example):
–
–
–
–
–
Error type: S = system error, P = process error
Error message type: $ = fault message, ! = notice message
EMPTY PIPE = Type of error, e.g. measuring tube is only partly filled or completely empty
03:00:05 = duration of error occurrence (in hours, minutes and seconds)
#401 = error number
"
Caution!
• See the information on → 63!
• The measuring system interprets simulations and positive zero return as system errors, but displays them as
notice message only.
Error number:
No. 001 – 399
No. 501 – 699
System error (device error) has occurred →
82
Error number:
No. 401 - 499
Process error (application error) has occurred →
84
Other error (without error message)
Some other error has
occurred.
Endress+Hauser
Diagnosis and rectification →
85
81
Troubleshooting
Promag 50
9.2
System error messages
Serious system errors are always recognized by the device as "Fault message", and are shown
as a lightning flash ($) on the display. Fault messages immediately affect the outputs.
"
!
No. Error message / Type
Caution!
In the event of a serious fault, a flowmeter might have to be returned to the manufacturer
for repair. The necessary procedures on → 5 must be carried out before you return a
flowmeter to Endress+Hauser. Always enclose a duly completed "Declaration of
Contamination" form. You will find a master copy of this form at the back of this manual.
Note!
Also observe the information on →
63.
Cause
Remedy (spare part →
88)
S = System error
$ = Fault message (with an effect on the outputs)
! = Notice message (without an effect on the outputs)
No. # 0xx
Hardware error
001 S: CRITICAL FAILURE
$: # 001
Serious device error
Replace the amplifier board.
011 S: AMP HW EEPROM
$: # 011
Amplifier:
Defective EEPROM
Replace the amplifier board.
012 S: AMP SW EEPROM
$: # 012
Amplifier:
Error accessing EEPROM data
The EEPROM data blocks in which an error has occurred are
displayed in the TROUBLESHOOTING function.
Press Enter to acknowledge the errors in question; default
values are automatically inserted instead of the errored
parameter values.
!
Note!
The measuring device has to be restarted if an error has
occurred in a totalizer block (see error No. 111 / CHECKSUM
TOTAL).
031 S: SENSOR HW DAT
$: # 031
1. S-DAT is not plugged into the amplifier board
correctly (or is missing).
1. Check whether the S-DAT is correctly plugged into the
amplifier board.
2. S-DAT is defective.
2. Replace the S-DAT if it is defective.
Check that the new replacement DAT is compatible with
the measuring electronics.
Check the:
- Spare part set number
- Hardware revision code
032 S: SENSOR SW DAT
$: # 032
3. Replace measuring electronics boards if necessary.
4. Plug the S-DAT into the amplifier board.
No. # 1xx
Software error
101
S: GAIN ERROR AMP
$: # 101
Gain deviation compared to reference gain > 25%.
Replace the amplifier board.
111
S: CHECKSUM TOTAL
$: # 111
Totalizer checksum error.
1. Restart the measuring device.
S: A / C COMPATIB.
!: # 121
Due to different software versions, I/O board and
amplifier board are only partially compatible
(possibly restricted functionality).
121
2. Replace the amplifier board if necessary.
Module with lower software version has either to be updated
by FieldCare with the required software version or the module
has to be replaced.
!
Note!
– This message is only listed in the error history.
– Nothing is shown on the display.
82
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Troubleshooting
No. Error message / Type
No. # 2xx
Cause
Remedy (spare part →
88)
Error in DAT / no communication
251
S: COMMUNICATION I/O
$: # 251
Internal communication fault on the amplifier board. Replace the amplifier board.
261
S: COMMUNICATION I/O
$: # 261
No data reception between amplifier and I/O board
or faulty internal data transfer.
No. # 3xx
321
Check the BUS contacts.
System limits exceeded
S: TOL. COIL CURR.
$: # 321
Sensor:
Coil current is out of tolerance.
#
Warning!
Switch off power supply before manipulating the coil current
cable, coil current cable connector or measuring electronics
boards!
Remote version:
1. Check wiring of terminals 41/42 →
46
2. Check coil current cable connector.
Compact and remote version:
Replace measuring electronics boards if necessary
339
to
342
S: STACK CUR OUT n
!: # 339 to 342
343
to
346
S: STACK FREQ. OUT n
!: # 343 to 346
347
to
350
S: STACK PULSE OUT n
!: # 343 to 346
The temporarily buffered flow portions (measuring
mode for pulsating flow) could not be cleared or
output within 60 seconds.
1. Change the upper or lower limit setting, as applicable.
The temporarily buffered flow portions (measuring
mode for pulsating flow) could not be cleared or
output within 60 seconds.
1. Increase the setting for pulse weighting
2. Increase or reduce flow, as applicable.
Recommendations in the event of fault category = FAULT
MESSAGE ($)
• Configure the fault response of the output to "ACTUAL
VALUE" so that the temporary buffer can be cleared.
• Clear the temporary buffer by the measures described under
Item 1.
2. Increase the max. pulse frequency if the totalizer can
handle a higher number of pulses.
3. Increase or reduce flow, as applicable.
Recommendations in the event of fault category = FAULT
MESSAGE ($)
• Configure the fault response of the output to "ACTUAL
VALUE" so that the temporary buffer can be cleared.
• Clear the temporary buffer by the measures described under
Item 1.
351
to
354
S: CURRENT RANGE n
!: # 351 to 354
Current output:
flow is out of range.
1. Change the upper or lower limit setting, as applicable.
355
to
358
S: FREQ. RANGE n
!: # 355 to 358
Frequency output:
flow is out of range.
1. Change the upper or lower limit setting, as applicable.
359
to
362
S: PULSE RANGE
!: # 359 to 362
Pulse output:
the pulse output frequency is out of range.
1. Increase the setting for pulse weighting
2. Increase or reduce flow, as applicable.
2. Increase or reduce flow, as applicable.
2. When selecting the pulse width, choose a value that can
still be processed by a connected counter (e.g. mechanical
counter, PLC etc.).
Determine the pulse width:
– Variant 1: Enter the minimum duration that a pulse
must be present at the connected counter to ensure its
registration.
– Variant 2: Enter the maximum (pulse) frequency as the
half "reciprocal value" that a pulse must be present at
the connected counter to ensure its registration.
Example:
The maximum input frequency of the connected counter
is 10 Hz. The pulse width to be entered is:
1
= 50 ms
2.10 Hz
a0004437
3. Reduce flow.
Endress+Hauser
83
Troubleshooting
Promag 50
No. Error message / Type
No. # 5xx
Cause
Remedy (spare part →
88)
Application error
501
S: SW.-UPDATE ACT.
!: # 501
New amplifier or communication (I/O module)
software version is loaded.
Currently no other functions are possible.
Wait until the procedure is finished.
The device will restart automatically.
502
S: UP-/DOWNLOAD ACT
!: # 502
Uploading or downloading the device data via
operating program.
Currently no other functions are possible.
Wait until the procedure is finished.
No. # 6xx
601
Simulation mode active
S: POS. ZERO-RETURN
!: # 601
Positive zero return active
611
to
614
S: SIM. CURR. OUT. n
!: # 611 to 614
Simulation current output active
621
to
624
S: SIM. FREQ. OUT. n
!: # 621 to 624
Simulation frequency output active
Switch off simulation
631
to
634
S: SIM. PULSE n
!: # 631 to 634
Simulation pulse output active
Switch off simulation
641
to
644
S: SIM. STAT. OUT n
!: # 641 to 644
Simulation status output active
Switch off simulation
671
to
674
S: SIM. STATUS IN n
!: # 671 to 674
Simulation status input active
Switch off simulation
691
S: SIM. FAILSAFE
!: # 691
Simulation of response to error (outputs) active
Switch off simulation
692
S: SIM. MEASURAND
!: # 692
Simulation of a measured variable active (e.g. mass
flow).
Switch off simulation
698
S: DEV. TEST ACT.
!: # 698
The measuring device is being checked on site via the –
test and simulation device.
"
Caution!
This message has the highest display priority!
9.3
!
No. Error message / Type
Switch off positive zero return
Process error messages
Note!
Also observe the information on →
Cause
63.
Remedy (spare part →
88)
P = Process error
$ = Fault message (with an effect on the outputs)
! = Notice message (without an effect on the outputs)
401
EMPTY PIPE
$: # 401
Measuring tube partially filled or empty
461
ADJ. NOT OK
!: # 461
EPD calibration not possible because the fluid's
conductivity is either too low or too high.
The EPD function cannot be used with fluids of this nature.
463
FULL = EMPTY
$: # 463
The EPD calibration values for empty pipe and full
pipe are identical, therefore incorrect.
Repeat calibration, making sure procedure is correct →
84
1. Check the process conditions of the plant
2. Fill the measuring tube
75.
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Troubleshooting
9.4
Symptoms
Process errors without messages
Rectification
Remark: You may have to change or correct certain settings in functions in the function matrix in order to rectify the fault.
Flow values are negative, even
though the fluid is flowing forwards
through the pipe.
1. Remote version:
– Switch off the power supply and check the wiring → 46
– If necessary, reverse the connections at terminals 41 and 42
2. Change the setting in the "INSTALLATION DIRECTION SENSOR" function accordingly
Measured-value reading fluctuates
even though flow is steady.
1. Check grounding and potential equalization →
55
2. Check the fluid for presence of gas bubbles.
3. In the "SYSTEM DAMPING" function
increase the value
Measured-value reading shown on
display, even though the fluid is at a
standstill and the measuring tube is
full.
1. Check grounding and potential equalization →
55
Measured-value reading on display,
even though measuring tube is
empty.
1. Perform empty-pipe/full-pipe adjustment and then switch on Empty Pipe detection →
2. Check the fluid for presence of gas bubbles.
3. Activate the "LOW FLOW CUTOFF" function, i.e. enter or increase the value for the switching point.
2. Remote version: Check the terminals of the EPD cable →
75
46
3. Fill the measuring tube.
The current output signal is always 4 1. Select the "BUS ADDRESS" function and change the setting to "0".
mA, irrespective of the flow signal at
2. Value for creepage too high. Reduce the value in the "LOW FLOW CUTOFF" function.
any given time.
The fault cannot be rectified or some The following options are available for tackling problems of this nature:
other fault not described above has
Request the services of an Endress+Hauser service technician
arisen.
If you contact our service organization to have a service technician sent out, please be ready to quote the following
information:
In these instances, please contact
– Brief description of the fault
your Endress+Hauser service
– Nameplate specifications (→ 6): order code, serial number
organization.
Returning devices to Endress+Hauser
The necessary procedures (→ 5) must be carried out before you return a flowmeter requiring repair or
calibration to Endress+Hauser.
Always enclose a duly completed "Declaration of Conformity" form with the flowmeter. You will find a master copy
of this form at the back of this manual.
Replace transmitter electronics
Components in the measuring electronics defective
Endress+Hauser
order spare parts →
88
85
Troubleshooting
Promag 50
9.5
!
Response of outputs to errors
Note!
The failsafe mode of totalizers, current, pulse and frequency outputs can be customized by
means of various functions in the function matrix. You will find detailed information on
these procedures in the "Description of Device Functions" manual.
You can use positive zero return to set the signals of the current, pulse and status outputs to
their fallback value, for example when measuring has to be interrupted while a pipe is being
cleaned. This function takes priority over all other device functions: simulations, for
example, are suppressed.
Failsafe mode of outputs and totalizers
Process/system error is current
Positive zero return is
activated
"
Caution!
System or process errors defined as "Notice messages" have no effect whatsoever on the inputs and outputs. See
the information on → 66
Current output MINIMUM VALUE
0–20 mA 0 mA
4–20 mA 2 mA
4–20 mA HART 2 mA
4–20 mA NAMUR 3.5 mA
4–20 mA HART NAMUR 3.5 mA
4–20 mA US 3.75 mA
4–20 mA HART US 3,75 mA
0–20 mA (25 mA) 0 mA
4–20 mA (25 mA) 2 mA
4–20 mA (25 mA) HART 2 mA
Output signal corresponds to
"zero flow"
MAXIMUM VALUE
0–20 mA 22 mA
4–20 mA 22 mA
4–20 mA HART 22 mA
4–20 mA NAMUR 22.6 mA
4–20 mA HART NAMUR 22.6 mA
4–20 mA US 22.6 mA
4–20 mA HART US 22.6 mA
0–20 mA (25 mA) 25 mA
4–20 mA (25 mA) 25 mA
4–20 mA (25 mA) HART 25 mA
HOLD VALUE
Last valid value (preceding occurrence of the fault) is output.
ACTUAL VALUE
Measured value display on the basis of the current flow
measurement. The fault is ignored.
Pulse output
MIN/MAX VALUE FALLBACK VALUE
Signal output
no pulses
Output signal corresponds to
"zero flow"
HOLD VALUE
Last valid value (preceding occurrence of the fault) is output.
ACTUAL VALUE
Fault is ignored, i.e. normal measured-value output on the
basis of ongoing flow measurement.
Frequency
output
FALLBACK VALUE
Signal output
0 Hz
Output signal corresponds to
"zero flow"
FAILSAFE LEVEL
Output of the frequency specified in the FALÌLSAFE VALUE
function.
HOLD VALUE
Measured value display on the basis of the
last saved value preceding occurrence of the fault.
ACTUAL VALUE
Measured value display on the basis of the current flow
measurement. The fault is ignored.
86
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Troubleshooting
Failsafe mode of outputs and totalizers
Totalizer
Process/system error is current
Positive zero return is
activated
STOP
The totalizers are paused until the error is rectified.
Totalizer stops
ACTUAL VALUE
The fault is ignored. The totalizer continues to count in
accordance with the current flow value.
HOLD VALUE
The totalizer continues to count the flow in accordance with
the last valid flow value (before the error occurred).
Status output
Endress+Hauser
In the event of a fault or power supply failure:
Status output non-conductive
No effect on status output
87
Troubleshooting
Promag 50
9.6
Spare parts
Detailed troubleshooting instructions are provided in the previous sections → 81
The measuring device, moreover, provides additional support in the form of continuous selfdiagnosis and error messages.
Fault rectification can entail replacing defective components with tested spare parts. The
illustration below shows the available scope of spare parts.
!
Note!
You can order spare parts directly from your Endress+Hauser service organization by
providing the serial number printed on the transmitter's nameplate → 6
Spare parts are shipped as sets comprising the following parts:
• Spare part
• Additional parts, small items (threaded fasteners, etc.)
• Mounting instructions
• Packaging
1
2
3
4
5
A0009764
Fig. 53:
1
2
3
4
5
88
Spare parts for Promag 50 transmitter (field and wall-mounted housings)
Power unit board (85 to 260 V AC, 20 to 55 V AC, 16 to 62 V DC)
Amplifier board
I/O board (COM module)
HistoROM / S-DAT (sensor data memory)
Display module
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Troubleshooting
9.6.1
Removing and installing printed circuit boards
Field housing: removing and installing printed circuit boards →
#
"
Endress+Hauser
54
Warning!
• Risk of electric shock!
Exposed components carry dangerous voltages. Make sure that the power supply is
switched off before you remove the cover of the electronics compartment.
• Risk of damaging electronic components (ESD protection). Static electricity can damage
electronic components or impair their operability. Use a workplace with a grounded
working surface purpose-built for electrostatically sensitive devices!
• If you cannot guarantee that the dielectric strength of the device is maintained in the
following steps, then an appropriate inspection must be carried out in accordance with the
manufacturer’s specifications.
• When connecting Ex-certified devices, see the notes and diagrams in the Ex-specific
supplement to these Operating Instructions.
Caution!
Use only original Endress+Hauser parts.
1.
Switch off power supply.
2.
Unscrew cover of the electronics compartment from the transmitter housing.
3.
Remove the local display (1) as follows:
– Press in the latches (1.1) at the side and remove the display module.
– Disconnect the ribbon cable (1.2) of the display module from the amplifier board.
4.
Remove the screws and remove the cover (2) from the electronics compartment.
5.
Remove the boards (4, 6): Insert a suitable tool into the hole (3) provided for the
purpose and pull the board clear of its holder.
6.
Remove amplifier board (5):
– Disconnect the plug of the electrode signal cable (5.1) including S-DAT (5.3) from the
board.
– Loosen the plug locking of the coil current cable (5.2) and gently disconnect the plug
from the board, i.e. without moving it to and fro.
– Insert a thin pin into the hole (3) provided for the purpose and pull the board clear of
its holder.
7.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
89
Troubleshooting
Promag 50
4
5
3
6
5.1
3
5.3
5.2
3
2
1.2
1
1.1
A0002657
Fig. 54:
1
1.1
1.2
2
3
4
5
5.1
5.2
5.3
6
90
Field housing: removing and installing printed circuit boards
Local display
Latch
Ribbon cable (display module)
Screws of electronics compartment cover
Aperture for installing/removing boards
Power supply board
Amplifier board
Electrode signal cable (sensor)
Coil current cable (sensor)
Histo-ROM / S-DAT (sensor data memory)
I/O board
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Troubleshooting
Wall-mount housing: removing and installing printed circuit boards →
#
"
Endress+Hauser
55
Warning!
• Risk of electric shock!
Exposed components carry dangerous voltages. Make sure that the power supply is
switched off before you remove the cover of the electronics compartment.
• Risk of damaging electronic components (ESD protection). Static electricity can damage
electronic components or impair their operability. Use a workplace with a grounded
working surface purpose-built for electrostatically sensitive devices!
• If you cannot guarantee that the dielectric strength of the device is maintained in the
following steps, then an appropriate inspection must be carried out in accordance with the
manufacturer’s specifications.
• When connecting Ex-certified devices, see the notes and diagrams in the Ex-specific
supplement to these Operating Instructions.
Caution!
Use only original Endress+Hauser parts.
1.
Switch off power supply.
2.
Remove the screws and open the hinged cover (1) of the housing. Remove screws of the
electronics module (2).
3.
Then push up electronics module and pull it as far as possible out of the wall-mounted
housing.
4.
Disconnect the following cable plugs from amplifier board (7):
– Electrode signal cable plug (7.1) including S-DAT (7.3).
– Plug of coil current cable (7.2). To do so, loosen the plug locking of the coil current
cable and gently disconnect the plug from the board, i.e. without moving it to and fro.
– Ribbon cable plug (3) of the display module.
5.
Remove the screws and remove the cover (4) from the electronics compartment.
6.
Remove the boards (6, 7, 8): Insert a suitable tool into the hole (5) provided for the
purpose and pull the board clear of its holder.
7.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
91
Troubleshooting
Promag 50
1
2
6
4
3
7
5
8
7.1
5
7.3
7.2
5
3
A0005409
Fig. 55:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
7.1
7.2
7.3
8
92
Wall-mount housing: removing and installing printed circuit boards
Housing cover
Electronics module
Ribbon cable (display module)
Cover of electronics compartment (3 screws)
Aperture for installing/removing boards
Power supply board
Amplifier board
Electrode signal cable (sensor)
Coil current cable (sensor)
Histo-ROM / S-DAT (sensor data memory)
I/O board
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Troubleshooting
9.6.2
#
Replacing the device fuse
Warning!
Risk of electric shock! Exposed components carry dangerous voltages. Make sure that the
power supply is switched off before you remove the cover of the electronics compartment.
The main fuse is on the power supply board (→ 56).
The procedure for replacing the fuse is as follows:
"
1.
Switch off power supply.
2.
Remove the power supply board: field housing →
3.
Remove cap (1) and replace the device fuse (2).
Use only fuses of the following type:
– Power supply 20 to 55 V AC / 16 to 62 V DC
2.0 A slow-blow / 250 V;
5.2 × 20 mm
– Power supply 85 to 260 V AC
0.8 A slow-blow / 250 V; 5.2 × 20 mm
– Ex-rated devices
see the Ex documentation.
4.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
89, wall-mount housing →
91
Caution!
Use only original Endress+Hauser parts.
2
1
a0001148
Fig. 56:
1
2
Endress+Hauser
Replacing the device fuse on the power supply board
Protective cap
Device fuse
93
Troubleshooting
Promag 50
9.6.3
Replacing the exchangeable electrode
The Promag W sensor (DN 350 to 2000 / 14 to 78") is available with exchangeable
measuring electrodes as an option. This design permits the measuring electrodes to be
replaced or cleaned under process conditions.
A
B
3
2
1
4
8
7
11
1
6
10
9
5
a0004447
Fig. 57:
Apparatus for replacing exchangeable measuring electrodes
View A = DN 1200 to 2000 (48 to 78")
View B = DN 350 to 1050 (14 to 42")
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
94
Allen screw
Handle
Electrode cable
Knurled nut (locknut)
Measuring electrode
Stop cock (ball valve)
Retaining cylinder
Locking pin (for handle)
Ball-valve housing
Seal (retaining cylinder)
Coil spring
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Troubleshooting
Removing the electrode
Installing the electrode
1
Loosen Allen screw (1) and remove the cover.
1
Insert new electrode (5) into retaining cylinder
(7) from below. Make sure that the seals at the
tip of the electrode are clean.
2
Remove electrode cable (3) secured to handle
(2).
2
Mount handle (2) on the electrode and insert
locking pin (8) to secure it in position.
"
Caution!
Make sure that coil spring (11) is inserted. This
is essential to ensure correct electrical contact
and correct measuring signals.
3
Loosen knurled nut (4) by hand.
This knurled nut acts as a locknut.
3
Pull the electrode back until the tip of the
electrode no longer protrudes from retaining
cylinder (7).
4
Remove electrode (5) by turning handle (2). The
electrode can now be pulled out of retaining
cylinder (7) as far as a defined stop.
4
Screw the retaining cylinder (7) onto ball-valve
housing (9) and tighten it by hand.
Seal (10) on the cylinder must be correctly
seated and clean.
#
Warning!
Risk of injury.
Under process conditions (pressure in the piping
system) the electrode can recoil suddenly against
its stop. Apply counter-pressure while releasing
the electrode.
5
Close stop cock (6) after pulling out the electrode
as far as it will go.
!
Note!
Make sure that the rubber hoses on retaining
cylinder (7) and stop cock (6) are of the same
color (red or blue).
5
Open stop cock (6) and turn handle (2) to screw
the electrode all the way into the retaining
cylinder.
#
Warning!
Do not subsequently open the stop cock, in order
to prevent fluid escaping.
6
Remove the electrode complete with retaining
cylinder (7).
6
Screw knurled nut (4) onto the retaining
cylinder. This firmly locates the electrode in
position.
7
Remove handle (2) from electrode (5) by
pressing out locking pin (8). Take care not to
lose coil spring (11).
7
Use the Allen screw to secure electrode cable (3)
to handle (2).
Remove the old electrode and insert the new
electrode.
Replacement electrodes can be ordered
separately from Endress+Hauser.
8
8
Endress+Hauser
"
Caution!
Make sure that the machine screw securing the
electrode cable is firmly tightened. This is
essential to ensure correct electrical contact and
correct measuring signals.
Reinstall the cover and tighten Allen screw (a).
95
Troubleshooting
Promag 50
9.7
"
Return
Caution!
Do not return a measuring device if you are not absolutely certain that all traces of hazardous
substances have been removed, e.g. substances which have penetrated crevices or diffused
through plastic.
Costs incurred for waste disposal and injury (burns, etc.) due to inadequate cleaning will be
charged to the owner-operator.
The following steps must be taken before returning a flow measuring device to
Endress+Hauser, e.g. for repair or calibration:
• Always enclose a duly completed "Declaration of contamination" form. Only then can
Endress+Hauser transport, examine and repair a returned device.
• Enclose special handling instructions if necessary, for example a safety data sheet as per
EC REACH Regulation No. 1907/2006.
• Remove all residues. Pay special attention to the grooves for seals and crevices which could
contain residues. This is particularly important if the substance is hazardous to health, e.g.
flammable, toxic, caustic, carcinogenic, etc.
!
Note!
You will find a preprinted "Declaration of contamination" form at the back of these Operating
Instructions.
9.8
Disposal
Observe the regulations applicable in your country!
9.9
Date
96
Software history
Software version
Changes to software
Operating
Instructions
01.2011
Amplifier:
V 2.04.XX
Introduction of new nominal diameters; calf
values to 2.5
71249447 / 15.14
11.2009
Amplifier:
V 2.03.XX
Introduction of Calf history
71106181 / 12.09
71105332 / 11.09
06.2009
Amplifier:
V 2.02.XX
Introduction of Promag L
71095684 / 06.09
03.2009
Amplifier:
V 2.02.XX
Introduction of Promag D
Introduction of new nominal diameter
71088677 / 03.09
11.2004
Amplifier:
1.06.01
Communication module:
1.04.00
Software update relevant only for production
50097089 / 10.03
10.2003
Amplifier:
1.06.00
Communication module:
1.03.00
Software expASMEon:
• Language groups
• Flow direction pulse output selectable
50097089 / 10.03
New functionalities:
• Second Totalizer
• Adjustable backlight (display)
• Operation hours counter
• Simulation function for pulse output
• Counter for access code
• Reset function (fault history)
• Up-/download with FieldTool
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Troubleshooting
Date
08.2003
Software version
Communication module:
1.02.01
Changes to software
Software expASMEon:
• New / revised functionalities
Operating
Instructions
50097089 / 08.03
New functionalities:
• Current span NAMUR NE 43
• Failsafe mode function
• Troubleshooting function
• System and process error messages
• Response of status output
08.2002
Amplifier:
1.04.00
Software expASMEon:
• New / revised functionalities
50097089 / 08.02
New functionalities:
• Current span NAMUR NE 43
• EPD (new mode)
• Failsafe mode function
• Acknowledge fault function
• Troubleshooting function
• System and process error messages
• Response of status output
!
Endress+Hauser
03.2002
Amplifier:
1.03.00
Software expASMEon:
• Suitability for custody transfer
measurement Promag 50/51
none
06.2001
Amplifier:
1.02.00
Communication module:
1.02.00
Software expASMEon:
• New functionalities:
50097089 / 06.01
09.2000
Amplifier:
1.01.01
Communication module:
1.01.00
Software expASMEon:
• Functional adaptations
none
08.2000
Amplifier:
1.01.00
Software expASMEon:
• Functional adaptations
none
04.2000
Amplifier:
1.00.00
Communication module:
1.00.00
Original software
50097089 / 04.00
New functionalities:
• General device functions
• "OED" software function
• "Pulse width" software function
Compatible with:
• FieldTool
• Commuwin II (version 2.05.03 and higher)
• HART Communicator DXR 275
(from OS 4.6) with Rev. 1, DD1
Note!
Uploads or downloads between the individual software versions are only possible with a
special service software.
97
Technical data
Promag 50
10
Technical data
10.1
Technical data at a glance
10.1.1
Application
→
4
10.1.2
Function and system design
Measuring principle
Electromagnetic flow measurement on the basis of Faraday’s Law.
Measuring system
→
6
10.1.3
Input
Measured variable
Flow velocity (proportional to induced voltage)
Measuring range
Typically v = 0.01 to 10 m/s (0.033 to 33 ft/s) with the specified accuracy
Operable flow range
Over 1000 : 1
Input signal
Status input (auxiliary input)
• Galvanically isolated
• U = 3 to 30 V DC
• Ri = 5 k
• Can be configured for: totalizer reset, positive zero return, error message reset.
10.1.4
Output
Output signal
Current output
• Galvanically isolated
• Active/passive can be selected:
– Active: 0/4 to 20 mA, RL < 700 (HART: RL 250 )
– Passive: 4 to 20 mA, supply voltage VS 18 to 30 V DC, Ri 150 )
• Time constant can be selected (0.01 to 100s)
• Full scale value adjustable
• Temperature coefficient: typ. 0.005% o.f.s./°C, resolution: 0.5 μA
o.f.s. = of full scale value
98
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Technical data
Pulse/frequency output
• Galvanically isolated
• Passive: 30 V DC / 250 mA
• Open collector
• Can be configured as:
– Pulse output
Pulse value and pulse polarity can be selected, max. pulse width adjustable (0.5 to 2000
ms)
– Frequency output
Full scale frequency 2 to 1000 Hz (fmax = 1.25 Hz), on/off ratio 1:1, pulse width max.
10 s
Signal on alarm
Current output
Failsafe mode can be selected (e.g. in accordance with NAMUR Recommendation NE 43)
Pulse/frequency output
Failsafe mode can be selected
Status output
"Not conductive" in the event of fault or power supply failure
Load
See "Output signal"
Switching output
Status output
• Galvanically isolated
• Max. 30 V DC/250 mA
• Open collector
• Can be configured for: error messages, empty pipe detection (EPD), flow direction, limit
values
Low flow cut off
Low flow cut off, switch-on point can be selected as required
Galvanic isolation
All circuits for inputs, outputs, and power supply are galvanically isolated from each other.
10.1.5
Power supply
Electrical connections
→
46
Supply voltage (power supply)
• 20 to 55 V AC, 45 to 65 Hz
• 85 to 260 V AC, 45 to 65 Hz
• 16 to 62 V DC
Endress+Hauser
99
Technical data
Promag 50
Cable entry
Power supply and signal cables (inputs/outputs):
• Cable entry M20 × 1.5 (8 to 12 mm/0.31 to 0.47 inch)
• Sensor cable entry for armored cables M20 × 1.5 (9.5 to 16 mm / 0.37 to 0.63 inch)
• Threads for cable entries ½" NPT, G ½"
Connecting cable for remote version:
• Cable entry M20 × 1.5 (8 to 12 mm/0.31 to 0.47 inch)
• Sensor cable entry for armored cables M20 × 1.5 (9.5 to 16 mm / 0.37 to 0.63 inch)
• Threads for cable entries ½" NPT, G ½"
Cable specifications
→
51
Power consumption
Power consumption
• AC: <15 VA (incl. sensor)
• DC: <15 W (incl. sensor)
Switch-on current
• max. 3 A (<5 ms) for 24 V DC
• max. 8.5 A (<5 ms) for 260 V AC
Power supply failure
• Lasting min. 1 cycle frequency:
• EEPROM saves measuring system data
• S-DAT: exchangeable data storage chip which stores the data of the sensor (nominal
diameter, serial number, calibration factor, zero point etc.)
Potential equalization
→
55
10.1.6
Performance characteristics
Reference operating conditions
To DIN EN 29104 and VDI/VDE 2641:
• Fluid temperature: +28 °C ± 2 K
• Ambient temperature: +22 °C ± 2 K
• Warm-up period: 30 minutes
Installation:
• Inlet run >10 × DN
• Outlet run > 5 × DN
• Sensor and transmitter grounded.
• The sensor is centered in the pipe.
100
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Technical data
Maximum measured error
• Current output: plus typically ± 5 μA
• Pulse output: ± 0.5% o.r. ± 1 mm/s
Option: ± 0.2% o.r. ± 2 mm/s (o.r. = of reading)
Fluctuations in the supply voltage do not have any effect within the specified range.
[%]
2.5
2.0
0.5 %
1.5
0.2 %
1.0
0.5
0
0
1
0
2
5
4
10
6
15
20
8
25
10
30
[m/s]
v
32 [ft/s]
A0005531
Fig. 58:
Max. measured error in % of reading
Repeatability
Max. ± 0.1% o.r. ± 0.5 mm/s (o.r. = of reading)
10.1.7
Installation
Installation instructions
Any orientation (vertical, horizontal), restrictions and installation instructions →
12
Inlet and outlet run
If possible, install the sensor upstream from fittings such as valves, T-pieces, elbows, etc. The
following inlet and outlet runs must be observed in order to meet accuracy specifications
(→ 15, → 12):
• Inlet run: 5 × DN
• Outlet run: 2 × DN
Adapters
→
16
Length of connecting cable
→
19
10.1.8
Environment
Ambient temperature range
• Transmitter: –20 to +60 °C (–4 to +140 °F)
!
Note!
At ambient temperatures below –20 (–4 °F) the readability of the display may be impaired.
• Sensor (Flange material carbon steel): –10 to +60 °C (+14 to +140 °F)
Endress+Hauser
101
Technical data
Promag 50
"
Caution!
• The permitted temperature range of the measuring tube lining may not be undershot or
overshot ( "Operating conditions: Process" "Medium temperature range").
• Install the device in a shady location. Avoid direct sunlight, particularly in warm climatic
regions.
• The transmitter must be mounted separate from the sensor if both the ambient and fluid
temperatures are high.
Storage temperature
The storage temperature corresponds to the operating temperature range of the measuring
transmitter and the appropriate measuring sensors.
"
Caution!
• The measuring device must be protected against direct sunlight during storage in order to
avoid unacceptably high surface temperatures.
• A storage location must be selected where moisture does not collect in the measuring
device. This will help prevent fungus and bacteria infestation which can damage the liner.
Degree of protection
• Standard: IP 67 (NEMA 4X) for transmitter and sensor
• Optional: IP 68 (NEMA 6P) for remote version of Promag E/L/P/W sensor.
Promag L only with stainless steel flanges.
Shock and vibration resistance
Acceleration up to 2 g following IEC 60068-2-6
(high-temperature version: no data available)
CIP cleaning
"
Caution!
The maximum fluid temperature permitted for the device may not be exceeded.
CIP cleaning is possible:
Promag E (100 °C / 212 °F), Promag H/P
CIP cleaning is not possible:
Promag D/L/W
SIP cleaning
"
Caution!
The maximum fluid temperature permitted for the device may not be exceeded.
SIP cleaning is possible:
Promag H
SIP cleaning is not possible:
Promag D/E/L/P/W
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
• As per IEC/EN 61326 and NAMUR Recommendation NE 21
• Emission: to limit value for industry EN 55011
102
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Technical data
10.1.9
Process
Medium temperature range
The permissible temperature depends on the lining of the measuring tube
Promag D
0 to +60 °C (+32 to +140 °F) for polyamide
Promag E
–10 to +110 °C (+14 to +230 °F) for PTFE,
Restrictions
see the following diagram
TA [°F]
140
100
[°C]
60
40
PTFE
20
0
0
-20
-40
-40
-40 -20
-40
0
0
20
40
60
100
80 100 120 140 160 180
200
300
[°C]
TF
360 [°F]
A0022937
Fig. 59:
Compact and remote version Promag E (TA = ambient temperature; TF = fluid temperature)
Promag H
Sensor:
• DN 2 to 25: –20 to +150 °C (–4 to +302 °F)
• DN 40 to 100: –20 to +150 °C (–4 to +302 °F)
Seals:
• EPDM: –20 to +150 °C (–4 to +302 °F)
• Silicone: –20 to +150 °C (–4 to +302 °F)
• Viton: –20 to +150 °C (–4 to +302 °F)
• Kalrez: –20 to +150 °C (–4 to +302 °F)
Promag L
• 0 to +80 °C (+32 to +176 °F) for hard rubber (DN 350 to 1200)
• –20 to +50 °C (–4 to +122 °F) for polyurethane (DN 50 to 1200)
• –20 to +90 °C (–4 to +194 °F) for PTFE (DN 50 to 300)
Promag P
Standard
• –40 to +130 °C (–40 to +266 °F) for PTFE (DN 15 to 600 / 1/2 to 24"),
Restrictions
see the following diagrams
• –20 to +130 °C (–4 to +266 °F) for PFA/HE (DN 25 to 200 / 1 to 8"),
Restrictions
see the following diagrams
• –20 to +150 °C (–4 to +302 °F) for PFA (DN 25 to 200 / 1 to 8"),
Restrictions
see the following diagrams
Endress+Hauser
103
Technical data
Promag 50
Optional
High-temperature version (HT): –20 to +180 °C (–4 to +356 °F) for PFA (DN 25 to 200 / 1
to 8")
TA [°F]
140
100
[°C]
60
HT
40
n
20
0
0
-20
-40
-40
PFA
m
PTFE
-40 -20
-40
0
20
0
40
60
80 100 120 140 160 180
100
200
300
[°C]
TF
360 [°F]
A0002660
Abb. 60:
Compact version Promag P (with PFA- or PTFE-lining)
TA = ambient temperature; TF = fluid temperature; HT = high-temperature version with insulation
m = light gray area temperature range from –10 to –40 °C (–14 to –40 °F) is valid for stainless steel version only
n = diagonal hatched area foam lining (HE) and degree of protection IP 68 = fluid temperature
max. 130°C / 266 °F
TA [°F]
140
100
[°C]
60
HT
40
n
20
0
0
PFA
-20
m
-40
PTFE
-40
-40 -20
-40
0
0
20
40
60
80 100 120 140 160 180
100
200
300
[°C]
TF
360 [°F]
a0002671
Abb. 61:
Remote version Promag P (with PFA- or PTFE-lining)
TA = ambient temperature; TF = fluid temperature; HT = high-temperature version with insulation
m = light gray area temperature range from –10 to –40 °C (–14 to –40 °F) is valid for stainless steel version only
n = diagonal hatched area foam lining (HE) and degree of protection IP68 = fluid temperature
max. 130°C / 266 °F
Promag W
• 0 to +80 °C (+32 to +176 °F) for hard rubber (DN 50 to 2000)
• –20 to +50 °C (–4 to +122 °F) for polyurethane (DN 25 to 1200)
104
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Technical data
Conductivity
The minimum conductivity is
!
5 μS/cm ( 20 μS/cm for demineralized water)
Note!
Note that in the case of the remote version, the requisite minimum conductivity is also
influenced by the length of the connecting cable → 19
Medium pressure range (nominal pressure)
Promag D
• EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501)
– PN 16
• ASME B 16.5
– Class 150
• JIS B2220
– 10K
Promag E
• EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501)
– PN 10 (DN 200 to 600 / 8 to 24")
– PN 16 (DN 65 to 600 / 3 to 24")
– PN 40 (DN 15 to 150 / ½ to 2")
• ASME B 16.5
– Class 150 (½ to 24")
• JIS B2220
– 10K (DN 50 to 300 / 2 to 12")
– 20K (DN 15 to 40 / ½ to 1½")
Promag H
The permissible nominal pressure depends on the process connection and the seal:
• 40 bar flange, weld nipple (with O-ring seal)
• 16 bar all other process connections
Promag L
• EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501)
– PN 6 (DN 350 to 1200 / 14 to 48")
– PN 10 (DN 50 to 1200 / 2 to 48")
– PN 16 (DN 50 to 150 / 2 to 6")
• EN 1092-1, lap joint flange, stampel plate
– PN 10 (DN 50 to 300 / 2 to 12")
• ASME B 16.5
– Class 150 (2 to 24")
• AWWA
– Class D (28 to 48")
• AS2129
– Table E (DN 350 to 1200 / 14 to 48")
• AS4087
– PN 16 (DN 350 to 1200 / 14 to 48")
Promag P
• EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501)
– PN 10 (DN 200 to 600 / 8 to 24")
– PN 16 (DN 65 to 600 / 3 to 24")
– PN 25 (DN 200 to 600 / 8 to 24")
– PN 40 (DN 25 to 150 / 1 to 6")
Endress+Hauser
105
Technical data
Promag 50
• ASME B 16.5
– Class 150 (1 to 24")
– Class 300 (1 to 6")
• JIS B2220
– 10K (DN 50 to 300 / 2 to 12")
– 20K (DN 25 to 300 / 1 to 12")
• AS 2129
– Table E (DN 25 / 1"), 50 / 2")
• AS 4087
– PN 16 (DN 50 / 2")
Promag W
• EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501)
– PN 6 (DN 350 to 2000 / 14 to 84")
– PN 10 (DN 200 to 2000 / 8 to 84")
– PN 16 (DN 65 to 2000 / 3 to 84")
– PN 25 (DN 200 to 1000 / 8 to 40")
– PN 40 (DN 25 to 150 / 1 to 6")
• ASME B 16.5
– Class 150 (1 to 24")
– Class 300 (1 to 6")
• AWWA
– Class D (28 to 78")
• JIS B2220
– 10K (DN 50 to 300 / 2 to 12")
– 20K (DN 25 to 300 / 1 to 12")
• AS 2129
– Table E (DN 80 / 3", 100 / 4", 150 to 1200 / 6 to 48")
• AS 4087
– PN 16 (DN 80 / 3", 100 / 4", 150 to 1200 / 6 to 48")
Pressure tightness
Promag D
Measuring tube: 0 mbar abs (0 psi abs) with a fluid temperature of
60 °C (140 °F)
Promag E (Measuring tube lining: PTFE)
Nominal diameter
Resistance of measuring tube lining to partial vacuum
Limit values for abs. pressure [mbar] ([psi]) at various fluid temperatures
25 °C
80 °C
77 °F
106
[mbar]
100 °C
176 °F
110 °C
212 °F
[psi]
[mbar]
230 °F
[mm]
[inch]
[psi]
[mbar]
[psi]
15
½"
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
1.45
25
1"
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
1.45
32
–
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
1.45
40
1 ½"
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
1.45
50
2"
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
1.45
65
–
0
0
*
*
40
0.58
130
1.89
80
3"
0
0
*
*
40
0.58
130
1.89
100
4"
0
0
*
*
135
1.96
170
2.47
125
–
135
1.96
*
*
240
3.48
385
5.58
150
6"
135
1.96
*
*
240
3.48
385
5.58
200
8"
200
2.90
*
*
290
4.21
410
5.95
250
10"
330
4.79
*
*
400
5.80
530
7.69
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Technical data
Nominal diameter
Resistance of measuring tube lining to partial vacuum
Limit values for abs. pressure [mbar] ([psi]) at various fluid temperatures
25 °C
80 °C
100 °C
110 °C
77 °F
176 °F
212 °F
230 °F
[mm]
[inch]
[mbar]
[psi]
[mbar]
[psi]
[mbar]
[psi]
300
12"
400
5.80
*
*
500
7.25
630
9.14
350
14"
470
6.82
*
*
600
8.70
730
10.59
400
16"
540
7.83
*
*
670
9.72
800
11.60
450
18"
500
20"
600
24"
Partial vacuum is impermissible!
* No value can be quoted.
Promag H (Measuring tube lining: PFA)
Nominal diameter
Resistance of measuring tube lining to partial vacuum
Limit values for abs. pressure [mbar] ([psi]) at various fluid temperatures
25 °C
80 °C
100 °C
130 °C
150 °C
180 °C
[mm]
[inch]
77 °F
176 °F
212 °F
266 °F
302 °F
356 °F
2 to 100
1/12 to 4"
0
0
0
0
0
0
Promag L (Measuring tube lining: Polyurethane, Hard rubber)
Nominal diameter
[mm]
Measuring
tube lining
Resistance of measuring tube lining to partial vacuum
Limit values for abs. pressure [mbar] ([psi]) at various fluid
temperatures
[inch]
25 °C
50 °C
80 °C
77 °F
122 °F
176 °F
50 to 1200
2 to 48"
Polyurethane
0
0
–
350 to 1200
14 to 48"
Hard rubber
0
0
0
Promag L (Measuring tube lining: PTFE)
Nominal diameter
Endress+Hauser
Resistance of measuring tube lining to partial vacuum
Limit values for abs. pressure [mbar] ([psi]) at various fluid temperatures
25 °C
90 °C
77 °F
194 °F
[mm]
[inch]
[mbar]
[psi]
[mbar]
[psi]
50
2"
0
0
0
0
65
–
0
0
40
0.58
80
3"
0
0
40
0.58
100
4"
0
0
135
1.96
125
–
135
1.96
240
3.48
150
6"
135
1.96
240
3.48
200
8"
200
2.90
290
4.21
250
10"
330
4.79
400
5.80
300
12"
400
5.80
500
7.25
107
Technical data
Promag 50
Promag P (Measuring tube lining: PFA)
Promag P
Nominal diameter
Resistance of measuring tube lining to partial vacuum
Limit values for abs. pressure [mbar] ([psi]) at various fluid temperatures
25 °C
80° C
100 °C
130 °C
150 °C
180 °C
[mm]
[inch]
77 °F
176° F
212 °F
266 °F
302 °F
356 °F
25
1"
0
0
0
0
0
0
32
-
0
0
0
0
0
0
40
1 ½"
0
0
0
0
0
0
50
2"
0
0
0
0
0
0
65
-
0
*
0
0
0
0
80
3"
0
*
0
0
0
0
100
4"
0
*
0
0
0
0
125
-
0
*
0
0
0
0
150
6"
0
*
0
0
0
0
200
8"
0
*
0
0
0
0
* No value can be quoted.
Promag P (Measuring tube lining: PTFE)
Nominal diameter Resistance of measuring tube lining to partial vacuum
Limit values for abs. pressure [mbar] ([psi]) at various fluid temperatures
25 °C
80 °C
100 °C
130 °C
150 °C
180 °C
77 °F
176 °F
212 °F
266 °F
302 °F
356 °F
–
[mm]
[inch]
[mbar]
[psi]
[mbar]
[psi]
[mbar]
[psi]
25
1"
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
1.45
–
32
–
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
1.45
–
–
40
1 ½"
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
1.45
–
–
50
2"
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
1.45
–
–
65
–
0
0
*
*
40
0.58
130
1.89
–
–
80
3"
0
0
*
*
40
0.58
130
1.89
–
–
100
4"
0
0
*
*
135
1.96
170
2.47
–
–
125
–
135
1.96
*
*
240
3.48
385
5.58
–
–
150
6"
135
1.96
*
*
240
3.48
385
5.58
–
–
200
8"
200
2.90
*
*
290
4.21
410
5.95
–
–
250
10"
330
4.79
*
*
400
5.80
530
7.69
–
–
300
12"
400
5.80
*
*
500
7.25
630
9.14
–
–
350
14"
470
6.82
*
*
600
8.70
730
10.59
–
–
400
16"
540
7.83
*
*
670
9.72
800
11.60
–
–
450
18"
500
20"
600
24"
Partial vacuum is impermissible!
* No value can be quoted.
Promag W
Nominal diameter
108
[mm]
[inch]
25 to 1200
1 to 40"
50 to 2000
2 to 78"
Measuring tube Resistance of measuring tube lining to partial vacuum
lining
Limit values for abs. pressure [mbar] ([psi]) at various fluid
temperatures
25 °C
50 °C
80 °C
100 °C
130 °C
150 °C
180 °C
77 °F
122 °F
176 °F
212 °F
266 °F
302 °F
356 °F
Polyurethane
0
0
–
–
–
–
–
Hard rubber
0
0
0
–
–
–
–
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Technical data
Limiting flow
→
17
Pressure loss
• No pressure loss if the sensor is installed in a pipe of the same nominal diameter
(Promag H: only DN 8 and larger).
• Pressure losses for configurations incorporating adapters according to DIN EN 545
(see "Adapters" → 16)
10.1.10 Mechanical construction
Design, dimensions
The dimensions and installation lengths of the sensor and transmitter can be found in the
"Technical Information" for the device in question. This document can be downloaded as a
PDF file from www.endress.com. A list of the "Technical Information" documents available is
provided in the "Documentation" section on → 124.
Weight (SI units)
Promag D
Weight data in kg
Nominal diameter
Compact version
Remote version (without cable)
[mm]
[inch]
25
1"
4.5
Sensor
2.5
Transmitter
6.0
40
1 ½"
5.1
3.1
6.0
50
2"
5.9
3.9
6.0
65
2 ½"
6.7
4.7
6.0
80
3"
7.7
5.7
6.0
100
4"
10.4
8.4
6.0
Transmitter Promag (compact version): 3.4 kg (Weight data valid without packaging material)
Endress+Hauser
109
Technical data
Promag 50
Promag E
Weight data in kg
Nominal
diameter
Compact version
EN (DIN)
PN 6
PN 10
PN 16
PN 40
ASME
JIS
Class 150
10K
[mm]
[inch]
15
½"
–
–
–
6.5
6.5
6.5
25
1"
–
–
–
7.3
7.3
7.3
32
–
–
–
–
8.0
–
7.3
40
1½"
–
–
–
9.4
9.4
8.3
50
2"
–
–
–
10.6
10.6
9.3
65
–
–
–
12.0
–
–
11.1
80
3"
–
–
14.0
–
14.0
12.5
100
4"
–
–
16.0
–
16.0
14.7
125
–
–
–
21.5
–
–
21.0
150
6"
–
–
25.5
–
25.5
24.5
200
8"
–
45.0
46.0
–
45.0
41.9
250
10"
–
65.0
70.0
–
75.0
69.4
300
12"
–
70.0
81.0
–
110.0
72.3
350
14"
77.4
88.4
99.4
–
137.4
–
400
16"
89.4
104.4
120.4
–
168.4
–
450
18"
99.4
112.4
133.4
–
191.4
–
500
20"
114.4
132.4
182.4
–
228.4
–
600
24"
155.4
162.4
260.4
–
302.4
–
• Transmitter (compact version): 1.8 kg
• Weight data without packaging material
Weight data in kg
Nominal
diameter
Remote version (without cable)
Sensor
Transmitter
ASME
JIS
[mm]
[inch]
PN 6
PN 10
EN (DIN)
PN 16
PN 40
Class 150
10K
15
½"
–
–
–
4.5
4.5
4.5
25
1"
–
–
–
5.3
5.3
5.3
32
–
–
–
–
6.0
–
5.3
40
1½"
–
–
–
7.4
7.4
6.3
50
2"
–
–
–
8.6
8.6
7.3
65
–
–
–
10.0
–
–
9.1
80
3"
–
–
12.0
–
12.0
10.5
100
4"
–
–
14.0
–
14.0
12.7
125
–
–
–
19.5
–
–
19.0
150
6"
–
–
23.5
–
23.5
22.5
200
8"
–
43.0
44.0
–
43.0
39.9
250
10"
–
63.0
68.0
–
73.0
67.4
300
12"
–
68.0
79.0
–
108.0
70.3
350
14"
73.1
84.1
95.1
–
133.1
400
16"
85.1
100.1
116.1
–
164.1
450
18"
95.1
108.1
129.1
–
187.1
500
20"
110.1
128.1
178.1
–
224.1
600
24"
158.1
158.1
256.1
–
298.1
Wall-mount housing
6.0
• Transmitter (remote version): 3.1 kg
• Weight data without packaging material
110
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Technical data
Promag H
Weight data in kg
Nominal diameter
Compact version
Remote version (without cable)
[mm]
[inch]
DIN
Sensor
Transmitter
2
1/12"
5.2
2
6.0
4
5/32"
5.2
2
6.0
8
5/16"
5.3
2
6.0
15
½"
5.4
1.9
6.0
25
1"
5.5
2.8
6.0
40
1 ½"
6.5
4.5
6.0
50
2"
9.0
7.0
6.0
65
2 ½"
9.5
7.5
6.0
80
3"
19.0
17.0
6.0
100
4"
18.5
16.5
6.0
Transmitter Promag (compact version): 3.4 kg
(Weight data valid for standard pressure ratings and without packaging material)
Promag L compact version (lap joint flanges / welded flanges DN > 350)
Weight data in kg
Nominal diameter
Compact version
(including transmitter)
[mm]
[inch]
50
2"
EN (DIN)
10.6
EN (DIN)
–
ASME / AWWA
10.6
AS
–
65
2 ½"
12.0
–
–
–
14.0
–
14.0
–
16.0
–
16.0
–
–
–
–
25.5
–
45
–
65
–
125
5"
21.5
150
6"
25.5
–
200
8"
45
–
250
10"
65
–
300
12"
70
–
350
14"
90
79
375
15"
–
–
400
16"
106
91
170
450
18"
114
101
193
500
20"
134
116
230
600
24"
157
157
304
262
700
28"
248
200
277
354
750
30"
–
–
800
32"
322
248
900
36"
402
316
1000
40"
475
366
42"
–
–
48"
724
537
1200
–
PN 16. Tabelle E
70
139
–
AWWA / Class D
PN 10
ASME / Class 150
4"
PN 6
3"
PN 16
80
100
101
107
122
135/145*
184
329
441
396
501
482
698
601
769
684
–
914
1227
Transmitter Promag (compact version): 3,4 kg
(Weight data valid without packaging material)
* DN 450 AS Tab E
Endress+Hauser
111
Technical data
Promag 50
Promag L remote version (lap joint flanges / welded flanges DN > 350)
Weight data in kg
Nominal diameter
Remote version
(sensor plus sensor housing without cable)
[mm]
[inch]
EN (DIN)
EN (DIN)
ASME / AWWA
AS
8.6
–
8.6
2 ½"
10.0
–
–
–
80
3"
12.0
–
12.0
–
100
4"
14.0
–
14.0
–
125
5"
19.5
–
–
–
150
6"
23.5
–
23.5
–
43
–
63
–
ASME / Class 150
2"
65
PN 16
50
–
43
–
63
–
300
12"
68
–
350
14"
87
76
375
15"
–
–
400
16"
103
88
167
450
18"
111
98
190
500
20"
131
113
227
600
24"
154
154
301
259
700
28"
–
198
275
352
750
30"
–
–
327
439
800
32"
320
246
394
499
900
36"
400
314
1000
40"
473
364
42"
–
–
1200
48"
722
535
136
–
–
PN 16, Tabelle E
108
AWWA / Class D
PN 6
8"
10"
PN 10
200
250
98
104
119
132/142*
181
480
696
599
767
682
–
912
1225
Transmitter Promag (remote version): 6 kg
(Weight data valid without packaging material)
*DN 450 AS Tab E
Promag L (lap joint flanges, stamped plate)
Weight data in kg
Nominal diameter
[mm]
Compact version
[inch]
Remote version (without cable)
EN (DIN)
Sensor EN (DIN)
Transmitter
7.2
5.2
6.0
2 ½"
8.0
6.0
6.0
80
3"
9.0
7.0
6.0
100
4"
11.5
125
5"
150
6"
15.0
19.0
PN 10
2"
65
PN 10
50
9.5
6.0
13.0
6.0
17.0
6.0
200
8"
37.5
35.5
6.0
250
10"
56.0
54.0
6.0
300
12"
57.0
55.0
6.0
Transmitter Promag (compact version): 3.4 kg
(Weight data valid for standard pressure ratings and without packaging material)
112
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Technical data
Promag P
Weight data in kg
Nominal
diameter
Compact version
Remote version (without cable)
Sensor
ASME/
AWWA
6.5
25
1"
7.3
7.3
7.3
32
1 ¼"
8.0
7.3
–
40
1 ½"
9.4
8.3
9.4
50
2"
10.6
9.3
10.6
65
2 ½"
12.0
80
3"
14.0
200
Transmitter
4.5
5.3
5.3
5.3
6.0
6.0
5.3
–
6.0
6.0
7.4
6.3
7.4
6.0
8.6
7.3
8.6
6.0
10.0
12.0
9.1
–
6.0
10.5
12.0
6.0
16.0
14.0
12.7
14.0
6.0
19.5
19.0
–
6.0
25.5
23.5
22.5
23.5
6.0
45
43
39.9
43
6.0
10K
–
14.0
14.4
14.7
16.0
21.0
6"
21.5
24.5
8"
45
41.9
250
10"
65
69.4
75
63
67.4
73
6.0
300
12"
70
72.3
110
68
70.3
108
6.0
350
14"
115
175
113
173
6.0
400
16"
135
205
133
203
6.0
450
18"
175
255
173
253
6.0
500
20"
175
285
173
283
6.0
405
233
403
6.0
600
24"
235
–
Class 150
150
ASME/
AWWA
4.5
11.1
PN 10
5"
JIS
4.5
12.5
Class 150
4"
125
PN 10
100
10K
6.5
PN 40
6.5
EN (DIN) /
AS*
PN 40
JIS
½"
PN 16
15
EN (DIN) /
AS*
PN 16
[mm] [inch]
Transmitter Promag (compact version): 3.4 kg
High-temperature version: + 1.5 kg
(Weight data valid for standard pressure ratings and without packaging material)
* Flanges according to AS are only available for DN 25 and 50.
Endress+Hauser
113
Technical data
Promag 50
Promag W
Weight data in kg
Nominal
diameter
Compact version
Remote version (without cable)
Sensor
EN (DIN) /
AS*
JIS
1"
7.3
7.3
32
1 ¼"
8.0
40
1 ½"
9.4
PN 40
25
ASME/
AWWA
EN (DIN) /
AS*
JIS
7.3
5.3
5.3
7.3
–
6.0
8.3
9.4
7.4
PN 40
[mm] [inch]
ASME/
AWWA
Transmitter
5.3
6.0
5.3
–
6.0
6.3
7.4
6.0
10.6
8.6
7.3
8.6
6.0
11.1
–
10.0
9.1
–
6.0
125
5"
150
6"
14.0
16.0
12.5
14.0
14.7
16.0
21.5
21.0
25.5
24.5
–
25.5
300
12"
70
72.3
350
14"
115
400
16"
135
450
18"
175
500
20"
175
285
600
24"
235
405
700
28"
355
–
30"
–
800
32"
435
900
36"
575
1000
40"
–
42"
1200
–
10.5
12.0
6.0
12.7
14.0
6.0
19.5
19.0
23.5
22.5
–
6.0
23.5
6.0
43
6.0
73
6.0
45
43
39.9
65
63
67.4
110
68
70.3
108
6.0
175
113
173
6.0
205
133
203
6.0
255
173
253
6.0
173
283
6.0
233
403
6.0
400
353
398
6.0
460
–
458
6.0
550
433
548
6.0
800
573
798
6.0
700
900
698
898
6.0
–
1100
–
1098
6.0
48"
850
1400
848
1398
6.0
54"
–
2200
–
2198
6.0
1400
–
1300
–
1298
–
60"
–
2700
–
PN 6
Class D
69.4
PN 10
41.9
65
PN 6
45
10"
Class D
8"
250
PN 10
200
12.0
14.0
Class 150
3"
4"
Class 150
80
100
10K
9.3
12.0
PN 16
10.6
2 ½"
10K
2"
65
PN 16
50
–
6.0
2698
6.0
1600
–
1700
–
1698
–
6.0
–
66"
–
3700
–
3698
6.0
1800
72"
2200
4100
2198
4098
6.0
–
78"
–
4600
–
4598
6.0
2000
–
2800
–
2798
–
6.0
Transmitter Promag (compact version): 3.4 kg
(Weight data valid for standard pressure ratings and without packaging material)
*Flanges according to AS are only available for DN 80, 100, 150 to 400, 500 and 600
114
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Technical data
Weight (US units)
Promag D
Weight data in lbs
Nominal diameter
[mm]
Compact version
Remote version (without cable)
[inch]
Sensor
Transmitter
25
1"
10
6
13
40
1 ½"
11
7
13
50
2"
13
9
13
80
3"
17
13
13
100
4"
23
19
13
Transmitter Promag (compact version): 7.5 lbs (Weight data valid without packaging material)
Promag E (ASME)
Weight data in lbs
Nominal
diameter
Compact version
Remote version (without cable)
Sensor
ASME
ASME
Transmitter
[mm]
[inch]
Class 150
Class 150
15
½"
14.3
9.92
11.7
25
1"
16.1
40
1½"
20.7
16.3
50
2"
23.4
19.0
80
3"
30.9
26.5
100
4"
35.3
30.9
150
6"
56.2
51.8
200
8"
99.2
94.8
250
10"
165.4
161.0
300
12"
242.6
238.1
350
14"
303.0
293.5
400
16"
371.3
361.8
450
18"
422.0
412.6
500
20"
503.6
494.1
600
24"
666.8
657.3
Wall-mount housing
13.2
• Transmitter: 4.0 lbs (compact version); 6.8 lbs (remote version)
• Weight data without packaging material
Promag H
Weight data in lbs
Nominal diameter
[mm]
[inch]
2
1/12"
4
5/32"
Compact version
Remote version (without cable)
Sensor
Transmitter
11
4
13
11
4
13
13
8
5/16"
12
4
15
½"
12
4
13
25
1"
12
6
13
40
1 ½"
14
10
13
50
2"
20
15
13
65
2 ½"
21
17
13
80
3"
42
37
13
100
4"
41
36
13
Transmitter Promag (compact version): 7.5 lbs
(Weight data valid for standard pressure ratings and without packaging material)
Endress+Hauser
115
Technical data
Promag 50
Promag L (ASME / AWWA: lap joint flanges / welded flanges DN > 700)
Weight data in lbs
Nominal diameter
[mm]
[inch]
Compact version
Remote version (without cable)
ASME /
AWWA
ASME /
AWWA
50
2"
23
19
65
2 ½"
–
–
4"
31
125
5"
150
6"
200
8"
250
10"
143
139
300
12"
243
238
350
14"
–
–
400
16"
–
–
450
18"
–
–
500
20"
–
–
600
24"
–
–
ASME / Class 150
3"
ASME / Class 150
80
100
35
–
56
99
26
31
–
52
95
611
606
725
721
800
32"
900
36"
1000
40"
1200
48"
42"
AWWA / Class D
28"
30"
AWWA / Class D
700
750
873
1063
1324
1508
2015
869
1058
1320
1504
2011
Transmitter Promag (compact version): 7,5 lbs
Transmitter Promag (remote version): 13 lbs
(Weight data valid without packaging material)
Promag P (ASME/AWWA)
Weight data in lbs
Nominal diameter
Compact version
Remote version (without cable)
[mm]
[inch]
Sensor
Transmitter
15
½"
14
10
13
25
1"
16
12
13
40
1 ½"
21
16
13
50
2"
23
19
13
31
26
13
4"
35
31
13
150
6"
56
52
13
200
8"
95
13
250
10"
161
13
300
12"
243
238
13
350
14"
386
381
13
400
16"
452
448
13
450
18"
562
558
13
500
20"
628
624
13
600
24"
893
889
13
99
165
Class 150
3"
Class 150
80
100
Transmitter Promag (compact version): 7.5 lbs
High-temperature version: 3.3 lbs
(Weight data valid for standard pressure ratings and without packaging material)
116
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Technical data
Promag W (ASME/AWWA)
Weight data in lbs
Nominal diameter
[mm]
Compact version
Remote version (without cable)
[inch]
Sensor
Transmitter
16
12
13
1 ½"
21
16
13
50
2"
23
19
13
80
3"
31
26
13
100
4"
35
31
13
150
6"
56
52
13
8"
250
10"
95
13
161
13
300
12"
350
14"
386
238
13
381
13
400
16"
450
18"
452
448
13
562
558
13
500
600
20"
628
624
13
24"
893
889
13
700
28"
882
878
13
–
30"
1014
1010
13
800
32"
1213
1208
13
900
36"
1764
1760
13
1000
40"
1985
1980
13
–
42"
2426
2421
13
1200
48"
3083
13
–
54"
4851
4847
13
–
60"
5954
5949
13
–
66"
8159
8154
13
1800
72"
9041
9036
13
–
78"
10143
10139
13
143
243
3087
Class D
200
Class D
99
Class 150
1"
40
Class 150
25
Transmitter Promag (compact version): 7.5 lbs
(Weight data valid for standard pressure ratings and without packaging material)
Material
Promag D
• Transmitter housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminum
• Sensor housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminum
• Measuring tube: polyamide, O-rings EPDM
(Drinking water approvals: WRAS BS 6920, ACS, NSF 61, KTW/W270)
• Electrodes: 1.4435 (316, 316L)
• Ground disks: 1.4301 (304)
Endress+Hauser
117
Technical data
Promag 50
Promag E
• Transmitter housing
– Compact housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminum
– Wall-mount housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminum
• Sensor housing
– DN 25 to 300 (1 to 12"): powder-coated die-cast aluminum
– DN 350 to 600 (14 to 24"): with protective lacquering
• Measuring tube
– DN 300 (12"): stainless steel 1.4301 (304) or 1.4306 (304L) (with Al/Zn protective
coating)
– DN 350 (14"): stainless steel 1.4301 (304) or 1.4306 (304L) (with protective
lacquering)
• Electrodes: 1.4435 (316, 316L), Alloy C22, Tantalum
• Flanges (with protective lacquering)
– EN 1092-1 (DIN2501): RSt37-2 (S235JRG2); Alloy C22; Fe 410W B
– ANSI: A105
– JIS: RSt37-2 (S235JRG2); HII
• Seals: to DIN EN 1514-1
• Ground disks: 1.4435 (316, 316L) or Alloy C22
Promag H
• Transmitter housing:
– Compact housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminum
or stainless steel field housing (1.4301 (316L))
– Wall-mounted housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminum
– Window material: glas or polycarbonate
• Sensor housing: stainless steel 1.4301 (304)
• Wall mounting kit: stainless steel 1.4301 (304)
• Measuring tube: stainless steel 1.4301 (304)
• Liner: PFA (USP class VI; FDA 21 CFR 177.1550: 3A)
• Electrodes:
– Standard: 1.4435 (316, 316L)
– Option: Alloy C22, Tantalum, Platinum
• Flange:
– All connections stainless-steel 1.4404 (316L)
– EN (DIN), ASME, JIS made of PVDF
– Adhesive fitting made of PVC
• Seals
– DN 2 to 25 (1/12 to 1"): O-ring (EPDM, Viton, Kalrez), gasket seal (EPDM*, Viton,
Silicone*)
– DN 40 to 100 (1½ to 4"): gasket seal (EPDM*, Silicone*)
* = USP class VI; FDA 21 CFR 177.2600: 3A
• Ground rings: 1.4435 (316, 316L) (optional: Tantalum, Alloy C22)
Promag L
• Transmitter housing:
– Compact housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminum
– Wall-mounted housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminum
• Sensor housing
– DN 50 to 300 (2 to 12"): powder-coated die-cast aluminum
– DN 350 to 1200 (14 to 84"): with protective lacquering
118
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Technical data
• Measuring tube:
– DN 300 (12"): stainless steel 1.4301 (304) or 1.4306 (304L)
– DN 350 (14"): stainless steel 202 or 304
• Electrodes: 1.4435 (316, 316L), Alloy C22
• Flange
– EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501): DN 300: 1.4306; 1.4307; 1.4301 (304); 1.0038 (S235JRG2)
– EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501): DN 350: A105; 1.0038 (S235JRG2)
– AWWA: A181/A105; 1.0425 (316L) (P265GH); 1.0044 (S275JR)
– AS 2129: A105; 1.0345 (P235GH); 1.0425 (316L) (P265GH); 1.0038 (S235JRG2);
FE 410 WB
– AS 4087: A105; 1.0425 (316L) (P265GH); 1.0044 (S275JR)
• Seals: to DIN EN 1514-1
• Ground disks: 1.4435 (316, 316L) or Alloy C22
Promag P
• Transmitter housing:
– Compact housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminum
– Wall-mounted housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminum
• Sensor housing
– DN 15 to 300 (½ to 12"): powder-coated die-cast aluminum
– DN 350 to 2000 (14 to 84"): with protective lacquering
• Measuring tube
– DN 300 (12"): stainless steel 1.4301 (304) or 1.4306 (304L); for flanges made of
carbon steel with Al/Zn protective coating
– DN 350 (14"): stainless steel 1.4301 (304) or 1.4306 (304L); for flanges made of
carbon steel with Al/Zn protective coating
• Electrodes: 1.4435 (316, 316L), Platinum, Alloy C22, Tantalum, Titanium
• Flange
– EN 1092-1 (DIN2501): 1.4571 (316L); RSt37-2 (S235JRG2); Alloy C22; FE 410W B
(DN 300 (12") with Al/Zn protective coating; DN 350 (14") with protective
lacquering)
– ASME: A105; F316L
(DN 300 (12") with Al/Zn protective coating; DN 350 (14") with protective
lacquering)
– AWWA: 1.0425
– JIS: RSt37-2 (S235JRG2); HII; 1.0425 (316L)
(DN 300 (12") with Al/Zn protective coating; DN 350 (14") with protective
lacquering)
– AS 2129
– DN 25 (1"): A105 or RSt37-2 (S235JRG2)
– DN 40 (1½"): A105 or St44-2 (S275JR)
– AS 4087: A105 or St44-2 (S275JR)
• Seals: to DIN EN 1514-1
• Ground disks: 1.4435 (316, 316L) or Alloy C22
Promag W
• Transmitter housing:
– Compact housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminum
– Wall-mounted housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminum
• Sensor housing
– DN 25 to 300 (1 to 12"): powder-coated die-cast aluminum
– DN 350 to 2000 (14 to 84"): with protective lacquering
Endress+Hauser
119
Technical data
Promag 50
• Measuring tube
– DN 300 (12"): stainless steel 1.4301 (304) or 1.4306 (304L)
(for flanges made of carbon steel with Al/Zn protective coating)
– DN 350 (14"): stainless steel 1.4301 (304) or 1.4306 (304)
(for flanges made of carbon steel with protective lacquering)
• Electrodes: 1.4435 (316, 316L) or Alloy C22, Tantalum
• Flange
– EN 1092-1 (DIN2501): 1.4571 (316L); RSt37-2 (S235JRG2); Alloy C22; FE 410 WB
(DN 300 (12") with Al/Zn protective coating; DN 350 (14") with protective
lacquering)
– ASME: A105; F316L
(DN 300 (12") with Al/Zn protective coating; DN 350 (14") with protective
lacquering)
– AWWA: 1.0425
– JIS: RSt37-2 (S235JRG2); HII; 1.0425 (316L)
(DN 300 (12") with Al/Zn protective coating; DN 350 (14") with protective
lacquering)
– AS 2129
– DN 150 to 300 (6 to 12"), DN 600 (24"): A105 or RSt37-2 (S235JRG2)
– DN 80 to 100 (3 to 4"), 350 to 500 (14 to 20"): A105 or St44-2 (S275JR)
– AS 4087: A105 or St44-2 (S275JR)
• Seals: to DIN EN 1514-1
• Ground disks: 1.4435 (316, 316L), Alloy C22, Titanium, Tantalum
Pressure-temperature ratings
The material load diagrams (pressure-temperature graphs) for the process connections are
to be found in the "Technical Information" documents of the device in question:
List of supplementary documentation → 124.
Fitted electrodes
Promag D
• 2 measuring electrodes for signal detection
Promag E/L/P/W
• 2 measuring electrodes for signal detection
• 1 EPD electrode for empty pipe detection
• 1 reference electrode for potential equalization
Promag H
• 2 measuring electrodes for signal detection
• 1 EPD electrode for empty pipe detection (apart from DN 2 to 15)
Process connections
Promag D
Wafer version
120
without process connections
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Technical data
Promag E
Flange connections:
• EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501)
– DN 300 (12") = form A
– DN 350 (14") = flat face
– DN 65 PN 16 and DN 600 PN 16 only as per EN 1092-1
• ASME
• JIS
Promag H
With O-ring:
• Weld nipple DIN (EN), ISO 1127, ODT/SMS
• Flange EN (DIN), ASME, JIS
• Flange made of PVDF EN (DIN), ASME, JIS
• External thread
• Internal thread
• Hose connection
• PVC adhesive fitting
With gasket seal:
• Weld nipple DIN 11850, ODT/SMS
• Clamp ISO 2852, DIN 32676, L14 AM7
• Threaded joint DIN 11851, DIN 11864-1, ISO 2853, SMS 1145
• Flange DIN 11864-2
Promag L
Flange connections:
• EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501)
– DN 300 = Form A
– DN 350 = Form B
• ASME
• AWWA
• AS
Promag P/W
Flange connections:
• EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501)
– DN 300 = form A
– DN 350 = flat face
– DN 65 PN 16 and DN 600 PN 16 only as per EN 1092-1
• ASME
• AWWA (only Promag W)
• JIS
• AS
Surface roughness
All data relate to parts in contact with fluid.
• Liner PFA: 0.4 μm (15 μin)
• Electrodes: 0.3 to 0.5 μm (12 to 20 μin)
• Process connection made of stainless-steel (Promag H):
Endress+Hauser
0.8 μm (31 μin)
121
Technical data
Promag 50
10.1.11 Human interface
Display elements
• Liquid crystal display: illuminated, two-line, 16 characters per line
• Custom configurations for presenting different measured-value and status variables
• 2 totalizers
!
Note!
At ambient temperatures below –20 (–4 °F) the readability of the display may be impaired.
Operating elements
• Local operation with three keys (
)
• "Quick Setup" menus for straightforward commissioning
Language groups
Language groups available for operation in different countries:
• Western Europe and America (WEA):
English, German, Spanish, Italian, French, Dutch and Portuguese
• Eastern Europe/Scandinavia (EES):
English, Russian, Polish, Norwegian, Finnish, Swedish and Czech
• Southeast Asia (SEA):
English, Japanese, Indonesian
!
Note!
You can change the language group via the operating program "FieldCare".
Remote operation
Operation via HART protocol and Fieldtool
10.1.12 Certificates and approvals
CE mark
The measuring system is in conformity with the statutory requirements of the EC Directives.
Endress+Hauser confirms successful testing of the device by affixing to it the CE mark.
C-tick mark
The measuring system meets the EMC requirements of the "Australian Communications
and Media Authority (ACMA)".
Ex approval
Information about currently available Ex versions (ATEX, FM, CSA, IECEx, NEPSI etc.) can be
supplied by your Endress+Hauser Sales Center on request. All explosion protection data are
given in a separate documentation which is available upon request.
Sanitary compatibility
Promag D/E/L/P/W
No applicable approvals or certification
Promag H
• 3A authorization and EHEDG-tested
• Seals: in conformity with FDA (except Kalrez seals)
122
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Technical data
Drinking water approval
Promag D/L/W
• WRAS BS 6920
• ACS
• NSF 61
• KTW/W270
Promag E/H/P
No drinking water approval
Pressure Equipment Directive
Promag D/L
No pressure measuring device approval
Promag E/H/P/W
The devices can be ordered with or without a PED approval. If a device with a PED approval
is required, this must be explicitly stated in the order. For devices with nominal diameters
less than or equal to DN 25 (1"), this is neither possible nor necessary.
• With the PED/G1/x (x = category) marking on the sensor nameplate, Endress+Hauser
confirms compliance with the "Essential Safety Requirements" specified in Annex I of the
Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.
• Devices bearing this marking (PED) are suitable for the following types of medium:
Media in Group 1 and 2 with a vapor pressure greater than, or smaller and equal to 0.5 bar
(7.3 psi)
• Devices not bearing this marking (PED) are designed and manufactured according to good
engineering practice. They meet the requirements of Art.3 Section 3 of the Pressure
Equipment Directive 97/23/EC. The range of application is indicated in tables 6 to 9 in
Annex II of the Pressure Equipment Directive.
Other standards and guidelines
• EN 60529
Degrees of protection by housing (IP code).
• EN 61010-1
Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory use
• IEC/EN 61326
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC requirements)
• ASME/ISA-S82.01
Safety Standard for Electrical and Electronic Test, Measuring, Controlling and related
Equipment - General Requirements. Pollution degree 2, Installation Category II.
• CAN/CSA-C22.2 (No. 1010.1-92)
Safety requirements for Electrical Equipment for Measurement and Control and
Laboratory Use. Pollution degree 2, Installation Category I.
• NAMUR NE 21
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) of industrial process and laboratory control
equipment.
• NAMUR NE 43
Standardization of the signal level for the breakdown information of digital transmitters
with analog output signal.
Endress+Hauser
123
Technical data
Promag 50
10.1.13 Ordering information
Detailed ordering information is available from the following sources:
• In the Product Configurator on the Endress+Hauser website: www.endress.com → Select
country → Instruments → Select device → Product page function: Configure this product
• From your Endress+Hauser Sales Center: www.endress.com/worldwide
!
Note!
Product Configurator - the tool for individual product configuration
• Up-to-the-minute configuration data
• Depending on the device: Direct input of measuring point-specific information such as
measuring range or operating language
• Automatic verification of exclusion criteria
• Automatic creation of the order code and its breakdown in PDF or Excel output format
• Ability to order directly in the Endress+Hauser Online Shop
10.1.14 Accessories
Various accessories, which can be ordered separately from Endress+Hauser, are available for
the transmitter and the sensor → 78.
Your Endress+Hauser service organization can provide detailed information on the specific
order codes on request.
10.1.15 Documentation
• Flow measuring technology (FA00005D/06)
• Technical Information Promag 50D (TI00082D/06)
• Technical Information Promag 50E (TI01161D/06)
• Technical Information Promag 50L (TI00097D/06)
• Technical Information Promag 50/53H (TI00048D/06)
• Technical Information Promag 50/53P (TI00047D/06)
• Technical Information Promag 50/53W (TI00046D/06)
• Description of Device Functions Promag 50 HART (BA00049D/06)
• Supplementary documentation on Ex-ratings: ATEX, FM, CSA, etc.
124
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Index
A
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Ambient temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Applicator (selection and configuration software) . . . . 80
Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 122
C
Cable entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Cable specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Calibration factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–8
CE mark. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
CE mark (Declaration of Conformity) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Centering sleeve
Promag D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 122
CIP cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Cleaning (exterior cleaning). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Code entry (function matrix) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Commissioning
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Two current outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Commissioning Quick Setup menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Commubox FXA 195 (electrical connection) . . . . . . 55, 79
Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Conductivity of fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Connecting cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Connection
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
HART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Remote version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
C-tick mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Current output
Configuration (active/passive). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
D
Declaration of Conformity (CE mark) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58, 102
Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Device description files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Device variable via HART protocol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Display
Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 122
Turning the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Drinking water approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Druckgerätezulassung. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
E
Electrical connection
Commubox FXA 191 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
HART handheld terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Electrical connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Electrodes
EPD electrode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
EMC (electromagnetic compatibility) . . . . . . . . . . . 51, 102
Empty-pipe/full-pipe adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Endress+Hauser
Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Error message types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Error messages
Process error (application error) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
System errors (device errors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Europäische Druckgeräterichtlinie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Ex approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Exterior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
F
Field Xpert SFX100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64, 80
Fieldcheck (tester and simulator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Fitted electrodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Flow rate/limits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Function matrix
Brief operating instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Fuse, replacing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
FXA193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
FXA195 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
G
Galvanic isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Gewicht. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Ground cable
Promag E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Promag L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Promag P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Promag W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Grounding rings
Promag H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
H
HART
Command classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Communicator DXR 375. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Device description files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Device status / Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Write protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Hazardous substances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
High-temperature version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
HOME position (operating mode). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
I
Incoming acceptance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Inlet/outlet run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Installation
Promag D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Promag E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Promag H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Promag L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Promag P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Promag W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Installation conditions
Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
125
Promag 50
Down pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EPD electrode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foundations, supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inlet/outlet run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation of pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mounting location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Orientation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Partially filled pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the wall-mount housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13
14
16
15
12
12
14
13
15
43
L
Language groups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Local display
See Display
Low flow cut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
M
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Maximum measured error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Measured variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Measuring principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Measuring range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Measuring system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Mechanical construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Medium pressure range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Medium temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Mounting bolts
Promag D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Mounting the sensor
See Installing the sensor
N
Nameplate specifications
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Nominal diameter and flow rate
Promag W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
O
Operable flow range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 122
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Device description files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Operating programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Operational safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Order code
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Ordering code
Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
P
Performance characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
126
Pig (cleaning). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Post-installation
Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Potential equalization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Power supply failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Pressure Equipment Directive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Pressure loss
Adapters (reducers, expanders) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Pressure tightness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Pressure-temperature ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Process connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Process error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Process errors (definition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Programming mode
Disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Promag D
Centering sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Mounting bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Tightening torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Promag D mounting kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Promag E
Ground cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Tightening torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Promag H
Cleaning with pigs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Grounding ring (DN 2 to 25, 1/12" to 1") . . . . . . . . . . 27
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Weld nipple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Promag L
Ground cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Tightening torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Promag P
Ground cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
High-temperature version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Tightening torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Promag W
Ground cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Tightening torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Q
Quick Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
R
Reference operating conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Endress+Hauser
Promag 50
Registered trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Remote operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Remote version
Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Repeatability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Replacing
Exchangeable electrode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Response to errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Returning devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Types of error (system and process errors) . . . . . . . . . . . 63
V
Vibration resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Vibrations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
W
Wall-mount housing, installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
S
Safety icons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Sanitary compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
S-DAT (HistoROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Promag D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Promag E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Promag H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Promag L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Promag P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Promag W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Serial number
Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–8
Transmitter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Service interface FXA 193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Shock resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Signal on alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
SIP cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Software
Amplifier display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Standards, guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Supply voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Surface roughness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Switching on (measuring device). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
System error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
System errors (definition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
T
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Temperature
Ambient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Medium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Tightening torques
Promag D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Promag E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Promag L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Promag P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Promag W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Transmitter
Electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Installing the wall-mount housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Turning the field housing (aluminum) . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Turning the field housing (stainless steel) . . . . . . . . 41
Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Endress+Hauser
127
www.addresses.endress.com